languageofsilence.co.uklanguageofsilence.co.uk/los.pdf · ii the language of silence, consciousness...

The language of silence:consciousness and the responsive cell

A BASIC FRAMEWORK FOR UNDERSTANDINGTHE BODY’S VIEW OF ILLNESS AND HEALTH :Some effects of Psychology and ReligiousOutlook on Body Cells = psycho-religio-somatics

R e s e a rch dowser: Rikki Walker

The language of silence:consciousness and the responsive cell

Research dowser: Rikki W a l k e r

ii

THE LANGUAGE OF SILENCE, CONSCIOUSNESS AND THE RESPONSIVE CELL

The language of silence: consciousness and the responsive cell Research dowser: Rikki Walker

Book One -

A BASIC FRAMEWORK FOR UNDERSTANDING THE BODY’S VIEW OF ILLNESS AND HEALTH :Some effects of Psychology and Religious Outlook on Body Cells= psycho-r e l i g i o - s o m a t i c s

Beginning to Talk -

COPING WITH CONSCIOUS PSYCHOLOGY AND AN AUTOMA T I C A L L Y WORKING BODY

Book Two -

P H I L O S O P H Y, RELIGION, AND BIOCHEMISTRY:SPIRITUAL SICKNESS; SPIRITUALNESS; CELLS, MOLECULES, AND ATOMS: the pr o d u cti o nof Feeling is initially unconscious

Book Three -

THE BASIC NATURE OF THE UNIVERSE AND THE CONNECTORS:UNIVERSAL HEALTH, PRE-CONSCIOUS AND PRE-SPIRITUAL ORIGINS IN RELATION TOTHE BITS OF THE CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS ACTION: Energics and the C of CA;Psychology and the Point of Change

Book Four -

TALKING: The Connectors in relation to Ener gy, Unconsciousness, and Consciousness; Some partsof the C of CA and their effects on some parts of the body

Research File and Additional Notes:

Supplements to Consciousness, the responsive cell and itslanguage of silence

Book One 1989 and 1995. Books Two - Four 1998

http://www.paston.co.uk/users/language-of-silence/ email: [email protected]

iii

The author

This information has not been copyrighted, BUT. . .

If any of this information is to be disseminated as pieces separate from the rest of the book, pleasemake sure that the wording is kept as it is; altering it might alter the meaning. I suggest that extract-ing pieces is not, in fact, a good idea as the thinking behind this information constitutes a new insight.

P roper Health = Consciousness‘Proper health’ means applied thought. Once thought is suitablyapplied it can lead to properly directed action; together they willgive rise to acceptance between all things, which in turn providesthe means to develop the ability to think, the result of which canbe the suitable way in which every thing is able, physically andemotionally, to begin its own form of applied thought.

THE AUTHOR AND OTHER CONTRIBUTORS

RIKKI WALKER first came into alternative medicine in a serious way in 1975 when she started train-ing with a practitioner of the Chinese methods of acupuncture, massage and osteopathy as wellas some homoeopathy. She continued learning and practising under this particular teacher forabout three years and then gave it all up for a year.

In 1980 she took a further course in massage, one that taught a more formal attitude to anatomy,and then began practising in her own right. After some years of this, using orthodox massagetechniques with oil and stripped bodies, advising on aspects of diet and with the frequent addi-tion of other techniques, she found that whether she liked it or not, she was being led into onlydoing the hands-on work each body required and having, for the most part, to ignore anythingthe body did not require. In other words she was being ‘taught’ that bodies prefer to direct, andreceive, their own suitable treatments - provided the owner of that body wants to change. It tookher a year or so of ‘learning’ and practice before developing trust that this was a necessary andeffective way to work.

During this period she also learned the techniques of Touch For Health and Basic AppliedKinesiology and it was during this later study that she learned the dowsing technique that becameher research tool for all that followed.

Gradually she became a practitioner of a much wider and deeper field of health and welfare, usingthe same dowsing technique and all the re s e a rch written up in this book as an overall framework.Though she has now given up a formal practice she still tunes in and advises people if asked, on ani n f o rmal basis, and continues to re s e a rch, and nowadays into conscious awareness, keeping her some-what sceptical attitude of mind towards any findings in order to ensure a flexible attitude of mind.

She has lived in Norfolk since 1973, on her return from eight years in Africa, and during the firsttwo years she finished the drawing and publishing of A Guide to the Post-Cranial Bones of SomeEast African Animals.

iv


She has been married and has a son but during the writing of this book her life was largely sharedwith her Lhasa Apso, Janey, who provided a necessary respite from the general difficulties ofresearching into the esoteric areas of understanding that comprise psycho-religio-somatic interplay.

Neither she nor colleagues nor anyone she has treated can give a name to what she does; she refersto herself as a dowser and leaves it at that.

DOCTOR DAVID BRITTAIN - Several of the examples in the Case Histories and Personal Experienceshave come from a local doctor, Dr David Brittain who, after having been a general practitioner forsome 14 years, has moved into the field of alternative medicine. He uses a variety of remedies, allin homoeopathic form, but extending far outside the usual range of homoeopathy; they includemixtures as well as sets of homoeopathic remedies made from flowers, each set from a differentcontinent or country. His preferred method of diagnosis nowadays includes dowsing as a meansof matching the remedies to the problems.

Recently he has begun to include the use of the Framework and other information outlined in thisbook as a diagnostic tool to get closer to root causes.

‘PHILLIP A’ prefers to remain anonymous but admits to being a television producer, to be in hermid-thirties and to living in London.

The author of EXAMPLE 7 also prefers to remain anonymous but has had a working life in foreignparts before retiring to Norfolk. Her interests now include local travel of an informing nature, paint-ing and gardening.

EXAMPLE 9 has been contributed by ANDREW OWEN , a thirty-something business man whoseinterests have always included the spiritual parts of living as an accompaniment to the more phys-ical. He is currently expanding his business activities by the endeavour of promoting each as anaspect of the other.

EXAMPLES 10, 11 AND 12 are from TONY ADAMS , a former television journalist in his fifties wholived at the time with his teenage son on a farm in Norfolk where he spent much of his time build-ing a 40ft boat. He has had three years formal training in psychology, qualified in therapeuticmassage (ITEC) and learned the techniques of Optimum Health Balance, a form of AppliedKinesiology developed by Charles Benham. As part of his own metanoia he has been a Frameworkstudent for several years and applies it when he can to family and friends, to himself and to life ingeneral, in an ongoing search for “meaning”.

MOLLY BARRETT (Em En Designs) is the person who has put all the illustrations into glorious colourand (1999) designed the web-site. She also has adopted much of the Framework for personal use.

v

C O N T E N T S

Author and Other Contributors iii

Contents v

Note to Readers xi

Preface xi

Metanoia xv

In the Beginning xv

Introducing The Framework xviii

Distinctions xxi

Definitions xxiii

BOOK ONE

THE METANOIAC FRAMEWORK

PA RT I: The Descriptive Model of Universal Action - The Framework for Understanding Figures 1-4

Introduction 1

The Basic Nature of the Universe 2

The Cycle of Continuous Action 5

The Interruptions to that Cycle 9

Psychological and physical effects 14

PA RT II: The Means Through Which We Experience Understanding Figures 5-7

Introduction 26

The Five Transverse Bands 27

The Five Meanings 31

Use of the Meanings 37

The Transverse Bands and the Meanings 38

The contents of the Transverse Bands 39

PA RT III: The Stages of that Understanding Figure 8

Introduction 42

The Spatial Stages 46

vi

THE LANGUAGE OF SILENCE , CONSCIOUSNESS AND THE RESPONSIVE CELL

Spatial Stages notes 46

Spatial Stages discussion 47

Descriptive terms in Spatial Stages development 50

The Religious Stages 52

Religious Stages notes 54

Religious Stages discussion 54

Discussion of all Stages 6 57

General Mindedness, Spatial 60

Spatial and Religious Stages connection with body cells 63

THE CELLULAR BASIS FOR THE LANGUAGE OF SILENCE

PA RT IV: The Body’s View - The Responsive Cell Figures 9-13

Introduction 65

Framework Anatomy 66

Limbs; Information Network 68

Transverse Bands 71

Vertebral Cover 71

Connective tissue 74

Skull, brain and cerebro-fluid 78

Follow-on tissue 78

Framework Energics 79

Air:Water; Hormones:Sugar 80

Meanings II & V:Cycle of Continuous Action(E) 81

Framework 8+2 Systems 81

IN PRACTICE

PA RT V.A: The Language of Silence Figures 14-15

Introduction 83

The brain’s boundary between unconsciousness and consciousness 84

Being affected by others, and affecting others oneself 85

Basic Reasons for illness 86

Transverse Bands and the Cycle of Continuous Action 87

Psychological-Chemical: Spleen 89

Social: Mind 90

vii

Contents

Behaviourally Significant Vertebrae 91

Scolioses 95

Action-not-taken: Limbs 96

Virus 99

Social General Minded 2 100

Intellectual General Minded 2 and 4 101

Feeling is Chemistry and Chemistry is Feeling 103

Energics is Chemistry Chart 1 105

Gross Actioning vis a vis Energics Chart 2 106

PA RT V.B: Therapeutic Appro a c h e s

Introduction 107

‘Metanoiac Framework Therapy’ 107

The need for a tuning in method 109

My own experiences of tuning in 110

Using the Framework with Consciousness - or without 111

Framework Methods For Change 112

Check Lists 116

Some Forms of the Silent Language 120

Case Histories and personal experiences 161

PA RT VI: FURTHER NOTES ON... Figures 16-18a, b

The Basic Nature of the Universe 181

Magnetism-and-Vibration 183

The Cycle of Continuous Action 186

Thought 188

The Connection between the Religious Stages, the Four Functions and the Meanings 190

Consciousness - The principle and use 192

PA RT VII: END PIECES

Thoughts and Observations 196

viii


BEGINNING TO TA L K F i g u re 19 2 0 1

Book One - starting point 1 9 9

C o n s c i o u s n e s s 2 0 2

S u m m a r y so far 2 0 4

The Directives - The Laws of LIfe 2 0 5

Being Religious or Living One’s Own Attitude to Live 205

Continuing to Talk - Books Two, Three and Four 208

BOOK TWO C h a rts 3a and b; Figures 20,21

Spiritual Sickness - psycho-religio-somatics 209

Comparison between conventional Anatomy and physiologyand the Framework view 210

Buddha, Jesus and Mohammet 219

Association between Continuous Relating and ContinuousAction 222

Spiritualness 216

Cells, Molecules, and Atoms 2 2 5

A. Production of feeling is initially unconscious 235

BOOK THREE

B. Energics and the C of CA 237

C. Psychology and the Point of Change 238

BOOK FOUR

Talking - a properly working human 241

Molecules - the connectors between atoms and cells, and Atoms in relation to the connectors 241

Molecules in the C of CA 241

Organelles, the Strong Nuclear Force, and Electomagnetism 242

Personal Tasks 243

ix

Contents

M o l e c u l e s 2 4 4

D. The Connectors in Relation to Energy,Unconsciousness, and Consciousness 247

E. Some parts of the C of CA and their effect on some parts of the body 247

The Golden Glow and Consciousness 249

Rest of Cycle of Continuous Action 254

‘How to do it’ - the necessity to apply Thought andU n d e r s t a n d i n g 2 5 5

Personal tasks 256

Religious tasks 256

Active Awareness of the living life of this planet 257

Philosophy for living 257

Religion in Framework terms - the thesis 257

Definitions of biochemistry & physiology 257

Individual philosophy 258

Human consciousness in relation to the BNU 259

The Basic Nature of anything with Thought 259

Applied Thought 261

F. How to Talk 262

I L L U S T R AT I O N S

Figur e page

1 The Basic Nature of the Universe 3

2 The Cycle of Continuous Action with BNU in place 6

3 The Interruptions of that Cycle 10

4 The Forms of those Interruptions 18

5 The Five Transverse Bands I-V front view 29

6 The Five Transverse Bands I-V side view 30

7 The Organs of the Transverse Bands 40

8 Spatial and Religious Development 53

9 The Limbs 69

10 The Information Network 70

11 The Transverse Bands I-V 72

12 The Vertebral Cover 73

13 The Skull, Brain and Cerebro-Fluid 177

x


14 Behaviourally Significant Vertebrae 92

15 The Limbs: Action not Taken 98

16 Diagram of the Basic Nature of the Universe 182

17 The place of Magnetism and Vibration 184

18 Varieties of the Cycle of Continuous Action 187, 189

19 The human way of being part of the Universe 201

20 A generalized cell 227

21 Cell mechanics with no reference to psychology 234

C h a r ts :

1 Energics is Chemistry 105

2 Gross Actioning vis a vis Energics 106

3a,b A comparison between the Framework and conventional outlooks 210, 214

I n d e x 2 6 8

Research File(not indexed)

AutismMyalgic Encephalomyelitis - M.E.Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (Bse), Creutzfeldt-Jacob Disease

(C-Jd), Scrapie, and KuruBse and C-J D: CattleBse and C-J D: HumansScrapieKuruBse and C-Jd, Organo-Phosphates, Prion Proteins, and

Transmissibility, and Alzheimer’s, in Connection with ProteinDeficiency

Alzheimer’s DiseaseAppendix A - Krebs Cycle from the Framework perspectiveAppendix B - Possible mineral use in Organo Phosphate PoisoningOrgano-PhosphatesVirusConsciousness: Framework physics

Additional Notes(not indexed)

xi

Contents

The Cycle of Continuous Action from the psycho-somatic point ofview leading on to The Framework from the point of view ofgrowth

Conscious and unconscious equivalents between Framework andgross anatomy

Rough Guides to ‘messages’ from some inner organsExact Guide to the Cycle of Continuous RelatingFat - gross and ordinar y, with a note on Applied Thought (-and

see above)Homoeopathy from the point of view of the bodyLove, Light and Thought including Love and Light, Thought and

Love, Applying Love, Applying Light, and What it isNecessary for Everyone to Know

Use of consciousness alone in connection with certain problemsof:A) Connective Tissue; B) Maintenance of blood replacement inflat bones and vertebrae; C) Marrow fat replacement in longbones; D) The affects of thought replacement.

LupusPre-Menstrual Syndrome and TensionMyalgic Encephalitis - M.E. - in childrenDiabetes

xii


NOTE TO READERS

The best way to get anything out of the information in this book is not to try to compare it withother subjects, beliefs and disciplines with which you are familiar. I have taken as much care aspossible to check everything that is written down here, which means that it is all said exactly as itis meant to be said and to paraphrase it may well change the meaning, even if only a little.

That is not to say that things might not be clearer perhaps; clarity has depended on what ques-tions I have asked about each and every thing and obviously I am not infallible on that score! Ihave had to tease out every bit of information by questions and the posing of ideas - tapping intowhat is evidently known at a very deep level in every cell of every thing everywhere on the planet- and testing them against my dowser’s Yes/No/Maybe answers in a way that is comparable toanyone working in research but who uses more usual scientific methods. In the end, of course,most information and knowledge arrived at in either way and in any field has to be applied andbe seen to be of practical value and effect before being acceptable.

I have described my dowsing technique and so forth in the early pages of this book, so I won’tenlarge on it here; the point I am stressing is that the wording everywhere is intentional as I wouldlike people to be sure always to return to this original source-book rather than rely on paraphras-ing or summaries. If clarity, or rather obscurity is the problem, then contact me by e-mail me ifstudy, and thought about inferences and implications, does not elucidate it for you!

It is possible that the aspect of this information that people will have most difficulty with is that, whetherone likes it and accepts it or not, what is described here is the way things are, and because this is so,when one tunes in to a body and asks it things in these terms the body understands perfectly well whatone is saying and doing even if one’s intellect does no such thing! I can say this with the confidenceborn both of lengthy research and of practical application by myself and others, and of experi-encing enormous numbers of No answers as I say later on, answers that threw out or contradictedconventional wisdom’s view of things over and over again but which proved to be correct; answersthat took me back to the basics of things all the time, the real and underlying reasons why a personwas suffering in that particular way, not in material terms alone but not excluding them either, butalways and preferentially in the terms of the living body itself.

I suppose the only other unusual thing about this book is the inclusion of religion - in Frameworkterms - as a basic part of its diagnostic information, but as you read on you will see how impor-tant it is so I won’t go into it here. As it turns out, in the end, human health is not really the pointof the information but is more of a spin-off in an attempt to get humans to understand themselvesin order for them to be in a better position to understand life itself; each person doing this byunderstanding the effect of their unconscious neglect on their own living body. At first I was rathertaken aback when I understood that, (we humans are so very egocentric), but then I realised thatfor humans to be consciously in some better understanding of themselves is, of course, essentialfor the health of everything and not only of each person.

I gather from others that, because of its apparently unusual point of view, i.e., that this is ‘howthings are’ rather than being the way we think they are or have been brought up to believe theyare or even prefer them to be, this book constitutes quite a study; Example number 12 in the CaseHistories makes this point. We have strayed a very long way from our origins in our conscious think-ing, but hardly at all in our bodies, and it is this cross-purpose way of being that gives each of usso much trouble.

xiii

Preface

THE LANGUAGE OF SILENCE...

P R E FA C EThis book describes a Framework for understanding the need we humans have, and of which weare almost entirely unconscious, to fit in to the planet and the Universe, not only for our own sakebut for their sakes, too. It is about suffering in a sense, how we all suffer religiously, psychologicallyand physically when we do not fit in, or refuse to fit in, and about the Stages of psychologicalgrowth through which we all pass in our quest to fit in. What this Framework is not is a directinvention of mine; it is not my ‘idea’, nor a belief system, but something I know to be a matter offact, arrived at intuitively - an understanding of and insight into the workings of things.

In order to understand psychosomatics it is necessary to have a framework. This was not what Iexpected when I started researching but it is what eventuated. Nor did this framework formulatein the neat sequence it now has; each part fell into place gradually and when finished was obvi-ously a descriptive model of universal action.

When I say universal, I mean Universal and not global since it fits all kinds of action of and withinthe Universe. It may seem overambitious to describe psychosomatics in such terms as Universal,but since nothing at all can be sub-divided from anything else, and the action of everything canbe described in the same way, it seems reasonable, if unexpected; thus Universal Action is not onlythe Action of everything within and including the Universe but also the way the human ‘mind’works and the way of body response, when it is allowed.

Since this whole study has been a matter of intuition, experience, and rational analysis of the irra-tional and not one of conventional academic study, it will probably not match most of the ortho-doxly held views in any relevant field. For instance, though the Framework uses anatomy this isunderstood in a new way (not that it is in fact new, only a new observation of how it has alwaysbeen); though it analyses psychology through the Stages this is tied in with the body, essentially;though it pin-points the human need for religion it treads on all religious toes by refusing to regardsystems of religious orthodoxy as long-term within the human framework of potential growth;though it acknowledges the known details of physiological functioning, it simplifies these down toessentials; when it gets to physics and the Universe it uses description metaphysically and not asdetails, for though it is essential for every individual to have a sense of planet and Universe, it isnot, in practice, necessary to understand how they work in detail. For those who do know thedetail, incidentally, it is essential for them to remember to include themselves in, not to ignorethemselves as is so often the case.

The original thought I had in my mind was to the effect that “If a good deal of human illness doesnot come from external sources in the forms of microbes, poisons, parasites or accidents, wheredoes it come from, and why?” I felt there must be explanations, however bizarre and unexpected,or rational and reasonable - or these in combination. I cannot accept that illness is ‘visited’ on oneby a creator, nor that there is no explanation at all. In that it is me that has illness then somehowit is me that has a hand in it, and therefore presumably has a hand in not having it, too. However,me is clearly not alone in this suffering, or potential suffering, and furthermore each me has differ-ent ills, or suffers apparently the same ills differently. In other words the individual story and theanecdotal have a place which is paramount.

xiv


But behind that and included in it is the universality of things. We are all humans, we all inhabitthis earth and were developed from it (whatever the reason or the means) and this earth itself isonly one part of a greater Universe.

All this swam about in my head and only gradually did it formulate, by a mixture of irrational andrational means, into this Framework which is clearly a metanoiac Framework.

The other vague awareness I had was that despite the aim of wholistic/alternative/complementarypractices being supposedly different to the current medical orthodoxy, much of it did not seem sodifferent from that allopathic view, merely using different means. That, I realise, is being unkindbut it left me with a certain dissatisfaction. The idea of treating a person as whole and individualwas fine but still somehow did not seem to embrace both mind and body in practical ways. Mindpeople still seemed to be largely involved with minds and body people with bodies, but as bothare in the same skin they must surely be treated as such.

None of these methods of treatment, orthodox or alternative (a word I prefer as trying to be morehonest) really addressed the question of, “Why has this person developed this illness?”. Though manyof the mind people get close they do not necessarily address the possibly widespread body re s u l t sp h y s i c a l l y. As a rule, those who do, fail to even look for the reason “Why?” (especially orthodoxy sinceit is not ‘orthodox’ to do so; it is not in the curriculum). Few of either body or mind people look tofind out the unconscious reasons why the much more trivial aches and pains arise, though Touch ForHealth certainly tries, particularly among the less orthodox practitioners. To be fair, I think many ther-apeutic practitioners of many diff e rent stripes are aware of the gap and do indeed try to do some-thing about it. However there has been, up to now, no modern framework for this.

Practice of everything has, of course, for the last two or three hundred years, increasingly relied onscientific explanation, understanding and certification, having thrown out the baby of irrationalunderstanding in the deluge of rational discovery. However, though this was undoubtedly a neces-sary stage in human development, neither irrational nor rational alone is the whole of the story.Scientific understanding has given us a wealth of necessary knowledge, but so has the irrational.For our own sake we need to bring them together.

The differences between archetypal male and female psychology is that the male is for dealing withthought and the female for understanding matter. As individuals we overlap in this, each of us, toa lesser or greater extent. Historically, the male thought psychology has been dominant for a verylong while in both men and women instead of both being equal. I am sure this has been a neces-sary situation, like the recent domination of science, because until there has been a complete devel-opment, understanding and acceptance of anything, it is impossible to get a perspective on it.

The female psychology of understanding matter is also inherent in individual men and women alikeand is destructive of Thought, so for use of Thought to be developed it had to become dominantfor a period. We are beginning to come out of this extremely lengthy phase, to understand thenecessary equality of Thought-and-Matter, mind-and-body, and to grow up and use this knowl-edge. This is a lesson that each individual absorbs from the growth of humanity as a whole, despitehimself or herself.

I have tried to be as intellectually honest as I can in writing up this re s e a rch. I realise that many peoplereading it will bring a mind already running on certain lines of experience, of accepted outlook, oftraining, or of intellectual method rather than the open-endedness it re q u i res. They will also bring,unbeknownst to themselves, their present Stage levels of psychological and religious development.Anything they think or feel about it will, there f o re, inevitably be coloured by who they are in term s

xv

Preface

of their own present psychological level. Cracks and inconsistencies that show up over time (if this iseven a relevant way of looking at the Framework, which I doubt) I re g a rd in the way that a mildn e u rosis should be re g a rded - a point not yet understood and there f o re a point for growth. I do notsuppose this will be any sort of last word, more, I hope, the beginning of an enlarged understandingof ourselves. Eventually, when dedicated people have learned the processes necessary for being prac-titioners, then perhaps medical practices themselves will be able to alter, and certain illnesses dro paway by being circumvented, not with physiological tinkering but by true understanding.

As to why anyone, including myself, should accept anything written here, the answer is fourfold:because during my research I got many, many more ‘No’s than ‘Yes’s, often for days, weeks or evenmonths on end as I pursued certain strands of thought (I describe my research method in the nextchapter); because so many preconceived ideas were found to be incorrect; because it works in prac-tice; and because, whenever I tended towards being pleased with myself in any way because ofwhat I have studied to know I have been very sharply and promptly put back in my place. However,if a concentrated study of this metanoiac Framework has no psychological effect on the reader thenit is not their sort of approach.

The first part of the Book One, THE METANOIAC FRAMEWORK, gives

in Part I - The Framework, which is the descriptive model of universal action because it appliesto anything;

in Part II - The Means through which we experience understanding: the body and the way wesee it;

in Part III - The Stages of that Understanding.

The second part of Book One details THE CELLULAR BASIS FOR THE LANGUAGE OF SILENCE inwhich

Part IV - is the body’s view of how it works and gives Framework Anatomy, Framework Systemsand Framework Energics (physiology).

The third part of Book One, IN PRACTICE, is in two parts, A and B -

Part V.A - is The Language of Silence. It contains a discussion on the brain’s boundary betweenunconsciousness and consciousness, the basic reasons for illness, a summary of the Bands andthe Cycle of Continuous Action, various effects of mental-cum-physical problems, two detailedaspects of the troubles we get into via Limbs and Vertebrae, and various discussions on Energics;

P a rt V.B - is Therapeutic Appro a c h e s and includes various discussions about using thisFramework in therapy; also there are included the Framework Methods For Change, some casehistories, some Check Lists, and Some Forms of the Silent Language

Part VI - has FURTHER NOTES on The Basic Nature of the Universe; Magnetism & Vibration;Thought; Consciousness - The Principle and Use; The Connection between the Religious Stages,the Four Functions and the Meanings.

Part VII - is END PIECES and contains some Thoughts and Observations.

These are followed by BEGINNING TO TALK

and BOOKS TWO, THREE, and FOUR

xvi


M E TA N O I A :

a change of thought or feeling; repentance; practical reformation; a reversal of the past;

to undergo a change in frame of mind or feeling; to make a change of principle and practice.

AN INDIVIDUAL MET A N O I A :

Be one’s real self; decide appropriately between preservation and suitable change; learn howone does not understand; learn that co-operation is the only way between all the parts ofoneself.

IN THE BEGINNING. . .

This research started, very slowly, as a result of learning a dowsing process which is used - unortho-doxly I believe, or it was then - by some practitioners of Touch For Health (TFH). Like the rest ofthe diagnostic techniques for much of TFH, it is a muscle test, referred to by those people I knowwho use it as either ‘ask the body’ or OPL, after the name of the thumb muscle Opponens PollicisLongus, one of those used in one of the tests and used here, with others, in dowsing. In use, themuscle tests in TFH give the result of either weakness or strength, i.e., the muscles show as weakor strong under a certain amount of pressure.

Like every other technique it has to be learned and there are those who use it sensitively and thosewho do not. When I first heard of TFH as a therapy I was pretty sceptical, having the reaction ofthinking that an unmeasured pressure would inevitably be pretty unreliable. Eventually, I decidedto consult it as a patient, not because I had a complaint but out of curiosity, and received a generalgoing-over, a balancing as it is called. A whole series of muscles are tested in connection withacupuncture meridians and where the muscles give a weak result they are ‘corrected’ on head andbody points, not with needles as in acupuncture but with finger touch, till they test strong. Thereis no theoretical norm as it is an individual matter. Just as there is no norm for the amount of pres-sure a muscle can withstand, so no determinable measure for the amount of pressure to apply inthis context. The body is put back to where it wants to be as it indicates by eventually retestingstrong in relation to whatever the test is determining - or sometimes it is over-strong where it shouldbe weaker. However, that is a technicality there is no need to go into here.

I was not looking to be convinced of anything in this first session but I felt better for it and remainedinterested if still a bit sceptical. Then a friend of mine completed her teacher training course in TFHand eventually, after more varied sessions as a patient, I joined her classes and learned it for myself.Later still I went on to learn Basic Applied Kinesiology (BAK), the first extension of TFH. It has a sortof ridiculous and miraculous angle to it. It works, and there seems to be no reason at all why. Itcan do many very surprising things such as: allowing some of the organs to work better; readjust-ing the blood pressure and its chemistry to a large extent; dealing with ileo-caecal valve problems;and releasing or strengthening as necessary muscles or ligaments all over the body including thoseof the temporo-mandibular joint of the jaw. A whole variety of other things induced by internal orexternal circumstances can be dealt with just by using fingers in the right spots, or magnets suit-ably applied, or even (maddest of all) using one’s closely applied eye beam in one particular spot.

In fact, as I eventually worked out for myself, it is dealing with the electrics of the body and whenI understood that, it made much more sense. It lost its miraculous appeal but still retains the surprisethat it is so simple and effective for so many things, of which I have mentioned but a very few.

xvii

In the beginning...

One of the odder things is doing corrections via a surrogate. So long as the surrogate person is inphysical touch with the individual who needs treatment, it is possible to both test and even givetreatment if necessary to the surrogate instead of the affected person and it will feed through tothe patient. Very useful for babies and ill people. But, of course, electricity runs through whateverit is in touch with so long as the material concerned can carry it. So that makes sense, too, evenif it isn’t the whole of it, which it is not.

When it comes to OPL, this seems even more peculiar. By using the thumb in a ring with the littlefinger of the same hand, and with the therapist posing questions in his or her head at the sametime as testing the strength of that ring with the first and second fingers and the thumb of theother hand to push it apart from within, the body of the patient can be ‘asked’ things about thetreatment it requires without being influenced by the owner’s conscious mind. This is (or was,perhaps), frowned upon by TFH orthodoxy as not being reliable, but in practice reliability dependsmore on the way the technique is used than the technique itself. This technique can give anabsolute Yes and an equally absolute No in answer to clear and unambiguous questions.

The extension was, and is, not to use the technique on the patient but on oneself on behalf of thepatient by extension of the surro g a c y. Even more to be suspicious of! It is probable that this doesn’twork for everyone - I have no idea about that - but again, and like any other dowsing method, itdepends on the user’s honesty and integrity with him or herself.

The prime requirement is to cross-check every single question. I was not taught to do this nor wasI taught to use the questioning technique other than on the patient. However, I soon taught myself,and have rigorously followed the cross-check method ever since.

Gradually I extended my use of this dowsing tool and learned to tune-in to people in ways that wereoutside the field of either TFH or BAK. Over several years, I found that I could not only get answersto questions about people’s health but also to ideas and concepts about health. By using it in thee x t remely wide field of health and welfare generally, I became very familiar indeed with this tuning-in and cross-check question method. For me, there is, besides the Yes/No answers, a variety of hesi-tancy which has proved extremely useful. It cannot necessarily be read other than as a hesitancy butits very existence can show that I am on the track but not quite correct. Sometimes, too, there iswhat I can only describe as Yes, Yes! or Absolutely NOT! The hesitancy I refer to as a Maybe.

The method allows me to run endless series of questions in my brain, plus their opposites. It issomewhat like a computer search in this regard, needing only the print-out in the form of pen andpaper to complete my research equipment. After that, it depends on what I am interested in andwhat I can tune into, plus a constant and unremitting commitment to learning familiarity with themethod and then to the research. It took me about five years to refine it and gain much of thebasic information and then roughly another couple of years to formulate the Framework. I foundvery early on that for me, at least, contact surrogacy is unnecessary. So long as I can see and hearthe person, or so long as I know them well, I can tune in anyway, and distance is no object; not,thank goodness, that I can know what anyone is thinking; only about their health and welfare.Health and welfare covers a vast field and I use the term to include being able to work on the sortof Universal situations that eventually gave rise to the Framework where it is quite outside the indi-vidual sphere as well as within it, which latter was the starting point.

Much of the Framework was a surprise to me. It was all arrived at by tuning in, including thepictures, and at no time did I study anything intentionally to contribute to it. I barely had the timeas the work became rather overwhelming; I needed to rest my brain rather than to study with itand anyway I was working with the less known as applied to my field rather than the known. Of

xviii


course, I had done a certain amount of anatomy and physiology before for my training as a masseurand for TFH. I also have read fairly extensively all my life, including some psychology, but what-ever I personally have contributed to this Framework, other than the use of mind and body, is theresult of over half a lifetime’s living, reading, experience and thinking. It is not a deliberate synthe-sis of deliberate study. I formulated the questions, of course, but if they were wrong or irrelevant(or just plain silly in OPL’s ‘eyes’) they were rejected immediately by OPL and I had to formulatemore - and more. Having been only rather mildly educated due to the war and moving schools, Ihad the pleasure of not having to formulate questions within any accepted code since I had notraining in one. I could ask anything I liked and needed to take no notice of ‘received’ wisdom ifit wasn’t fitting the bill. The watch word was flexibility, as it should be in everything anyway, sincethis equals adaptability.

The information is universal; I have not invented it, but since it has evidently not all been under-stood or been arrived at by any other means in this comprehensive form apparently it is time thathumanity had it made available. My only claim in this regard is that I was, and still am, interestedenough, and have had time enough, to pursue this sort of oddball research. The fact that it is irra-tional but researched rationally in the questioning, though by unorthodox means, does not, to meinvalidate it, though you, the reader may disagree. I find that people adjust very quickly to thisaspect of it, if they are even interested, because the information strikes such immediate chords inthem they are then concerned with that. It carries such evident truth with it that its means of arrivalbecomes irrelevant.

My hope is that it will do the same for a wider audience now and will give a lift to those who areinterested enough to study it.

R.W.

Book One Norwich 1989 and 1995; Books Two-Four Norwich 1999. Revised 2008.

When I finished writing the above and checked ‘OK?’ with OPL the answer was No. After a while‘it’ ‘said’: “Questioning is an insensitive way to look for anything, people should be tuned-in all thetime so that they can know about the Universe, instead of having to use scientific method”.

On re-checking ‘OK?’ meaning ‘is there anything else’, the answer worked out as “No. People shoulddo it!”.

So there you have it, straight from wherever it comes!

xix

INTRODUCING THE FRAMEWORK

During the last several years I have been led, by a process of intuitive research, into a new under-standing of the functioning and actioning of the human body that is entirely to do with psychology,religion and emotion. Not only that, it is concerned with an understanding of whether we chooseto fit into the planet, and the Universe in which it is, and with the personal physical problems thatresult when either we refuse or are ignorant of our need to do so.

This understanding is embodied in a Metanoiac Framework which is both theoretical and philo-sophical as well as practical, with a different, transverse view of anatomy, and a simplified under-standing of the physiology of the body called Energics. It is concerned with the functioning andactioning of the body: in the Framework, function refers to the potential for which parts of thebody are intended and action is the realisation of that potential; functioning therefore, is the cell,organ or area in a passive state while actioning is a non-passive state with the cell, organ or areaactually carrying out its intended work (‘area’ cuts across any division of tissue or organ within it).The Framework is concerned with the effects of discontinuous action that result from a lack of indi-vidual and cultural understanding of Psychology, Religion and Emotion, of the Stages of psycho-logical development and of the necessity for fitting into the Universe. The term religious is used inthis work not in connection with accepted forms of religious expression via a system, church orother mode of worship with an associated set of beliefs but as an individual expression of a rela-tionship with the planet and the Universe. For further discussion of this see Part III, Introduction.In theory, by understanding the Framework and using consciousness directedly one is eventuallyable to deal with certain endogenous (developed from within) and idiopathic (disease with no knowncause) ailments and illnesses to a large extent rather than allowing them to develop; in practice ittakes considerable study - or the following of instructions exactly from a trained therapist.

Despite its far-flung outlook this Framework constitutes a body of practical knowledge that shouldenable individuals to understand for themselves the intricacies of their own cell language since itis the actioning, or rather non-actioning, of body cells, read off in relation to the various Frameworkdivisions of the body, that provides the clues to exactly in what way an individual is failing to under-stand him or her self.

The Framework for Understanding ourselves in this way consists of a number of components:

1. the Basic Nature of the Universe - this is expressed in the atom

2. the Cycle of Continuous Action - which is always interrupted - and the Forms of thoseInterruptions

3. the Transverse Anatomy - of the human body

4. the Meanings associated with the transverse anatomy

5. our Stages of development psychologically and religiously

6. the Framework Anatomy, Systems, and Energics

It is three dimensional in practice though to put it on paper reduces it to two. If you can imaginea complex climbing-frame with six major parts, it is rather like that. There is the structure and fromwherever you view it looks different; the components remain the same but it depends on your

xx


perspective. In practice you can step from any bit to any bit and arrive anywhere, and will therebyhave accomplished the climb of the moment.

While this is true for therapy it is not for formal study. In therapy there is no set way in which touse this climbing-frame and no set accomplishment to aim for when doing so - except that ofconscious understanding. Each person can work with the bits of it in their own way, but climbingdoes have its own inner logic and having got a foot on one bit it somehow becomes obvious thata certain other bit is the next step, even if that obviousness is not so much an intellectual pro c e d u rebut more a matter of some still obscure inner sense of rightness, need or balance. In fact, it isusually pointed out by minor ailments in the body cells in specific places relevant to the problemas exemplified by the Framework.

The individual climb is one that is pertinent only to each individual, though the more each indi-vidual has climbed the more desirable the effect for humanity as a whole since there will then bemore psychologically or religiously grown-up people around. I can give the means of understand-ing, the Framework itself, and the various subsidiary and peculiarly human attitudes that I havebeen led to, but not the shape or form of the climb. That depends on the inherent personality ofthe individual and the slant of their particular interests.

As a ‘therapist’ or ‘consultant’ my job is both to pinpoint a person’s problem by translating theirbody cell language for them, to work out with them what is the next step of their personal climbtowards understanding themselves, and to make sure they understand that step. I do this by usingmy understanding of the Framework as a whole and picking out and describing those pieces of itthat are immediately relevant to the individual, their problem and their step. I also use the diagrams,lists and pictures in this book so that every discussion and treatment can refer visually to the entireFramework whenever necessary, not to mention books of anatomical pictures. It must bementioned that I have the added, and essential, ability to tune in to the unconscious aspects of themind/body whole.

Despite using visual aids they remain illustrations only and it is the internal psychological insightand understanding they bring forth that is essential. That is where discussion comes in. However,it does not remain there because, if a person’s problems have become physically expressed in someform of cell, organ or area dis-ability, each one needs to be integrated with the understanding ofthe body and how it works. Few people have much understanding of this so any necessary infor-mation has to be imparted using pictures, touch, talk etc., so that they are certain to have under-stood the matter.

The tie-up is consciousness; that is the invisible but effective factor which brings it all together andeventually produces suitable re-organisation between mind and body, not intellectual and abstractunderstanding. It is consciousness about particular matters for that individual that the cells of thebody are pleading for when they cease to action or function properly.

The Framework is not in any way dealing with pre-determined ideas of function and action in rela-tion to standard anatomy and physiology; it is not any form of hypnosis or belief; it does not haveany expectations built into it. The Framework remains a framework only, a description of how thingswork in overall terms. Most of it is applicable, as a description, to anything. In the case of humans,all of it is applicable to any age, race, class or creed. It provides a means of understanding most ofthose problems that are not associated with microbes, poisons, parasites or injury and other outercircumstances apparently beyond one’s control; it is a means of understanding most endogenouslyproduced illness - that which arises from within.

xxi

Introducing the Framework

Problems like these are legion and constitute, roughly, more than half of all human ‘illness’. If onethen includes those effects that can and do lead to illness but are developed from the affect of oneperson on another, 90% of human illness starts from unconsciousness, of one’s own or another’s.

Of the problems that can be understood using the Framework, a great many of the recognisedillnesses we suffer come into the psycho-religio-somatic category despite our possibly considerableknowledge of the cellular mal-actioning and/or mal-functioning that may accompany them. Thereal question of how the body has failed and in what physiological way this illness is now express-ing itself is initially irrelevant - unless there is an emergency in the matter. If the trigger is under-stood the physiology is likely to right itself; if it had been observed and understood at the realbeginning then the physiology might not have gone wrong. If, in the present, the physiology isupset in detail then both self-understanding plus body treatment may be required; if it is not thenprobably self-understanding alone will suffice. Consciousness again.

The absolutely central point here is understanding the initial trigger for each problem expressedby body cells. The same trigger does not necessarily affect the same body cells in different people,so the same body cells may have a different message for different people and require differentapproaches to clear them. It is not the consultant who needs this understanding, except that heor she is a purveyor of information in this respect. It is the consultee who has to understand andaccept. It is their consciousness that has to enlarge, it is their brain and body that need to bechanged by their mind and thought - if they so choose. And plenty do not. It is they who need tounderstand, and accept, then he or she will have taken that particular step in relation to that partic-ular need at that particular moment in that particular climb.

Having said that it is not the consultant that has to have the understanding, in the way that I usethe Framework for others it is primarily I who do have to have the understanding, but only to beable to explain and discuss it. My sessions are open discussions in which I am able to pinpoint theproblem and elucidate it and in which the other person says any thing or puts any question theywant; that plus any hands-on work or other therapy if it is required. It is not at all like the kind ofanalytical session where a person has to fudge things out for themselves, even with guidance, nora session where I know the answer and only impart some of it; nor do I hide the fact if I am unableto find the information a person is in need of. My job is to pass on the information that I can gatherat any one time, using the Framework, and together we put it into the context of the person’s ownlife. It short-cuts all the struggle with the unknown, but I have to say that it may then promote astruggle with the known!

This is not intended to knock other methods; they are presumably suitable in their context, but notin mine. Immediate intellectual understanding is what people come for which then needs to beviewed through the psychology or emotion of the matter. Severe, buried neuroses are not my fieldand neither are people who prefer others to deal with their problems for them. As a form of therapy,it is for people who feel the need and the interest to delve, at least to some extent, into the truereasons for ailments, even if trivial, and to redress them in this way.

F rom the point of view of any individual it is the inaction of cells in their body that constitutesThe Language of Silence, and the placement of these indicates their problem from the point ofview of this Framework. In a sense it is easier for the individual to look at their own problems thanfor an outsider to give them help - but only in a sense; specific pin-pointing is not necessarily easyand to be the consultant or outsider inevitably re q u i res not only a prolonged study of theFramework but also, and essentially, of oneself plus a very active interest in the emotional, theintellectual a n d the psychological angles of living. If the potential practioner is not interested infirst doing that then they will not be in a position to help others since this is not a technique but

xxii


an understanding. It is a Framework for Understanding that I have been led to, of the necessaryinteraction between body (which includes brain) and psychology and mind and the re l i g i o u saspects of ourselves and the Universe. For an individual to arrive at the point where they under-stand most of their own problems and understand their lives they need a studied understandingof the Framework.

Ultimately the successful use of the Metanoia of the Framework (see p.13 for definition), from ahuman point of view since nothing else needs Metanoia, is to listen to the cells of one’s body whenthey are silent (see Preface) and determine what they are trying to indicate, and preferably beforeignorance and neglect have led to overt illness. ‘Silence’ in this context translates into ‘pain’ sinceany part of a body that is not able to work properly produces pain or discomfort or inhibition ofsome sort somewhere. Every thought in one’s brain is reflected in the action of the cells in one’s bodysomewhere, the exception being conscious thought which allows them to work properly. That is to say,if a thought is a properly ‘verbalised’ conscious thought so that were it to be said aloud it wouldbe exactly understood by a listener, no matter what the content, then it won’t be reflected in anycell of the body, only in the brain, which is what the brain is for. If, on the other hand, a thoughtor thoughts are not in properly constructed and grammatical form but are slurred, run together,half finished, skipped among and are generally an unfinished mess then each one of them, clear ornot, remains reflexed in relevant body cells. Depending on what they are about so will differentparts of the body be unable to lose that reflex, and if they are never made understandable andconscious, that reflexion will remain forever as a greater or lesser interference in the actioning ofthe relevant cells, as a permanent stop-go situation. If this is prolonged, the function of the cell/swill be affected too, i.e., not only will they no longer carry out the actioning for which they wereintended but their potential to function at all will also be interfered with.

The trigger for action and the inhibitor of that action both stem from the brain, of course, anddon’t reside in the body cells without reference to the nervous system, which is why understand-ing and acceptance of the correct analysis of a problem changes the state or the attitude of mind(two different things) and so changes the inhibiting patterns of thought in the spinal cord and thenerves. The renewed physiology then follows; it doesn’t necessarily have to be dealt with sepa-rately. Thought does not initiate cell response, it is the cell response - of the nervous system, andthrough it to the rest of the body, and though thought is popularly supposed to stay in the brain,it is instead reflected all over the body, in every kind of tissue and in every area in the actioning ofthe cell/s every second of the day unless or until it is made conscious.

It is inevitable that as I write I refer to other parts of the Framework which you, the reader, havenot yet read. I see no help for this as it is the nature of the beast that every part of it is related insome way to every other part, hence the climbing-frame analogy. To write without reference tothose other parts is impossible and I have dealt with this by cross-referring whenever necessary.

DISTINCTIONS

MIND AND BODY

The most usual and commonly accepted sub-division of ourselves is that of mind on the one handand body on the other. For the purposes of this book I shall try and define what I mean in thisrespect. First, body: this comprises the visible person and their insides and naturally includes thebrain. I find that it is usual to forget that the brain is an organ, often a hard working one, andmoreover that it is connected to the rest of the body by the neck up which flow all the nutrientsto the head inclusive and the messages to the brain, and down which flow all the wastes from the

xxiii


brain and head and the messages to the body, not to mention its part in the intake of air, foodand drink and its part in speaking. Without head and neck we would be nowhere, literally, as afunctioning being. As much can be said for most members of the animal kingdom.

The rest of the body is a more or less accepted fact. The internal organs are within the trunk, themuscles outside it and also as part of the arms and legs, the bony skeleton holds it all up.

In most people’s thinking, then, I find that the most split-off part of their bodies is the head and,as a correlate, the neck seems to be in a sort of limbo, neither belonging to the head nor to thetrunk and in fact hardly existing in its own right at all. Humans also have an unfortunate habit ofseeing any part of the body as a separate part, not only the head, especially if it is trying hard todraw attention to itself by being troublesome in some way. This is a matter which should be ofgreat concern in the field of improving health as leaving parts of oneself out on their own is whatcontributes to illness and may even cause it.

So, for the body, the physical part of ourselves, we consist of all the inside and outside anatomicalparts from (and including) head to toe; everything inside the skin, and including the skin.

The other split-off part is mind. Mind is, in fact, outside matter and not a product of the brain,though it mediates the energy of matter. The real mediator for action is the brain, as part of thecentral nervous system of brain and spinal cord, and it extends into the body as the peripheralnervous system. ‘Mind’ is therefore just as complex as body and for this work we have to look atdifferent aspects of mind. In general, it is probably accepted that we ‘use’ ‘our’ minds for thoughts,ideas, attitudes, intentions, etc., and action, if required, follows from these, or that these samethoughts, ideas, etc., etc., go on milling about in one’s head, unhindered and undirected towardsaction. In fact, much more often it uses us.

Throughout this work we shall be distinguishing between mind and directed thought and seeinghow these are the governors of the physical body when understood or accepted by abstractthought. There must, therefore, be no further notion of a mind/body split. When they are treatedas split they cannot work. They are parts of any whole human and should be understood as such,but in order to understand the way this works we must analyse the parts. Then we can see justhow they affect each other, or rather, just how much it is that thoughts, conscious and uncon-scious, can affect the body.

EMOTIONAL RESPONSE

Any organ has a feeling response reaction and responds in its own way as a single organ even if itis one of a pair, e.g. the two kidneys.

‘Emotion’ is the response, anywhere in the body organs, of feeling when it has become recognizedby the brain. This response runs from the body to the brain initially. When this feeling is consciouslyrecognised, the cells in the responding organ/s can go on actioning, but if it is not the result is cellmal-action in every way and one’s emotional or psychological reactions become muddled alongwith one’s physiology.

This cell response is the result of organ feeling being upset. When the person is aware of whichfeeling it is and how they are affected the concerned cells continue to action suitably. If the personis not aware of it then the cells are impaired in action and eventually in function. If, for instance,the Meaning III of Love (see Part II) is upset the initial feeling stems from the pericardium, the sacthat encloses the heart and anchors it in the chest, and this, if it is not recognized, will in turnalmost immediately affect the entire Transverse Band (Band III) in which it is situated to a lesser or

xxiv


greater extent. People at certain Stages of psychological development (see Part III) will have diffi-culty in objectively recognising this; they feel but for the most part are as yet unable to thinkconsciously except in the academic sense - abstract thought. Those at later Stages should be betterable to do so.

The question of the names we give to a felt response, when it then becomes a recognized‘emotion’, are a matter of choice and constitute an agreed upon association of feeling with a chosenword - or name. A named ‘emotion’ is, in a sense, an intellectual and abstract construction, thefeeling we associate with it is anything but. It is a very palpable cell response within the body thatcan cause trouble if it remains unconscious, but not if it is conscious.

ACTION AND FUNCTION

In this work there is an essential distinction drawn between action and function:

ACTION is that which is carried out when atom, molecule, cell, tissue or organ is able to carryout its appointed task.

FUNCTION is the potential for doing that, inherent in the atom, molecule, cell, tissue or organ.

S TATE OF MIND AND ATTITUDE OF MIND

A ‘state of mind’ inhibits everything and alters the way in which one allows the whole body, viathe central nervous system, to work.

An ‘attitude of mind’, on the other hand, uses the whole body in a way that demonstrates postu-rally an attitude one has unconsciously chosen. Consciously chosen ones aren’t fixed into theposture.

DEFINITIONS

1. Extroversion 14. Persona/ae

2. Introversion 15. Anima or Animus

3. Consciousness 16. Rational

4. Unconsciousness 17. Irrational

5. Collective Unconscious 18. The Four Functions

6. Personal Unconscious 19. Flexibility

7. The Collective 20. Empathy

8. Individual 21. Astrology

9. Individuation 22. Character

10. The Shadow 23. Interests

11. Projection 24. The World/Planet

12. Identification 25. Time

13. Archetype 26. The Universe

These definitions are not written in alphabetical order but in what seems to be a suitable progres-sion of information when read in conjunction with this book.

xxv


1. Extroversion - an inherent preference for living in the outer and visible life.

2. Introversion - an inherent preference for living in the inner and invisible life, whetherconsciously or not.

- many people are a mix of these but many are markedly one or the other.

3. Consciousness - knowing about things as completely as possible, whether of the the outeror the inner life, but especially the latter as this is the most neglected. That which is abledeliberately to keep things organised. It is ‘knowing’ as opposed to ‘not-knowing’.

4. Unconsciousness - not-knowing, often semi-deliberately, whether of the inner life or of theouter, of one’s own or another’s, mental or physical, practical or imponderable, applied ornot. It is not-knowing as opposed to knowing.

5. Collective Unconsciousness - unconsciousness as above pertaining to humanity as a whole,or to a human grouping irrespective of the size of that group, but generally referring to thewhole of humanity. It holds the depths and meanings often expressed by myths and legendsthat have been common to the human race since it began and which are now so oftenforgotten, or devalued and dismissed in western society and by westernized people butwhich nevertheless are very much alive. It is without end (in any ‘direction’ or way) and cantherefore never be understood. Only those contents which rise from it can be brought intoconsciousness, and only then with attention. Failure to do this results in those contents beingin control of the the group, ipso facto, rather than vice versa. The collective unconsciouscontains the instincts and the archetypes (q.v.) and all non-personal unknowns of the group.

6. Personal Unconscious - unconsciousness as above but limited to the single person and theirown unconscious. It is the repository of all those personal and individual components thatare repressed for whatever reason, whether ‘good’ or ‘bad’, and are not at present inconscious daily life. These contents grade from the truly personal to where they merge intothe collective unconscious but still with one’s own personal (and unconscious) ‘attitude’ tothem.

7. The Collective - the generality of humans including their consciously or unconsciouslygeneral and agreed behaviour, outlook and attitudes as a group regardless of the size of thatgroup.

8. Individual - the psychologically grown and differentiated single person, distinguished fromthe agreed generality described under The Collective; something reached by personalpsychological development, effort and thought in that regard.

9. Individuation - the process of that development of a person away from the collective groupor ‘norm’ into the psychology of an individual, and the continuation of that developmentthroughout life.

10. The Shadow - all those things about one’s self that are not quite in consciousness whether‘good’ or ‘evil’, ‘positive’ or ‘negative’, ‘desirable’ or otherwise; sometimes the opposites ofone’s usual and personal collectively acceptable behaviour and outlook whether inner orouter, but always unconscious. All those things and attitudes and behaviours of which oneis not aware in oneself and may deny exist.

11. Projection - the ‘seeing outside oneself’ of all or more usually some of those parts of aperson’s own self that are still beyond consciousness, still in the Shadow ; generally projectedonto a person or people or onto activities or outer situations.

xxvi


12. Identification - when a person loses their psychological identity in that of a projection ontosomeone, something, or onto a group outside themselves and believes that themselves andthat other are effectively the same in nearly every way in this particular regard, or that theyunderstand each other absolutely, or that that activity, place, group, etc., are the only wayto act, to be, to be with, etc. It denotes complete unconsciousness in this regard; the personcannot see or understand any difference between themselves and that other, to whateverextent it is that they identify with it. This can be helpful until such time as the person isbeginning to find their own way. If it then still remains it can become a hindrance to theperson’s development.

13. Archetypes - that into which one unconsciously loses or partially loses one’s personal behav-iour and outlook into that of an overriding one of greater or lesser collectively recognisableeffect, e.g., The Great Mother, The Hero, A Perennial Youth, Wise Man, Wise Woman, TheTeacher, A Poor Old Thing, A Government Servant - the list is quite endless as it is a stateof mind (q.v.) and nothing to do with actual figures in reality, only the archetypal meaningbehind them. This can also happen to groups, regardless of size, who can become lost inan archetypal situation or activity, e.g., Policing, Dispensing Law, Fighting For An Ideal, andso forth. Either of these can wholly or partly swallow the person or the group so they arecompletely helpless in its grip and certainly do not recognize the situation they are in. Noamount of talking will enlighten them, either, because They Are ‘Right’ ; they are probablyunable to stand alone either, they need to be part of the archetype or they fail. Wars areoften fought on this basis, on both sides.

In the past, and when archetypes had themselves developed sufficiently, they were, andoften still are, personified as gods or goddesses (many or few or single), images and figuresof different characteristics, tendencies and capabilities, creative or destructive, of greater thanlife size (and I use the word ‘greater’ advisedly), but the world of people increasingly choosesto disbelieve in these and must therefore bring the psychological situations and behavioursthey represent into consciousness from the collective unconscious where they are still alive.It is the disbelief in these as outer beings which gives rise to more or less severe loss of partsof (or the whole of) a person’s or a group’s self. Until this bringing into consciousnesshappens by effort ‘the gods’ or ‘the goddesses’ still do ‘exist’, and will continue to do sothough in less and less personified form as humanity as a whole develops psychologically.

For each individual the characteristics will continue to exist always, either as traps into whichnot to fall with the loss of individuality, or as situations out of which to climb into new orrenewed and conscious understanding each time. This can be said for humanity collectivelysince this unconsciousness of either the collective or the individual is without end and allthat can be done is to recognise, or try to recognise, and make conscious any archetypalaspect before it takes over.

14. Persona/e - this is, or these are, the mask/s a person will don ‘for reasons of adaptation orpersonal convenience’ (Jung) and which to some extent hides the individual, sometimesfrom ‘the crowd’ and sometimes from themselves, which latter is almost certainly equiva-lent to the Framework’s Overrider. Examples of Overriders that I have come across have been:a politician, an expert, male, female, lover, a competent...(whatever), student, gardener,......, anything at all that the person sees themselves as and which then excludes, or inFramework terms ‘overrides’ their own selves so that they do not see themselves apart fromthis, or not in some situations such as at work or other situation when it is comforting orconvenient or protective. It would seem to be a fine line between this and an archetype butwhereas the latter cannot at all easily be dealt with or ‘shaken off’, an Overrider is much

xxvii


simpler even if difficult for the person themselves to give it up when understood and standon their own individual feet. They are not helpless in the grip of an Overrider as is the casewith an archetype, a projection or an identification, but have donned such a mask as a helperor a protection, probably unconsciously but could equally well lose it when they choose - ifthey know of its presence! A persona may be more difficult, but may not; I’m not sure howmuch persona and Overrider are equivalent.

15. Anima or Animus - that inside a person (anima and feminine for men, animus and mascu-line for women) which corresponds to his or her highest level of feminine or masculinecreative and helpful side respectively; the soul image, and which has a definite human formin dreams. To find this in the outer world outwardly attached to an individual can be bothuplifting and/or a disaster but in any case will completely supersede the actuality and indi-viduality of that other and real person, to their detriment, or the detriment of both peoplein the long run so long as it stays unconscious. The other person is the recipient of ‘love’and the matter is quite beyond reason and common sense, and in any case becomes utterlycompelling to the man or woman caught up by it. It may be a complete ‘projection’ ofnearly all the unconscious contents regarding this aspect of the concerned person or it maybe partial and be only some of them - in any case it is quite unconscious and the other personis found to be ‘utterly wonderful’. It will not admit of a true relationship between the twopeople concerned and can be quite obsessive in nature. So long as these projected aspectsof either a man or a woman remain unconscious to the projecting individual, whatever thenature of those unconscious heights, ideals or creativeness, so long will that person remainin the helpless grip of the projection as ‘personified’ by the ‘other person’. They need to findthemselves as individuals and to recognise and withdraw the projection, both of whichactions are one and the same as far as this matter goes.

16. Rational - that which is commonly agreed, in western terms, to be acceptable, logical, ‘scien-tific’, unemotional, probably male (whether exhibited by a man or a woman), and is char-acterised by Jung as the Thinking and Feeling functions out of the four (q.v.).

17. Irrational - that which is commonly agreed, in western terms, to be less acceptable, illogi-cal, emotional, probably female (whether exhibited by a woman or a man), and is charac-terised by Jung as the Sensation and Intuitive functions out of the four (q.v.).

18. The Four Functions - these are Thinking, Intuition, Feeling and Sensation, the four psycho-logical functions observed and defined by Jung and generally shown in a cross formationthus:

He writes that in his experience one of these will be in primary use and one, on one side ofit or the other, in secondary use, and that the one opposite the primary will be so unfamiliaras to constitute an inferior function, one which the person is thoroughly bad at exercisingin all probability. He also posits that this is the typology of humans, at least I imagine ofwestern origin.

In the Framework re s e a rch it became clear that this is not quite the case; that all four functionsare inherent, that the use of intuition, feeling and sensation are the daily norm of living (orshould be) and that thinking is brought into play as required. It is the loss of one or moreof these and the greater reliance on only one or more of the remainder that then constitutes

the (developed) typology he observed. This, in my view, is an adaptation to life rather thanan inherent psychological situation.

To quote Jung in Modern Man in Search of a Soul: ‘Sensation establishes what is essentiallygiven, thinking enables us to recognise its meaning, feeling tells us its value, and finally intu-ition points to the possibilities of the whence and whither that lies within the immediatefacts.’ They can now be written with a thin line joining Thinking with Sensation and Intuitionon either side, and a thick line joining Sensation and Intuition with Feeling to denote thegreater necessity for these latter three to be in constant daily use

and to show the complement of functions, in psychological and biological terms, requiredfor life, three functioning all the time and Thinking, the fourth, brought in only as and whenneeded.

19. Flexibility - an absolutely necessary ingredient for both mind and all parts of the body andbrain; it equals adaptability and therefore survival. Mentally it can be described as open-endedness, not insisting on preconceptions and principles to the detriment of one’s own selfor that of others or of anything, and physically it allows one to do the things one needs todo and allows one’s body to function and move as it should.

20. Empathy - OED: “(Psych.) power of projecting one’s personality into (and so fully compre-hending) object of contemplation.” This is the way to develop every Stage and it is the wayto live them once achieved, on behalf of every thing. It is not ‘a projection’ as defined aboveas it is a conscious and deliberate act of short duration.

21. Astrology - not as in prediction, but it is one very useful and informative way of looking atthe life and characteristics of oneself.

22. Character - the peculiarities and style of a person, their idiosyncrasies and mental or moralqualities; what makes each person distinct and individual.

23. Interests - those things which concern one, excite one’s curiosity and hold one’s attention.These can be varied and general, or specific and of such overriding interest to oneself as todisrupt the life of everyone around; some people seem to have no interests at all and othershave quite diffuse and collective interests.

24. The World / Planet - these are apt to be synonymous in my usage but don’t usually includehumans and their doings. The terms are intended to imply the wider context of nature: landand sea, climate and weather, deserts, jungles, forests, grasslands, marshes, animals, birds,fish, plants, microbes, plains and mountains, including all levels of sky and atmosphere,stratosphere and above - whatever it is from the innermost core of the earth to the outer-most envelope of it before it becomes outer space that can be said to constitute this planet.

25. Time - this can include anything in the form of linear time, time from one moment to another- minutes, hours, days, years, historical time, archaeological time, prehistoric time, geologi-cal time and way back to the beginnings of the Universe. Space-Time is everywhere and iseverywhere-time.

26. The Universe - everything.

xxviii


1

Book One: The Metanoiac Framework • Part I

THE METANOIAC FRAMEWORK

PA RT I: THE DESCRIPTIVE MODEL OF UNIVERSALACTION - THE FRAMEWORK FOR UNDERSTA N D I N G

Introduction

The Basic Nature of the Universe

The Cycle of Continuous Action

The Interruptions to the Cycle of Continuous Action

INTRODUCING THE DESCRIPTIVE MODEL OF UNIVERSAL ACTION

The nucleus of this work lies in this Descriptive Model of Universal Action; everything relates to itand everything refers back to it. It describes in diagram and word form the way in which every-thing works, without regard to what that thing is. The two parts of this model I have called:


and


Leading on from this model (which may at first seem too far removed from everyday life to be ofimmediate interest though it does, in truth, underlie it) are Parts II and III:

The Means Through Which We Experience Understanding

and

The Stages of That Understanding

These two bring understanding first into the orbit of humans in the collective and then into theorbit of the individual. The Means, for us, is intimately concerned with human anatomy but wehave to understand anatomy in fresh ways, transversely among them; the Stages look at twoaspects of personal development, the psychological and the religious, which are universally human.

It is essential to gain (in fact, re-gain) an internal sense of the universality of action and not just tokeep it as an intellectual exercise. So often, when this is the case, the intellectualising individual hasnot remembered to include themselves, never seen that things apply to and within themselves aswell as to and within the outer object or system. The same may apply in extroverts, unfortunatelyfor them, merely by virtue of their extroversion, as it also does to our extroverted western societyas a whole. In either case the person may know this ‘within and without’ to be the case but stillhold it at arms length somehow rather than accepting the experience of it within themselves. It is

2


impossible for either individuals or humanity as a whole to move on from the present unrelatedstate until this understanding of the workings of things includes the workings of the individual, andthis is particularly the case here since ultimately, in respect of this work, we are aiming to under-stand why ailments arise in the first place. Humanity is just beginning to come out of this psycho-logically and religiously self-centred state and to understand and appreciate the totality of things.Now is the time for individuals to be personally conscious of this. This state has been, and still is,part of a progression from the innate knowledge that everything is one, through the separationfrom that, towards the consciousness that everything is one, and leading on to being able to acton that.

We, as humans are not in any way divorced from the planet or the Universe. It is where we live, itis where we came from and absolutely none of it exists in isolation from the rest of it. Not only isit essential to develop an inner sense of universal action but to know that we are doing it in orderfor us to move onward in our living and re-integrate ourselves within and without. That part of thework relates to what is called The Meanings, of which more later (Part II).

THE BASIC NATURE OF THE UNIVERSE

Figure 1 shows the Basic Nature of the Universe. On the one hand there is Space, and on the otherThought. Space is everywhere, not only out there as outer space. It is everywhere one looks, andalso inside the atoms of which everything is composed; it is between everything whether atoms,molecules, cells or finished objects, and whether those objects are people, fishes, plants, the gasesof our air, or stars, or anything else, animate or inanimate; but there is much more space wherethere are fewer ‘solid’ objects and whatever physical effects space shows as a result of things withinit, it is still space, and as such is essential since everything both inhabits it and contains it. Everysingle thing is in its own space, and so are the constituents that go to make it up, no matter howtightly locked together those constituents seem to be, and where there are constituents at all theythemselves contain some space within their atoms. (I shall make no attempt whatever to do morethan register the discussion on dark matter. So far, at least, it has not entered into this Framework,and Space, for our purposes, can continue as empty Space even though dark matter, for all wecan’t see it, may be there somewhere!)

Sometimes in this descriptive model we have to cope with space so I will give the dictionary defin i t i o nof it:

from the Concise Oxford Dictionary - “Space: 1. continuous extension viewed with or withoutreference to the existence of objects within it. 2. Interval between points or objects viewedas having one, two or three dimensions.”

from the Concise Science Dictionary (Oxford again) - “Space: 1. a property of the universe thatenables physical phenomena to be extended into three mutually perpendicular directions. InNewtonian physics, space, time, and matter are treated as quite different entities. In Einsteinianphysics, space and time are combined into a four-dimensional continuum and in the generaltheory of relativity matter is regarded as having an effect on space causing it to curve. 2. (orouter space) the part of the universe that lies outside the earth’s atmosphere.”

Pictured opposite Space in Figure 1 is Thought. Thought is the way in which each thing maintainsitself as itself. I have been taught during this research that Thought is not a peculiarly humanattribute since every existent thing, from an atomic particle upward, uses whatever is necessary inorder to remain as itself, however long or short the time-span, and this pertains for any object right

THOUGHT

Pol

ariz

atio

n

Org

aniz

edm

atte

r

Line

ar T

ime

Line

ar T

ime

Opp

ositi

on

Opp

ositi

on

Attr

actio

n

Attr

actio

n

THE BASIC NATURE OF THE UNIVERSE

THOUGHT is the inherent way in which organized matter maintains itself as matter. Loss of Thought equals Interruption. The relationship of Thought to Space causes matter to remain organized.

Figure 1


3

4


up to the Universe itself. It depends, then, on what one chooses to consider Thought to be. To tryand grasp this we don’t have to deal in the specific terms of physics nor in its mathematical expres-sion, we can get a sense of the essentialness of Thought and the essentialness of Space quite wellin the visual descriptive terms of these word diagrams, and much more easily apply it to our dailylife and to ourselves. Thought, when used by something for maintenance of itself as itself is not,obviously, always what we call thought in our human state which is more a slurry of undifferenti-ated ideas and images running at will in one’s brain, or a logical sequence of the same with orwithout words attached, i.e., those things that go on in one’s brain that can either be verbalised,pictured or otherwise expressed or which may be too ill-defined to catch in this way. The wordThought when used in this work will mean those processes, or that process, of the movement ofenergy in an object or organism used for maintaining that object as itself, however short or longthe time span. Once Thought has gone, maintenance has gone and the ‘thing’ as such disappearsinto Space. A particle in sub-atomic terms may be the shortest time span for the existence of a‘thing’, but the model of Thought describes equally well the maintenance of whole molecules, orelephants, for instance, or the whole planet or the Universe or larger or smaller parts of any ofthese. So if you can think of Thought as a word model for a process and divorce it temporarilyfrom those human brain products of abstract and/or undirected thought that are not associatedwith maintaining each person as a person then the word is an acceptable model in this context.By using thought to concentrate on things other than survival and self maintenance almost all ofus lose the sense of universal action with which we are intimately endowed, losing understandingnot only of our surroundings but of our own physical being.

The centre line of Figure 1 shows two arrows of linear time (‘clock’ time) bounded by forces ofAttraction and Opposition on either side, Attraction in either case being polarised by Oppositionon either arrow, and meeting in the middle between Thought and Space. Attraction and Oppositionare the different forces that keep Thought and Space both together and apart, though never inbalance since the whole thing is in a constant state of movement, but Space and its arrow ispolarised by Thought and its arrow and at the meeting point there can be matter, which in itselfis kept organized by Thought in the Cycle of Continuous Action (which we will go into in a minute).This is not meant to be the two fingers of god, as it were, and pow! there is matter (though perhapsthat is the case!?) and all of it happening ‘out there’; or even in the past. This description of theBasic Nature of the Universe is not only the Universe but all through it, no matter what and nomatter where, now. It is the basic nature of the Universe, the way it all happens, not detailing it inthe terms of physics but describing it visually in diagrams with words as pictures. It is a descriptionof the atom.

Matter, as defined by the Concise Oxford Dictionary, is:

“that which has mass and occupies space: physical substance in general, as opposed to spirit,mind etc. “

which is interesting because mind, which I have already touched upon, is something which I cameup against in my researches and was quite unable either to define or, at the time, avoid but whichpersisted in being there, whether I liked it or not. I couldn’t encompass it in any way and was even-tually forced to accept that Mind is there whatever it is, and furthermore that it is everywhere; thatit does not do anything without energy for it to move but that it is not energy itself. It would havebeen helpful perhaps if I could have been allowed to accept it as god, or God, but it was notallowed. They are not, apparently, quite the same thing; Mind is everywhere but God is everything,including energy wherever it is. I get into frequent tangles with this and all I can say is that I justas frequently come up against the implacability of Mind and get no further than that statement:that Mind is everywhere and God is everything but they are not quite the same thing. Mind does

5


not seem to ‘belong’ to anything, but everything has it; it is the suitable actioning within eachthing and of every thing as a whole.

Apropos matter, and just to help clarify the definition, one could add the saying from Punch of1855: “What is Matter? - Never mind. What is Mind? - No matter”, and for mind add the quotefrom Bishop George Berkeley: “All the choir of heaven and furniture of earth - in a word, all thosebodies which compose the mighty frame of the world - have not any subsistence without a mind.”,though I would suggest it to be more correct to exclude the indefinite article and leave it as ‘mind’alone, or even Mind.

Talking of God, one could further add these verses:

There was a young man who said “God

Must find it exceedingly odd

That the sycamore tree just ceases to be

When there’s no-one about in the quad.”

“Young man, your astonishment’s odd,

I am always about in the quad,

And the sycamore tree will continue to be

As observed by, yours faithfully, God.”

And to round off this small collection of helpful notes and quotes I could add the famous one byDescartes of: “I think, therefore I am.” Eventually we shall see that this is only too true, but not inquite the sense he meant it perhaps. So far as I have got in my researches I have a suspicion itwould also be true to say: We have been thought, therefore we are. The question is by whom orwhat?

THE CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS ACTION

Figure 2 shows the Cycle of Continuous Action, which is the description of the continuity of actionnecessary for anything to continue to exist, from atomic particles onward. Each part of the Cycle,and the whole Cycle itself, exists in a particular relationship to Space, maintained there by the polar-ization of Thought with Space. This is shown by the mini Basic Nature of the Universe picturedinside the Cycle. For anything to action properly it needs to ‘keep going’, to keep up a cycle ofcontinuous action, but there are definite parts to this cycle. The cycle can also ‘break down’ at anyone of them with fairly specific effects. By continuity of action I do not, for instance, mean thatperiods of rest in themselves interrupt the cycle, they do not, because the Cycle of ContinuousAction, like the Basic Nature of the Universe, applies as much to the internal workings of one atomas to anything into which several atoms, or billions of them are formed. It also applies to the totalfunctioning of a living body, any body, regardless of size, and also to much larger and apparentlyvaguer things like the planet, the galaxy in which our planet resides, and the Universe itself.Everything, and every thing, can be described like this, everything inside itself has a Cycle ofContinuous Action as does any whole of which it is a part, and all of them are maintained by thesame polarization of Thought with Space, again regardless of size.

THE CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS ACTIONthe organisation of anything

RELATING is a passive action; proximity between anything stimulates 'MIND' which is MOVEMENT OF ENERGY; this produces LIGHT and THOUGHT; the latter has the quality of intention towards DIRECTED ACTION - this can maintain anything.

If the Cycle of Continuous Action is maintained this keeps the Polarization between Attraction and Opposition in its place, polarized between Thought and Space.

However, there is also Linear Time (Interruptions) and the constant interaction of this at one or other place in the C of CA can always upset this maintenance. In practical terms this will mentally and physically seem to be the correct way and Thought would appear to be in the right place.

Everything in the Universe demonstrates the effects of interrupted Cycle of Continuous Action, which then constantly re-forms with equally constant re-interruption.

Figure 2

6


7


The individual parts of the Cycle of Continuous Action are descriptions of how the Cycle workswhen analysed. The initial necessity is =Relating.

=Relating

Relating is an ongoing but passive action; things relate because they are there and only because ofthat. It is not to be confused with relationship, that more or less deliberate placing of one thing inparticular relationship to another. Relating has no form of deliberation about it at all, and thoughit is a continual action it is quite impartial and passive, even for humans. It is continual rather thancontinuous because it is dependent upon the continuation of the Cycle for its renewal. It is easy tosee apparently inanimate objects in this way, that stone just happens to be where it is, and thatcontinent just happens to be where it is, or that star, or anything else. Of course, there may beand often are geological or other reasons as to why the stone or the continent etc. are where theyare, and these reasons will be part of the Cycle of Continuous Action of the planet and so forth,but these kinds of reasons are not our concern. As far as =Relating of the Cycle of Continuous Actiongoes they are just there, and the situation is impartially so. And, as ever, we can and must continueto emphasize that as far as the Cycle is concerned it is exactly the same throughout the Universe,its atoms, and whatever they are made into.

=Relating, then, means that when any thing is there, and whether it likes it or not, it is Relating toevery other thing, everywhere.

+Mind/Movement of Energy

The next section of the Cycle is +Mind/Movement of Energy; the ‘plus’ is important as is the ‘equals’for Relating and the other signs before the other parts; it is one of the five connectors that keepthe Cycle together and their loss causes problems, not to say chaos. We will look at them later.

Mind/Movement of Energy are written like this because, though they are not the same thing, theyare together, exactly as are the Cycle of Continuous Action and the Basic Nature of the Universe.Any movement of energy, to accomplish anything, takes place through mind. Mind/Movement ofEnergy, therefore, is everywhere since static or moving energy is everywhere, and energy cannotmove except through mind - or Mind. Mind ‘has’ energy but energy does not ‘have’ mind.Mind/Movement of Energy can be understood more through its lack of effect since if energy is notmoving nothing can happen. Energy is mediated by and through mind - or Mind.

Like Thought, Mind is not a peculiarly human possession. It is that through which movements ofenergy accomplish anything, of any kind, anywhere. Humans ‘have it’, too, (or it has them) andfurther on this is what we will be considering, but in the first instance, through these three aspectsof the Descriptive Model of Universal Action - the Basic Nature of the Universe, the Cycle ofContinuous Action and the Interruptions of the Cycle of Continuous Action - I want to get over thesense of the real universality of the model, the action that it pictures and that it really does applynot only to ourselves but to every existent thing, living or not, on this planet or not, visible or not.

=Light

Leading on from =Relating+Mind/Movement of Energy is =Light. Again, the connector of = isimportant and all these should be read aloud in one’s head to get the best meaning out of thepicture of the Cycle. All living cells emit a weak ‘glow’ of light when they action, and Relating plusMind/Movement of Energy equals this weak glow of Light. In this description this applies to every-thing even if light is only metaphoric in non-living things.

8


(I am not at all sure that this is so since I once, quite unexpectedly, saw light throughout a situa-tion that contained both living and non-living things, but whatever is the case one can easily acceptthat proper actioning everywhere produces light, even if it is only metaphoric in some places.)

In fact Light is not the only result of =Relating+Mind/Movement of Energy, it continues on to be=Light&Thought.

&Thought

Thought I have already discussed at some length in the Basic Nature of the Universe, and Thoughtin the Cycle of Continuous Action is that same Thought. This is where the BNU is polarised withSpace inside the C of CA for everything. Thought is produced by =Relating+Mind/Movement ofEnergy=Light and does not and cannot exist apart from them.

à D i rected Action

The à means ‘leads to’, to Directed Action, which means just what it sounds like; it is an outcomeof the previous parts of the Cycle already discussed. For the Cycle to continue here the action hasto be directed by Thought. If that is the case and Thought has led to Directed Action then this willhave managed to maintain the object, whatever its form or size, as itself for another ‘turn’ as itwere of the wheel or the Cycle, and this =Relating; the thing can go on as the activity is goingproperly - for now.

Point of Change

In the picture of the Cycle of Continuous Action it can be seen that there is an outside portion atthe Mind/Movement of Energy that encompasses both and is called the Point of Change.

This is as important as the rest of the Cycle but not as part of the Cycle. If the Mind/Movement ofEnergy stops then the current organization of that particular Cycle of Continuous Action changesinto the Point of Change. An object can no longer maintain itself, in even the most ‘damaged’form, and sooner or later ‘dies’. There is no specific direction which the Mind/Movement of Energytakes after that except that it will go to make up other things sooner or later; it will in effect continuea cycle but not as itself as it had been. Because of this it took my research process a long time torecognize death, of anything, as a point to be discussed at all since ‘death’ is a recycling and notan end. Even now I have to choose roundabout language and mostly still get nowhere.

These remarks, while true of the material cycle are not necessarily true of psychological or religiouscycles where development can remain on ‘hold’ in the Point of Change while the material bodycan cycle on. This will probably eventually produce its own effects on the physical body. I discussit at greater length in the Interruptions of the Cycle of Continuous Action in the next section.

• • •

We have of necessity broken into the Cycle, admittedly at its most important part, that of =Relating,in order to be able to discuss it, but in truth, though it has parts there is no effective beginningsince it is a continuous cycle. It is like finding the beginning of a bicycle wheel. Analysing the partsof a cycle of continuous action is the only way to be able to know the action, and one must bearin mind that it is a dynamic cycle and practically never, ever static. Even a bicycle wheel notcurrently in use is not static. It may appear to be so but the atoms of which it is composed are allmadly active inside. If it is left for long enough it too will drift into the Point of Change and dis-integrate, cease to be a bicycle wheel maintained as itself. If we used a living analogy, the activityof the Cycle of Continuous Action of the resting object would be much more obvious since it would

9


not only be those internally active atoms but the whole internally active body and its molecules,cells and metabolic processes and systems and so forth, and those we need to be aware of.

Of course, many of these activities in almost all cycles happen almost instantaneously, thoughothers are much slower, and one is not necessarily aware of the cyclical nature of it - until, that is,a part of it goes missing because a connector has been interrupted. The nature of the cycle is alwaysto be interrupted, as I understand it. Linear time is extremely real and can itself be the interrup-tion; each thing will change eventually, or, as Heracleitus puts it, “All is flux, nothing is stationary.”So is Relating also real; but of what else except Thought one could confidently say that I don’tknow. By real I mean exist - not ‘to exist’ nor ‘exists’, just ‘exist’, which seems to make linear timeand Relating and Thought both singular and plural, like sheep: ‘linear time, Relating and Thoughtgoes on’?; no, it should be ‘linear time, Relating and Thought go on’; forever in the present as wellas in the plural.

In one sense, what we have done so far is to describe the Cycle of Continuous Action as if it weremaintained and static. This static state will never exist for any length of time until Thought can beused consciously, but for understanding psycho-religio-somatics we need to know why that isnecessary. The reason is the Interruptions, some of which we have no control over, but some ofwhich we have.

INTERRUPTIONS TO THE CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS ACTION

In Figure 3, the Cycle of Continuous Action with Interruptions, it can be seen that a simplified miniBasic Nature of the Universe with its polarizing arrows of Opposition and Attraction extended isplaced one to each connector instead of to the true requirement of Thought. There are five miniBNUs in this figure because it is a multi-picture; we shall consider the effects of each one separatelyin a minute.

When the linear time polarizing arrows swing from Thought/Space to a connector/Space the conse-quences of linear time are allowed to take over and the continuity of the Cycle is broken. We reacha paradox here because as far as an individual object is concerned in the end this is inevitable, butas far as each human object is concerned, though in the end it is also inevitable, prior to that, upto a point, and despite our regrettable tendency to allow the Basic Nature of the Universe withinourselves to be mis-aligned most of the time, it is not. I have to say it is only up to a point, butduring a period of years (though for the rest of one’s life if one is persistent, I understand), if oneis willing deliberately to re-learn and maintain the re-alignment of linear time polarity of Thoughtwith Space, the spin-off is tremendous, both for oneself and the rest of the world. One is then ableto become an individual rather than just another person, one has learned to be oneself, and canlargely prevent oneself being ill. At this level of psychological development this is exactly not thematter of selfish self-centredness that it may appear to be. That belongs at earlier Stages (of whichmore in Part III); rather it is the achievement of being open and co-operative but with a far greaterunderstanding of oneself from which to do it, and with an objectivity about oneself that is impossiblebefore this re-alignment. It is this objectivity that enables people finally to live without uncon-sciously seeing themselves as the centre of the universe, to be open without prejudice, to be ableproperly to understand their own limitations, to accept both sides of any question, and not justintellectually, and to know that they are capable of doing so without needing to conform to rulesabout it.

This sounds impossibly ideal, of course, but it is a fact that people who have arrived at this pointby having examined, or even questioned, their experiences of life and thereby learned from them

THE POINTS OF INTERRUPTION OFTHE CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS ACTION

The Cycle of Continuous Action can be Interrupted at any of the five Connectors, which then effectively causes the subsequent part of the Cycle to go missing. The mini Basic Nature of the Universe arrows of organized matter then get re-orientated to a different part of the Cycle than the right one of Thought and Space. Each type of Interruption results in a particular physical and mental effect (the Forms).

Figure 3


10

Molly

Placed Image

11


will have gained a psychological and religious growth within themselves they did not have before.There are definite Stages in this growth which we shall be discussing later but for now I want tolook at the general effects in the individual of parts missing in the Cycle of Continuous Action whenthe polarization has moved.

When the polarizing arrows of the BNU swing to a connector, and they almost always do, eitheras a single tendency for an individual or as phases for anyone, the subsequent section of the Cycleof Continuous Action goes missing. It is generally possible to remedy both the tendency and thephases and that is one of the things this work is about. Phases often remedy themselves but notalways. Tendencies, however, become built-in situations and it takes hard thought-work to restorethe missing part, as it may also for a phase at the time. As there has not previously been a formu-lated framework for understanding this it may not have been appreciated exactly how much or inwhat way a person’s built-in tendency may interf e re with their physical body even if such tendencieshave been recognised. Each tendency (which is learned or unconsciously ‘chosen’ and is notgenetic) that leads to the built-in situation produces a particular type of assumption on the part ofan individual that the way in which they do things is necessarily the correct way. Any tendency isthe consequence of the following two things: one, the particular part missing of their Cycle ofContinuous Action and, two, their current Stage levels of psychological and religious development.

If a person is trying to maintain themselves as themselves, and we are talking of physically, psycho-logically and religiously, they will, naturally and inevitably and of necessity, assume that the waythey do things is the way to do them, the way they should be done. There is rarely any inner ques-tioning of this but, as life’s exigencies lead to specific psychological and religious responses withinpeople and they learn to ‘live’ in a way that is most convenient for themselves, this does not neces-sarily mean it is easy and mostly means that sooner or later there are actional or functional disor-ders of the body of one sort or another, mild or otherwise, as a result. Almost one hundred percentof the time this ‘chosen’ way of responding re-orientates the polarizing arrows away fro mThought/Space and towards a connector, expressing the assumption, unconsciously held, that ‘myway’ is the ‘correct’ way, through the part of the Cycle that goes missing, this ‘way’ having arisenbecause it has been found to work within the parameters with which that person has been, or is,dealing in their life. In effect, Thought changes its place in the Cycle, for the purposes of self main-tenance, to the part or area in it that has become psychologically missing, but as Thought actuallyhas a fixed place in the Cycle of Continuous Action, instead of the unconsciously displaced Thoughtcontinuing that cycle it interferes with it as false Thought polarization must be attempting toreplace something else in the cycle. Maintenance, therefore, is interfered with and Thought is inthe wrong place, but because in daily life it unconsciously seems to that person to be in the rightplace they defend the way they do things if this is ever questioned: “How I live is the way to liveand why should I change?”

For most people this is unconscious, they do not know they act in this way. They may seem toknow, and at an extremely superficial level, and in respect of certain and particular expressions ofbehaviour definable in particular ways (see Spatial Stages, Part III) they could acknowledge theirown way of behaving, but the point I am making is that people almost never question their ownbehaviour or attitude for themselves and therefore they remain effectively unconscious of it. Theiraccompanying and inadequately working bodies do not consciously ‘know’ they are being inter-fered with any more than the person ‘knows’ they are doing the interfering, but bodies areprevented from working properly in fairly definable ways while this unconsciousness continuesbecause the necessary Thought is not being polarised suitably. (Incidentally the only ‘right’ way -morally - for people to function is their own right way, and this changes as they achieve increasinglevels of psychological consciousness within the parameters of their own personality. There is no

12


outer ‘right’ way to which one ‘should’ conform. However, each body has a materially ‘right’ wayin which it would like to live and it very well knows what that is when the mis-aligned Thought isnot interfering.) Bodies do not ‘know’ but cells do ‘tell’ where one is going wrong physically.‘Knowing’ is not exactly part of it; neither bodies nor brains do ‘know’ until a person has developedStage 6 Spatial and Religious consciousness and objectivity with which to know. The apparently‘miraculous’ healing sense of the body cells depends upon having changed inhibited thought inthe particular regard that is needed, by whatever means leads to consciousness. This Frameworkprovides a means of achieving an understanding of some consequences in cells of the uncon-sciousness of thought.

Unconsciousness is something people find hard to grasp, particularly as it exists alongsideconsciousness of the physical and intellectual kind. I am not using unconscious in absolute physicalterms, as in physically anaesthetised, for instance, but psychologically it is effectively the same andI am using it entirely in connection with the terms psychology and religion as used in thisFramework. It is easier to know of unconsciousness in hindsight, to look back and realise that whatone is conscious of now one did not know then, or that the way one behaved then one would notchoose to do now; and this is entirely valid, but there are also things one does not know now,which one may only possibly know now (or later) and only then with some effort but which it isneedful to know. There are almost certainly things in one’s life one has preferred not to look at tooclosely, sometimes only mildly pushed away, sometimes quite seriously; or there may be potentialsfor development or expression that one has not taken up, or even refused to take up, and thesecan be just as unconscious - and damaging to the cells. It is less well accepted, or even not known,that people react to these situations or express them - which is what we are concerned with in theInterruptions - in certain ways, so that each missing connector produces in people a particular wayof behaving of which they are usually unconscious. It leaves them with a particular approach tolife, a more or less unconsciously ‘chosen’ way of doing things, which has arisen as their responseto circumstances. This is not a comment on the circumstances themselves but on the person’sresponse. No one circumstance necessarily and inevitably produces the same response in everymember of a growing family, for instance. Each child will respond in its own way and this cannotbe foretold, it can only be observed. But respond it will and the response is almost bound to causea break in the Cycle of Continuous Action, mostly sooner but sometimes not till later if the childremains unconscious of this. A later, but in no way inevitable one, is nearly always the interruptionof =Light and there are often temporary phases of a loss of /Movement of Energy (though if thisloss is almost total then it is a loss of Mind/Movement of Energy and therefore may move into aPoint of Change), but more usually it is Thought or Directed Action that is first affected and Relatingover a longer period in childhood and/or young adulthood, but hardly ever more than one of thesethree for any one person as a whole.

The Interruptions, then, are when linear time, as in clock time, historical time, geological time, lifetime, the time from a beginning to an end, takes over, which effectively it nearly always does andin the end always does when one ‘finishes with this life’. In theory, when Thought and Space arekept suitably in ‘opposition’ it is possible for the therefore integrated matter to remain in a Cycleof Continuous Action. In practice this does not happen for more than the briefest of periods re l a t i v eto the length of a given cycle, from molecules upwards. Nor can the consciousness of Thought ofwhich humans are capable hold the Cycle static, rather it has to keep correcting it and deliberatelycontinuing the action as opposed to letting it fall into decay. That is where the considerations ofthe understanding of cellular mal-action and mal-function come in.

The five connectors are: +, =, &, à, =, so that: Relating + Mind/Movement of Energy = Light &Thought à Directed Action = Relating.... (Relating plus Mind/Movement of Energy equals Light

13


and Thought which leads to Directed Action which equals Relating or R + M/M of E = L & Th àDA= R + etc.). I have repeated it here twice so that it becomes more familiar as a cycle that contin-ues rather than remembering it in its unfamiliar bits, the essential continuity of it being elsewhereunderlined by being drawn in a circle.

When the Basic Nature of the Universe (BNU) is missing from the Cycle of Continuous Action,Thought cannot be effective; therefore, though the body of the object (and remember only humansdo this) does appear to continue, it gradually loses its total Magnetism-and-Vibration so that àDirected Action is unable to take place, this being the follow-on to Thought.

The BNU or conscious atom is the only thing Thought (or thinking) relates to; à (leads to) followsthe BNU plus Thought, and Directed Action follows those three.

Plus +

If the + after Relating is interrupted there is no Mind/Movement of Energy that can follow. Nothingcan happen and the object has gone into Point of Change, or will shortly do so if it is a physicalmatter, or will remain either on ‘hold’ or only as a possible potential if it is mental.

Equals =

If there is a removal of the first = then despite the previous parts of the Cycle being in place theLight of the living cell is not produced, the cell is not actioning properly. This may apply to onecell, a number of cells in one place, or to cells in numerous places in the body. In practice the Spaceto which Thought in the Cycle of Continuous Action should be polarised gets trapped instead byMind/Movement of Energy and the polarization of Thought and Space shown in the un-interruptedC of CA picture just circles helplessly round and round in this one spot where Light should be inthe total cycle of the cell or organism, and Opposition and Attraction circle with it. This can happenboth in the body and in the psychology.

When Light is missing because the = has been removed there is a weakening of the & after it butnot a removal of it. This weakening occurs because Light and Thought are closely linked as thefollowers of Mind/Movement of Energy, but though the connector is weakened, Thought is stillthere, though more difficult to use. Physically, metabolism of fats is affected; I do not know whateffect this has in the body, but the underlying cause will have to be found before this can be altered.

And &

When the & before Thought is removed then Thought itself goes missing and the necessary oppo-sition in the polarization against Space is also diminished to a lesser or greater extent, or evenalmost completely removed. The result is a sort of incurling of Thought, in on itself, attracted in tothe centre. Since there is no Opposition to Space to stop it, linear time Attraction will take over.Physically, water metabolism is affected, resulting in dehydration: of course, in order to successfullyrehydrate, the underlying cause must be found.

Leads to à

The removal of à before Directed Action and after Thought means that though the Cycle hassuccessfully got as far as the Thought it does not result in Directed Action, only in unDirected Actionbecause proper Attraction diminishes so that Space takes over; the then unDirected Action goesoff in all directions, outside any cycle, there no longer being anything to keep it in place to continuethe Cycle. Physically, metabolism of sugars is affected, resulting in a burning feeling: keep warm aswell as finding the underlying cause.

14


Equals =

If the Directed Action part of the Cycle has been completed but the final = gets removed thenthere is no Relating, and this leads to there being nothing, in a sense. This is not the same as thePoint of Change and does not mean ‘death’ in any way, but if there is no Relating there is noRelating, for nothing is Relating to anything and the previous part of the Cycle goes nowhere, hasno effect and cannot complete anything.

These effects can be illustrated quite well and I have expressed them in Figure 4. In this figure Spaceis shown in different places in relation to the different parts of the Cycle of Continuous Action, andto the Cycle as a whole. In Relating missing Space is effectively missing altogether; in Mind andMovement of Energy missing it is irrelevant; in Light missing it is trapped; in Thought missing itgets condensed more and more; in Directed Action it is everywhere but out of control. For Pointof Change, Space is all around but as a potential only as far as proper placing in a cycle isconcerned, any cycle.

For humans the failures of integration each follow a particular pattern. This is physically the samefor anything else but only humans ‘choose’ to try to re-integrate cycles since only humans learn touse consciousness. Humans ‘choose’ whether to stay ill or not, so that thought and consciousnessare tools for change, or otherwise. These patterns give rise to patterns of breakdown in physicalactioning which I shall discuss next.

PSYCHOLOGICAL AND PHYSICAL EFFECTS OF INTERRUPTIONS

I want now to discuss the psychological and physical effects of having specific parts of the Cycleof Continuous Action interrupted so that a tendency to have one part missing develops into a permanency. The usual three in this category are Thought, Directed Action and Relating. Lightmissing can develop in anyone in relation to particular life experiences over and above and whetheror not there is any other part missing, and /Movement of Energy missing may affect anyone at anytime for moderately short periods. These latter two will be discussed last.

Thought and Directed Action usually go missing as people come out of infanthood into childhood,at three or four years old and over the next three or four years. Relating missing may occasionallybegin at age three or four but is usually rather later, in the late teens or early twenties. It does notalways happen like this in any of the three cases; Thought and Directed Action may start earlierthough not often later, and Relating missing occasionally starts later or earlier. Each person whodoes lose a part of the Cycle of Continuous Action in this way only loses one part - Thought,Directed Action or Relating - though anyone can have a phase of loss of any part over and abovetheir own built-in tendency.

Relating Missing

In Relating missing both Attraction and Opposition of the Basic Nature of the Universe are lost. TheRelating missing person has a strong sense of being ‘the same as everything’ when extremely youngthough they are not conscious of that early on. If this sense is subsequently denied by their experi-ence as they grow, Relating becomes disrupted so that they deliberately protect themselves andrefuse, if they can, any further disruption by as it were removing themselves from the general situ-ation. This could be done bodily but circumstances probably prevent such a move in the youngand they therefore withdraw internally instead. This removal results in interference with their

15


Relating both to as many things, people, situations, etc., as they can outside themselves, and ofshutting themselves off from themselves inside. This in turn produces corresponding internal physicalRelating missing effects. This is almost always an unconscious procedure.

We can sum up by saying that Relating missing people keep their emotional responses hidden away,especially from themselves. They really do not want to have much to do with them having learnedthis as a protective measure. It would be very easy to confuse this with introversion, an inherentpsychological way of living, the reverse of which is extroversion, but extroverts can have Relatingmissing as easily as introverts. To any society which values extroverted behaviour above introverted,the retiring nature of an introvert might be mistaken for hiding feelings, but this is not correct.Introverts can be perfectly well related to their feelings. They will probably have some part of theirCycle of Continuous Action missing in their psychology since most people do and will suffer theassociated physical consequences of that. But people can be behaviourally introverted or extro-verted characteristically and still have any of the parts of the psychological cycle missing withoutit being either an introverted or an extroverted characteristic.

Introversion or extroversion is inherent in the individual from conception, and people may bemarkedly one or the other or pretty much a mix of both. I do not consider it to be a learned char-acteristic, though some people try to learn to behave in their opposite way if it seems to fit thembetter into society. It is really a disaster for them if they do for they are then not living as them-selves and can suffer quite badly, though without realising why. Usually it is introverts who try tobehave as extroverts, given the value our society puts upon extroversion - fitting in, one of theboys/girls, having a good time, not being a dampener, a thinker, serious - and so on and so forth.There can, of course, be extroverted serious people just as much as there can be introverted peoplehaving a good time. The whole thing has lapsed into a nonsensical ‘norm’ of little value to the indi-vidual.

It is complete idiocy to try to value one above the other because every person, no matter whetherintroverted or extroverted, has the potential to make their own contribution if and when theydevelop into themselves - if and when they bother.

Relating missing people suffer much more from their disruption than others, it seems to me. They‘feel’ even more at odds in their own ways as they have no comfortable base from which to live.They are at odds inside themselves emotionally and physically and at odds between themselvesand society.

Physically their problems are apt to be haphazard. Their own particular brand of endogenous symp-toms and illnesses are caused by the non-relating of their thoughts to their felt ‘emotions’. To anorthodox observer there may not appear to be any haphazardness about this because the physicalsituations they give rise to are likely by now to have neat labels, though often they are too vagueand all-embracing for that and will be dismissed as highly strung, over exhaustion, possibly evenneurasthenia and such-like terms. It is as if the person’s nervous system has not connected to theirbody and emotionally that is exactly the case.

Feelings, which stem from felt ‘emotions’, which are the effect of cell response (see EmotionalResponse at the beginning of the book) may be suppressed so that the thoughts through whichthe feelings might otherwise be expressed are unconsciously not allowed to develop; the brain andbody cells remain both responding and inhibited. This affects the entire organism but it is morelikely, viewed through the ‘eyes’ of the Framework, to be situated in a Transverse Band or Bands(Part II) and specifically be part of a Meaning problem (Part II). Therapeutically, it is essential to beable to sort out each specific symptom and find its own story, to find the trigger for the develop-

16


ment of that symptom, and it may not be at all necessary or possible or suitable to take the ‘illness’as whole; though that depends, of course, on the type or degree of physical effect.

Relating missing physical symptoms are the result of suppressing a felt reaction (emotion) at thetime. The brain has responded and promptly suppressed that response, that is to say half thenervous response occurs, including any relevant Meaning/s or Transverse Band/s of the body(whichever it or they might be), and is then stopped short and the physical and conscious-thoughtresponse inhibited. The result of this in the cells is one of suspended action; they are unable tomove in relation to the rest of the body until conscious recognition occurs of the initiating emotion.

The physical effects are of symptoms dissociated from other parts of the body and without apattern, while the psychological effect is one of not knowing what to do about what, includingoneself, not knowing what one feels about what, including oneself, and really not feeling connectedto anything, inside or out. This can be experienced as more or less severe, or just be the way inwhich the person has adapted to living their life, but either way it is still Relating missing in theirCycle of Continuous Action whether they consciously recognise the effect or not.

People may choose some sort of routine to help them cope; may just behave in a more or less dis-connected way; or not, to them, be all that noticeably affected. This would depend on the individualconcerned.

Anyone can suffer from this as a phase, but there are millions of people who have it as a built-intendency developed from their response to life as they have experienced it while they grew fromteenage to young adulthood.

To make any change in such a person requires religious and ‘depth’ psychology of the Frameworkkind. I am not advocating lengthy years of analysis for this any more than I do for any state. Forthem successfully to reinstate Relating they must understand with their intelligence, which theyfind very difficult, the situation in Framework terms otherwise little of what they study of them-selves without such a framework will make sense for understanding and restoring Relating thoughit presumably makes sense in other ways. They will need to examine their own triggers for this reli-gious/feeling abstraction of themselves plus the use of physical treatment for symptoms if necessary.Physically what they need above all is exercise, preferably out-of-doors and preferably with multi-plane movements as would be used if one lived an outdoor life. The accent needs to be on multi-plane movement as control is how Relating missing people live their lives and a good deal less‘control’ is what they need.

Of course, this is precisely the kind of thing Relating missing people avoid; they do not want anyenquiry into their inner feelings and they may find multi-plane movement uncoordinated oruncomfortable as through it they may express feelings. However, Metanoiac Framework Therapydoes not ‘work through’ things with people; they are given the information as to causes, andsuggestions as to change, and then work through it themselves in whatever way they wish - ornot. But there is no doubt that if they do and really understand themselves as they work, symptomscan fall away and all by their own efforts!

Thought Missing

Thought missing people are those who at the age of three or four or so, begin to fail to respondto other people’s expectations and assumptions of how they should think. They choose, quiteunconsciously in all probability, to try to ignore conventional use of thought and they are not neces-sarily interested in thinking at all to connect themselves with other people.

17


This is a learned response, an unconscious refusal to be the way other people are. Of course, atthat early age it may not be a very overt revolt and it also depends on the degree of extroversionand introversion as to how much it shows. In their particular use of Thought they are graduallylearning their own individuality, unlike Relating missing people who cannot emotionally find theirown individuality at all easily as they hid it in their developing years.

The form this takes, as illustrated in Figure 4 which shows the dominance of Attraction, is the incurlingof Thought, a persistent lack of Thought, particularly with regard to themselves. They appreciateneither the need to connect with other people nor with themselves; they are psychologically unwillingto use Thought in that way, though this may well be disguised by good manners and so forth.E v e ryone makes an adaptation psychologically to living with a part of their psychological and re l i g i o u sCycle of Continuous Action missing; that is what swings the linear time of the Basic Nature of theUniverse within the Cycle to a connector as an Interruption and take the form of a tendency andnot a phase, but it is also what makes it very difficult to get people to understand that an inter-ruption of their Cycle is their problem, or part of it. Everyone legitimately defends their adaptation,though mostly it is so unconscious as merely to seem ‘right’ as opposed to being seen to be unsuit-able, but once there are physical correlates that are uncomfortable then they have to learn to questionit by understanding. With the Framework they have a described re-adaptation they can understandand a described mal-adaptation that they can also understand. Without it, comment merelyremains a criticism of their lifelong adaptation with nothing to put in its place and no good reasonto change.

P h y s i c a l l y the Thought missing person has a definite pattern of problems, unlike the Relating missingperson. Initially they may have problems with Meaning V (q.v.) if Thought is missing. In a phasethis will only be short-term, in a built-in tendency this will be nearly all the time. After that,Transverse Bands II and III (q.v.) are suppressed emotionally so that every cell in both Bands isprevented first from actioning properly and later even their functioning may be affected. In a short-term phase, when it is not a person’s tendency and they are therefore not adapted to it, it canmake them feel inexplicably odd and off-colour within a few minutes. This non-actioning affectsthe absorption of water much more, and more noticeably, than anything else. Water is almostentirely removed from availability in the body so that there is then proportionately too much sugar(see Energics, Part IV). This causes unbalanced activity in the whole of the body except the urinarysystem which, since there is insufficient water to waste, becomes underactive so that the chemicalor water corrections normally carried out by this system cannot take place suitably; nor can cells usethe minerals that are normally available from green vegetables in particular (assuming the personeats them in the first place; failure in diet is another matter) and gradually the whole physiologyof their metabolism packs up. Of course, this situation affects the metabolism of most foods but itis the loss of these minerals that is almost the worst nutritionally. The very worst is the ratio of waterto sugar being affected.

Thought missing religiously (for discussion of religious see Part III) interferes with Allowing theperson (see The Meanings) to experience emotional expression, hence the problem with MeaningV, that of Expression of Responses, though the chief characteristic is one of refusing to think theway others think.

To change this kind of person by therapy they need constant Green (see Methods for Change PartV) accompanied by learning to use their Meaning V constantly about anything and everything allthe time, especially themselves. They do not need mineral replacement therapy, except perhaps inthe very short term for a few days, nor to be expected to drink quantities of water. The constant

19


use of Band and Meaning V will release the inhibited cells and the physical situation will right itself,unless it is very severe, provided they understand what it is all about.

D i rected Action Missing

The Directed Action missing person is one who at age three or four or so has begun to act in theway they themselves choose in preference to the way other people choose. That is, they ‘do theirown thing’ in the way that Thought missing people ‘think their own thing’, so that such a personwill just get on with doing things the way they want as an overall characteristic. The form it takesis one of unDirected Action, breaking the Cycle of Continuous Action in an outward way ratherthan an incurling way as in Thought missing or a nothing way for Relating missing since it isOpposition in linear time of the Basic Nature of the Universe that becomes dominant here.

This, again, is a learned response and an eff o rt by a person to find their own individuality by choosingtheir own way, in this case of doing.

Physically the effect is noticeably on the soft connective tissue (see Anatomy Part IV). This is becausefor these people typically, and in anyone in a phase of unDirected Action, the action, the functionand the Energics (q.v.) of sugar fail in these connective tissues. This in turn is a response to frustra-tion in any Meaning, which stops those parts of any standard anatomical system affected by thatMeaning from completing its task. Frustrations of a Meaning is frequently a response to emotionalinhibition caused by circumstances beyond the person’s control. This may cause a breakdown inaction of the connective tissue cells of the Band associated with the troubled Meaning. (To under-stand this better, either refer to the Transverse Bands and Meanings or come back to this part ofthe discussion when you have studied them.)

This kind of frustration and cellular non-action allows the effect that comes in connection with virus.Virus illness for any person will follow emotional frustration, though it does not necessarily occurin reverse. The nature of the emotional frustration can be anything from a cessation of fine weather(autumn and winter influenzas and colds), conforming to school rules or having to learn to live inother restricted and possibly institutional ways (childhood measles, chicken-pox, glandular feverand so forth), or any other situation requiring temporary or long-term Meaning restriction, but itis always something apparently beyond the person’s control. Some people adapt well and othersdo not; some are more emotionally frustrated by some things than others. People who areunadapted to emotional frustration may become subject to virus illness as a phase or as a tendency.

To change this situation is difficult. The immediate necessity is nursing when the illness strikes, withthe use of medicines if necessary. Nothing can be done to cure a virus illness so the medicines areusually for alleviation of symptoms or side-effects. The only real way to change is to try to get awayfrom the situation which causes the emotional frustration, but if an illness has developed this willnot immediately help to change that illness.

Virus illnesses are releases in the body of the effects of pent-up emotional frustration for the bodywhich is not able to adapt. (It took me months and months before I ‘found’ in what way virusillness diff e red from other things, something which I had already happened upon. Like my pro b l e m swith Red and Green (see Methods For Change) it was not until I ‘asked’ if virus was an irritant tothe body and, having got yet another No, crossed-checked with “Is it a release?” and got an enthu-siastic Yes, that I could move on. Incidentally, I very nearly did not cross-check that one as it seemedsuch a remarkably silly question. Just shows how exact and careful one has to be!)

What actually happens physiologically to the connective tissue is not the point here. It may helpfrom the point of view of appropriate nursing but tells nothing about either the underlying cause

20


nor what situation needs to be changed. When the Energics of connective tissue sugar fail in a partof any anatomical or physiological system in a Transverse Band, that system is interrupted in itsphysiological work. This is often the result of emotional frustration, for a person being expected orforced to live according to other people’s rules may find it impossible to live their own Meanings.This would particularly apply to children who are inevitably at other people’s beck and call andsubject to endless rules; socially very suitable no doubt but with its cost for some, like all adapta-tion. This impossibility of living their own Meanings is where the frustration lies for anyone and theaccompanying virus ‘release’ or illness arises from the inaction of the connective tissue in theTransverse Band appropriate to the affected Meaning plus infection by a virus, e.g., throat andupper chest - Meaning V; lungs - Meaning III and/or Meaning IV; gall bladder - Meaning II; therecan also be multiples of these; for instance chicken-pox is Meanings III, IV and V, and so on. Novirus associated illness can develop until or unless a Meaning is frustrated for that individual person;the subsequent development of illnesses from HIV infections is the consequence of a generalMeaning frustration of a behavioural general minded type.

There is less need to look at the virus than to look at the situations in life, personal or collective,that can result in this sort of frustration. It gives rise to grim thoughts about the killing effects ofintroduced virus to communities who have no immunity - what are the desperate frustrations thathave been produced that have first affected their lives? Which of their Meanings have been refusedby the introducers so that they can no longer survive effectively as they did before? The question ofadaptation also arises and perhaps there is a sniff of evolution here: those who can adapt do betterin this way too, especially since the more severe effects of virus are usually in those who are new atadapting to Meaning frustration, the young, the ‘primitive’, or those in new or stressful situations,the former two particularly being people who are perhaps still tuned more nearly to live the waytheir intrinsic biology requires rather than against it.

As individuals get older they seem to be less affected in this way and perhaps there is a doubleimmunity going on in a sense:61 that of the physical immunity to some virus that would other-wise develop into the repeat of an illness, practice in dealing with frustrations of Meaning, or ofremoval by then from childhood institutions, for instance, that do not suit, so that a person eithergets over such frustration, removes it, - or learns to live with it but suffer frequent virus response.Or perhaps physical immunities developed as a defence against our refusal to alter the stressful andfrustrating circumstances in which humans seem to prefer to live?

• • •

Thought missing occurs more among western and westernized people than others; Directed Actionmissing or Relating missing both happen everywhere. However, there are people everywhere whonever lose any one of these three as a specific tendency. These are people who have always beenable to handle their life experiences, even if severe. Possibly this has much to do with changingattitudes and expectations within societies over the years so that people may be freer now to bethemselves than was the case before; not that I can put a historical time factor on that. People whohave no parts missing in their psychological, and therefore in the physical Cycle of ContinuousAction probably achieve Stage 6 in both Spatial and Religious Stages (q.v.) more easily than others;they also, if they attend, maintain their Cycle more easily. Those who have parts missing have agreater struggle but they can do it and once they have the Framework to relate themselves to itmakes it easier, I find.

21


Out of every 18-20 million people, 9-11 million have either Thought, Directed Action or Relatingmissing and about 1 1/2 million will have a complete psychological Cycle of Continuous Action.The remainder have either Mind missing or Point of Change as significant, which I will write aboutat the end of this section. This is not necessarily a very meaningful ‘statistic’ except that it showsup the millions of people there are who could not or cannot handle their lives easily. Whether thisis due to the life or the individual or both I cannot say. Of those who achieve Spatial and ReligiousStage 6 most of them maintain their physical Cycle only precariously because they still have phasesfrom time to time of one or other part of it missing. But it is when one has achieved Spatial andReligious Stage 6, realigned the Basic Nature of the Universe in the Cycle of Continuous Action toThought, and continues to keep it so with directed thought, that one can catch a phase before itdevelops too many physical symptoms and can also maintain the reinstated missing part, if therewas one. Each part of the Cycle has to be thought about, that is what using Thought is in thisregard because the necessary process is one of conscious, and constant, maintenance of the Cycle.It is possible, then, to tell if one is entering into a phase of a part missing by recognising symp-toms and by working out exactly what it is they are expressing physically that has not been so farnoticed by one’s conscious mind.

When thinking about Relating, Thought and Directed Action in an abstract way it must be realizedthat they are not comparable - they each have their own effect and though Thought missing andD i rected Action missing may seem to be comparable in that Thought missing can lead to veryindividualistic thought and Directed Action missing to very individualistic action, Relating missingdoes not, as it were, ‘do’ anything in that way; it hides the individuality of the person from otherpeople. ‘Individualistic’ here is not meant to imply suitable, outstanding or even unusual, merely‘deliberately unlike others’.

/Movement of Energy Missing

There is nothing abstruse about /Movement of Energy missing in the normal course of events; it isa state of lacking energy which can be for various reasons, anything from mental or physical over-activity to a loss of psychological libido as a response to unacceptable circumstances of a physical,emotional or mental nature. It can happen to anyone at any time.

Physically one characteristically feels fatigued and somewhat exhausted, with insufficient mental orphysical energy to do anything or think anything.

This is the basic situation. If it stays as a constant over a period of time then it is much more seriousand probably needs treatment. The problem can be anything from mildly severe stress and strainin daily life that has, for the time being, proved more than it is possible to undertake and has ledto energy exhaustion, to going as far as physical incapability as a result of mental collapse.

To c h a n g e this needs anything from changing one’s circumstances, job or whatever gives rise to thisand using rest, eating nutritionally, ‘playing’ as a treatment, up to whatever rest, food and nursingcare is indicated. Initially what is probably most necessary is to go to sleep; possibly after a tepid,sweet drink and maybe eating a small amount of carbohydrate to replace immediate energy needs.If there is an underlying unconscious situation that has dammed up the flow of energy then thatalso will need to be released. This is not an uncommon accompaniment.

What is always needed is time. Time to understand, time to wind down, time to rest, to eat nutrition-ally, to play. The conventional answer may be to go on holiday, which may alleviate the situationfor a while but may not solve it, depending on what it is and how mild or severe are the effects.

22


Light Missing

This can be a dangerous situation, either for the whole organism or for whatever cells or gro u p i n g sof cells have failed. Light missing is an entrapment of what it takes to keep the Cycle of ContinuousAction going at all and Relating, Mind/Movement of Energy, Thought and Directed Action only -Light being missing - are minutely focused with the wrong results in the organism. The Basic Natureof the Universe circles round and round in a totally unproductive way instead of being properlyaligned to Thought psychologically and physically, and Attraction and Opposition circle with it.

Physically the Cycle will not or does not succeed in the system because psychologically the personis entirely ‘consumed’ in every way by their own situation, unconsciously almost certainly. Theycannot get out of it, they cannot break the circle, unless and until they can stand back and seethat this is the case, that there is a problem, and then use deliberate intention to assist themselves.

The physical situation in Light missing is that the function of the whole of the Transverse Band IIIarea is interfered with (inner chest tissue/organs; see Transverse Bands) and this subsequently affectsBand II (abdominal area, roughly). In Band III carbon dioxide is not exchanged by the lungs suffi-ciently because of the reduced lung activity so there is too little oxygen available in the body.Because of this nothing is able to work very well in the whole body. All of the cells in the organsand the muscles are affected including the digestive system, which is therefore unable to digestvery well either. The subsequent mal-absorption of fat is the particular disastrous problem thatresults. The metabolism of sugar and water being affected also this in turn further reduces thebody’s ability to convert fat, and converted fat is directly essential for the availability, distributionand use of hormones. If any hormone is insufficiently produced, oxygen (which is already insuffi-cient) cannot be absorbed by the tissue affected by the lowered hormone level. This then becomesa circular situation of: minus hormone leads indirectly to minus oxygen followed by minus fat whichleads to plus carbon dioxide which leads to minus hormone... Certain places are more affected bythis than others, e.g., the soft connective tissue in the trunk.

This is a particular effect when Love, Meaning III, is not received and Meaning V, Expression ofResponses, is not used, in some particular way and in some particular regard of importance to theperson concerned. Love in this initial situation will be felt as both personal and impersonal Love.(For a discussion on Love see The Meanings). Which organ or tissue is at risk is dictated by whatother Meaning problems and suppressions were present before this circular physiological situationdeveloped. This is, I may say, an extremely common situation but usually temporary. It is only ifthe physiology does not right itself, which it usually does, that trouble can follow. Though it is thepersonal and impersonal giving and receiving of love that is initially implicated, for change it is theimpersonal variety that is needed.

To c h a n g e this takes considerable psychological a n d religious a n d E n e rgic work from the individualand they will need encouragement most of the time. They need to both give and receive love ofan impersonal kind, not sentimental. They desperately lack impersonal love in their life. This is anextremely important distinction to make. Loving families, relatives, friends, unless they can standback and be impersonal, are less than useless because they will take energy away from the personrather than allowing them to re-find their own energy. For an individual to restore Light to theirCycle of Continuous Action can be no easy task. Mind has to be re-focused for the /Movement ofEnergy to occur that can allow Light & Thought as Light does not occur when or if Mind fails tofocus through /Movement of Energy.

It is probable that many ‘cancers’ occur because there is Light and impersonal Love, given andreceived, missing.

23


Mind ‘Missing’ and Point of Change Signifi c a n t

The remaining 71/2 millions of those referred to in the remarks after Relating, Thought and DirectedAction missing, may be unevenly divided between Mind ‘missing’ or having Point of Change ‘stuck’as the significant part of their psychological Cycle. Those with Mind ‘missing’ are those who ‘don’t’and those in Point of Change ‘won’t’. The ‘don’ts’ are people who just don’t ‘use their Mind’because they really have not got much, in a sense. They mostly live through their physiologicalCycle of Continuous Action and less through their thinking Cycle. A thinking faculty has never beendeveloped, for whatever reason. Those who ‘won’t’ may refuse to try to develop thinking. The Pointof Change is significant for them in that the potential to change is there if they chose, but theywon’t. Not for any particular reason, except perhaps laziness or that they have never thought orneeded to do so. The psychological /Movement of Energy is unused but Point of Change is never-theless available.

In neither case, initially, is the physical brain affected and it is not intellectual or emotional disturbance,they just don’t or won’t. (Incidentally, severe intellectual or emotional disturbance are things I amnot competent to comment upon and are nothing to do with these two. They are not states ofmind that I can tune-in to so it is a subject I cannot include.)

Physically in either case, the typical cellular breakdown is caused by ignorance, an inability or arefusal to learn to find out. This results in widespread non-functioning of no particular kind, e.g.,mental and emotional withdrawal accompanied by system or general failure. This may eventuallyinclude brain mal-function and breakdown, too, (senility of various kinds) to some extent.

To change this is almost impossible. The won’ts may be cajoled but with the don’ts you are likelyto get nowhere. Meanwhile, they need orthodox nursing care if ill to which the don'ts probablywill not respond very well, and the won’ts may be variable.

The won’ts can perhaps be cajoled into beginning to think if they can be intellectually or emotion-ally persuaded they should begin to live for themselves, which they have probably chosen so farnot to do. They must learn to do what they want for a change, to stop being so unselfish, to expresstheir own feelings and thoughts, to take actions and decisions because they want to do so, and onbehalf of themselves. They have, as it were, chosen to remain unhatched into the outside worldand have sheltered, because it is easier, under the wing of a cultural collective. Not at all the sameas one who has learned to withdraw from the world - Relating missing, learned to think or to actin their own way as opposed to that of others - Thought or Directed Action missing, or who is plainunable effectively to think at all - Mind missing.

SUMMARY

One can summarise the effects on psychological energy of the Interruptions as it takes the samepatterns as does the physical correlate - not surprising really since the physical follows the mental,hence psycho-somatics!

S t a rting at the right hand side of the illustration of the Form of Interruptions of mental and physicalenergy - Figure 4,there is:

Mind doing nothing - fixed, solid, not doing any-thing, one of the don’t people.

Point of Change stuck - no intended direction, a won’t person. Movement of Energy - no indication of the energy missing going in any direction though

24


there may be plenty of it there.

Light missing - intention trapped and circling helplessly.

Thought missing - turning inward on itself.

Directed Action missing - action scattered and used inefficiently.

Relating missing - nothing - absented, removed, deliberately disappeared.

Though Point of Change stuck and Movement of Energy missing are almost similar the differenceslie in the results of not altering. In Point of Change the person fades out psychologically, ceases toexist as an individual distinguishable from the collective; in /Movement of Energy missing it juststays there, contained, like a battery, stored and waiting for impetus.

Some of these have a ridiculous and perhaps surprising dietary expression in that eating certainfoods is a way of substituting an eating habit for living one’s proper life with regard to psycho-logical, intellectual or emotional life, whether Spatial or Religious, as described in the Stages. Oneof these has been conventionally recognized for some time but I do not know about the other two.The foods are: Chocolate, Meat (over and above the 2-6 oz. needed most days; the amountrequired depends not on one’s work or one’s fatness-overweight but on one’s underlying andproper size); and Sweet (anything Sweet, like sweets, sticky buns, biscuits, cakes, rich puddings).If Chocolate is a covering to the Sweet it is possibly a combination situation.

The need to eat Chocolate (as distinct from Sweet) indicates a person is not living their properpsychological life; the need to eat too much Meat means a person is not living their proper intel-lectual life; the need to eat Sweet shows a person is not living their proper emotional life. (If theyeat all three they had better look to themselves and their life - they definitely have my sympathy!)

The ‘proper life’ for psychological, intellectual and emotional is usually both inward and outward,for oneself and for other people, and a person can be failing to some degree or completely in oneand not in the other direction and, of course, in one or two aspects or all three. Psychological isthe expression of behaviour towards self and others; Intellectual is the suitable use of the C of CAThought and abstract thought, both types; Emotional is expression of Meanings via feeling. Whenanyone fails to live their proper life in these ways it is not always expressed dietarily, just that ifthose are fairly marked habits that may be the reason. The habit can be periodic, it does not haveto be forever, and periodic habits can be indicating the same thing. Occasional binges, say a boxof chocolates or whatever in six months, may be nothing to do with it but a sudden or unsatisfiedcraving may well be.

There is no way to combat this dietarily as merely stopping the foods will not help the reason foreating them habitually, whether periodic or anywhere up to very long-term. If it appears that adietary reform in these foods has taken place it will be because the underlying reason has beenaddressed, even if it was not consciously recognised nor consciously done.

T h e re are subtle diff e rences in the true description of these reasons and habits: people eatChocolate when they are refusing to live their proper psychological life; they will want to overeatMeat if they are prevented from expressing their proper intellectual life; they are extremely likely toeat Sweet during the time they are unable to express their proper emotional life.

For a person to live the proper life for them in each of the five ways of the Cycle of ContinuousAction, there being no specific definition of this, their Spatial and/or Religious life should take theopposite of the forms shown in the Effect of Interruptions, Figure 4. This holds good for the mentalof the Cycle of Continuous Action just as much as for the physical.

25


The preferential changes would be:

Mind - to learn to think.

Point of Change - to learn emotionally to value themselves.

Movement of Energy - to move forward.

Light missing - to find a creative direction.

Thought missing - to be involved with people.

Directed Action missing - to do one thing at a time.

Relating missing - to ‘appear’ from within themselves.

For more discussion on Magnetism-and-Vibration, the Cycle of Continuous Action, and Thought see PartVI: FURTHER NOTES ON...

26


PA RT II: THE MEANS THROUGH WHICH WEEXPERIENCE UNDERSTA N D I N G

Introduction

The Transverse Bands I-V

The Meanings I-V

INTRODUCING THE MEANS THROUGH WHICH WE EXPERIENCEUNDERSTANDING

The means for personally experiencing understanding are two-fold: anatomical and Meanings. Theanatomy of the body, when studied in connection with psychological and religious responses, dividesthe trunk transversely into five bands, Transverse Bands I-V. Each Transverse Band is intimatelyaccompanied by a Meaning, Meanings I-V, which describes the psychology and religion in thatBand. It is the response by the cells of the body that make it the means through which we expe-rience understanding. There are also parts of the body, the limbs, which are concerned with takingaction and these, together with other aspects of Framework anatomy will be discussed in Part IV.

T h e re are two kinds of understanding: intellectual or psychological. Through the body we experiencethe latter but not the former. Abstract intellectual understanding/thought is a way of using the brainand ignoring the body, it is abstracted into intellectual understanding of everything rather thanremaining in contact with living. Apart from air, food, and drink the brain can be almost indepen-dent of the rest of the body and, used only like this, can cause it almost total loss of action - whichis not necessarily damage which cannot be repaired.

Psychological experiences of each Transverse Band, to be understood, require the use of the intel-lect, but not without reference to the body. It needs a use of intellect that is particularly orientatedtowards understanding the Band responses. This doesn’t preclude the use of intellect for all otherpurposes of abstract understanding but to attain psychological and religious understanding of ourown body-Bands, intellect must be used in this regard. There are definite Stages in the levels ofboth psychological and religious understanding which we will come to later on, and Band cellresponse is closely tied in with some of these.

‘Religious’ as used here expresses life, life itself, and religions and myths are the human way ofexpressing something about the way we try to understand and explain life. The Framework has aspecialized way of using the word ‘religious’, perhaps, and yet this mind/body response was thereason why humanity began to attempt some expression of its semi-conscious awareness of life initself after the stage of merely accepting it and being lived by it rather than being aware of it in adim sort of way; trying to be objective instead of subjective, a process which has taken millions ofyears and that we have by no means yet understood or completed.

Formulated expressions of religion are not what needs to be discussed here, those modes that havebeen developed to show how different groups of humans express their understanding of God.When responses are here termed religious it does not refer to attendance at a building or place setaside for acknowledgement, nor to a system of belief, of any kind. It requires neither of these fora person knowingly to accept religious, living-interaction with the Universe. As Joseph Campbellquotes from Shinran in The Masks of God, vol.II, pb., p.495, “..worship is not a special task or way

27

Book One: The Metanoiac Framework • Part II

but coexistence with life, identical with one’s daily task whatever it may be.” To be religious is living;to be religious is our knowing acceptance of life.

To talk about psychological experiences of the Bands of the body is to put into proper perspectivethose responses we would often prefer to think are not situated anywhere, that we undergo somehowbut which are not partaken of physically - an idea which is manifestly untrue. Nearly everythingwe think, or do, or undergo, or feel, or sense in any way is thought, done, undergone, felt or sensedby the being that we are and each and all of those things are done with the means through whichand by which we live, the thoughts and cells of our brains and bodies. In themselves all cells aresmall worlds, largely dependent upon the other cells in the greater world of the body, just as anyobject is partially or wholly dependent upon everything else around it. Since these cells respond inTransverse Bands across the body to psychological experiences, we must understand these Bandsin order, eventually, to be able to understand the illnesses that arise from psychological or religiousresponses that have remained unnoticed and therefore not been made conscious. They must bemade conscious or they will fester, in mind and/or body, even though one may not then followthem through to practical completion; that is not the point whereas making them conscious is.

The use of psychological here, then, refers to experiences, of whatever kind, each of which isresponded to by the cells of the body in Transverse Bands and the neglect of which response maylead to either Band or cell non-action, in other words symptoms and illness. The invisible aspect ofillness is not a mystery in many cases, once one accepts that psychological and religious responsesare there. At this point an illness or symptom will no longer fit into a category nor necessarily requirea particular preordained treatment. It is the experience of the Bands, the unconscious triggers, thatneed to be dealt with and the physical care required depends upon this to be successful almost nomatter what the symptoms or illness.

The Meanings are a curious concept that confused me when I first met them. How could bits ofanatomy have Meanings, and with a capital M? (Transverse anatomy was bad enough!) Well, itseems they can, but it became clearer when it transpired that a Meaning is a response to experi-ence, when we experience anything fully, that there are five Meanings and that each one corre-sponds to one of the Transverse Bands of the body. And furthermore that in some of the Bands liethe organs which we already associate with the human experiences that equate with theirMeanings. Most obvious are:

Band I which has the genitals and the Meaning of Relating, the individual experience of which is,at its most basic, through sex; Band III which has the heart and the Meaning Love, which we alreadyassociate with each other humanly; Band V which has the voice and the Meaning of Expression ofResponses. Bands II and IV are less immediately obvious looked at in this simplistic way but perhapsin the days when the seat of the emotions was considered to be the liver it was also a period whenspiritual feelings were included with emotion, hence the Meaning of Spiritual Satisfaction, andAllowing seems to fit Band IV quite well since anyone with a proper self confidence uses that areain a quite different way than one who does not. But it is specious arguing to strain after physicalfit in terms of organs and muscles matching with Meanings; these Meanings fit these Bands,anyway Religiously, as far as our experience of understanding is concerned.

THE FIVE TRANSVERSE BANDSFigures 5 and 6 show the Five Transverse Bands of the body from front, back and side; Band IVcompletely overlaps Band III. The limbs for the most part are not included in the Bands and arediscussed under Limbs in Part V. The spinal column and its immediately adjacent soft tissue, including

28


the roots of the nerves, is also not included in the Bands and is an anatomical division of its ownin Framework anatomy. I have called it the Vertebral Cover and it is discussed in Part IV.

In the following pages I shall establish the biogeographical placing of the Transverse Bands, thengive the Meanings, discuss the correspondence between Bands and Meanings, and the use ofMeanings. After that I shall give the main anatomical contents of each Band.

Transverse Band I

This is the lowest Band of the body, encompassing the lower abdomen and a strip across the topof the thighs. The top line of the Band runs from the foremost point of the top rim of the pelvis(anterior superior iliac spine) on each side across the front of the body, and at the back it is levelwith the lumbar-sacral joint, the point where the lowest part of the flexible spine meets the backof the pelvis. The buttocks are not included.

Transverse Band II

The lower line of Band II is the top of Band I and the upper line across the front of the body isbelow the bottom end of the breastbone (sternum). At the back it is level with the gap betweenvertebrae T 10 and 11 (two of the Thoracic vertebrae, the twelve with the ribs attached). The diffi-culty with this line is that there is no external marker at the front and sides. It cuts through someof the lower ribs at the side, crosses about 1/3 of the way below the sternum and 2/3 above thewaistline in the triangle formed by ribs and waist in front and includes the top line of the pelvis.

Transverse Band III

The lower line of Band III is the top line of Band II, the upper line is level with the gaps betweenT 2 and 3 at the back and ribs 2 and 3 at the front where they join the sternum. To locate rib 2 n o t ethat rib 1 is tucked up rather behind the collar bone (clavicle) but it can be counted where it joinsthe top of the sternum beneath the collar bone joint; rib 2 can now be located. The peculiarity ofBand III is that is comprises the whole of the tissue and organs inside the rib cage but not outsideit. The muscles between the ribs (intercostals) and the ribs themselves are affected by both BandIII and Band IV

Transverse Band IV

This Band is composed of the soft tissue that lies outside the middle and upper ribs, except for thatfor the arms and shoulder blades (scapulae) left uncoloured in the picture. The upper and lowerlines of Band IV are otherwise the same as for Band III.

Transverse Band V

The lower line for Band V is the top line of Bands III and IV and the upper line is the top of theneck immediately below the skull at the back with a line at the sides that crosses into and thenslopes down from the space at the back of the throat (pharynx) to just above the Adam’s apple infront; what common sense tells one is the top of the neck.

THE TRANSVERSE BANDS I - V

Band III is the internal tissue of the chest; Band IV is the external tissue of the same area.

The muscles shown as dark blue at neck and pelvis are not included in Bands I, II or V.

V

III & IV

II

I


29

Figure 5

Figure 6


30

Ste

rnum

12

345671

234

5

6

7 8

9

10

11

12

1

2

3

4

5

Sacrum

part of lower limbs

Band V

Band IV

Band II

Band IBand I

Band III

Band V

Band IV

Band II

THE TRANSVERSE BANDS I - V sideview

31


THE FIVE MEANINGSThese are the meanings associated with the Transverse Bands I-V.

Meaning I - Relating

A passive, ongoing ‘act’; things relate because they are there and for no other reason.

Meaning II - Spiritual Satisfaction

This is the Meaning within which each individual experiences understanding - within themselves.

Meaning III - Love

An impersonal, accepting love, impartial. It can go with the physical but is not physical in itself.

Meaning IV - Allowing

Allowing everything to be itself and this includes one’s own self.

Meaning V - Expression of Responses

Consciously expressing our responses about anything and everything.

32


CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN BANDS AND MEANINGSThe Cycle of Continuous Action and the Meanings are the same thing from the point of view ofthe individual’s psychological, religious or physical life and each Meaning can be equated with oneof the parts of the Cycle:

Relating - Relating

Spiritual Satisfaction - Mind/Movement of Energy

Love - Light

Allowing - Thought

Expression of Responses - Directed Action

The Meanings are the outlook by and through which life must be lived if each person is to treat itproperly. The Meanings in the body affect the whole function and actioning in the body, in Bandsacross the body; each separate Band and/or all the Bands together are the reflection in the worldof the way that each of us interacts with ourselves and the Universe. Any failure of inner acceptanceand the use of understanding of any of the Meanings interferes with cell action and function.

Just as a psychological part missing in the Cycle affects first the Spatial and Religious aspects of aperson (Part III) and then the material, so a Meaning that is not used affects the Spatial, Religious,material, and ‘feeling’ that is the expression of the living life of an individual. A Meaning in tro u b l eis a life in trouble - not necessarily severely and not necessarily long-term, but in trouble nonetheless.

Each Band has a Meaning and they go together:

Band I - Relating

Band II - Spiritual Satisfaction

Band III - Love

Band IV - Allowing

Band V - Expression of Responses

Though the Bands and Meanings go together, each part of the Cycle of Continuous Action is notconfined to one Band. The Cycle is a universal Cycle and it cycles on in everything (unless it stopsfor the individual object and redirects via Point of Change) no matter whether it is one atom, onecell, one elephant, one aphid or one Universe. It is also the Cycle which includes the atom, the cell,the aphid, the elephant and the Universe as part of that Cycle. It is only a way of expressing andbeing able to analyse the continuity of anything and everything in order to be able to know whathas happened if it goes wrong.

The Meanings should be the individual experience of the five parts of this Cycle in everything andin every way, and any experience of these happens in mind-and-body at the same time; that is,the understanding and the physical experience of the cells both happen at the same time, theconnection being through the total Cycle of the human being as expressed in this work in termsof Meaning/Bands/Cycle of Continuous Action via the anatomy/physiology.

There is only one, shared, Cycle of everything, it being the same Cycle, expressible in the the sameterms, no matter what the object/s and it is essential for us to become conscious of this fact if weare to stop interfering with it, on any level from personal to Universal.

33


The emotions of the experience of each Band, the cell response in each Band, expresses a Meaning,and Meaning has Religious, Psychological and cell-action effect. It is only through understandingthat we can eventually stop ourselves staying passive and learn to Live Our Own Religious humanand individual Attitude to Life and achieve psychological, intellectual and emotional consciousnesswithin the Universe. Any Meaning can be ‘not lived’ at any time - by humans; nothing else doesthis. We do it through unconscious choice; we have ‘chosen’ to lose touch with our Meanings, butthey do encapsulate what it is we need to re-gain.

Relating - Band I (Relating in Cycle of Continuous Action)

This, as has been said, is a passive but ongoing action; things are Relating because they are thereand for no other reason. There is no help for this, for if there are any atoms/objects there at allthey are Relating to any and all other objects/atoms whether they like it or not. Choice does notcome into it, it is merely a fact of existence, so it is not at all to be confused with relationship (norrelationships) in a deliberate, chosen sense and therefore little to do with personal choice in whoor what one is relating to. It does, however, describe if one is Relating or, for humans, if one isattempting not to, and then trying to carry on with life as if this were not the case; and a curiousdifficulty it can make! This has been discussed already in Relating missing for the Interruptions ofthe Cycle of Continuous Action.

Spiritual Satisfaction - Band II (Mind/Movement of Energy in C of CA)

This is a feeling arising in Band II that ‘things are working’, that life is on one’s own right track.This can pertain to anything about one’s life but whatever it is, if it is right, one’s Band II guts recog-nises it. It integrates and the whole thought-body entity is as one. (I am avoiding the phrase ‘gutfeeling’; it may be appropriate but it depends on what the user means by it.) To live this Meaningan individual has to be using three of Carl Jung’s four psychological functions constantly, thoughnot just any three. His psychological theory of types posits that people live their life usually throughone of four psychological functions with a second as a subsidiary; that this is the way in which theirpsychology works - psychology in his terms being the entire process of characteristic mind andthought through which humans live, which he studied and wrote about in immense depth andbreadth, including its religious aspects. In Framework terms psychology is this BUT instead ofaccepting the four functions as the inherent four ways in which humans could function psycho-logically while in practice using only one function primarily, whether markedly or not, in thisresearch it became clear that three of the four are ‘the way things are’ and the fourth is broughtin when necessary. This led to the conclusion that if a person lives through a particular function itis a matter of having lost touch with the others at some time or in some life rather than beinginherently and primarily of only one type.

The four functions are: Intuition, Feeling, Sensation and Thinking, of which the first three are ‘theway things are’ and the fourth the one which is brought in when necessary. Of all the peoples inthe world, most black Africans do this nearly all the time. They have not lost touch with direct livingthrough the intuition, feeling and sensation in themselves in the way most other peoples have andare perfectly able to use their thinking when necessary. Most of the rest of us have lost touch withthis way of direct living. It will probably be unpopular to say this, but black Americans have usuallysuffered too much integration with white Americans to be able, for the most part, to still functionin that direct way psychologically and religiously. It is best to take it that it is black Africans on theirown continent who still have this advantage over the rest of us, though it is no longer universal,

34


even for them; nor should it be assumed they are therefore able to live their other four Meaningswell, unfortunately.

This theory of Jung’s, the description of which has already been given in Definitions, was based onyears of observation and practice, of course, but it was also based in its own historical times andit is possible that it reflected adaptation more than intrinsic ability even then. I certainly acceptedit until the time when I began to tune in to people and found they were sometimes using twoopposing functions! Since that was supposed to be impossible by the very nature of the functions,something else was going on. It took me a long time to find out what, since I was naturally work-ing within the theory, and only by eventually tuning in to sub-Saharan black Africans, whofrequently use all four, did it become apparent. I have continued to research it but so far have notfaulted the conclusion that the accepted norm described a loss of function/s and does not describean inherently suitable and natural situation.

So what we have now is a loss, just as we usually do in the Cycle of Continuous Action, and itseems to say that 99% of people are likely to be born with both their Cycles and their psychologicalfunctions intact, that they are introverted or extroverted inherently or somewhere in between, butthat many of them in response to their experience of living may lose or hide bits of themselves,physically and mentally, and as adults can no longer live a complete life. The experiences of livingthat cannot be coped with and which result in these losses are as seen through the eyes of theindividual, of course. The losses are not at all the same for everyone and a few people never sufferthese losses at all, either of the parts of the Cycle or of their psychological functions.

The way I would now express the four psychological functions is not as a cross but as a circle withperhaps a thicker line to connect the three that are what we should use all the time and a singleline to bring in the thinking when it is necessary:

When intuition, feeling and sensation are a continuity in the individual, that is when he or she hasthe essential physical and/or psychological abilities with which to live and it then remains to bringin the thought process if and when it is required. This is much the same for the Cycle of ContinuousAction. Whatever is missing there must be brought back through the process of thought, using thethinking function in this regard.

The Religious necessity for this must be accepted so that the three-plus-one psychological functionsare lived in relation to the Bands, all the Bands, and if one can do this then Meaning II, SpiritualSatisfaction, can be experienced in Band II tissue, when the Thought-cell connection is actioningproperly. Meanwhile to live with either fewer of the Four Functions or with a part of the Cycle ofContinuous Action missing is an adaptation, the best one can do for the moment but not the wholeof what was or is possible.

When you consider it, it is obvious that if we are going to live an integrated life it is essential thatwe can sense the potential in any situation, feel whether it is for us or not and appreciate its materialor immaterial qualities; this sort of thing should constitute the immediate assessment of anythingwhether it is a situation or a person, a physical matter or a psychological one. It is equally obviousthat this unspoken assessment, if followed up, will use some level of thought process, so all of these

35


four psychological functions must of necessity constitute the abilities necessary for human living.These are the psycho-religious filters for living if one is going to be integrated into oneself, life, andthe Universe, but because we have non-survival thought that is used for other things than living inthis way, we have lost or de-valued the automatic use of the three, leaving most of us with a psycho-religious limp and unable to make proper assessments with ease. If the Functions are filters, theMeanings are the Religious personal attitudes and one should (and the word is used advisedly) liveeach of them in one’s own way.

It is possible to regain lost, or more pro p e r l y, unused functions. Though lost they are not necessarilygone forever and may only be rusty.

Since this is the only place in the entire Framework where the word Spiritual is used, it is worthasking what it means: it is to indicate another aspect of Religious - the beyond Life. Religious isregarded as part of life and Spiritual is beyond Life, a different dimension of ‘living’ that shouldaccompany daily living. Perceived though unknowable, we cannot understand it though we maysense it. (Personally, I have nothing to add to this. People through the ages have struggled withthis one but I shall not attempt to join their ranks. For those who want to go further they couldread C.G.Jung, Alan Watts, Erich Neuman or any other relevant writers that come their way. Myinformation process has nothing else to add, either.)

Spiritual Satisfaction in relation to the body will always result in life. A failure in either one is a failurein both and the ‘Satisfaction’ is not a matter of feeling self-satisfied but the satisfaction of some-thing integrated and working exactly as it should - the cells in the body, one’s life in the Universe.

Love - Band III (Light in C of CA)

This must not be confused with partial love, the feeling that is physically strong; Love (as a Meaningand with a capital L) can include physical but should, necessarily, include the impersonal. Onlywhen it does can it cease to be physiologically demanding. This is the essential ingredient that isabsolutely necessary if we humans are to solve the horrific problems caused to everything by oursuccess as a species, a ‘success’ which is, of course, limited now by that very success. An intelligentparasite does not usually kill that which it is parasitising; perhaps we are not very intelligent. (Forwhat it is worth, my information process gives until 2014, to stop absolutely every kind of pollu-tion before its effects on water are irreversible, the definition of pollution being anything that cannotbe coped with by natural, living processes. Not a scientific estimate, of course, but a religious one,in the Framework sense.) [Since writing that the time in one way has now run out; ran out in factin July, 1994, because the world population has now grown beyond the point where it can becoped with by the planet.]

Impartial Love (COED: not partial, unprejudiced, fair), which is the opposite of partial (COED: 2.forming only a part, not complete), is necessary for humans so that they may learn to live in theUniverse. By using this Meaning, it is possible to understand and accept the way all things are.

Being is Love, or: the way we accept things is seen to be material but the way we unconsciouslyknow them to be is not only material. It was when I arrived at Being is Love, after slow and care-ful thought one day, that everything suddenly was visibly perceivable as if it were also a glowinggold besides its usual colours - trees, grass, river, air and everything around, including a car park!Only for about 30 or 40 seconds but enough for me to feel quite staggered and then uplifted bythis quite unexpected fact and to look around briefly and see it everywhere. My dog apparentlyexperienced the short change in me and leapt excitedly about. I can only suppose that I perceived

36


or ‘saw’ the material and immaterial functioning as one, though I may be incorrect; the immaterialis just a bit difficult! This is the incident I have already re f e rred to in the discussion on Light in Part I.

Humans have always experienced the partial love, the physiological urge, and most cultures have tosome extent recognised that there is also impartial ‘Love’, some more successfully than others, butLove as a Meaning has been trying to break through in many directions in the societies of the worldsince the early 1960s. The hippie movement was the intuitive fore ru n n e r. (In case anyone wonders,I missed out on this period altogether as I was both too old and abroad during the whole time so Iam not saying this as an attempt to recall a lost youth, but as I see it to have been.) Humans haveto learn about impartial Love because, unlike all other species who a re the Meanings and there f o rea re Love, among the others, and are subjects of the vagaries that organize the planetary pro c e s s e s ,humans have the unfortunate ability (and pre f e rence) to interf e re with very nearly the whole pro c e s s .After our babyhood (and roughly since we stood upright as an animal in evolutionary terms) weusually lose some or all of the Meanings as a means through which to live and are taken over byand expected to learn another way of using our thought patterns altogether. To re d ress this we canre l e a rn the Meanings through conscious thought and eff o rt. In present day terms, the intuitions ofthe hippies were the fairly wide-spread beginning of this but it now needs the three other functionsof feeling, sensation and thought to be used as well as all the Meanings to be lived.

Allowing - Band IV (Thought in C of CA)

The question of Allowing ‘everything to be itself, including one’s own self’ includes every otherthing in the Universe, every other visible (or invisible) object, living or otherwise, as well as humans.What it is not is a licence for humans to behave exactly as they choose regardless of everythingelse as this would inevitably be at the expense of everything else - as well as humans eventually.All Allowing is forced to compromise simply because there are other things as well as oneself, butwithin those parameters one can Allow oneself and every thing else to be itself.

Being oneself varies during life as it is the result of experience at any one period and this is ac u m ulative matter through the years. It is also a matter of outer, cultural situations, of conforming,or the expectation of conforming from oneself or others, and the ability not to do so if it does notfit who one knows oneself to be, circumstances permitting. Not that this in any way carries animperative to disallow, it still may require compromise.

Allowing, as a Meaning, implies the care and understanding of the inherent needs of all things andthe weighing up and balancing of those needs one against another, in so far as the decisions arein one’s hands. It is the acceptance of the inevitability of intervention between everything andeverything by everything because that is how systems action. Each thing will have its time of actionin a system, or the system, but then is forced into Point of Change and it is only because of thisthat anything continues, the nature of life being to recycle.

This applies to everything, whether it is atoms, the systems in the body, or any other system ofaction - and all systems are the result of action. Allowing, as a Meaning, is about allowing actions.When action is dis-Allowed nothing can happen.

Allowing equates with Thought in the Cycle of Continuous Action and if not-Allowing inhibitsThought nothing can happen. It is difficult to say any more about this but it can cause physicals u p p ression and physical collapse of otherwise actioning systems, and this can be seen in individuals,and even in cultures, where Thought is not Allowed; action is then retrograde in both situations,both in inner and outer circumstances.

37


Despite what I said above about Love trying to break through, it is Allowing that in our presenttimes in the world is beginning to move, (1989/90 as I write) [and by 1995 this had not changed,but by 2007 it has] witness the attempts to remove unacceptable bureaucratic repression in China,USSR, Eastern Europe, places in Central and South America, in Africa and in various other placesaround the world. They are not all visibly successful, as yet, but Allowing is arising.

Expression of Responses - Band V (Directed Action in C of CA)

Some races find it infinitely easier to express their responses than others, the Latins for instance, asopposed to the Nordics. I find Expressing Responses to be difficult for people even to understandsometimes. They very often either do not know they have any responses or do not know what theyare, but in fact whatever one does, sees, thinks, experiences, talks about, etc., one nearly alwayshas a response to it, whether it is one of feeling, dislike, liking, ideas, interest or anything else. Thepoint of this Meaning is the necessity of expressing these, in grammatical sentences, either aloudor in one’s head, so that someone else could exactly understand that response, whether they doin fact hear it or not. The further point is that one must understand it oneself. It may even be adialogue with proper words, grammar and sentences and it is this proper use of language whichmakes Expression of Responses a conscious matter, nothing else, whether expressed silently oraloud.

What those responses are or are about and whether the matter is trivial or important is neither herenor there, it is the conscious expression of them that matters, and the inability or refusal to do thishas very widespread detrimental effects on all Energics (Part IV) to a mild extent all the time.

USE OF MEANINGSMeanings are often kept unconscious. If we humans had remained unconscious and had continuedto use the Meanings we would have continued as successful humans. Animals are sufficientlyunconsciousness, in the human sense, therefore they are the Meanings, but at some point a certainkind of animal changed and a long time later became us.

Ve ry early on in the process this cre a t u re accepted the task of becoming conscious, of dimly beginningto understand its daily life rather than unquestioningly accepting it. As far as the Stages (Part III)are concerned this was long before Stages came into it at all and goodness knows how long itlasted, hundreds and hundreds of thousands of years presumably. (There is plainly a world of thehistory of myths and religions to be explored here but now is not the place and I am not the person.I recommend Joseph Campbell’s The Masks of God to name but four books among others.)

When these creatures began to ‘see’ themselves, to feel in themselves that they were not the sameas all other animals - ‘different’ would be too strong a word here, it implies too great an under-standing and I mean something less emphatic - round about when they very slowly becameupright, a consciousness gradually arose, over many thousands of years. This is the true collec-tive, ‘all us creatures are the same’. There is a definite ‘us’ about it, ‘us’ but necessarily not ‘them’yet, since neither other animals nor groups of humans are acknowledged by a collective psychol-ogy. One is (part of) everyone and everyone is (part of) oneself. At this level a person has not yetgrown out of the collectivity of their own species and even if they accept that there are otherhumans, animals, plants, etc., they do not feel any of them as separate. People feel like this ingreatly modifying forms until they become Stage 6 Spatial, if they do, though they are totally

38


unconscious of this. To my amazement I recently found there are still a few tiny groups of peopleliving a pre-Stage life since they have never, in their whole history, had a reason to develop further.

At this pre-Stage consciousness one cannot exist except as ‘the group’. Individuality is exclusivelybiological. All animals are struggling with this, with varying degrees of success but in different waysto humans. It is our particular use of thought that has dictated the human path of consciousness.Without intending to we humans learn to forget the Meanings, refuse to notice cell experience,and divorce Mind from Thought, unlike every other animal. The result is partly seen in the disrup-tion of personal Cycles of Continuous Action.

Because we have already begun it, and because it is impossible to revert to our original state, weeach now have the task of travelling the path of consciousness and when we each have done soand have reached Stage 6, Spatial and Religious, we will then begin to understand The Meanings.This is not to say that humanity in general has reached that happy level, it has not, though a greatmany individuals have.

An individual has sufficient understanding by Stage 5 (if they think about the matter) to know whenhe or she is not using the Meanings, or at least whichever of them have not broken through theStage 4 barrier; by then that individual can also accept that their cells are experiencing a lack ofuse of Meanings. This affects whole Bands, often all of them, and quite often makes us ill. All illnessis effected by lack of use of a relevant Meaning, and is frequently promoted by it.

Meanings are experiences of living, on an instant to instant basis. It is how a person does their life,not what they do with it, and while it is absolutely true, now, that a great deal of what one doesseems to have no place for Meanings this is incorrect. It is equally true that if everyone lived theirMeanings the quality or even the nature of their occupations might well change.

There is no absolute way of living one’s Meanings, no code, each person has to find their own way,and no single Meaning and its accompanying ‘detached’ Band (Part II) can by itself make muchcontribution to or alteration in the way we live our lives individually. When we achieve three, anythree, accepted Meanings, and the Bands ‘detach’, our lives are already changed. Psychological‘detachment’ at Bands and living the Meanings go together. Unfortunately, it is probable that manypeople are secretive of themselves, even at Stage 5 or 6, except inside their own heads as it were,and that due to cultural pressure in the shape of outer convention do not have the the ability, orperhaps the interest, to live their Meanings outwardly and be seen to be different. In spite of thatthey are different and many things might change if they lived out their achievement instead ofhiding it.

TRANSVERSE BANDS AND MEANINGS - The Contents of the BandsWith the advent of the Transverse Bands and the Meanings into the Framework we have to startbeing serious about the anatomy of the body. The reason for this will become apparent when weput the whole Framework together in the service of change, the re-thinking or Metanoia of theoverall title of this first part of the book, the definition of which I have put at the beginning.

I have described the bio-geographical placing of the Bands but it is also necessary to know theircontents. It is the Band and Meaning cell response of these contents via the Information Network

39


(Framework Anatomy, Part IV) and the Nervous System that makes the Means Through Which WeExperience Understanding. We can perfectly well understand things by the use of abstract thoughtwithout the necessity of including the body cells but in that case the understanding has not beenexperienced. When an understanding has been only potentially experienced, the thought havingnot remained entirely abstract, the cells of the relevant Band have responded but the necessaryconsciousness will not have followed. It is the difference between supposing one knows somethingand actually knowing it from personal experience. If or when that is the case and the cell responsehas not been released by conscious recognition the cell/s become inhibited, fail to action andremain that way until or unless released by conscious-thought. When understanding has beenconsciously experienced, none of that happens and the body goes on actioning away in its properand suitable fashion because the conscious thoughts have been accepted.

Each Meaning is a thumb-nail sketch of how we need to treat everything, including ourselves, andwhen we live these effectively our physiology actions properly; when we don’t, it doesn’t, mostly inTransverse Bands across the body. Meanings effectively are the Energics (Framework physiology, PartIV) of the Bands so it is of limited use to try and change this without accompanying it by finding thep roblems in the relevant Meaning. Incidentally, the problems that are apparent in one Band and/orMeaning may stem from another Band and Meaning; problems are not necessarily straightforw a rd .

In order to begin to understand the effect of Meanings we have also to understand the contentsof Bands. The Transverse Bands are the five Transverse divisions of the trunk and are apparentlynothing to do with the ordinary view of anatomy but are strictly a response to psychology; theirphysiological actioning is to do with religion in the Framework sense. Religion being an unexpectedsubject to connect with anatomy, I should perhaps remind you that I am not re f e rring to the org a n i s a-t i o n of religious feeling and experience, and therefore not to any recognised systems of beliefs orthe institutions of religion of any kind, but to the entirely personal way of living one’s own religiousattitude to life, even if one chooses to do this inside institutionalised religious activity.

Both psychology and religion ‘live’ through the Meanings of these Bands. Psychology alone, thepassive approach to life, is not enough, we also desperately need it to be active, each in ouri n d i v i d u a l religious way. Psychology here is the way we could do anything, if we did it, and Religionis the actual attitude with which we do anything when we do it.

BAND CONTENTS - physical organs

Band I - upper legs and lower abdominal:

a) on the left and running in towards the centre is the lower end of the large intestine or colon,called the sigmoid, which continues on into the rectum and the anus, both in the centre -for receiving and eliminating solid waste.

b) the urinary bladder in the low centre and, running down into it, the lower ends of the twothin tubes, the ureters, coming down from the kidneys - for conveyance and temporary stor-age of liquid waste and/or some excess nutrients and/or filtrates from the kidneys

c) a fair amount of other soft tissues in the form of lining materials, bone covering (periosteum),and moorings (serous membranes) for the organs to keep them in place plus packing materialto fill up the spaces.

d) the lower parts of some muscles of the skeletal variety (striped muscle pertaining to movingthe bones) that go down inside the pelvis at the side from inside the rim of the pelvis (iliacus)and from the lower back vertebrae (psoas) to the upper thigh bone (femur).

DIAGRAMMATIC REPRESENTATION OF THE CONTENTS OF THE TRANSVERSE BANDS

Band V

Band II

Band I

Bands III & IV

upper lung

stomach

spleengall bladder

pancreasduodenum

transverse colon

descending colon

small intestine

ascending colon

sigmoid

bladder

(reproductive organs - not shown)

liver

lower lungheart &

pericardium

Figure 7


40

kidney

41


e) the upper tendons and a little of the muscle of the thigh arising from the lowest part of thepelvis, hip joint and upper thigh bone; the ligaments and tendons of the hip joint holdingthe head of the femur in its socket in the pelvis; the lowest end of the abdominal muscle onthe front of the body. Two of the gluteal muscles of one’s behind belong to the legs andnot to Band I.

f) the bones of the pelvis from just above the hip joint downward, and the top of the femur(thigh bone) including the head, neck, greater and lesser trochanters (protuberances forattachment of muscle ends) and part of the shaft below them for just a short distance.

g) the reproductive organs, internal and external - these seem to have a life of their own andare almost impossible for me to tune in to.

Band II - mid to upper abdominal, largely for digestion:

a) at the top right is the liver with the gall bladder nestled into it towards the centre of thebody - the liver converts and stores certain nutrients from the small intestine; the gall bladderstores and delivers bile from the liver into the duodenum as part of the digestive process.

b) at the top left is the stomach with the pancreas under it and towards the centre of the body- the stomach receives food and drink after being swallowed, mixes these with certain digestivejuices, to some extent separates liquid from solid and moves both separately and onwardinto the duodenum; the pancreas produces some digestive juices and some hormonal secre t i o nthe former of which goes into the duodenum and the latter into the blood stream.

c) near the left of the stomach and curving round the body to the left and to the back is thespleen - destroys dead cells in the blood.

d) out from the end of the stomach and more or less central to the front of the body comes thetube called the duodenum which joins the stomach to the small intestine - receives digestivejuices from both gall bladder and pancreas and moves the partly churned-up food from thestomach on to the small intestine.

e) most of the small intestine, the very long tube coiled in the central part of the abdomen -absorbs nutrients from the semi-digested foods.

f) the colon or large intestine, a much bigger tube onto which the small intestine joins at itslower end on the right and into which are passed the contents from the small intestine -absorbs liquid that remains in the waste from digested foods (assuming digestion to havebeen complete).

g) at the back, just up under the ribs, are the two kidneys on either side of the spine but notclosely associated with it; also the top parts of the two ureters to carry away waste wateretc. from the kidneys to the bladder - the kidneys process certain nutrients, balance waterand electrolytes and chemicals.

h) the upper parts of the skeletal muscles iliacus and psoas major and minor that go downinside the pelvis to the thigh and the base of the pelvis.

i) the upper rim of the pelvis.

j) the lining materials, bone covering and moorings and sub-cutaneous fat (the fat layer underthe skin of the abdomen) and abdominal muscle and tendon.

k) none of the Vertebral Cover is included.

42


Band III - tissues and organs internal to the ribs above Band II and below Band V:

a) the two lungs, one either side and nearly filling the chest cavity - to exchange oxygenbreathed in for carbon dioxide pushed out, if Band IV and the ribs are free enough to bemoved; to some extent this is a reflex action and the volume ‘in’ is equalled by the volume‘out’, except when the psychology or physiology of Bands II or IV alters it.

b) the bottom part of the trachea - the wind-pipe to the lungs.

c) the bottom part of the oesophagus - the tube to the stomach for swallowed food and liquid.

d) the heart, lying between the two lungs to the front of the body somewhat to the left andin the middle-to-lower area of the chest - a pump, made of a type of muscle called cardiacwhich is different both to the striped muscle that moves the skeleton, and to the semi-smooth visceral muscle of the hollow tubes of the abdomen and of the blood vesselsthroughout the body; it pumps the blood round the body helped by the chambers andvalves of which it is constructed.

e) the pericardium, the membranous sac enclosing the heart and anchoring it in the chest whileallowing it to pump freely - composed of thin, very tough layers of tissue and the thin layersof lubricating fluid between them.

f) the various layers of tissue that surround the lungs, also mooring and packing tissues.

Band IV - external to the chest and consisting entirely of:

a) striped muscles at and below the level of ribs 2/3 and vertebrae Thoracic 2/3 down to thetop of Band II. It does not include most of the muscles of the scapulae (see Figure 5, thoseleft uncoloured) which belong to the arms nor any of the Vertebral Cover.

NB. the ribs, the sternum and their periosteum are part of neither Band but can be affected byboth, as can the intercostal muscles between the ribs.

Band V - the upper trunk and neck:

a) the whole area of the back of the throat: the pharynx, including and leading to the larynxand/or entry to the trachea and oesophagus - the pharynx is a cavity or sac attached belowthe skull and to six of the seven neck vertebrae into which open the nose, mouth, larynx,and the top of the food tube (oesophagus) and through which passes air, food and drink.The larynx is the top end of the trachea. We are concerned in Band V with the exit areas ofthe sac and tubes into the body and not with the top front entry area from nose and mouth.

b) the tubes down the neck as far as the top of Bands II and IV: the upper quarter of tracheaand the upper one third of the oesophagus.

c) the surrounding tissue and muscle except for that which is uncoloured or dark blue in Figure5, and none of the Vertebral Cover.

d) the very top of the two lobes of the lungs.

NB. the muscles coloured dark blue in Figure 5 are the ones which, when there is mineral defi-ciency in the body, are weakened along with everything else but which most noticeably stop strongor free movement of the body. Those of the neck (sternomastoid) do not belong to a Band andneither do those of the hip (upper parts of flexors, abductors and rotators of the leg); the latter arenot usually affected by Limb problems of Action-not-Taken (see Limbs, Part V).

43

Book One: The Metanoiac Framework • Part III

PA RT III: THE STAGES OF THAT UNDERSTA N D I N G

Introduction

The Spatial Stages

The Religious Stages

General Mindedness

INTRODUCING THE STAGES

There are two sets of Stages, each sub-divided into three with six levels in each sub-division. I havecalled one set Spatial because, though its levels affect the anatomy there isn’t anywhere biologicalin which they are physically situated except in these effects; they are, as it were, ‘in space’ andresponded to by anatomy through the mind. The other set I call ‘Religious’ when referring to themloosely but correctly they are Living One’s Own Religious Attitude To Life. Since this is a bit of amouthful, and the initial letters do not spell anything neatly, I refer to it as Religious. I balked atfirst at the use of the word Religious. It isn’t formally part of my life, though part of my culturalheritage of course, and the modern attitude in many people is either to use it or to refuse it asmeaningless; some people substitute the word spiritual and feel better about it. Nevertheless, I wasnot allowed to get away with that; ‘Religious’ is what my information process insisted on soReligious it is, but in the context of this work, Religious means living in harmony with oneself andother things, not formalised religion. Most organisations that call themselves religious are intendedto be a means through which people live their religious life. However, apparently religion in anorganized form cannot necessarily accept an individual expression of attitude on behalf of religiousexpression. For the acceptance we need here, Religious refers to Living One’s Own Religious Attitudeto Life, and in harmony with everything else as much as possible. The Religious Stages direct theEnergics (physiology, Part IV) of the body and the Spatial Stages are the proper and increasing non-response of the cells of the Transverse Band, this non-response being the effect on each body Bandof increasing psychological consciousness, eventually reducing emotional response to a discreteorgan, here termed Psychologically Detached, rather than a generality of Band cells in a respond-ing Band - Psychologically Attached. These two terms will be discussed later.

The Spatial set of Stages describe the way we develop psychologically. It could be called thePsychological set but this is not entirely correct since both the Religious and the Spatial sets areconcerned with psychology, so I have termed it Spatial for the reason given above. The name Spatialis not to do with space in the physics sense but because it is of-a-space-within.

Each set comprises sub-divisions of Psychological, Intellectual and Emotional, Stages 1-6. The Arabicnumerals here distinguishes the Stages from the Roman numerals of the Transverse Bands andMeanings which go together. The Spatials are passive in that each level is a description of a Stageof development of the manner in which one is able to know, to care and to do; the Religious, onthe other hand, are active and the levels describe the Stages of development of the individual inknowing, caring and doing. Each person is able to do these things but will do them partly in accord-ance with their temperament and interests and always and only from the various levels that theymay have reached.

44


Living One’s Own Religious Attitude To Life may or may not be about God, and may or may not beabout a defined god. People often have an experience of god but there isn’t any particular defin i t i o n ,apart from being ‘all pervading’. Or, as two old people I know say, “I know there is something...”.Jung, in answer to the question, “Do you believe in God?”, replied after a slight pause, “I don’tbelieve.. I know.”

Belief is a sticky subject. Up to a certain level of psychological development, Spatial and/or Religious,people like and may need belief. They like to belong to a collective belief system of some sort andfeel comfortable in it. It can be work or church or any large grouping. If they develop beyond thisit is their own individual experience or thought that begins to take precedence. For a church, orany system or group, to survive as a church or group it has to have a particular outlook, and thenit has to have believers in that outlook. The individual’s way will not do for this precisely becauseit is individual rather than collective and will rarely be tolerated, and even if an individual’s experi-ence founds a group or church as a result of that experience the followers may be believers butmay never have a similar or even comparable experience, hence they only believe but do not know.This is entirely usual and entirely suitable until a person grows beyond it and then it no longersuffices.

People at Stage 6 of any of the Religious sub-divisions may take part in established or culturallyconventional religious observances or rituals on a regular or irregular basis but always from theirown point of view. They know what they think, feel, have experienced or know and the conven-tional, collective form may give them an acceptable way of expressing it, but it is fairly rare to findReligious Stage 6 people inside a cultural religious convention, they are more likely to be Stage 4or less.

I should like to make clear again that the psychology I am dealing with here is that of daily lifebelow the surface of consciousness. I am not attempting to delve into neuroses or mental imbalances;that is not my brief. My work is concerned with the lack of psychological interaction between anindividual and themselves, those things which people do not know or have failed so far to noticeabout themselves; not the bits they do know but things which are holding them back, causingpain, mental or physical, or even making them ill, but not mentally ill. These problems can stemfrom Spatial or Religious lack of consciousness, and from any of the sub-divisions of the Stages andtheir levels.

Of course, problems don’t only stem from Spatial and/or Religious unconsciousness but it is oftenan underlying cause. Treatment goes on to the biological aspects if necessary and to the Bands orMeanings, but it is often essential that a person understand and accept - two key words - theirSpatial or Religious nature and requirements early in treatment if they are to release themselves togo on growing as it is this understanding and acceptance that alters the thought patterns in thebrain and the resulting physical body action and function. It can easily be seen that it is not muchuse treating direct to the symptom and easing that only. It amounts to ‘aspirin and plaster’ andlittle else. When the underlying cause is not understood and accepted some sort of symptom willprobably recur or another one develop.

45


SPATIAL STAGES

PSYCHOLOGICAL Stages - mode of behaviour towards...to do

Stage 1 - as it were ‘foetal’: aware only of itself, takes whatever is required, unaware of the needsof anything outside itself, unaware of anything other than itself, in other words completelyunaware other than biologically.

Stage 2 - as it were ‘infant/child’: hardly aware of itself, changes its own behaviour in responseto circumstances to gain what it needs or wants - which are the same thing from its pointof view.

Stage 3 - as it were ‘teenager/sub-adult’: thoughtless, behaves exactly as it wants, extremelyshort-term view, quite aware of itself, subjective.

Stage 4 - as it were ‘young adult’: a negative stage, retains own ideas or points of view, refusesto consider other people or things despite awareness both of itself and of others, defendedposition.

Stage 5 - as it were ‘junior elder’: transitional stage, beginning to come out of defended position,changes in various ways now depending on intellectual or emotional awareness of BandMeanings, detached in this or that Band and attached in others.

Stage 6 - as it were ‘elder’: accepting attitude, well aware of self and others, able to apply theMeanings, detached.

INTELLECTUAL Stages - mode of use of intelligence, the knowledge of - to know

Stage 1 - as it were ‘foetal’: hardly exists intellectually as it is at the immediate-reaction levelonly.

Stage 2 - as it were ‘infant/child’: is beginning to include desires, the “I want., I need..” phrases.

Stage 3 - as it were ‘teenager/sub-adult’: is almost entirely devoted to itself, maybe with a lotof logical thought to that end.

Stage 4 - as it were ‘young adult’: beginning to swing away from self, sees there are differentways of thinking besides its own but nevertheless thinks itself to be correct, cannot copewith other ideas and nor with its own very easily, defensive.

Stage 5 - as it were ‘junior elder’: variable, depending on awareness of Meanings which changesthe thinking, each in its own way.

Stage 6 - as it were ‘elder’: aware of all the Meanings, objective.

EMOTIONAL Stages - mind/body responses, body awareness of...to care

Stage 1 - as it were ‘foetal’: mind/body response is total here at immediate-reaction level only.

Stage 2 - as it were ‘infant/child’: aware enough of its emotional reactions to use them, canexaggerate or hide them in response to circumstances.

Stage 3 - as it were ‘teenager/sub-adult’: is aware of all emotions but only in relation to itself,may be competitive or aggressive about this.

Stage 4 - as it were ‘young adult’: is aware of other people’s emotions but does not want to beinvolved with them, cannot cope with them, does not want to be involved with its ownemotions either.

46


Stage 5 - as it were ‘junior elder’: beginning to be free to be involved with emotions outsideitself, this depends on acceptance of Meanings, can begin to choose to be or not to beinvolved as acceptance of Meanings is detachment when a Band is detached.

Stage 6 - as it were ‘elder’: aware of all the Meanings, free from unchosen emotional involve-ment, detached.

SPATIAL STAGES - Notes

There are various notes to be added here which are very important:

1) It must be remembered that with the Stages, unconsciousness and consciousness describesthe increasing development of the individual away from the behaviour patterns of the collec-tive or group and that the unconscious stages in this sense prevail up to and including Stage4. Stage 5 is the transitional stage where unconsciousness is gradually (and sometimesrapidly) exchanged for consciousness in the five ways of Meaning, and Stage 6 is when theability to be conscious in these ways has been achieved, giving one the basis from which togrow up psychologically and religiously.

2) Unconsciousness is an ability to know oneself only in a subjective way; Consciousness givesthe ability to know oneself in an objective way.

3) The time in life if or when an individual reaches each level in any subdivision is completelyindependent of their age in years. The descriptions ‘foetal’, etc., are ‘ideals’ in that oneassumes oneself and other people to be at the level one takes to be relevant to their age.Unfortunately this is unlikely (see discussion below).

4) It must be noted that Intellectual, here, is nothing whatever to do with day-to-day intelligencesuch as is used for working, nor with learning, but is the attitudes of mind that fits the indi-vidual into the life of the Universe, including our planet, on a conscious, deliberate andpotentially active day-to-day basis. It is when intelligence is used on that behalf.

5) In the Spatial Stages of development progress is from the centre of concentric rings out tothe periphery, from a state of total self-centredness outward towards much greater aware n e s s ,the opposite of Religious.

6) Stage 6 achievement is not an elitist matter; anyone of any culture or race, with any back-ground, doing any work, living in any way and of almost any age, of any level of educationor none at all (and any other variable you can think of) can achieve it - always provided theycan and do think about their experiences in life.

7) It may also be worth noting that a Stage 6 person who wants actively to do something orget something done may very well deliberately use Stage 3, for instance, a very active stage,or Stage 4 to maintain a status quo if that is necessary. Previous Spatial levels are never lost,nor are present ones despite regressions, deliberate or otherwise. But whatever previouslevels are deliberately used it should be both deliberate and conscious and still done withthe ability to see both sides and be objective that is the hall-mark of a Stage 6 person - whenthey are living it.

8) On a day-to-day basis, despite having reached whatever Stage one has, one can, and only toofrequently does, regress to previous Stages; I am referring here to non-deliberate regression.It should never be assumed that one does not. Achievement of a Stage is no guarantee what-ever that one constantly remains there, but it does mean that one can (and should) returnto it, and as soon as possible, if not instantly, having recognised the regression. As it is not

47


possible to lose a Spatial Stage level, even though one may regress from it, the hard workof understanding oneself is never lost, only mislaid from time to time, for shorter or longerperiods that can vary from minutes to years. It can be seen then, that reaching any Stage isless a matter of complacency than of constant understanding of that Stage and of constantalertness and vigil.

9) What is most desirable and what one should be aiming for is to be beyond Stage 6, Stage 6merely being the least level one needs to be an adult. Beyond Stage 6 only happens whenone consciously lives all the Five Meanings all the time.

10) Above all, remember that Stage 6 is not at all what one does but is the way in which onedoes it.

SPATIAL STAGES - Discussion

We all of us develop through these Stages (if develop we do), sometimes fast, more usually slowlyor in jumps, but we can miss none of them on the way forward. They take little account of agedespite the thumb-nail description at the beginning of each level. These descriptions are merelyideals as far as age is concerned. We each of us suppose that to be adult in years is to be adult inthought and to be a child in years is to be a child in thought, and so on. Unfortunately this is notusually the case. Spatial Stage development does not depend on anything except thought; it mainlyoccurs when people analyse their own experiences or feelings or thoughts, though changing a leveldepends entirely on what they gain from such an analysis in the way of greater conscious under-standing. Difficulties can arise for those who achieve high Stages while still young in years due toinexperience of life on the one hand and their need to fit in with their contemporaries on the other.

Psychological unconsciousness continues from Stages 1-4 and certainly it is so before that, at ‘Stage’O or ‘Stage’ —, neither of which are included in the lists largely because they are difficult tosummarise and impossible to divide into the three categories of psychological, intellectual andemotional. These two ‘Stages’ of O and — (zero and zilch) can continue throughout life, as canany other. ‘Stage’— means there really is almost nothing to be done with that person’s mind. Theywill be physically capable but virtually without formulated thought; this does not at all mean theyare sick or mentally deficient, only that they haven’t thought about developing as it has nevere n t e red their lives. They are the ‘don’ts’ re f e rred to in Part I under Mind ‘missing’. They are unre m a r k-able in a way and would probably find it pointless to develop themselves.

‘Stage’ O comes under Point of Change significant in Part II. They are the ‘won’ts’ and it meansthey have not bothered to ‘hatch out’ into the world and have remained under the collective wing.This is usually because they won’t bother, have not needed to so far and have never valued them-selves emotionally sufficiently to do so. It is not at all because they can’t, but everything remainspotential unless or until their emotional self-evaluation changes.

In neither case is the physical brain at fault, but the Cycle of Continuous Action effectively has Mind‘missing’ in the one case, though only in inverted commas, and the Point of Change significant inthe other as they could develop if they would. ‘Stage’ — people will effectively live in only veryphysical ways. They can be found anywhere in the world but most usually at the bottom end ofsociety whereas ‘Stage’ O people can be anybody anywhere in the world living any kind of life butrefusing to develop themselves personally. The Point of Change is significant for them because theyare in it in a psychological sense. This is emotional laziness of a sort - they might change but theyrefuse to try. And they are lazy about choosing to maintain any Cycle of Continuous Action in either

48


the physical or the mental cycle. They refuse to choose, whereas the ‘Stage’ — people don’t choose,just ignore it all as unnecessary, or even stupid!

I don’t know how such emotional self-undervaluation begins for the ‘Stage’ O person but it isalmost bound to be in early childhood. It is probably ‘imposed’ over the period of time roughlybetween the ages of 3 and 25 during which they cease to try mentally to develop both emotionallyand intellectually Spatially, life being quite satisfactory without it. This seems to indicate a life theyhave found sufficiently comfortable and that has required almost no individual response!

The ‘Stage’ — person, on the other hand, is unable to develop and life, for them, has been one ofbrawn rather than brain, though this is not necessarily to suggest intrinsic stupidity in any way. Itis probable that many people will assume this to be the result of a lack of opportunity socially,culturally or educationally, or perhaps the result of malnutrition, but who is to say in all cases? Theyare probably perfectly capable and sufficient in abstract-thought terms as far as their lives demandso they may not notice any ‘gap’.

The Stage 1 person is similar to a foetus in that it will automatically grab what it feels it requires,without even the possibility of thought about anybody else, just as a foetus lives off its mother.

The Stage 2 level of ‘infant/child’ is recognisable in that small children, and those who have insome respect remained at that level, have a fair idea of what they want or desire and will changetheir own behaviour to gain it, either by attempted persuasion or by upset, either of which can bea matter of acting only. Having achieved the desired end, they are off on their own ploys with nothought for anyone other than themselves, even if they are apparently part of a group.

The Stage 3 ‘teenager/sub-adult’ is in some ways an extension of this but much more calculatingabout it. The wheedling may have charm added to it and be more directed to gaining what theythink they want, and probably with intelligent persuasiveness added, and the upset can be vari-ously expressed and even be thoroughly aggressive when or if the person is thwarted in theirdesires. These people are more or less aware of what they want but refuse to consider other people.

Stage 4, the ‘young adult’ has, in theory, put aside the total devotion to self and grown into somesemblance of understanding - or so one supposes. In fact, being new at the job and only a youngadult in outlook such a person is only able to function in the Stage 4 mode of some collectivenorm or other. However, and this is where it is confusing, they will have learned enough, and prob-ably been trained enough in established thinking, to assume that they do know much betterthan anybody else and will stoutly defend that knowing position, come hell or high water. It ispersonal or collective convention with a capital C. In that many, if not most, of the proponents ofthis Stage 4 are grown-up in years, and are nearly all the grown-ups there are in attitude (seeGeneral Minded below), this attitude carries a lot of unfortunate weight and almost no mentalpsychological flexibility.

At Stage 5, ‘junior elder’, this attitude of defended conservatism begins to break up. When the indi-vidual accepts a Meaning, the relevant Transverse Band responds and the psychological responsesbecome conscious instead of remaining unconscious; this means the body is not left in a constantstate of suspended animation physiologically in that Band. However, until all five Meanings areaccepted that person is still only partly conscious in the psychological sense and cannot have the‘elder’s’ wisdom or understanding as yet.

At Stage 6, ‘elder’, a person will have worked psychologically with themselves to become asconscious as they can on a day-to-day basis. They will have accepted all the Meanings and havethe ability to continue to think through such exigencies as they will continue to meet in life and

49


to make their Meaning attitudes to them as understood as they can both inwardly and outwardly.That this ability is lying unused and unrecognised among the very large number of people whohave reached Stage 6 Spatial and Religious is utterly depressing. Admittedly, it does to some extentdepend on whether the person is interested and also if they have much of a capacity for abstractthought, but even if not their inwardly changed attitude should lead them to make some sort ofeffort.

Stage 6 is not a sort of super Stage whereby a person has finally risen above the troubles of every-day life either psychologically, intellectually or emotionally, merely the Stage at which these tro u b l e scan be dealt with in a sufficiently conscious and objective way with regard to the person’s owninvolvement that they do not need to leave their mark on the action and function of the body fortoo long, or that at which the person can undo the wear and tear of the past more easily, withhelp. Problems can be caught up, analysed, and the responsibility for them taken on consciously asopposed to shoving them under the mental mat and suffering physically as a consequence.

It would be naive in the extreme to assume that this sort of practical consciousness eliminates thepersonal or collective unconscious in any way. It does not. Nor would it necessarily stop the individualfrom being caught up in archetypal situations, personal or collective, though it may - if the personis sufficiently psychologically informed to recognise them in the first place!

There is an absolutely deplorable ignorance about psychology that is extremely widespread. It ispossible most days on television or radio to hear authorities on this and that talking in ways thatdemonstrate this only too clearly, especially if it is done from the confines of an accepted outlooksuch as ‘the church’ or ‘the medical establishment’ or ‘the law’ or ‘the teaching profession’ or‘government’ or ‘a union’ to name but a very few as examples. I presume these people are bliss-fully unconscious that they are doing any such thing. It is not in the least that they are in any wayignorant in their professions, subjects, jobs but that they seem never to filter their knowledgethrough any sort of overt psychological knowledge - and I do not mean professional psychologi-cal knowledge. Of course, they filter it through their Stages (none of us can help doing that) andit is very noticeable that in the lower Stages people talk more in cliches. The Stage 5 people dothis much less and the Stage 6 people not at all; the latter usually answer the question, to boot, ifthey are in an interview which the Stage 4s and lower somehow do not. (Or if a Stage 6er isn’tgoing to he/she actually says so, politely but firmly!) Uneven levels, which is the commonest situation,produce interesting effects in this way with its mixture of cliches, engagingness, convention, defen-siveness, intelligent openness, evasiveness and so forth, depending both on the different level ofeach development, Spatial and Religious, in that person and on which ‘bit’ of them is to the foreat any one moment, this in turn being filtered through their own personality.

The totally Stage 4 person in an interview is almost certainly absolutely convinced of the rightnessof their view of any matter and though they may be polite about it they brook no opposition(whether they are capable of formulating this attitude verbally or not), whereas the totally Stage 6person will hear what they are asked, consider it and reply with thought. One can easily fall intoargument with Stage 4 as it easily produces opposition but not with Stage 6 as it produces discus-sion, though this also depends on one’s own Stages! This sort of discussion is not to be confusedwith the sort of discussion that a trained academic mind can go in for, whatever their levels, thougheven they will have their discussions through their Stages since they cannot avoid it any more thancan the rest of us, and they will hold to their points of view at Stage 4, or consider and even changeif they are Stage 6, be variable at Stage 5, and below that will still behave according to their Stages;it is not possible not to as that is how that person then is, willy nilly. And we all do this, never thinkthat we don’t. The most frightening thing is an adult in years who is in power of some sort but is

50


thinking and acting and responding at a low Stage level, and who appeals to a large collective,hoping and trying to get even more power. This is the sort of danger that wrecks nations.

Descriptive Terms in Spatial Stages Development

It has been pointed out to me that the terms foetal, infant/child, teenager/sub-adult, young adult,junior elder and elder used to describe the developmental stages of the Spatial Stages can be seenas hierarchical and competitive, and can be misconstrued. It is partly for this reason that thediagrams to illustrate Spatial and Religious development are drawn as concentric circles, with anarrow outward for Spatial and inward for Religious, rather than in ladder form. It is to emphasisea change from an old style ladder-like hierarchical way of looking at things. People are as they areat any one time BUT there are further steps along the way which are here described, which areinevitable provided one keeps ‘walking’, and which lead to one’s own best development.

I suspect these feelings about competition and hierarchy arise because western society has for someyears now been at pains to emphasise the fact that ‘people are acceptable’, that ‘it is OK to be asyou are’, that ‘you must learn to accept yourself’ - and presumably each other. I also suspect thatthis is part of the long haul of re-ordering the emphasis between male and female as properlyhaving an equal if different place in the psychological balance of things. First of all one needs toaccept that there are people and that they are individual, that wherever or whoever they are theyhave an equal chance of growing into psychological adults, and that this must be allowed.However, it is plain in terms of adult consciousness that the outlook of a child is the outlook of achild and cannot, while it remains thus, be anything else, and furthermore that this outlook canpertain no matter what a person’s age in years.

In many societies it is considered desirable to be grown-up. This is, of course, usually seen in age-based social and cultural terms, but a desire to be psychologically grown-up would be just as valid.The aim within most societies is to be allowed to partake of the adult world, the adult privileges,the adult knowledge and wisdom and in many societies there are still rites of passage that marktransitions from one stage to the next, or one Stage to the next. Western society has largely forgot-ten about these. There is a passing nod to being 21 years old, a celebration of marriage, quite oftena naming ceremony for new babies, and usually a physical-death ceremony, but much of this istaken at a superficial level and the deep, and especially the inner meanings ignored or lost. This ispart of the psycho-religious loss of the period - and I am still not using ‘religious’ in the sense of areligious orthodoxy.

Originally there would have been a specific age or period in yearly terms when the individual wasexpected to take up the reins of a new status, or there may have been, and in many places therestill are, group ceremonies covering the individuals of several years. For them, these were and stillare, of immense importance in the cultural and social group - and I am using these two termsanthropologically, exactly as the Spatial descriptive terms are used - but all this has lost most of itssignificance for most of the west, if not all of it. Society is no longer to be experienced in this wayand, for the most part, nobody has a recognised place in it any more. All this is in Point of Change.

Despite this break-up in cultural or social terms the individual psychology still goes through thedevelopments that were for so long recognised ceremonially, only now it is a matter for individualeffort and is not a cultural or social requirement since the collective level of development is nowexperienced in perspective and sensed, quite unconsciously, to be psychologically insuffic i e n t ;i n d ividual psychological young adulthood is coming in, the junior elder of General Mindedness.C e remonies used to be not only a celebration of change but an initiation into that change. We have

51


lost the initiation and retain a mere shell of the celebration. I am not quarrelling at all with thesincerity with which a celebration is held but with the loss of social understanding of deep meaning.It would greatly benefit any culture or society to have age-levels of people who are at the Stage-levels of young adult or adult, or the preferred terms junior elder and elder, that equate to a suit-able age in years. Our particular historical period is seeing-in the advent of junior elder in theGeneral Mindedness of humanity; by the time there is (if there is) a General Mindedness of elderthen it is possible that people will grow into suitable Stages at suitable ages which is a great dealyounger in years than is supposed.

‘Elder’ in its original use is explicit in that it embodies the implication that the person is old enoughand experienced enough and has thought enough to have gained some wisdom of life rather thanmere knowledge, and that they are therefore capable of giving truth and guidance to those whoask. This was the value to society of a collective developmental Stage that lost its collective valueincreasingly during the periods after each of the two world wars, especially the second. The thenage-based elders lost their confidence as the age-based young gained theirs but since humanityhas to develop to survive, this collective, age-based attitude has also to develop into one that isboth adult-psychology and individual based. Once this has been formulated - and it has now beendescribed in this book - then perforce the Stages that are not that of junior elder and elder can beseen in their right psychological hue, as developmental stages. Doubtless individual people re a d i n gthis will feel affronted when they find that their assumed, age-based, and therefore collective, adult-hood no longer is sufficient and that they may, psychologically, be anywhere in the Stages, butfrom the point of view of the planet and the Universe and ourselves as humans it no longer sufficesfor us to remain as a psychologically collective species. We simply have to grow up into the species-right of the individual human and take up the challenge of the responsibility of developing ourStages, from the suitably collective foetal to sub-adult and then through transitional junior elder topsychologically individual elder and apply the wisdom that we gain, however modest, to our dailyliving and to the daily living of everything on this planet. It is also to be hoped that we properlyuse our Four Psychological Functions in the same way as well as the Meanings, and for discussionon this whole matter see Further Notes on the Connection between The Religious Stages, The FourFunctions and The Meanings in Part VI.

Anyone who has consciously experienced these changes through the Stage levels, especially onachieving the sixes, and has thereafter consciously noticed the changes within themselves as theyadjust during the three months or so afterwards, will bear out the truths of development, thoughthey will only do this if they keep it in mind otherwise they may regress. For those who are contem-plating such things from a different Stage or set of Stages, this will doubtless seem like so muchbalderdash, a repressive and unacceptable attitude and the truths will be quite obscure. The Stagesare not a prescription but the way people are at any one time and it becomes quite obvious thatthis is so to those who have made their way through the changes. Previously, development wasrecognised, and previously it was expected of people, within their cultural setting, but then it wasequated with age, roughly in years and that which was looked on as wisdom was the continuationand knowledge of the accepted traditions of the group. The age factor needs now to drop awayto a large extent; it is personal and individual psychological effort that now counts. If this seemshierarchical, in a way it is, but it is not competitive nor does it lead to a social power base, whichcollectively it used to. It is hierarchical within oneself and is desirable for the sake of all things notonly ourselves, as wisdom is wisdom, not power, and arises from increased and increasing individ-ual insight, not knowledge. The achievements of development are expressed in the text of the listof Spatial Stages.

52


Since in many places in the world the population has grown to dimensions far beyond the capa-bility of being contained in small divisions, the achievement by the individual of the Stages 6 willnot bring them a collectively recognised place in society or group but it might bring a desperatelyneeded quality to humanity by changing the individual component parts. Growing up is what onedoes after one is Spatial and Religious Stage 6. The work then consists of: psychologically and intel-lectually accepting why things are the way they are, why everything living (animals, plants, people,fish, insects - everything that lives no matter how great or small or what environment it inhabits)is the way it is and does what it does in the way it does; and emotionally it is empathising witheverything, how it ‘feels’ or is all the time and in every situation, from a blade of grass onward;and each of these consciously and intentionally, within oneself.

This is our human place in the planet and the universe: they have not been made for us, nor wefor them. We are all the same thing.

The above statements about living things and environments are nothing, in themselves, to do withformal academic study but - and I have said this elsewhere in this book - it is noticeable that themore a person has carried out studies in these subjects the more likelihood that they develop moreadult Stages. It does not follow and nor should it necessarily be expected to be a correlate but thestudy of outward interaction can lead to increased inward interaction. One can, of course, developone’s Stages by a whole variety of study and it is not the academics of formal study that developsthe Stages, rather it is inward study. Among academic people it seems that some subjects enhanceand encourage this and some do not though the people themselves may be unaware of this spin-off .

Empathising with everything and accepting how it is is not a tall order. It is merely something mostpeople think they have grown out of, failing to realise it is something they have to grow-up into.Before, both in the dawn of each person and in the dawn of humanity, we automatically were likethat, and automatically is the key word; now we are well past dawn and have to reinstate consciouslythat same inherent understanding and acceptance. It is our duty to living things, includingourselves, to be at least Stage 6, though duty is an outmoded and unfashionable word at present.Likewise, the Meanings are in fact our moral code - another unpopular word.

LIVING ONE’S OWN RELIGIOUS ATTITUDE TO LIFE

PSYCHOLOGICAL STAGES - individual’s own method of acknowledging...doing

Stage 1 - non-existent.

Stage 2 - does not understand anything about anything so no need formally to do anythingabout anything.

Stage 3 - follows the accepted norm, whatever that is.

Stage 4 - aware of more than one way of acknowledgment and is as yet undecided.

Stage 5 - transitional between 4 and 6, how it does it depends on understanding of Meaningsand the expression of them.

Stage 6 - aware all the time and acknowledges all the time, formal method unnecessary.

INTELLECTUAL STAGES - ‘knowledge’ of a framework for understanding - knowing

Stage 1 - total and unconscious.

Stage 2 - knows there is something to know but does not know what it is.

SPATIAL AND RELIGIOUS DEVELOPMENT

Spatial Stages

Religious Stages

2 3 4 5 61

5 4 3 2 1 6

working from a state of total self-centredness out towards much greater awareness

working from a state of diffusion in towards a solid centre

Figure 8


53

54


Stage 3 - begins to know what it is semi-consciously.

Stage 4 - has not yet given up itself as the centre of its own life.

Stage 5 - beginning to be conscious of knowing.

Stage 6 - knows.

EMOTIONAL STAGES - the mind/body response to that framework - caring

Stage 1 - total response.

Stage 2 - becoming inhibited in response.

Stage 3 - much more inhibited.

Stage 4 - formal response using socially accepted norms.

Stage 5 - developing Meanings to apply.

Stage 6 - total response if the person is also Stage 6 in all three Spatial aspects as well, other-wise the response is limited to their personal life.

RELIGIOUS STAGES - Notes

There are a few notes to be added here:

1) In Religious Stages one works from outer diffusion to an inner core, the opposite of theSpatials.

2) Remember, we are not necessarily talking about formalised religious expression; a person’sacknowledgement of ‘everything’ at Stage 3 or 4, for instance, may appear to haveabsolutely nothing to do with acknowledgement as others see it, except to deny it, perhapseven unconsciously, in order to follow a collective norm of living that destroys conventionif the current convention is no longer meaningful to them. This is as socially acceptable insome quarters as empty church-going is in others; and there are other forms of trying toacknowledge than these.

3) Religious is all about acknowledging ‘everything’ and one’s attempts at integration with it.

4) Religious Intellectual is the use of the intellect on behalf of attempting consciously to knowone’s own way to live in the Universe co-operatively.

5) Whereas Spatial Stages can be regressed from, Religious are not regressed from but forgot-ten about, forgotten in daily living, though gained Stages are not lost.

RELIGIOUS STAGES - Discussion

Religious is the body response of Energics (see Part IV) in a Transverse Band. If the Meaning of aBand is not understood, both inwardly and outwardly, there will be altered Space in the tissue.Space, therefore, has to be considered again here (see also in Basic Nature of the Universe, Part I).

Space is nothing effectively, but it is an essential nothing. If there were no Space nothing couldaction, for if anything is so compressed that there is no Space in it action is impossible. This appliesjust as much to the Universe as to an organ. Internally, Space must be carefully guarded round andwithin all organs or they are unable to action.

In the use of Meanings we alter Space in our bodies. The Universe doesn’t use Meanings deliberately,and neither does anything else. Humans are the single exception; it is only humans who need to

55


develop and use a Spatial and Religious consciousness. Furthermore, nothing else needs theMeanings consciously as only humans alter Space deliberately; that is to say, any thing other thanhumans is the Meanings. We humans try to alter Space everywhere by any means possible and inevery field of endeavour and our degree of success is measurable by our success in upsetting action-ing in most places. This includes ourselves, and the planet, in practical terms.

Therefore, for everything and every thing to function and/or action at all, however large or smallthe grouping or the individual, we must restore suitable Space by using Meanings inwardly andoutwardly. Again, the hippie movement intuited the need for Space (‘Give me space, man’) andthis need is recognised now to some extent socially and in relationships - people need their ownspace - but is vastly underrated as an absolute necessity, throughout everything and between every-thing, whether it is the atom and its particles or the something/s formed by atoms-and-particles,or individual components of society, in all situations. This is the fourth way of looking at things:Space Anatomy.

It is because of this that the achievement and interrelationships of Stages 6 are so important inSpatial and Religious Stages. It is only at Stage 5 Spatial that understanding and acceptance ofMeanings begins to take place, for oneself, and it is only at Stage 6 Religious that outward use ofthose Meanings can begin. (Stage 5, you will recall, is the transition between Stages 4 and 6 whenindividual Meanings are one by one being understood and accepted, even when not formulated,and are developing thereby to Stage 6, Band by Band.)

The Space inside oneself is everywhere. It is most obvious in those hollow organs which can collapseor expand: the lungs, the whole digestive tract, the heart and blood vessels, all tubes, the bladderand uterus, but it is indeed inside the whole body; less among skeletal muscle and much more inthe trunk. Space is almost the entire ‘constituent’ of everything that exists since it is inside everyatom as well as between atoms; the visible bits are minute in comparison. Apart from the skeletonthere is no rigidity in the body unless it is self-induced (and even the skeleton is multi-jointed tomake it as mobile as possible as well as the solid bits of bone being composed of those active ands p a c e - filled atoms) so if you press the soft parts everything moves, especially Space. But that doesn’tdisplace Space except in the organs mentioned above, and only temporarily at that, like pressinga soft balloon. The Space essential for proper anatomical actioning is that round the molecules; thetight fit between molecule and molecule is only apparent, Space is always there - when thoughtpermits it - and there is always suitable Space round molecules when the cells are actioning well,but cells cannot action if thought doesn’t let them.

Molecules need Space for the body to action properly in exactly the same way that everything elseeverywhere does, whether it is part of something or a whole something. Atoms, molecules, andeverything above the level of a molecule in size, needs Space inside and outside itself.

Space is effectively passive. It doesn’t do anything except give everything a space in which to be,as we understand the world. But Space is either available or it is constricted, and when it is in shortsupply, as far as the individual is concerned, being is inhibited, whether it is the actioning of onemolecule that is affected or all the molecules that make up the entire organism. Religious living isthe key for this.

Psychological is the developing consciousness of an individual’s own active method of acknow-ledging. We begin by having no active method and can develop through to being so aware all thetime that we do not need to use any further active method because we are then living this aware-ness. This constant awareness affects a person’s behaviour both towards themselves and towardseverything else but is not a matter of principle, such as unconsidered ‘kindness to animals’ for

56


instance. It is a developed awareness in oneself of the necessity of behaving towards oneself andeverything else as much as possible as they need; ‘as much as possible’ given the restrictions thatare the human way of living.

Intellectual is often an inhibiting and repressive matter in the Religious Stages. In formal religion,intellectual attitudes and expectations stop humanity living the way the individual needs.Intellectual attitudes and expectations force humanity away from direct expression by individualsin relation to god instead of allowing it.

Allowing direct expression in relation to anything, including god, should not be the prerogative ofa church or of any organization, though they are and have been expressions of the growth ofPsychological Religious culturally. Any individual has an overwhelming need to relate to god (andI discuss the use of god with a small ‘g’ below) even if they are not aware of it, but intellectual andorganized formulations will only suit for a certain length of time. During lengths of time bothhumanity and individuals grow up psychologically, intellectually and emotionally, and what wassuitable for one period is probably unsuitable for another, either wholly or in part, and this meansthat intellectual attitudes and expectations must eventually go so that the individual at Stage 6 (orthe group at General Minded Stage 6) is free to relate directly.

In my original manuscript I wrote a note to the effect that there are not yet any groups at Stage6 despite there being lots of people at that level, and eventually realised that it might be a contra-diction in terms anyway. By the very fact of people being at Stage 6 they are not going to be partof a group in the old sense; they have grown into individuality. What then could happen is intelli-gent co-operation, which might appear to make a group but which would not, and indeed couldnot, function at the collective level of below Stage 6. Collective groups which are set up deliber-ately and which contain people who are not Stage 6 will in all probability demand a behaviourbeyond those personal Stages. There is a wonderful example of this in a Water Tribunal in Spain,a group of men who meet each week to oversee the distribution of water for the outlying marketfarmers of the town, water which runs in a complex of channels and shutters and can be controlledaccording to need, time or whatever the group agree to. They also decide on punishment foranyone who contravenes the agreements through altering his use of the water. When I tuned into the group, few of them were at the level at which they were working co-operatively which wasSpatial Stage 5 in all three aspects, and this is only one example of such a group. Incidentally, theweekly meeting is (and I trust it still exists) held in the open air and anyone can watch and listen.The affect it has is much wider than just the use of water; according to them it also affects socialbehaviour for the better in a variety of ways in a large part of the community.

From the point of view of cooperation and also of getting things done Stage 5 seems to be anexcellent level. I notice that some of the new leaders, officials and civic dignitaries now in the newlyup-heaved Eastern Europe are at Stage 5, or even 6 for some. [How they are now some six yearssince I first put pen to paper I can’t say.] One cannot say the same for most of the WesternEuropeans though a few of the people in the wings are there - and by now (October 1990 as I amchecking the typescript - [and that was five years ago now]) some have arrived there but are havinga hard time.

Emotional development is the most immediately obvious development that happens to the indi-vidual, obvious to themselves that is because they feel different about things. The quality of actionsinwardly and outwardly change. This is inevitable because everything affects the individual as muchas the individual affects everything. Emotional Religious is then not just an intellectual concept tobe kept at arms length any more, it is a living, everyday fact at Stages 1 and 6. At Stage 1 theperson is it, at Stage 6 they know they are it, and the Stages in between go from the one to the

57


other as a developing consciousness of that response. Emotional response is never deliberate andcannot be sought because ‘God’ is not definable but is everything. Everything is everywhere andnowhere but this response will not do anything more than live the Meanings. The Meanings giveus, as individuals, a means to accept total everything* both in ourselves and God, which achieveseverything.

*Total everything means exactly what it says, total everything; in ourselves, in the planet, in the Universe:the totality that is everything and comes from movement of energy, whether visible or not. No move-ment of energy, no thing.

I have written god with a small ‘g’ in the book when I am referring to the ‘everything’ that wesense but don’t know what it is, or indeed, know anything about. God, with a large ‘G’, is howwe may envisage that, which almost certainly differs from person to person and from recognisedreligion to recognised religion, and from every age of humanity to every other during its historyor prehistory. I am not talking about personal experience here, since a person’s individual experi-ence of God or god is precisely that, an experience, and not something that they any longer havea need to envisage.

Emotional Religious response may not be deliberate but it can be changed deliberately via under-standing in the Intellectual Religious Stages - as I found for myself. By carefully and concentratedlyconsidering one day, not what it meant to be the Religious Stages I was at since I was already atthose ones, but the next ones up, I experienced a very palpable sort of bang in my brain. Once Ihad recovered from this curious effect, and recovery only took as long as it took to grab the sideof the sink (I was laundering at the time) and say: “What the hell was that?!”, I did some check-ing out on myself. I had suddenly both understood and accepted what it would mean to be atthose new levels, actively (and the relevant new neurone pathways had formed in my brain!).

• • •

Having changed levels, whether Spatial or Religious, it takes time to learn to live from new view-points. When and if one is doing it consciously it probably takes roughly three or four months sinceit changes one’s whole habits in life as new insights are not necessarily easy to accommodate. Forthose who do not understand consciousness of change they may never apparently change theirhabits of expressed life much, or even at all.

Changing the Spatials is not nearly so easy as they are generally the result of understanding experi-ence so one has to have had experience. Religious is quite a different sort of insight. While Spatialinsight is an inner and outer understanding about an inner failure so far to comprehend one’s ownexperience and/or a failure to respond suitably, Religious insight is a change of inner attitude toeverything everywhere.

DISCUSSION OF ALL STAGES 6

In either Spatial or Religious Stages, Stage 6 can be reached in all three aspects of Psychological,Intellectual or Emotional without developing at all in the other set. Development is more oftenuneven among the levels than even, so that people can have a number of different levels attainedin either or both Spatial and Religious. There are no hard and fast rules about development withthe single exception that it is impossible to skip a level, even if one goes through it in a few shortthoughts on occasion, and that it is equally impossible to lose forever any Stage gained even if onethen lives in a permanently regressed state which, sadly, people often do.

58


As a gloomy footnote to that, a quarter of the world’s population have reached Stage 6 in bothSpatial and Religious Psychological out of which only about 10% actually express it. The rest arebound by convention, or let themselves be so bound that they are unable to allow themselves toseem to be different.

The use of Stage 6 in Psychological, Intellectual and Emotional of both the Spatial and ReligiousStage sets must actively include an individual’s daily life; keeping it in one’s head is not nearlyenough since expression of it will bring changes to society that were not at a conscious level untilthen and which are eventually necessary, [and by now desperately necessary, 1995, 1999, and2007!]. ‘Until then’ is to say that the potential for development within society, humanity as a whole,has always been there, just as it is for any individual, but that until those individuals who are atStage 6 act at Stage 6 this potential will not and cannot come to the fore. Individuals are society.

S PATIAL STAGES 6

Psychological - accepting attitude, well aware of self and others, able to apply Meanings, detached.This person has grown into the psychological ability to act impartially, as any elder should. Theyare as aware of other’s needs as they are of their own and able to decide among them (not betweenthem, you note, as it is not a matter of simple choice, an either/or). The application of the Meaningsof Relating, Spiritual Satisfaction, Love, Allowing, and Expression of Responses to every situation orliving thing should be conscious habit, since only in this way will the person themselves know howto behave.

Intellectual - aware of all the Meanings, objective.The use of the intellect in this way is the developing use of thinking about oneself. Instead of beingsubjective as in the early Stages and only able to see other things as they affect oneself, an indi-vidual can use the intellect in a different way and begin to assess him or herself to some extent.Also, at Stage 6 a person is intellectually capable of seeing other sides to questions than their ownand therefore is able to assess both. It is, of course, completely impossible truly to assess oneselfbut Stage 6 gives one a greater ability to do this than do the other Stages.

Emotional - aware of all the Meanings, free from unchosen emotional involvement, detached.At Stage 6 emotion can no longer rule the roost. If or when it does one has inevitably regressedto a previous Stage in that regard. At Stage 6 one has grown away from the subjection of emotionalattraction (though sexual desire may be a diff e rent matter!) whether it is to people, groups, situationsor anything else. This does not mean to say that a person can never be involved but the quality ofthe involvement alters. They no longer find the person, group or situation, etc., to be in charge ofthem, rather they choose to be involved or not and remain in charge of themselves.

RELIGIOUS STAGES 6

Psychological - aware all the time and acknowledges all the time; formal method unnecessary.At Stage 6 Psychological there is a sort of subliminal constant sense of the essential ‘being’ of every-thing; of the interactive oneness of things. This does not have to be expressed in any formal wayand it does not mean one has to give up formality of expression either. If people are expressingthis Stage 6 and not hiding it, nearly everything they do is trying to be in tune with everythingelse and their psychological behaviour is likely to show this.

59


Intellectual - knowsThis is to say that by Stage 6 a person has become consciously aware intellectually that all thingsare one with each other and this is no longer only an intellectual concept but an actual and experi-enced matter.

Emotional - universal response if the person is also Stage 6 in all three Spatial aspects as well, other-wise the response is limited to their personal life.This is a comparable response to that of Stage 1 in this set but now the individual is consciouslyaware of it and previously they were not.

C O M M E N T

For humans, life is a constant psychological attempt first of all to reach the Stages 6 at all and thento maintain them without regressing. That is the tightrope we walk. There is no static balance, ofcourse, ‘balance’ being a dynamic; when we have achieved Stage 6 either we maintain it or weslip and have to restore it. This maintenance applies to any Stage level, not only to Stage 6, andin either set.

Spatial and Religious Stage levels are never what people do but the way that they do it and areindependent of personality characteristics that are inherent, such as introversion or extroversion,good temperedness or otherwise, placidity or nerviness, and so on and so forth. These give thequality of how a person does things, at every level of the Stages. It is true to say that many of thesecharacteristics may get undermined or exaggerated if or when a person is off-colour in any way,but they never need to be taken into account when using the Framework in a therapeutic contextsince a person will always do what they do with the quality inherent in their personality.

The intelligence used for how people do other things is nothing to do, at any of the levels, withintelligence as used for living as part of the Universe in a deliberate and accepting way. For instance,there is a person who despite being ‘Stages’ O in both sets has a hobby of flying a vintage jetplane. The intelligence for that is clearly there but the use of that intelligence for integrating withthe Universe has not yet been thought about as evidently there has not yet been an apparent needin that particular person’s life to do so. There are also various people in academia who are work-ing in areas of theoretical research to do with simulated life in computers. Of the ones I have tunedin to none were above the levels of Stage 2 and 3 - which is important for the life of the rest of usas they seem to care nothing about real life. It is also noticeable that those who are truly concernedwith geological, environmental, biological and habitat matters, anything in the natural sciences,from the point of view of the continuity of the planet and its natural history as we know it, includ-ing its natural changes past or present are almost always Stage 5 and 6. It is a very serious differ-ence in outlook for the planet between the one group and the others.

The fact that anyone is at Stage 6 all along the line does not mean they are necessarily correct intheir decisions for any situation. It is not correctness of decision that is implied but the manner inwhich they arrive at it, i.e., with as much impartiality of consideration as can be managed by usingtheir objective outlook. It is even possible that Stage 6 people may find it difficult to make deci-sions at all since they are able, if they want, to see both sides of the question very clearly; it is thenthey would need perhaps deliberately to use previous Stage abilities. It is also a fact that anyonewho is making decisions but is not Stage 6 will also, and inevitably, take those decisions throughtheir Stage levels however varied and whatever they are, and be quite unconscious of their psycho-logical, intellectual or emotional bias in this respect, Spatial or Religious, (as are most people at anyStage, I may say, never having thought of things in this way). At Stage 5 a person will only bebecoming conscious bit by bit, depending on which Meaning they have finally accepted at any

60


one time, and at this Stage their attitudes and decisions have a curious quality of judicious honestyand openness mixed with surprising prejudice, convention and self-interest.

Tuning in to people has revealed a not infrequent situation where they behave in private, or inpublic, at their own Stage levels but fail to do so in the opposite situation. Sometimes they adjustup and down the scale of Stages they have already achieved, sometimes they behave above them-selves (rather rarer), and sometimes they just don’t bother, or keep themselves hidden in one orthe other situation. It also revealed another interesting mental gymnastic which I have termed anOverrider because it overrides all probability of their being interested in personal developmentduring the time it is in place. Some examples of Overrider that I have come across are as follows:teacher of esoteric inside information and mystical teacher; a political wise man; an innovativeleader; more intelligent than most others in his work; intelligent politician; intelligent and honestjournalist; faith in everything; elder statesman; necessary to keep one’s mouth shut; a professionaljerk. These are just a very few, but Overriders can be about anything at all and they take equalmental gymnastics on my part to determine in someone who comes for a consultation if I find itis interfering in that person’s development. Overriders can be quite temporary, and quite suitableif for instance someone has taken on a new job into which they have not yet settled where theymay take on the ‘image’ of the title of their position until they feel easy enough to relax and bethemselves. (See also Persona in Definitions.)

There is one other relevant mental state that I have so far come across of the many that no doubtexist and that is one of ‘defended mind’. Someone who mentally keeps themselves to themselves,successfully hiding themselves away, and probably from themselves as well though in this case itis not to be confused with Relating missing and its affect on the C of CA.

All of the above can occur even in Stage 6 people but less often than they do to anyone at other levels.They are a form of adaptation to life, which does, however, get in the way of personal development.

There may be some objection to my use of the words ‘to care’ and ‘caring’ in the description ofEmotional in both lists in that there is an assumption that any sort of overt actions intended to helpothers are ipso facto caring ones. While there is no denying these acts may indeed be needed,useful, helpful, etc., the use of these words denotes a progression in Stages of the ability to careand the action of caring from the emotional point of view, describing the way in which these actionsare given and is not a judgment on the actions themselves.

Similar comments apply to the use of ‘to do’ and ‘doing’ for psychological and ‘to know’ and‘knowing’ for intellectual. The levels describe the way in which we all progress in these respects.

GENERAL MINDEDNESS - Spatial

General Mindedness, of which General Minded 4 is the present level of humanity as a whole*,constitutes a totally unconscious consensus of the psychological, intellectual and emotional amongthe Spatials. [*Actually I must now, by 1995, correct this assessment of the level of humanity as awhole. What is struggling through is General Minded 5, at Meaning IV of Allowing - but with veryconsiderable difficulty. I think this struggle to change started in 1991.] [By late 1998, when addingBooks 2-4, this had slipped to a mix of GM 5 and 4.] [But see below, and in Intellectual GM2-4.]

General Mindedness, which is never useful as a description of an individual, should not be thoughtof as anything so obvious that it could be described as a specific form of social behaviour. It isextremely vague but the psychological ambience of humanity, however vaguely, is there, and it has

61


been there in changing form forever. The descriptions for Spatial Psychological fit it just as well asthey do the individual (the passive level of psychological development of the manner in which oneis able to do), even though it is impossible to pin this ambience to any place or even country. Itreally is just an extremely general ambience all over the world, a collective of a particular kind.

For there to be an ambience psychologically depends of course on people, and areas of the worldwhich may in fact equate with geographical areas, political countries or on smaller groupings canalso have a General Mindedness of their own as well as that of the General Mindedness of human-ity as a whole. It is also possible to have small groups of people, deliberately working for thecommon good, at a General Mindedness of a level which may be higher than that of the individ-uals of which the group is composed. The Spanish Water Tribunal already mentioned comes intothis category as it lifts each individual to Stage 5 for a time though each one still behaves at hisindividual levels outside the group.

The psychological ambience of an unintentional collection of people is an unconsciously arrived atconsensus of the psychological way of functioning of the group. General Mindedness does not, infact, come into it at first, not until the level of 2, before that it is not general but unconscious indi-vidual. At pre-Stage the ambience is ‘being the same as everything’; there are still a very few peoplesin the world who live at this level - one small group in Eastern Canada and two tiny groups some-where in the Malaysian-Indonesian group of islands that I know of (see also Use of Meanings, PartII). At Stage 1 the ambience is ‘nearly the same as most other things’; there are slightly morepeoples who continue into adult life at this Stage - in one or two tiny tribes or groups in SouthAmerica, parts of Central Africa, and a few in Papua New Guinea. After Stage 1 the ambience ofhumanity is becoming measurable and can then be called General Mindedness, so at GM2 it canbe described as ‘play alongside each other but take what you want’; certain large groups at thisGM level can be found in South America, North Africa, in the Near East, and wherever there is aregression to defend General Minded 4.

General Minded 3 is an interesting one because it does not exist any more except when a personchooses to lead a revolution; the ambience of GM 3 then lies in the statement of revolt, not in therevolt itself which will be an expression of the change, any change. General Minded 4 was thestatus quo until a very few years ago with the few exceptions mentioned above, and could bedescribed as ‘a stand-off, we have each got what we want and we are not going to change that’;at GM 5 it is developing into ‘if we think it is worthwhile we will share, otherwise not’, and for GM6 it will be (if we ever get there) ‘I am willing to share’ - but by 2007 this has all changed, see noteat end of Intellectual General Minded 2 & 4, below.

This is not at all the same for the individual as it is too unspecific. The human individual, at anyStage, remains his or her individual self and expresses the Stages in an individual way. A generalambience among the whole of humanity can only be expressed as the individuality of humanity asa species compared to the individuality of other species of animal on the planet, as our way ofdoing things, a human way of doing things rather than that of say, ants or antelopes.

General Minded 5 is the general psychological ambience of humanity now, with a considerablenumber of outbreaks of GM 3. That there is any ‘measurable’ quantity of GM 5 is new since I beganthis manuscript in 1989 and has been developed over the last three or four years.

General Mindedness changes when another step seems worthwhile in an effective way, that is tosay when an end is worth a change in behaviour. So far this has always been humanity orientated,just as the individual’s Stages 1-4 inclusive are self orientated. For humanity to find it worthwhileto move to GM 5 it will have to understand and accept that humanity itself has an equal value to

62


everything else, no less and no more, and apparently in some places humanity has begun to moveinto that area of understanding.

GM 6 would require the voluntary and equal sharing of anything among everything. Any resources,food, water or anything else shared among all animals and plants, not just among humans. As weare at present, this is possibly not a goal that we, as a group will attain since most of our ‘competi-tors’, as we at present see them, may be dead and the resources ruined though we seem to begetting to GM 5 which is a step in the right direction.

General Mindedness at each level describes a level of existence within the group, however large orsmall. It is the historical development of growth of the Spatial Stages, within psychological require-ments, due to the increasing pressure among groups to survive, physically and psychologically.Considerations of physical survival alone needs only GM 0. As we run out of space or resources,even on only a small scale or only relatively, instinctively we try to learn that greater co-operationand therefore consciousness is needed. In theory, humanity could have done it long ago and delib-erately but in fact it is impossible for the group to do this unless the need is there as we only learnby considering our experiences - or by necessity, though any individual can do it deliberately.

An individual ‘thinks’ themselves up the Stages as a response to thinking about circumstances andexperiences but humanity as a whole cannot do this until the group or population responses requireit to do so, i.e., when the need is sufficiently widespread. It is the pressure from increasingly rapidpopulation growth that is providing the impetus for GM changes, and always has.

Of the various groups I have tuned in to, the people that could still be described as properly tribal,those of the South American rain forest, for instance, or some of the more isolated desert andmountain people, are both individually as adults or sub-adults, at Stage 2 Spatial and Religious.This may serve, for those who watch such programmes on television, as an illustration to the diffi-culty of describing a level of behaviour accompanied by intellect used in other ways - in this case,of Stage 2, which is defined as that of ‘infant/child’ and is here alongside perfectly reasonable andcapable use of intelligence to describe such things as tribal origins, reasons for rituals, for dances,for personal or tribal interactions, meanings of ornaments, reasons for ways of using medicines,etc., etc. It is not the use of intelligence for daily explanation that is that of ‘infant/child’ but thebehaviour. The explanations themselves are probably intelligent and verbally capable, the behav-iour is collective but not childish (which would describe regression) and there is no reason for it tobe otherwise. It is enough, it answers their needs physically and emotionally at least for now. If,however, it begins not to, then there’s the rub; will they firmly keep traditions while they may, andadapt as they want (bicycles, boat engines, knives, video-recorders and cameras, western clothes,watches, etc.) because they think about the matter or will they go under because they are unableto adapt through thinking? This probably depends upon inherent tribal intelligence, among otherthings such as traditions, diet, etc., and the uses to which it is put; it also assumes that the intelli-gence of the rest of us is flexible enough to let them alone to do the adapting, if they want andneed and recognize the necessity. They also need to be free to choose to what they will adapt,what they need to accept and what to reject, both of the new stuff and of the old, since bothacceptance and rejection suitably assessed is the essence of adaptation.

As far as the Religious set of Stages goes, humanity rarely has sufficient consensus for it to be calledgeneral minded and Spatial General Minded Psychological only depends on increasing populationthrough history and therefore increased communication. Whatever consensus we very occasionallylive at Religiously is unsteady and is only too likely to disappear quickly.

63


SPATIAL AND RELIGIOUS CONNECTION WITH BODY CELLS

There is an absolute connection between both Spatial and Religious Stages and body cells. As Ihave said in the Introduction, the levels of the Spatials as consciousness increases are reflected inthe decreasing response of the anatomy of the Bands; the Religious stage levels direct the physiology.

For practical purposes, Part II: the Transverse Bands and Meanings, and Part III: the Stages Spatialand Religious (or more properly Living One’s Own Religious Attitude to Life) are the nub of muchpotential illness when they are not understood. They, however, do not exist without reference toPart I: the Basic Nature of the Universe, the Cycle of Continuous Action and the Interruptions ofthat Action, those things which constitute a descriptive model of universal action and which hereare referred to as The Framework: the Framework for Understanding - understanding anything, butwhich is used in this book to understand humans and their physical effect on the physical aspectsof themselves and each other and everything else. It is there, in Part I, that we can see the inactionfrom which illness can spring, in Part II we can place it anatomically, and here in Part III we canunderstand its beginnings in the levels of the sub-divisions of the Spatial and Religious Stages. Nowis when we begin to build the several aspects of the Framework into the 3-D climbing frame formas we need to be flexible in considering a problem between:

• the Cycle of Continuous Action and which part of it may be missing anywhere as this willdescribe the individual basic non-response;

• the Bands and their Meanings, either or both of which may be troubled;

• and the degree of that trouble Anatomically and Energically (Part IV) which can be describedby the person’s levels in the Spatial and/or Religious Stages.

None of these fit together in pigeon-hole terms 95% of the time. It is rare in those terms to findspecifics precisely because we are now dealing with individuals and despite any efforts we maymake to the contrary the individual is just that, an individual in his or her reactions, and for themost part does not fit into preconceived categories, ideas, or expectations, even of illness whenconsidering its true causes.

The development of psychology represented in the Spatial Stages has been numbered from 1-6 inthe lists. Described separately for reasons given are ‘Stages’ 0 and —.Diagnostically the latter belongmore to the Cycle of Continuous Action than to the Stages. In Stages 1-4, and this will also applyto 0 and— (zero and zilch), the Transverse Bands of the body respond as a totality in all their cells,including bone when any belongs to a Band, to every kind of thought most of the time. At Stage6 this almost ceases to be the case because one catches up with effects all the time, and at Stage 5t h e re is a mixture of thought-re flection as a whole in some Bands and very limited thought-re fle c t i o nin others, Stage 5 being the transition Stage. Now, this response, from ‘Stages’ 0 and — to Stage4, may be all over the body or can be confined to Bands, the difference is the result of Energicimbalance either of the whole body or one or more Bands, i.e. of all the Meanings or of one ormore, the Meanings being the governors of the Energics, the simplified physiology of the body. AtStage 6 this total response is altered and limited to one organ in each Band, sigmoid for Band I;either the duodenum or the rest of the small intestine for Band II; the pericardium or heart or lungsfor Bands III and IV; the bronchus and/or lower pharynx for Band V. At Stage 5 there is a mixtureof total Band response and simplified Band response, the simplified response gaining ground, Bandby Band, as the person develops up the Stages in Psychological Spatial, though not those ofIntellectual or Emotional and not of Religious at all.

64


As these alterations are reflections of the developing psychology and as, when the psychology hasdeveloped to Spatial Stage 6 the individual is then capable of being able to be objective andpsychologically detached about themselves, having lost the subjective, psychological attachment toand identification with themselves that we all start out with, I have called the Band responses eitherATTACHED (total in any one Band) or DETACHED (simplified to one organ in any one Band; or tonone if one is sufficiently aware). I am specifically referring here to the Psychological (P) develop-ment in the Spatials (Sp); Stage 6 in Intellectual (I) and Emotional (E) do not have this effect. It isnot initially possible for a Sp.P6 person (Spatial Psychological 6) to have a whole-Band response byall the cells at once on their own behalf (see discussion of effects of people on each other in PartV), but a whole Band could eventually suffer if a simplified or detached response is neglected justas much as for a total or attached one.

The total Band response is psychologically unconscious and the simplified response is conscious;that is to say, the individual at Stage Sp P 6 is nearly always thinking with formulated thoughtwhereas from Stages Sp P 0 or — to 4 this is not often the case. The formulated thought referredto here is still not to be confused with academic-type or abstract thought of any kind. It is confinedto the psychological acceptance of one’s own and other people’s mode of behaviour, given andreceived, see the thumb-nail description at the aspect headings in the Spatial lists.

Though the Energics are governed by the Religious Stages, as is the complexity of all physiology,there is no change in this on going up the Religious Stages. The only Stage changes that have anyphysical effect in this radical changes sense are those of Spatial Psychological. In contrast theMeanings govern the physiology of each of the Bands as if they are each separate areas of the body,which psychologically effectively they are.

For more on the Connection Between the Religious Stages, the Four Functions and the Meanings see PartVI: FURTHER NOTES ON...

65

Book One: The Metanoiac Framework • Part IV

THE CELLULAR BASIS FOR THELANGUAGE OF SILENCE

PA RT IV: THE BODY’S VIEW - THE RESPONSIVE CELL

Introduction

Framework Anatomy

Framework 8+2 Systems

Framework Energics

INTRODUCING THE BODY’S VIEW - THE RESPONSIVE CELL

This book was originally called The Responsive Cell. It is still a valid way of looking at human bodiesas it is the material aspect of the Metanoiac Framework, the body’s view of itself. It is us, and inthe next section, The Language of Silence (which became the revised title), we will go into somemore of the physical aspects of what happens to us when we cease to listen. It is also the responsein the cells of the planet if we refuse to develop psychologically and of the cells of everything, allof which notice what we think, or more to the point, what we don’t think.

This may sound over the top, far-fetched and altogether unlikely so I shall not labour the point.Nevertheless, it is true. Because people will probably prefer it to be within their own sphere I shall,in Book One, mostly confine myself to a description of the human frame of references withFramework Anatomy, Framework Systems and Framework Energics. Each of these is simple in itselfbut to understand them, and to use them therapeutically, depends on close study and observ a t i o n ,and thought, and observation, and again thought, and above all the recognition that responsivecells do indicate what they need for their healing if given the chance; they just need to be givena wide range of psychological, Energic and/or thought detail from which to ‘choose’ what they need.

The Framework is a description of how we ‘think’ about cells, though we may never consciouslythink about them at all. Cells normally do not need us to think about them to work well but forhumans at least the mode of abstract thought we increasingly use prevents us from leaving themalone to work properly. They then do need consciously directed Thought to do so.

Cells are not naturally responsive or unresponsive in the ways detailed in this book. Every objectother than us exists as part of everything else as an entire cycle. We also arose as part of a cyclebut we now manage not to belong to it. Our bodies try to belong but our usual mode of thoughtdoes not. This has produced the mind-body split we are fond of citing and which we have barelybegun to realise is destructive. The complex of understanding we now need to overcome this splitis the direct result of our unconscious refusal to take our place in the cycle.

Animal cells are, in fact, immensely responsive but act as a ‘whole animal’ in the normal course ofevents, each group of cells doing its own job and working with the entire organism to make it anintegrated whole. Human thoughts in the main have nothing to do with cellular life and tend to‘prevent’ cellular life happening. I suppose we assume that our bodies keep going without much

66


attention being paid to them since we have something we have termed the autonomic nervoussystem (autonomic - functioning involuntarily), though most people don’t know about thatacademically. Evidently we have not sufficiently observed that in fact they increasingly break downfor unobvious reasons, very often nothing to do with external trauma. Furthermore we are loathto admit any such ‘breakdown’ or incompetence and therefore fail to do anything about it nearlysoon enough - which should be immediately. We are fond of blaming other things, the latest beingso-far unknown viruses and now genes, but how often do we look to our own thoughts and seewhat effect they may have? In fact they are the major cause of endogenous illness, and it is theresponse of our body cells that indicates this; (endogenous: growing or originating from within).

Because we are so generally obtuse and unobservant about our bodies our cells have been forcedinto a sort of selective response, dividing the body up into ways even we should be able to under-stand as they stem from our own thinking about bodies, such as it is. It is a bit ‘told to the childre n ’but then we behave like wilful children in this respect.

The Metanoiac Framework gives us a framework for understanding how we should fit in and thebody’s view outlines the integrated organism’s understanding of itself. The Language of Silencedetails some of the ways in which we interfere with our proper working. Though one can healresponsive cells one can only manipulate thought, so it is necessary to both understand and acceptthrough thought.

FRAMEWORK ANAT O M Y, 8+2 SYSTEMS AND ENERGICSThis is a way of understanding the body as a wholly responsive organ, orchestrated through Mind.

We started this book with The Descriptive Model of Universal Action which is The Framework ofUnderstanding, followed that with The Means we have of Experiencing that Understanding, andthen came the Stages of that Understanding. We will now move on to the responsive cell - thebody’s view of itself and some more of the troubles we cause it. In this section we will look atAnatomy in some physical detail and in a different way from the standard view, at the AnatomicalActioning Systems as seen from the point of view of cells, and then at Framework Energics or physi-ology from the point of view of those same cells.

Altogether there are four ‘different kinds’ of anatomy in that we consciously and/or unconsciouslyapproach our material bodies in four different ways:

1.Transverse Bands or Psychological Anatomy: the division of the body by humans (nothing elsedoes this) into five transverse bands;

2 .Framework Anatomy: the division of the body into six areas or tissue types of increasing import a n c e ;

3.Framework 8+2 Systems: the 8+2 Anatomical Actioning Systems of the various internal guts andtheir workings each of which are dependent on one’s religious outlook on life in the Framework sense;

4.Spatial Anatomy: this means everything including Space. It is the Bands and Meanings togetherfor humans but actually refers to the Basic Nature of the Universe-Magnetism and Vibration-Cycleof Continuous Action everywhere. This means the Universe and ipso facto includes everything init, but as p a rt of it not just as separate items. Theoretically it is not impossible for items to be separatefrom it but it has never happened yet that we know!.

67


Spatial Anatomy will not be discussed further as there isn’t much more to say about it; the absoluteneed for suitable space in and around everything before anything is able to action or functionp ro p e r l y has been referred already in the discussion on the Religious Stages.

Transverse Bands have already been discussed in some detail and though they are also part ofFramework Anatomy had to be abstracted into Part II at the time, but Framework Anatomy acceptsthe body in groupings of increasing levels of importance, of which there are six. It is increasinglydifficult to live without these in good working order in the sense that a person becomes more andmore curtailed and ineffectual physically and finally altogether dead physically and mentally. Notdead, of course, from the point of view of the Universe as the physical remains would be recycledin some way and the intelligence/thought would be ‘stored’. This is not intended to underestimatethe difficulties of living without one or more limbs for instance; it is looking at living in a differentway, how a body can exist biologically with less and less of its physical necessities but still withenough for Mind to be active.

The six groups of the physical body recognised by Framework Anatomy, in increasing levels ofimportance are:

1. Limbs

2. Information Network

3. Transverse Bands

4. Vertebral Cover

5. Connective Tissue

6. Skull, Brain and Cerebro-Fluid

Mind, which orchestrates the first five of these is mediated by the sixth, Skull, Brain and Cerebro-Fluid. I have discussed Mind before to some extent (in Introduction at the beginning of the book;in the Basic Nature of the Universe) and say again that mind is everywhere and does not belongto anything. Our ‘attitudes of mind’ inhibit our bodies, but any ‘attitude’ is an accepted (thoughnot always acceptable) inhibition, a repression, and the brain is then prevented from passing onits wishes or activities. If one holds no attitude of mind about anything the body is free to respondto the brain since both are free; if one holds an attitude of mind about something the body isprevented from freely responding since the brain has been inhibited. This may be conscious orunconscious. I refer to this as ‘a clamped up brain’.

There is nothing to stop anyone having ‘an attitude of mind’ about something but it will have aphysical correlate on the total effect of the body as a responding whole. Attitudes of mind areinvariably repressive to a lesser or greater extent.

What we are n o t t rying to consider here is the effect of amputation or removal of anything physical;we are considering the effect of less and less effective actioning and/or functioning of the differentFramework Anatomy groups on the body’s psycho-religious response.

68


FRAMEWORK ANATOMY

Limbs (Figure 9)

In Framework Anatomy the Transverse Bands are the areas of the physical body where we experienceunderstanding in relation to Meanings, but of course there is rather more to the physical body thanthe trunk as detailed so far. For one thing there are the four limbs and associated muscles of shoulderand leg not included in the Bands as shown in Figure 9. Skeletal muscle is particularly used foractive movement either of individual limbs or for moving the whole body. Many problems here areto do with an action that was first of all intended and then inhibited, consciously or unconsciously.This situation of action-not-taken is discussed in Part V.

I n f o r mation Network (Figure 10)

Information is not only conveyed in and out of the brain and to and from the body by the nervoussystem. The information from hearing, tasting and smelling initially takes the normal channels andgoes to the upper spinal cord through the relevant nerves but once the information has reachedthe spinal cord and brain stem at the base of the brain it is immediately relayed through the body,not through the nerves direct, but through the Information Network of the spaces inside the cellsof the non-muscular tissues of the body. This relay of information takes place from very slightlybeyond the point where the spinal nerves emerge between the vertebrae from the spinal cord. Ithas nothing to do with the autonomic system, or any other of the peripheral nerves as yet. It isreceived in this way by all tissue, including bone, that is not muscular and so initially excludes skele-tal muscle, cardiac muscle and visceral smooth muscle of the guts. The response of the non-muscu-lar tissues is then recognised by the autonomic and sensory ‘system’ and transmitted to the relevantparts of the spinal cord. The response to this will be either a motor reflex of the spinal cord for anextremely rapid response (an electrical-chemical-mechanical response) or an almost instant semi-conscious brain decision to move (a chemical-mechanical-electrical response).

This is the second on the list of Framework Action Anatomy. Hearing, tasting and smelling areo b v i o u s l y important senses for living. In the natural world they are definitely important but it canbe seen that practically every human manages to live with somewhat dulled senses in this respectnow. It is important enough to be taken into account because it can be deliberately interfered withand because it should be important for living. The interference point is shown as No.3 on Figure10. The response received in the tissue at No.2 can be deliberately prevented by a failure to acceptresulting action at No.4, whether reflexed or decided. We can interfere with or refuse to acceptThought.

The effect of the information itself in the tissues is to initiate a response to these particular senseinputs. There is not much apparent ill effect from ignoring them unless the person is persistentlyunwilling to respond to the information. In that case it may lead to a situation in which the personno longer ‘recognises’ these responses at all. Almost all modern, and particularly urban, lifeproduces unwillingness to respond. Secondary ill effects are the probable result due to insufficientresponse to any one or all of these senses, e.g. sounds, smells or tastes that herald danger of somesort to which one is not quick enough to respond or does not respond at all.

The information coming in has constantly to be monitored and checked as to whether reflex ordecided action is required. This is, of course, done unconsciously, and much quicker than instantlyand is neither electrical nor chemical but is effected by the changes in space.

THE LIMBS

Figure 9


69

THE LIMBS

to non-muscle tissu

e�

either

CONSCIOUSrapid decision

or

UNCONSCIOUSautonomic reflexfrom centres in brain and spinal

cord

1.Information Network - the initial response

2.potential response

3.possible interference with response

4.possible inhibition of response

Figure 10


70

THE INFORMATION NETWORK

Hearing Tasting Smelling

Spinal Cord

parasympathetic nerves

peripheral and central nervous

system response:

71


Transverse Bands (Figure 11 and see also Figure 7)

These have been described in sufficient detail in Part II so I will not repeat that here.

Problems in Bands due to the unconsciousness of Stages 1-4 have, as has already been said, a totaleffect on the whole of the Band contents; at Stage 5 this begins to alter from Band to Band as eachBand detaches and at Stage 6 is reduced to an individual organ per Band. In either case this is thesimplest response, the immediate one, but it will worsen if neglected by not being made conscious.In the early Stages consciousness alone is usually sufficient but it may need a helping hand physi-cally in a modest way such as a little correctly placed massage of a suitable kind or one of theMethods for Change suitably applied. After that, more informed help may be needed but nothingvery drastic. Long-term neglect, depending on what has been affected and what action or func-tion inhibited or disrupted, requires much more informed help which may be simple in methodbut lengthy, or quite complex; all this is relative.

It is usual for problems in one Band to have physical or physiological effects in another, or several,but the trigger has to be understood before the whole thing can be unravelled and knitted up again.

If organs other than the discrete one for a Spatial Stage 6 person are affected the problem is likelyto lie in the Meaning for that Band, and Meanings can also affect whole Bands for other Spatiallevels. Meanings, however, are not Framework Anatomy but psychological Energics.

Ve r tebral Cover (Figure 12)

Ve rtebral Cover is the name I have given to the set of tissues that compose a particularly import a n tstretch of the body, along the whole length of the flexible vertebral spine, and which comprises:

1. bone

2. periosteum

3. ligaments

4. tendons

5. nerve sheaths

These five tissues are the cover for the various tissues of spinal fluid, spinal cord and some internalmembrane none of which are anything to do with the Vertebral Cover itself. The health and flex-ibility of the Vertebral Cover is extremely important to all body tissue, not only to all the tissueinternal to it.

Each whole vertebra is bone but the part of each bone that is included in the Vertebral Cover isthat immediately adjacent to the internal tissue, the solid part or body of the vertebra in the thoracicand lumbar vertebrae plus the ring or arch that encloses the spinal cord; the cervical vertebraeamount to little more than a ring of bone anyway. The neural spines that stick up from the top ofvertebrae and the transverse processes from the sides, whether mere knobs or quite large, are notincluded. Periosteum covers all bone everywhere throughout the body but the only part includedin the Ve rtebral Cover is that on the parts of the bones described above, all of the ‘mobile’ vert e b r a e .The ligaments tightly hold together each vertebra one to another, cover the joints between andkeep the whole lot together as a flexible column, whether vertical in humans or horizontal as inalmost all other vertebrate animals. The tendons on either side of the spine that form part of theCover are those belonging to muscles: trapezius, latisimus dorsi and the rhomboids, and directly ors e m i - i n d i rectly implicate the lumbar, thoracic and cervical vertebrae and the back of the skull. Non e rve itself seems to be part of the Cover, just the nerve sheaths as they emerge from the re t a i n i n g

THE TRANSVERSE BANDS I - V

Band III is the internal tissue of the chest; Band IV is the external tissue of the same area.

The muscles shown as dark blue at neck and pelvis are not included in Bands I, II or V.

V

III & IV

II

I


72

Figure 11

part of spine

Examples of Vertebrae

Mid-Thoracic(T2 - 6 have cloven spines)

Lower Thoracic

Cervical neural arch for spinal cord

The limits of the vertebral cover are indicated in dots - they cannot be exact in measurement, only in tissue types, the size of which varies from place to place.

Mid-Thoracic side view

Lumbarneural spine

transverse process

body of vertebra


73

THE VERTEBRAL COVER

Figure 12

74


membrane for the spinal cord to the point where they can be moved freely by muscle movementinstead of depending on the flexibility of the Vertebral Cover.

The point about the Vertebral Cover is that it must be flexible for there to be good health in theperipheral nerves and this means flexible not only forward and backward but in twisting and bend-ing sideways as well. There is more movement to be had from the cervical vertebrae of the neckand the lumbars of the waist area since the thoracics of the chest are inhibited somewhat by thep resence of the ribs, but this in no way lessens the need for that stretch of the spine to be as fle x i b l eas it may.

To achieve the flexibility that is essential it is necessary to stop drinking more or less than is requiredof any fluid, and eating other than suitably. This is to say nothing about what drink or food is takenbut I have to assume it is of good quality and of suitable nutritional value. It is unsuitable quantitythat is particularly at issue here whether it is too much or too little and of course this cannot belaid down except in relation to the individual and their particular circumstances at any one time,but under- or over-eating and under- or over-drinking regardless of the requirements of the Bandsand the Vertebral Cover are not to be encouraged. Too fat or too thin is not by any means the onlything to be considered, there are also the effects of prolonged inaction such as sitting at computers[as I now am!], or of repetitive movement of only one kind, or just very little movement at all! (allof which is bad for the whole body and any of its bits, not just the Vertebral Cover).

If the Vertebral Cover cells are not flexible in any one area or in the whole length there is oftenlocal pain which at first is of a sharp or tearing nature. In the initial stages it is probably local tothe area affected but when neglected leads to both internal and/or external problems. In the firstday or so, the only physical treatment necessary, apart from judicious bending and stretching doneby one’s own efforts, is deep pressure with the tips of the thumbs right next to the spine on thepainful area. If this does not have the effect of altering it, after two or three tries over a day or two,then further considerations may be involved and a different kind of treatment needed. Physicaltreatment of the Vertebral Cover always, in the end, requires deep pressure directly onto theVertebral Cover but there may be other tissues or areas that become involved that need to be dealtwith in their own way, including psychologically, for instance if it is a Behaviourally SignificantVertebra that is affected (q.v. in Part V).

Connective T i s s u e

This refers to every kind of connective tissue in the body, of which there are a large number, someof them conventionally classed as sub-divisions of others. Connective tissue is absolutely everywherein the body and is therefore of particular and extreme importance. It is almost the last gasp inproper physical actioning or functioning and though we can do without various bits containing itwe cannot do without any of it altogether.

The various divisions are:

1. Blood, several kinds of floating cells in a fluid base.

2. Mesenchyme, a sort of ‘basic’ connective tissue in the embryo from which all the other kindsdifferentiate.

3. Reticular, which forms delicate 3-D ‘nets’ in certain sorts of otherwise rather sloppy tissue:lymph nodes, spleen, bone marrow, liver.

4. Several kinds of thicker and tougher material:

75


a) Loose Fibrous or Areolar for supporting and packing organs; forming the sheaths of nerves,muscles and blood vessels; under the skin as superficial fascia (a sheet or band of fibrous tissue);packing spaces everywhere in the body and limbs.

b)Dense Regular Fibrous which is pliable but not elastic and forms ligaments and tendons andin which the collagen fibres are arranged in parallel.

c) Dense Irregular Fibrous, with collagen fibres irregularly interwoven, is found in some organs,cartilage, bone and under the skin supporting the epithelial layer.

d) Elastic which is strong, elastic and flexible and found in most arteries, some veins, erectiletissue, air cells of the lungs, certain ligaments and as isolated fibres in the Loose FibrousConnective tissue.

e) Adipose or fat cells for insulating, cushioning organs in the body and storing fat.

5. Cartilaginous or Supportive tissue:a) Hyaline Cartilage which is solidly firm, weight bearing, yet resilient and found in air passages,at the ends of long-bones as caps, as part of the early stages of bone development, part of thenose, part of the rib cage and supporting the larynx.

b)White Fibro-Cartilage, a tough material resistant to stretching which acts as a shock absorberbetween vertebrae, in the interpubic joint, and in joint capsules and related ligaments.

c) Elastic or Yellow Fibro-Cartilage, a hyaline cartilage with elastic fibres in it found in theepiglottis (a leaf-like structure at the root of the tongue to deflect liquids and solids away fromthe larynx), and the external ear.

6. Bone, a rigid material forming cells and impregnated with calcium and magnesium salts, theinternal supporting skeleton for the whole body.

One should not regard all these as one except as a crucial anatomical grouping. In a sense thereis nothing to be said about them. The health of connective tissue depends upon the health of therest of the body via the Energics, and that is a matter of care in all respects.

If there are ill effects due to injury, microbes, poisons or other traumas from an external source thenit needs suitable treatment, avoidance, nursing, etc.; if it is an endogenous development then itprobably, and usually, includes a psycho-religious aspect which needs to be understood as well assuitable physical treatment being applied if necessary, the choice of which depends on the physicalsituation of the problem and its severity, the implicated connective tissue probably being incidentalin many respects.

Individually there is a great deal to say. There are no worst effects, only different ones. Each of thesetypes of connective tissue has a particular job to do and all of them help to hold us together asmaterial entities. The more or less flexible ones need to be kept flexible, the rigid bone to be keptchemically maintained, the blood to be kept flowing and the fat cells to be no fuller or more wide-spread than usual (that is to say, necessary). These prerequisites depend not only on maintaininggeneral physical health by sufficient movement and suitable intake of food, liquid and air but alsoand primarily by achieving conscious awareness of oneself. Unconsciousness in all the Frameworkways of psycho-religious leaves mind, and therefore the body, vulnerable.

There are some connective tissues one can, in some ways, treat almost direct, i.e., through fairlythin skin, such as tendons and most ligaments; many one can treat more indirectly through thickeroverlying tissue with the correct handwork; and a few that have to be treated in other ways;

76


Connective T i s s u e Treatment Method

1. Blood homoeopathy,drugs and/or whatever is required by the body.

2. Mesenchyme (not directly applicable as it depends on the mother’s health)

3. Reticular handwork

4a. Loose Fibrous or Areolar handwork

4b. Dense Regular handwork

4c. Dense Irregular handwork

4d. Elastic handwork

4e. Adipose dietary alterations

5a. Hyaline depends on rest of body health

5b. White Fibro-Cartilage homoeopathy or diet or handwork

5c. Elastic or Yellow Fibro- homoeopathy or diet or Cartilage handwork

6. Bone everything in the above lists

or, to put it another way: homoeopathy, drugs or whatever is necessary for blood cells; keep themother healthy for the baby; handwork for all the organs, blood vessels, nerves, ligaments, cart i l a g e,skin, and bone to a large extent; diet for fat and some bone; homoeopathy, diet or handwork formost joints including intervertebral and some related ligaments, epiglottis and ear; keep healthyfor air passages, joint capsules - and in general.

None of this takes into account any reasons for non-metabolism, which is why people get sick froma physiological point of view. We are talking about maintaining health here, not improving it. It istrue to say, however, that improvement of health may be achieved by choosing these methodswhen the underlying cause has been discovered because once a thought-pattern has changed it is asimple if skilled matter of assisting the body to right itself, though it is possibly lengthy. It is morelikely to be lengthy in terms of time rather than numbers of treatments as a body has to readjustitself in relation to each treatment each time; it is this that takes the time and this time m u s t be allowed.

Changing bodies physically depends on the speed of cell regrowth so it is useless to be impatient.It takes anything from a few hours to several years for the various different kinds of cells to bereplaced and if the air or nutritional supply is bad the quality of regrowth will not be good. It alsotakes anything from minutes to weeks for cells to clear themselves of unwanted substances - giventhe opportunity, of course.

Inadequate or non- metabolism in various ways can be the result of psycho-religious problems, therepressive thought-patterns repressing the action of organs of digestion or air exchange. In eithercase it is always necessary to research this as well since certain apparently allergic reactions areoften the result of inadequate or non- metabolism for psychological or religious reasons and itwould obviously be more suitable to treat it this way than to prescribe drugs. This would alsochange the metabolism of vitamins and minerals too, of course, as well as the other nutritionalintake, assuming they are there in the diet in proper quantities and balance for that individual’sneeds at the time.

THE SKULL, BRAIN and CEREBRO-FLUID

cerebrum

mid-brain

&hind-brain or

brain stem

cerebellum

spinal cord skin and muscle

bonemembranes and

circulatingcerebro-fluid

Figure 13


77

78


To write out therapeutic method in the way that I have is very considerably to simplify the impliedp roblems of connective tissue in many areas - they are very often much more complex than this makesthem seem. Despite that, changing them is not usually as difficult and impossible as it may appearat the time i f the underlying situation has been truly understood, accepted and followed through inpractice. Mere abstract intellectual understanding is useless; change can only take place when theclenched thought is released and this can only happen when it is understood and accepted.

Skull, Brain and Cer e b r o-Fluid (Figure 13)

This is everything in the head except the face and may be the ‘last gasp’ if it begins to go wrong.The skull is the bony enclosure of the brain; the brain has two sides, left and right, which form thecerebrum; the cerebellum is semi-separate and tucked into the cerebrum at the back and some-what underneath; the mid-brain is underneath in the centre; the brainstem, of which the spinalcord effectively is an extension, is behind and below the mid-brain.

The mid-brain orchestrates action of the body; the cerebrum does, or doesn’t, cooperate with this;the brainstem doesn’t, or does, integrate the immaterial with the material - the thoughts with thebody. (‘Does’ and ‘doesn’t’ are put in their correct order in either case as each one is stating theusualness of the action to which it refers and has not been changed for the sake of literary effect.)The whole outside of the brain is effectively bathed in fluid, the cerebro-fluid (from cerebral), sub-divided from the spinal-fluid in Framework Anatomy. The various coverings of the brain and liningsof the skull are automatically included. The Cerebro-fluid protects the brain tissues, compensatesfor the changing amounts of blood within the brain and skull, keeping the contents of the craniumconstant, and exchanges metabolic substances between the whole of the central nervous systemand the nerve cells. These remarks apply equally to the spinal-fluid as to the cerebro-fluid and inthis way there is no Framework sub-division. The sub-division can in fact only be taken into accountin this last and most important of the Framework Anatomy groupings when it is included with skull,brain and cerebro-fluid. The cerebro can action without a little of the spinal but not at all vice versa,so the fluid itself is sub-divided only in importance of the area in which it is, not in its function.

The brain and its thoughts are the psycho-religious seat of the problems of the body. However, ifanything goes physically wrong here it is out of my purview since it is impossible for me to tune into a damaged brain that is then mentally disturbed, so I probably have little to say here that ishelpful, but assuming the area to be physically or mentally undisrupted almost any psycho-religiousproblem can be undermined.

The electrical action patterns of the brain are altered by all manner of things internally includinganything from Energic malfunction up to refusal during living to accept what one is doing andthinking. This prevents parts of the nervous system sending appropriate messages and this in turncan interfere with body action and function.

FOLLOW-ON TISSUE

There are some bits of anatomy that I have not mentioned, namely the hands, the feet, the face,and for women, the breasts. These I have termed follow-on tissue because their continued health‘follows-on’ parts or the whole of the rest of the body.

79


FRAMEWORK ENERGICS

Knowledge of the tremendous detail that is the standard practice of physiology is not necessary inPsychological, Religious or Meaning work. This is not to say that in a great many situations thisdetailed knowledge is not useful, indeed only too frequently absolutely essential for physical situationsw h e re the Framework for psycho-religio-somatics is not applicable, but it should also be considere din Framework form, which is the way the body experiences it.

Energics is the Framework name for standard physiology and is physiology staggeringly simplifiedcompared to the wealth of minute detail known. It comes down to six parts grouped into threepairs. In the overall pattern of essential action in the body cells it is absolutely essential for eachpair, or any part of a pair, to be made use of in correct relationship to the other pairs or half of itsown pair.

The Energic pairs are:

Air : Water / Hormones : Sugar / Meanings II & V : C of CA(E)

(C of CA (E) here refers to the Cycle of Continuous Action for the Energics and this one has no Pointof Change. I would remind you that it is always necessary to define what C of CA one is referringto since a Cycle is the Cycle of any whole thing that is able to continue, hence the (E) after C ofCA here.)

Again, this is a summary of the way of understanding essential physiology in all actioning of cells,whatever tissues or organs they are organized into and wherever they are situated in the body -which does include the brain, of course! People still, I think, have a quite unconscious way of tre a t i n gtheir bodies as separate from their heads, and possibly from their necks, too, and therefore forgetthere is a set of tissues and organs up there, especially the brain.

These Energic groups may make it seem over-simplified; each word, however, covers a huge wealthof detail but the one word in each case is sufficient for the Framework, if one understands the partit plays.

These pairs are listed in decreasing order of importance. The first pair is the most important by far.Immediate air is essential, as in breathing, and internal air, being dependent upon the availability ofw a t e r, that is also essential. We cannot do without air for more than a very few minutes at most, andwater for a very few days at most, before we are either dead or things have become seriously disturbed.

Hormones and sugar are less important than that. Their interdependence is essential for properfunctioning but we can go on for months with an insufficiency of one or the other here and therein the body, though not all over.

The first half of the third pair is not very important in the time sense and people do manage wholelife-times with the adverse effects of not using them. However, almost any ill that you care tomention will have arisen from this by the time people are old, and many before that. The Cycle ofContinuous Action(E) in itself is obvious, if it is not working at all one is dead physically, but peoplecan live weeks, months or years with it in a semi-continuous state; just so long as it isn’t totallydiscontinuous at /Movement of Energy. Not that that is a matter for any sort of self-congratulationor complacency as it will have given rise to long-term illnesses and disabilities of various sorts onewould be much better without (see also C of CA Interruptions).

80


Air : W a t e r

Air refers to respiration; not only that of the lungs but also what is called internal respiration orwhat each cell does with the oxygen taken in and how it expels carbon-dioxide.

Water is part of all cells in all tissues and organs to a greater or lesser extent except for the solidpart of bone, and the activity of air, or rather oxygen, is done in conjunction with water. Air as aircan only be in the lungs, after that the extracted oxygen is circulated round the body, effectivelyin ‘water’ or what water is made up into, namely blood. Similarly, cell products, especially carbon-dioxide, are eliminated into ‘water’, i.e., in both activities of circulating oxygen and removingcarbon-dioxide air is in solution, whether it is fresh ‘air’ (oxygen) or waste ‘air’ (carbon-dioxide).

So, Air is paired with Water in Energics. In physiology books you can learn the incredible detail ofall this, which cell does what, how it does it and what for, but for it to carry out its actioning at allnone of that needs to be known, only the Meaning reasons why it cannot, if that is the situation.

H o rmones : Sugar

The organization of the production of hormones, their general production itself in the variousglands and organs, their distribution in general, their production at all from any single gland ororgan, their over- or under-production from any particular hormone producing site, and theirsuccessful use is almost entirely influenced by our degree of willingness, or our ability, to directourselves (with the accent on ‘ourselves’) through Thought.

The proper production of hormones to manage the use of sugar affects everything in the entirebody. Hormones can be upset anywhere along the above mentioned chain from organization tosuccessful use with great frequency, often many times a day, but that is not particularly important.However, the patterns of upset associated with particular tissue dysfunction are often extremelygross in comparison, and it would be preferable to catch the situation before the ‘balance of sugaruse’ has been so upset.

These upsets are often the result of a lack of conscious thought, of not bringing into consciousthought vague awarenesses, or of not following a thought right through; these can be the triggersthat are not known about. Usually the triggers are known but not consciously identified and whenformulated verbally in a therapeutic session are often recognised immediately.

Sugar is the Energic word for energy derived from carbohydrates of all kinds through metabolisingplant foods. These include roots (largely potatoes in western diet but there is quite a bit in otherroots, too, both of our climate and of others), grains (as bread and other grain-flour products),seeds, many fruiting bodies, and sugar cane which is a stem; other sugar is refined from sugar-beet, a root. Botanically, fruiting bodies properly include not only those things we familiarly callfruit, such as apples, bananas, oranges, cherries, plums and other tropical or temperate fruits butalso tomatoes, peppers, pumpkins, cucumbers, aubergines and other ‘vegetable’ fruits (and also allkinds of seeds, nuts, and grains). Some of the ‘vegetables’ do not contain much in the way of actualsugar (and neither does meat, fish or eggs unless it has been added to manufactured products)but nearly all Energic Sugar comes from plant material.

Sugar or plant food energy is, among other things, essential for all bodily activity, not only every-day body actions and movements of every kind, but also the workings of the body’s insides to dealwith the activities of breathing, digesting, eliminating, thinking and so on, therefore sugar-energyis an essential requirement and must be metabolised in suitable amounts for that individual’s needsat the time. Excess sugar is probably stored as excess fat. It is better to eat sugar as foods rather

81


than in concentrated refined form; it is very easy to eat too much of the latter and thereby, whilefeeling satisfied, lose the nutritional constituents and fib re of the original form which are so essential.

As a pair, Hormones and Sugar act together in the metabolism of the body. The use of sugar isdependent upon the regulated production and use of hormones. They are not dependent uponeach other’s presence, like Air and Water, but are semi-independent, though they act together andare therefore a pair. This pair regulate the first half of the third Energics pair, Meanings II & V, andthose Meanings in turn regulate the Hormone:Sugar pair.

Meanings II & V : Cycle of Continuous Action(E)

Meanings II and V are those of Spiritual Satisfaction and Expression of Responses respectively.Together they regulate the second Energic pair of Hormones:Sugar in their associated TransverseBands, either of the whole Band (psychologically unconscious and ‘attached’) or the discrete organsin those Bands (psychologically conscious and ‘detached’, though in fact Band Vs organs do notoften respond discretely, even for a Stage 6 person!). When these Meanings are not being usedtheir two Bands, (or the discrete organ of the small intestine if the Band II is ‘detached’), cannotaction, or, in the end function, properly, i.e., the hormones are no longer available to regulate thesugar, so the sugar, though there, cannot be used.

The Cycle of Continuous Action(E) is an overall monitor of the rest of the Energics and thereforeof if and how a person is relating within themselves to the planet and the Universe, or indeed ifthey are relating to them at all. When health is good it should be intact and when a person isconscious in Framework terms then it will be. However, a tendency to have a part missing indi-cates a gap in the cycle of continuity, a very prevalent situation. This indicates specific psycholog-ical attitudes which affect the body and Bands in specific ways (see Part I, Interruptions of Cycle ofContinuous Action). When a person is ill from this in some way, even if extremely trivially, thensome part of the Energics is probably out of kilter. This is the case in either a phase or a tendency,tendencies having a ‘tendency’ to certain kinds of illness.

This pair (Meanings II & V : C of CA(E)) are the orchestrators of the health of the whole body aswell as of parts of it. Together and apart they each and both cause or prevent upper digestive tractand/or breathing success; inhibit either and you inhibit everything. Adverse effects depend upondegrees of inhibition.

To prevent this it is essential to discover reasons. Emergencies are one thing, but longer term inhi-bitions must be understood and accepted as to their triggers, their psychological reasons and thepossible Interruptions of the Cycle of Continuous Action.

For more on Energics see Feeling is Chemistry and Chemistry is Feeling; Energics is Chemistry; and GrossActioning vis a vis Energics in Part V.A: FURTHER NOTES ON...

FRAMEWORK 8+2 SYSTEMS

The Framework Systems are some sort of an equivalent of the more conventionally accepted wayof looking at the gross anatomy of respiratory, circulation and so forth, but, as with FrameworkAnatomy described above, it is not quite the same. The body sees it all a bit differently, as anatomyin action.

82


THE EIGHT SYSTEMS are as follows:

Blood-Nervous System: supply and demand, and vice versa, to and from cells.

Pericardium System: the tough, layered membranous sac which encloses the heart and anchorsit to the chest wall and which controls the quantity or strength of the heartbeats versus timein the normal course of events, e.g., 70 or so beats to the minute in a reasonably healthyadult.

Heart & Blood Vessels System: the means by which and through which a liquid moves from cellto cell - in this case blood, but it does not include blood as part of the System (see above).

Respiratory System: nose to lungs; it includes everything throughout the body to do withoxygen, its uses and abuses, (including carbon-dioxide).

Digestive I System: mouth to, and including, upper third of descending colon for the accep-tance, throughput and some digestion of solid foods and of liquids.

Digestive II System: pancreas and gall bladder, each of which supplies some of the digestivejuices to Digestive System I.

Reproductive System (male and female): all external and internal genitalia and reproductiveorgans of either sex.

Eliminatory System: all input and wastes output from every kind of cell everywhere in the body.It includes input because if a cell cannot put out its waste it cannot take in sufficient nutrients.

These Eight Systems do not need to be seen in any particular order.

THE TWO SYSTEMS are as follows and m u s t be seen in the order given:

Some Hormones System: those in Bands II, III and V, but not those in Band I (sexual hormones).Band IV has none. These are co-ordinators. The System consists of all so far recognisedhormone producing glands and gut organs. This System only works well with either totalunconsciousness or total consciousness; anything in between confuses it.

Chemical Conversion System: of liquid and solid foods to required nutrients, and consequentwastes, by liver, kidneys and most soft tissue cells. It is an instigator. To work well it dependson physical movement: of the total organism right down to the sub-atomic particles via theFramework Anatomy and the Eight Systems.

These two are the two aspects of body-actioning which answer to the Eight Systems above and toFramework Psychology of unconsciousness and consciousness.

The SPLEEN is not included in any of the above. It is an organ which works away on its own andowes allegiance to none, or to all, of the Systems. It can only be affected by the ill health of thewhole body - or more correctly, the unconscious or neglected Psychology of the body since we arehow we think.

The LIVER is only affected if Meaning II is affected, whether of the Energics or of the psychologicalC of CA. It belongs to Band II and Meaning II.

83

Book One: The Metanoiac Framework • Part V.A

PA RT V.A: IN PRACTICE - THE LANGUAGE OF SILENCE

Introduction

The brain’s boundary between unconsciousness and consciousness

The Basic Reasons for Illness

Transverse Bands and the Cycle of Continuous Action

Psycho-Chemical: Spleen

Social: Mind

Behaviourally Significant Vertebrae

Action-not-taken: Limbs

Social General Minded 2

Intellectual General Minded 2 and 4

Feeling is chemistry and chemistry is feeling

Energics is chemistry

Gross Actioning vis a vis Energics

INTRODUCING IN PRACTICE: THE LANGUAGE OF SILENCE

The first thing to realise is that for the most part there is no one way to use any of the inform a t i o nhere, with the exception of the Behaviourally Significant Vertebrae or BSVs and to some extent theAction-not-taken: Limbs. Nothing else can be pinned down quite so exactly, which is why the fore-going, in Parts I, II and III, is called a Framework for Understanding. Even the information in PartIV, the body’s own view of things, doesn’t pin anything down without regard to an individual’sown difficulties.

If any of this is to be used effectively to diagnose anything one has to be both intellectually andimaginatively conversant with the actuality and the implications of each part. One has also to keep af o rever open mind as at any time something new, some new combination or twist, may present itself.

The Language of Silence is the silence to which cells are reduced if or when they are not listenedto. In fact, it produces discomfort and pain so why they are not heard I never understand, but thatis how it is. Their silence is of their own sort - they are reduced to being unable to action, and eventheir function may be disabled in the end, and it is precisely that inaction, the way we often preventthem from moving freely within themselves that causes that discomfort and pain.

The contents of this Part V.A and B outlines several things about illness not included in Part II. Then,as well as the very simple Methods For Change for the body, there are Some Forms of the SilentLanguage and some case histories as examples of Framework use, and a check list. The latter givesa simple way of starting to use the Framework but are not any sort of absolute and no one shouldbe tied down by them to be used in a particular order so long as they are working preferentially

84


with consciousness. The order is not even a suggestion, merely an example. The whole thingdepends on one’s sensitivities and one’s ability to tune in in some way. I say more about that inEnd Pieces, Part VII, but it does seem to me to be an essential tool to really understanding what itis that a body really needs to heal itself. In this book I am advocating the constant use of conscious-ness as the main healing force, but given that almost everyone prefers not to use it then some sortof dowsing used in conjunction with other remedies will be needed - but still it is better to useconsciousness as well.

The case histories should in no way be taken as being prescriptions of treatment for anyone otherthan the person concerned. All treatment is only, and as a rule, can only be for an individual personand only rarely applies to the generality. The case histories and personal experiences are included,along with Some Forms of the Silent Language, to show the sort of thinking that is used in con-j u n c t i o n with all this information.

In Part V.B is discussed various therapeutic approaches possible using The Framework and the otherinformation written here, and also some of what is needed to be a therapist either for oneself orfor other people.

THE BRAIN’S BOUNDARY BETWEENUNCONSCIOUSNESS AND CONSCIOUSNESSIn practical terms, the point at which thoughts either remain unconscious or become conscious isat the mid-brain/upper brain boundary, the changeover between corpus callosum and the mid-brain below it, up into the area of the cerebral cortex. It is not directly to do with thought, but thespinal cord at its top end which becomes an area called the brain stem, just above the top Cervicalvertebra and immediately inside the the skull; the mid-brain lies between the two. Or, to look at itthe other way, the brain extends down into the spine and forms the spinal cord. The cerebellumlies inside the base of the back of the skull, but we are not at all concerned with it here.

All the peripheral nerves of the body arise either from the spinal cord or from the base of the brain.The brain and spinal cord are called the Central Nervous System and the whole lot together makeup the Nervous System. In (human) Framework terms this is linked with the blood as the pathwaythrough which the needs of the cells can be provided and is called the Blood-Nervous System; thatis how the body understands it.

The messages or signals that the body sends to the brain via the spinal cord are chemical or elec-trical, either - but not particularly linked at this moment. When they reach the mid brain theybecome chemical-electrical; when they are crossing the mid-brain to upper brain border they areelectrical-chemical and when they finally reach their destination in the upper brain, if they do, theyare electrical. This may not hold good in biological terms but I am still talking from the point ofview of the body which sees this as the changing order of effectiveness of the chemical and elec-trical signals.

While the signals or messages are below the upper brain they are unconscious. If, with our upperbrains, we refuse to recognise what these messages are saying they stay stuck in the mid-brain andon the boundary, a clamped up brain as I have often termed it. We clamp-up the upper brain anddon’t allow ourselves to be conscious of those messages we don’t care to know about, don’t wantto acknowledge, which might change us, that are difficult, or painful, or make us seem unacceptableto ourselves, or to how we think others see us,.. and so on ad infinitum.

85


Thought itself only forms at the electrical-chemical point when the electrical-chemical signal beginsto move up from mid-brain to cortex. Whether that thought is made conscious depends uponwhether the cortex thinks about it. If it doesn’t it remains as an unresolved signal at the borderbetween mid-brain and cortex, inhibiting the mid-brain in its action.

The mid-brain signals come through all over its surface area but not every bit of the cortex re g i s t e r severy thought-signal; the bit that immediately registers is the area usually set aside for the purposeand which is associated with the area from which the original messages are engendered in thebody. In some respects brains can be retrained if some areas are damaged.

If one refuses to think about a signal that has arrived and thereby refuses to convert it back into aconscious message, this constitutes remaining unconscious. The message will have been sent in thefirst place to alert one to knowing what one needs to do, to know, to understand. Something inone’s life is causing distress to one’s body cells. Of course, as soon as one sets up a refusal it has aknock-on effect everywhere both in one’s body and in one’s life and not only affects oneself butalso other people and other things and life forms.

One can also engender messages from the other end, from the thoughts formed in one’s brain,again at the border between cortex and mid brain, but this time expected to be put into effect bythe use of one’s body. This time these thoughts need to be carefully thought through becausewhereas the ones from the body to the brain are in the service of life or living and are only aboutwhat is needed in that context, those from the brain alone as a rule are not.

Once again it is consciousness, on both scores, that is needed.

BEING AFFECTED BY OTHERS AND AFFECTING OTHERS ONESELF

The mid-brain/cortex border is where one can both be affected by other people or affect them asit is there that the brain is affected by unformed thoughts, either one’s own as I have beendiscussing above or those of others. ‘Thought’ is generalised in this place and only becomespersonal and formed when the signals are thought about by the cortex consciousness.

The collective psychology of human beings lies at the point where ‘thoughts’ are only barely overthe border from the mid brain and have not been individually considered yet by the single person.It is when this happens that consciousness begins.

The collective psychology of human beings is described in Framework terms by all Stages 0, —(zero and zilch, if you recall, see discussion on Stages) and 1-4. These are the states of under devel-opment that feel fine and dandy to those involved because after all ‘everyone else is like that andis doing it too’, but are also the states of under development that are most destructive, I thinkbecause of never thinking things right through. It is a very difficult thing, to step out into learningto be oneself, not least because everyone assumes they already are ‘themselves’, but it seems to bewhat humans are equipped to do, and certainly without doing it a n d thinking thoughts and actionst h rough fir s t we are a very successfully destructive species. We have no enemies but ourselves.

86


THE BASIC REASONS FOR ILLNESS These are:

1. lack of movement

2. messed up chemistry

3. lack of electrical messages

BUT - so long as the cells, the Energics and the 8+2 Systems are working well, bodies don’t carewhat is going on.

HOWEVER - these are frequently interfered with for Psychological, Intellectual and/or Emotionalreasons.

Number 1 - Lack of Movement means: lack of movement in the C of CA of the cells, e.g., Gulf WarSyndrome [which officialdom is currently having difficulty admitting even exists in some countries,but which is now (1999) admitted to be a collection of ills though not a syndrome] in which vari-ous of the nerves of the autonomic nervous system are affected and when the sensory system, andtherefore the Blood-Nervous System, is unable to function, which happens when fat (Light), water(Thought), and Sugar (Directed Action) in that order begin to be knocked out. This is not all overthe body, and it is the C of CA of the cells and not of the Energics that is affected. The adverseconsequence is seen in selected cells of connective tissues, but not in all of them.

The knocking out of fat, water and sugar (in that order) only happens if the peripheral nervoussystem is poisoned.

This does not qualify as ‘messed up chemistry’ because they have been knocked out which can’tbe altered, not messed up which can. The atoms and molecules have been ruined whereas if theyare ‘messed up’ they can nearly always be resuscitated.

Number 2 - Messed up Chemistry means: Energics - air, water, hormones, sugar, Ms II & V. (Oncethese are messed up the C of CA of the Energics is messed up anyway.)

This can have any sort of affect, depending on how many are affected and how badly.

The Spatial Stages I-V and the Five Meanings are implicated here but since it is any sort of mixtureof these three different parameters with each of their sub-divisions it isn’t possible to pin anythingdown in any way. It is far and away the commonest condition.

Number 3 - Lack of Electrical Messages means: the nerves themselves deteriorate and is not at alla common condition.

This is a situation that is contributed to by No.1, the lack of movement in the C of CA - in or outof the cells - but doesn’t necessarily imply any sort poisoning in this context. Lack of movement isonly contributive here once the precondition for deterioration of the nerves is in place (OPL doesn’tknow what that is in any one case).

The effects on the body of each of these three situations may be anything from severe to death. Theyare never remotely trivial unless consciousness deals with them in time - if it is possible.

87


TRANSVERSE BANDS AND THE CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS ACTIONThis is the most comprehensive of the several ways of understanding the various illnesses arisingf rom internal reasons. In the Band sense, illness that develops from within is a matter of psychological,religious and body responses, psycho-religio-somatics. I have already outlined a good deal of thisunderstanding in the earlier parts of this book so here I intend to give the summaries of that.

Parts missing from the Cycle of Continuous Action have definite physical effects which, whenneglected due to non-recognition, ignorance or other forms of omission, can give rise to certaincategories of illness as we have already seen. They can be summarised as follows, in order ofTransverse Bands I-V:

NB. Remember that Stage 5 is transitional and that some Bands are then free and PsychologicallyUnattached while others are still Psychologically Attached (Part III) and are therefore still compre-hensive in their physical response as opposed to simplified. That is why Stage 5 is put in two placesin these lists.

Missing - RELATING in C of CA

Meaning - Relating

Affected - everything

Stages 1-4/5 - Transverse Band I as a whole when not detached

Stages 5/6 - organ when detached: Nervous System, innervates whole body

Result - electrical signals weakened and cell response weakened throughout organism withhaphazard and unpredictable results

Missing - MIND/MOVEMENT OF ENERGY in the C of CA

Meaning - Spiritual Satisfaction

Affected - blood cells and other contents but not plasma

Stages 1-4/5 - Transverse Band II as a whole when not detached

Stages 5/6 - organ when detached: Blood

Result - total non-function of all cells, local or throughout organism

Missing - LIGHT in the C of CA

Meaning - Love

Affected - fat metabolism

Stages 1-4/5 - Transverse Band III as a whole when not detached

Stages 5/6 - organ when detached: Liver and Gall Bladder, chemical conversion of food

Result - limbs and/or Band organs deprived of sugar

Missing - THOUGHT in the C of CA

Meaning - Allowing

88


Affected - water

Stages 1-4/5 - Transverse Band IV as a whole when not detached

Stages 5/6 - organ when detached: Sigmoid, collects and stores solid matter until evacuation

Result - mild dehydration of tissue throughout the organism

Missing - DIRECTED ACTION in the C of CA

Meaning - Expression of Responses

Affected - oxygen availability

Stages 1-4/5 - Transverse Band V as a whole when not detached

Stages 5/6 - organ when detached: Lung, carbon dioxide/oxygen exchange

Result - supply of oxygen reduced in the particular connective tissues of reticular, loose fibrous,dense regular and irregular, and elastic and white fibro- and elastic fibro-cartilage (i.e., all exceptblood, fat, bone and mesenchyme).

When a part of the Cycle of Continuous Action is missing it generally affects the Energics in specificways. Remembering that Energic pairs are written:

air:water/hormones:sugar/Meanings II&V:Cycle of Continuous Action(E)

when they are written for each part missing from the Cycle they look rather different as variousparts or pairs upset other parts or pairs:

Missing - RELATING: air versus cell Cycle of Continuous Action

= bad oxygen intake in Lungs and cells.

Missing - MIND/MOVEMENT OF ENERGY: nothing versus air & water & hormones &sugar & Meaning II & Meaning V & both cell and Ener g i c ’s C of CA

= no movement of energy, no Energics.

Missing - LIGHT: air versus water; hormones versus sugar; Meaning II versus Meaning V;Meanings II & V versus every C of CA of whole body

= everything versus everything, stagnant metabolism.

Missing - THOUGHT: anything versus anything except sugar

= thoroughly confused metabolism.

Missing - DIRECTED ACTION: this one seems impossible to write out but it is over- a c t i o nof everything, within each pair, each pair in relation to any other pair, and each singlep a r t in relation to any other single part in a very unbalanced way. All this over- a c t i v i t y

= loss of sugar which upsets the balance further.

Energic Treatment

RELATING: benefits from breathing exercises and physical exercises generally.

89


MIND/MOVEMENT: benefits from everything that will be set out in the other four recommenda-tions, as a programme for body and mind.

LIGHT: benefits from directed activity, mental or physical.

THOUGHT: benefits from directing mind, on anything, whether it is active or passive.

DIRECTED ACTION: benefits from relaxation in the sense of neither physical nor mental movement-meditation of an inactive kind.

These treatments are to counteract the Energic effects of having a part of the Cycle of ContinuousAction missing; they apply equally to conscious, transitional and unconscious Stages. This is not, ofcourse, the only treatment re q u i red if a person has actually allowed themselves to become ill, or evenmildly incapacitated in a small way. It refers to normal health with just the C of CA part missing.

Psycho-Religious Needs

RELATING missing: needs to relate in itself; it will have been a defensive measure, a learned lack ofresponse to life experiences at some time, and a refusal to be involved in future.

MIND/MOVEMENT OF ENERGY missing: benefits from getting its mind moving; it has been arefusal to use mind at any time.

LIGHT missing: needs to give and receive impersonal love; it is a situation of not knowing how tolove or be loved impersonally, the effect of some experience or other which has become both aninability and a refusal as a consequence.

THOUGHT missing: induces a need to direct thought; it has arisen because this has never beenlearned, the art of concentration has been missed.

DIRECTED ACTION missing: requires action that is directed; it is the result of trying to concentrateon many actions at once.

COMMENT

It has to be said that nobody with any of the Cycle of Continuous Action parts missing will gladlyand patiently and constantly actually do any of these things for more than a short to medium while!Just long enough, if they are lucky, to change their immediate situation. They will then ‘forget’ andslide back, as like as not, because they feel, quite correctly, that they are not ‘being themselves’ insome way. What they are missing, ironically, is their previous (mal)-adaptation to life which isprecisely what they have been trying to mitigate in its effects. And don’t mistake Stage 6 as beinginvulnerable to this; there is still the previous way of adapting only too easily available and it takesall the skill of consciousness to counteract it!

PSYCHOLOGICAL/CHEMICAL - Spleen

There is a circular physiological situation that can develop in the body in response to a problemarising from a duality of causes. When a person both a) refuses to respond to events and to express

90


their responses to them in their thoughts PLUS b) an outside prevention and an inner partial inhibitionof expression of Meaning III of Love (see Part II) occurs there is set up a circular effect on and fromthe resulting, and increasingly unbalanced, chemistry. It does not very obviously start anywherebut creeps up from circulation of nutrients, and from lymph, and in the veins where the ratio of‘water’ to contents is diminished. There is no point in looking anywhere but in the circle, which isthus:

[Why it is only the right kidney that is implicated and not the left as well I cannot explain. I amwriting the circle as I have had it ‘given’ in my research - not without considerable brain-cudgellingto try and explain it. I have so far failed to do so and have therefore returned to description. In anycase, to understand the circle, and to alter it in the early to middle stages, it does not make anydifference if one understands it in the usual and more scientific sense. I cannot say whether it wouldhelp in the later stages; probably it would.]

*Note that the word ‘digest’ is qualified by the word ‘suitably’.

The characteristic of the Psychological/Chemical: Spleen problem is that though the ‘water’ level inthe body is suitable it is the spleen which has failed and so alters the junk to water ratio in the blood.Because the organ has been affected by this double Psychological + Meaning III cause it is unableto import nutrients for its own cell use and improve its own working power. This is the same forall organs in the body, of course, but it is the spleen mal-function that is then causing the continuousdown-grading of the blood and therefore of everything. Nothing else contributes specifically.

The double cause originally affected the whole of the Energics throughout the trunk - what amountsto Bands I-IV, but the Band divisions are not a consideration here. This is eventually a serious situationand can become so over a period of anything from a few months to two/three years. It cannot bealtered by psychological-conscious means when it has gone too far but in the very early stages -and I cannot say how long that is - it can. By the time it has become moderately severe it wouldrequire not only psychological consciousness of the initial problem but also rest and treatment withhomoeopathized remedies; any time up to then it needs psychological self recognition, suitabledietary changes and/or counselling.

This situation equals high blood pressure: almost every cell is both under-nourished and cloggedup, and the blood plasma is too thick to move easily.

There are presumably a number of reasons why high blood pressure develops and this may onlybe one of them.

SOCIAL - Mind

This is another circular effect, this time arising from only one cause: a failure of the individual tomake sure they have peace and quiet on a frequent basis - nearly every day for a couple of hours.

91


The circle is also one that does not really start anywhere but creeps up, this time from an over-active peripheral and nervous spinal cord system:

[Again, I have no explanation as to why, this time, only the left kidney is implicated and the rightone much less so. The other foregoing remarks also apply.]

*Note that here ‘digest’ is not qualified by the word ‘suitably’.

The cause for this circle is one of personal choice, probably taken to keep up with social circles,friends or work. The answer is obvious and once quiet times have been opted for recovery will taketime but shouldn’t be too difficult. It will almost certainly have to include psychological monitoringby the person themselves or their therapist, and is likely also to need some changes in diet, pro b a b l ytemporary, or a variety of recovery routines to ‘balance’ physical and psychological action. Theymay also need to have their minds coaxed to work again, in a mild way at first, and possibly increas-ing, if they are Thought missing people, and the same goes for single activities instead of multiplefor Directed Action missing people, and Relating missing people will have to be encouraged tocome out of themselves somewhat.

This situation equals exhaustion of physical or emotional reserves.

B E H AV I O U R A L LY SIGNIFICANT VERT E B R A EOut of the twenty-four vertebrae of the flexible spine there are fifteen which ‘respond’ to ande x p ress specific psychological behaviour. It is, of course, the nerves and muscles which are carry i n gthe messages, and the brain which initiates the nerves according to the unconscious ‘outlook’ ofthe moment, but for the fifteen it is the vertebral lack of movement that reflects this response viathe tissues which surround the vertebrae. The fifteen are Behaviourally Significant Vertebrae (BSVs)and their stiffness, or in Touch For Health terms, fixation, needs to be understood in relation totheir owner before a proper flexibility can be restored.

This is the psychology of certain vertebrae, and, unusually for Framework considerations, it is quiteprecise. It can affect the vertebral movement either on the left or on the right or on both sides atonce depending on whether the person is:

a) refusing to be conscious of one of these particular attitudes - LEFT side painful

b) has made a choice of one of these particular attitudes - RIGHT side painful

c) is both conscious and unconscious of one of these particular attitudes - CENTRAL, pain onboth sides

A fixation on the left will give pulling and pain on the right; on the right it will affect the left; andwhen central it will pull and give pain in the muscles and ligaments of both sides.

conventionallydoesn't use

shoulders freelyT3 ‘ C5 ‘ C2progress over

several months

refusal to act (usually includesC3 after a number of months)

indecision for arms(always T6 + includes

T7 in an hour or so)

refusal to act

fear of expressing love

inability to take

insists on intellectual honesty.Sometimes includes L2

insists on intellectual honesty.Sometimes includes T9

can't accept others' expressed emotionsL4 or L5; (only occasionally both)

C7 - C2 upward. VC (Vertebral cover, q.v.)

C2 - C5 downward.Trapezius[C3 never includes T5 and is only occasionallyresponsive] see T5

indecision for legsL2 + T12, and

T8 if neglectedfor a few weeks

BEHAVIOURALLY SIGNIFICANT VERTEBRAE

Figure 14

Those vertebrae that are shared are affected wholely for either reason given above, not in one or the other coloured half only. I suggest that this diagram is never studied in isolation from the text as the explanations here are necessarily somewhat abbreviated and in some places it is useful to have the comparison of one with another.


92

1

2

4

567

1

2

3

4

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1

2

3

4

5 5

4

3

2

1

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

6

4

32

1

5

3

5

emotional inflexibility

coxy

x

s

acru

m

5

lum

bars

12 th

orac

ics

7 ce

rvic

als

sku

ll

93


This is as mincingly exact as reading off which type of action-not-taken resides still in painful limbmuscles which will be discussed next, though the latter cannot detail associated reasons. In the musclesit is an inhibited potential movement which can be identified and in the BSVs it is a behaviouralreaction. However, what cannot be specified for either is the exact personal situation to which eitherthe non-movement or the behavioural reaction applies, and it is usually important to discover thisto end the situation of muscle pain or vertebral fixation. For fixation it is usually enough to do thatalone because so often people recognise and seek help for vertebral effects much sooner than theywill for muscle effects and therefore the situation has not become set. However, for scoliosis, forinstance, an apparently fixed bend in the spine, and for certain other fixed and bent postures, itmay well be that the originator was in one or more BSVs, and had it been understood for what itwas and tackled soon enough with this in mind, the expressed behavioural condition of the spinemight not have become set in position. Even in the relatively early stages it may be somewhatrestored. In the very early stages, probably of less than a year’s standing, it can be almost totallyrestored. Long-term situations depend on the actual amount of truly irreversible damage that hasoccurred, and that may well not be as much as supposed. If pain keeps moving from place to placeand coming and going then the situation may be mitigated. But having said that, it must dependon the person understanding and accepting the original reasons why it occurred and not re p e a t i n gthem; and it depends on the therapist being able to find that reason.

Figure 14 shows a multi-coloured diagram of the vertebrae of the spine. In total there are sevenCervical vertebrae in the neck area, twelve Thoracic in the chest area (these vertebrae have ribsattached to them), and five Lumbar vertebrae in the waist area, the lowest of which joints onto thepelvis at the back where the sacrum (five fused vertebrae) fills in between the hip bones of thepelvis. I shall refer to these respectively as C, T and L.

I shall discuss these from the bottom up (L, T and C) as many problems work up the spine, notdown it. Remember that vertebrae fix on the left, on the right or on both sides at once, accord i n gto the refusal to be conscious, to following a consciously chosen attitude (see Distinctions), or tothe mix of conscious and unconscious.

L 5 or 4 - in either case this denotes not being able to accept another person’s expressed emotion.It is not usually both vertebrae that are affected but one or the other.

(L 3 is a non-Behaviourally Significant Vertebra, non-BSV, see Comment below)

L 2 - this is a vertebra that can be implicated in two expressed behavioural responses, a ‘double’vertebra:

a) that the person insists on intellectual honesty, and this may sometimes also implicate T 9.

b) it can express indecision for legs, which will immediately sharply affect the tendons at thetop of the leg/s on left, right or both. This vertebra usually brings in T 12 after a weekor two if it is expressing indecision (but not for ‘insists on intellectual honesty’) and thesetwo (L 2 & T 12) if neglected in conscious understanding for a few weeks more may alsobring in T 8. There is, then, a progressive ‘indecision’ Chain of L 2 à T 12àT 8.

(L 1 is a non-BSV)

T 12 - is usually implicated with L 2 in indecision after a week or two.

(T 11 and 10 are non-BSVs)

T 9 - is sometimes implicated with L 2 when there is an insistence on intellectual honesty.

94


This is a vertebra that is implicated with T 6 occasionally when there is a refusal to interact withanything or everything. It does not affect people much in this way now as most people haveunconsciously accepted non-interaction as part of everyday life.

T 8 - may eventually be implicated with T 12 and L 2 in indecision for legs, after a month or so.

T 7 and 6 - are implicated in indecision for arms, starting at T 6 and moving on in an hour or soto include T 7.

T 6 - implicated with T 7 as above; also with T 9 occasionally, as above.

T 5 - this is an indication of a refusal to act when the person half consciously suspects what anaction should be. If the situation continues for a number of months C 3 is probably broughtin. It is Psychological, towards self and others.

(T 4 is a non-BSV)

T 3- stiffens up when the person does not use their shoulders freely due to personal or social inhibitionor to convention. If this continues over several months there is a progression from T 3 à C 5à C 2, another Chain.

T 2 - denotes an inability to accept easily, from ‘life’ as it were; this does not mean a person cannot‘accept what is given’ but that they shrink back from ‘taking that which is needed’, in the sensethat discussion of things with other people makes available to oneself ideas and points of viewthat then broaden one’s own outlook. To refuse habitually to do this can lead to a narrowingof outlook.

(T 1, C 7 and C 6 are non-BSVs)

C 5 - this is another ‘double’ one, like L 2:

a) it can be implicated as the main vertebra in a fear of expressing love (human, physical and/oraffectionate love) and often this brings in all the Cervical vertebrae from C 7- C 2, upward,not downward; C 5 starts and C 7 - 2 join in.

b) it can also be part of the Chain from T 3 of not using the shoulders freely.

(C 4 is a non-BSV)

C 3 - is also ‘double’, if it responds at all:

a) it can be the main vertebra in a state when the person is refusing to act but is quite uncon-scious of both the situation requiring action and therefore of the action that should be taken,(and curiously enough this can still be right, left or central in its fixation effect). It is Emotionaland Intellectual, towards others.

b) this is quite a different basic situation to the one that starts at T 5 and may then eventuallyimplicate C 3. This C 3 situation nearly always implicates C 2-C 5 downward, not upwardthis time. In this case C 3 never takes in T 5 and is, in fact, only occasionally responsiveanyway in either case of ‘refusal to act’. Though it starts at C 3 the other three vertebrastiffen up all together within two or three weeks.

C 2 - is the third in the Chain of conventionally not using shoulders freely, which takes severalmonths to develop, from T 3 - C 5 - C 2.

C 1 and base of skull round the foramen magnum, the hole at the base of the skull where thespinal cord passes through - rigidity here denotes emotional inflexibility, which can be either

95


temporary or permanent and can lead to headaches or migraine. If pushed to the limits it canlead to stiffness of the whole length of the spinal column and even to total inaction of theVertebral Cover.

C o m m e n t

If the intervening vertebrae (non-BSVs) are fixed in some way then the behavioural aspects of theBSVs are not the trigger BUT if BSVs are affected, in one of the Chains, for instance, then the inter-vening ones may be involved but have nothing to do with the situation except indirectly and it isthe specific series and its underlying reasons that need to be dealt with.

BSVs are presumably not the only reasons for vertebral troubles but they are by far the commonestand should always be considered. I also find that quite often a non-BSV is being used by oneselfto express something quite personal, in which case it has to be looked at in a similar way but withdifferent and individual explanations.

SCOLIOSES

With the exception of scolioses due to birth defects or disease many scolioses are probably due toone or more of four things, each of which is originally caused by unobserved and thereforeneglected responses in the BSVs.

1) the developed Chain for ‘indecision’ for leg on one or the other side (I don’t know if thesame applies centrally or not): L2 - T 12 - T 8.

2) the developed Chain for ‘conventionally does not use shoulders freely’: T 3 - C 5 - C 2.

3) these next two are not a chain but stem from ‘insists on intellectual honesty’ at T 9 and mayaffect either T 11 - C1

or

4) T 8 - L 4.

The first is extremely common; the second and third are common;the fourth is rare.

It makes no difference in the apparent effect but:

-the first pulls the body up and develops upwards;

-the second pulls the back up and the neck down and does not develop up or down but side-ways between T 3 and the Scapula;

-the third pulls down from the neck downward;

-the fourth pulls up and develops upward.

Though this may appear to make no difference it is necessary knowledge because in the delicatebusiness of trying to reverse a scoliosis, or to mitigate it, both in the very early stages, or to releaseit as far as possible, it needs to be un-developed in reverse order to its development - but seeComment and Warning below. Furthermore, it is essential for the therapist to have the ability todiagnose the original trigger for any of the ‘chains’, it is not sufficient merely to tell the suffererthey are undecided, etc., etc. The original situation that gave rise to the trigger needs to be foundand understood otherwise any physical treatment is useless. It is a fundamental psycho-somatic

96


situation that has to be well understood as well as physically treated - and guarded against there-after.

In fact, once the psycho part of the psycho-somatic condition has been understood and acceptedthe thought-mind pattern alters and therefore the inhibited motor pattern with it. The response tothis immediately allows the nerves, muscles, tendons and ligaments to try to recover their propercondition; the position of the affected vertebrae plus the intervening ones can then try to movefreely. They may try to reinstate the whole spine to freer movement as much as possible. There is,in fact, nothing one can do to stop it once there has been a change in conscious understandingso ‘treatment’ is then a matter of detailed following of the soft tissues in their problems of re-stretching and of keeping up generally with the shifting spine. Also one must keep a sharp thera-peutic eye that the individual does not neglect some other behavioural or emotional response - orcollect one!. External trauma we hope does not happen!

The person MUST have the whole situation very carefully explained to them, and it is essential thatthey actually understand both the BSVs and their own Stage levels so one can help in their level ofbeing able to cope, to know their level of understanding, and to give a constant and explainedmonitoring of changes. How far the whole process can go in physical terms depends on possiblyirreversible damage. And wherever it does or does not get to, the person will need to understandand monitor their own situation thereafter and seek informed help whenever necessary. They mayalso benefit from correct massage on a moderately regular basis, and definitely when it hurts.

These remarks apply to anything to do with BSVs which must be understood psychologically andin connection with the original trigger situation or incident.

Having said that, it is probably necessary for the therapist to be capable and willing to discuss veryfreely that original situation but not to treat it as an analytical session, rather to treat it as life-on-a-daily-basis, so long as the sufferer truly understands what is being discussed.

Comment and war n i n g

It is probably only worth attempting to deal with scolioses in the very early stages. Later they area very delicate matter and probably should not be de-stabilized.

ACTION-NOT-TAKEN – LIMBS

It has already been said that the limbs are about action; their problems are usually about actionnot taken, and this is a very important point to be understood. (There may also be secondary effectson the legs from different causes which are nothing to do with the legs themselves as the primarysource of the problem and are therefore not to be considered here.) Some of what we think aboutrequires action, or would-be action, which for a variety of reasons may then be inhibited or notable to be undertaken. This is probably perfectly suitable to the situation at the time and entirelyreasonable BUT the intention to act plus the inhibition may remain together in the nerve-muscleset-up unless and until the matter is recognised and resolved consciously. This may happen at thetime and then there is no problem, but if that is not the case there will be a problem sooner orl a t e r. The result at the muscle end is stiffness and mild ache or pain, there or elsewhere as a result ofinhibited movement, which may get worse the longer it is neglected. Besides that, and dependingon which muscle was originally affected, other muscles/tendons/ ligaments/joints may get drawnin until there is quite a complex of disability, distress and physical incompetence.

97


All of it can be reversed as a rule if one knows how to treat each muscle and restore it to use, butto be properly successful the unrecognised original thought also needs to be dredged up so thatthe ‘inhibition’ that was the cause of the trouble can be consciously recognised and removed.Failing in this allows the situation to renew itself constantly.

The psychology of action-not-taken applies to all the areas coloured chestnut in Figure 9 andincludes the more superficial (coloured) muscles of the buttocks, the muscles of the scapulae, theshoulder and arm muscles as shown, as well as the obvious ones of the legs some of which areonly parts of muscles due to Band I crossing the top of the thigh. It is useful, therapeutically, toknow exactly what each muscle or muscle group does in the movements of the body so that it ispossible to get an idea of what it is that was not done, what action would have been taken had itbeen carried out. It could, for legs for instance, be moving forward, backward, sideways, holdingthe trunk upright, supporting it when bent forw a rd or backward; it could be implicated in twistingin some way from the foot upward; it could be an adductor on the inside thigh or an abductor onthe outside; and so on in some detail. Whatever it is the muscle is intended for in movement canbe read-off in exactly that form so that one would have liked to ‘move towards something’, or‘sidestep it’, etc., etc. The same considerations apply to arm and shoulder muscles and it is worthremembering that arms not only enfold or hold, but pull and push and sweep sideways and soforth as well. (For an anatomy book which not only gives gross anatomy and physiology from theorthodox point of view but actually lists the chief muscles of each part of the body and what theydo, I recommend Anatomy and Physiology by H.G.O.Rowett, published by John Murray. It is nota large book and the second edition in 1992 cost £8.25 though I dare say it has gone up since.)

If one has no formal idea of what each muscle does (and hasn’t yet got the book) it can perhapsbe worked out by very slowly moving the painful part in a variety of directions and seeing whichmovement in which direction hurts and therefore what movement it is one can no longer carryout with ease. It may then be possible to think back to when it began to hurt. A hurt can be setup in a few minutes and begin to become obvious in a few hours, a day or less, so it is even possibleto pin-point fairly accurately the situation which may have given rise to it - assuming sufficientsensitivity or willingness to notice hurt in the first place, even if only mild, and realise it is indicatingsomething that needs to be understood. Having identified the situation it is then necessary toanalyse for oneself what one was really wishing to do at the time, and then to talk that over withoneself and recognise both the intention or wish and the inhibition. It may well be that what onewould have liked to do was quite at odds with a conventionally expected response and that is whyit was inhibited, or it may be that something pleasurably expected did not happen so that the‘going towards it’ was prevented by outside circumstances rather than inner ones. There are endlessvarieties of this as can be imagined and the reason could be entirely simple, even trivial except thatit meant something to oneself, but whatever it was there was an intention, conscious or uncon-scious, and an inhibition, and neither were recognised, or not sufficiently recognised, at the time,and therefore were not resolved.

After recognising the initial situation and its accompanying inhibition, restoring the muscle to work-ing order is usually a matter of physical hack-work and judicious movement, never overworking themuscles but working them nevertheless. Exercise of a formal nature is probably not the answer,incidentally, and people can exercise for years with a situation like this continuing to remain.

U n resolved actions-not-taken can hang on fore v e r, years if not consciously resolved, so therapeutictreatment really requires someone, or oneself, who has the capability of identifying the originalsituation. As soon as that is identified, understood, and accepted the mental brake is off.

THE LIMBS

Figure 15


98

THE LIMBS

99


The shoulder joint, though it belongs to and is affected by action-not-taken of the arm is alsoaffected by Band IV though it does not belong to it. There is a reverse situation in the hip jointwhich does belong to a Band, Band I, but can also be affected by action-not-taken by the leg. Anumber of problems that apparently belong to the legs are in fact those of the misuse of the spineand to some extent this also applies to the shoulder joints. They may not then be problems ofaction-not-taken in the Limbs but of the Behaviourally Significant Vertebrae and the resultingpostural strains and stresses.

VIRUS, SOCIAL GENERAL MINDED 2 ANDINTELLECTUAL GENERAL MINDED 2 AND 4The following pieces are of importance to humanity in general. They are very much to do with theMeanings and the adverse effects on us if we take no notice of them. Though it may seem to beonly a personal matter whether we take notice of them or not, it is in pratice both personal andgeneral. The Meanings are a description of the ways in which we should live in nature, psycho-logically, intellectually and emotionally, and to become ill from ignoring them in our personal orcollective daily lives is for nature, in the form of our physical bodies, to be telling us something.Now we can refuse to listen or we can listen.

These remarks apply also to Virus illnesses (q.v. in Some Forms of the Silent Language).

VIRUS

In our present medical practice, since we gave up taking notice of the connections between physicaland religious, deeming it a matter of superstition (which it probably was, then, but which shouldbe much clearer now that religious psychological functioning is more looked at), I dare say thatthe connection between religious psychology and virus illness may not have been understood. Ouranswer has been to develop vaccines - and god forbid I should not approve - but I am now askingthat we should listen to what we are silently ‘telling ourselves’ via our body’s Bands.

Virus illness has already been discussed under Directed Action missing in Part I and will be againbelow in Social General Minded 2.

The Chain of effect in the matter of not developing a virus illness is: if one consciously lives theMeanings psychologically of Relating, Spiritual Satisfaction, Love, Allowing and Expression ofResponses these promote the proper physiology of the brain and therefore the proper and activephysiology of the rest of the body in Bands, viruses are to have available the material with whichto replicate. As soon as one even suspects the faintest feeling of ‘not being quite right’ in someplace in one’s body one should instantly examine how the relevant Meaning has been or is faringin one’s life. Even if this isn’t, in the end, the problem this attention would only be irrelevant andif it is the problem then it will do actual good. But of course, examination has to be followed bychange in the terms of Metanoia or no good will come of it. It may also have to be accompaniedby remedial physical treatment if one has developed an illness before one could catch it earlyenough; and these two remarks apply whether it is a virus illness or any other.

This, and the two situations outlined next, are not a ‘way’ of developing illness but are, psycho-logically, ways of allowing illness room for development. I have already discussed Virus to someextent in Part I in Directed Action Missing. Virus of various kinds cannot altogether be avoided butdeveloping an illness from its invasion may be another matter. To do so is a response to apparently

100


unavoidable Meaning/s frustration/s almost entirely outside the person’s control. This can be bothpersonal or a group situation so that the illness is either individual or individuals-within-a-group,the latter depending on the Meaning/s frustration suffered by some in the group and not others,or by everyone in the group. Curiously enough, the developed illness is a ‘relief’ to a previouslyover stressed physiological system though I have to say it brings a good many other Energic orphysiologically detailed problems with it.

Virus is like many other things that appear to be due to matters outside the individual’s control.There would, of course, be argument about this but the causative factors not only of virus illnessesbut also those caused by microbes, poisons, parasites and accidents can be seen as being withinone’s control if, and it is a huge if, one developed increased consciousness of kinds other than thoseI have been discussing such as changing one’s visualisation of situations, being a great deal moreobservant, and developing a greater awareness of symbolic activity within oneself. With the adventof these greater sensitivities, as well as the greater consciousness I have been advocating, it is almostcertain that one could avoid being drawn into at least some situations of potential adversity - whichwould benefit everything else in the world as well.

SOCIAL GENERAL MINDED 2

Most individuals achieve higher levels than Stage 2, so if or when they choose to indulge them-selves with a behaviour that is not contributing to their own development then they are notcontributing to human development either.

Anyone unconsciously indulging in the social self-indulgence of Social General Minded 2 abrogatesthe individual’s only way of contributing to the social development of humanity.

Semi-consciously refusing to choose a human and conscious way in which psychological develop-ment is continued on a pro g ressive path must be ‘dealt with’, in evolutionary terms, so that psychologywill not be regressed. We are subject to the evolutionary development of human psychology fromStages 1-6 whether we like it or not as is the way of evolution, which is a ruthless and impersonalprocess. If we choose not to fit in then we suffer the consequences exactly as has every currentlyexistent living thing in its physical evolutionary development though without choice in the physicalcase and bearing in mind that most animal forms that evolved eventually did not survive. In itslong chain of development the process of adaptation has been and still is being constantly honedand refined. There is no fixed optimum, of course, for anything - only a current success of adapta-tion to a present set of circumstances at any geological age and stage, though some things haveclearly been a great deal more successful than others and their ‘design’ has sufficed for millennia.

Choice is a suitable word here. In physical evolution the ‘experiments’ of physical change work orthey don’t; in the development of psychological consciousness we humans actually do have achoice - to go along with consciousness evolution or not. It is difficult because we are not‘consciously’ aware of it in the early Stages but for whole stretches of humanity to continue tobehave like infants or children, and to continue to indulge in the activities and attitudes of lifeindulged in by infants and children when of adult years is clearly not taking up the adult attitudecompatible with those years. People choosing to continue the infant or childhood Stage beyondits proper period are risking their own Stage levels and, if they are above the level of Stage 2, willhave regressed in order to do this. There will, of course, be all sorts of pleas for understanding andtolerance and on an individual level they may be valid, but from the point of view of nature theyare not. They are merely an example of a group in the animal kingdom, in this case human and

101


social, that is not fulfilling its necessary position and learning the adaptations necessary for theirown adulthood.

If you think this is harsh, believe me I have watered it down to a large extent and even dared toput it in at all. As a human who is working with consciousness as a healing process I firmly choseto add it as I consider people should have the choice of assessing self-indulgent behaviour and ofgrowing out of it. My information process would prefer there to be no choice and to let the conse-quences take their course.

The consequences of continued self-indulgence do, of course, lead to physical breakdowns of awide and varied kind. I cannot even begin to suggest what but constant physical, psychologicaland emotional abuse almost inevitably leads to physical deterioration if sufficiently prolonged. Ifthere are lingering virus infiltrations then the frustration of any Meaning/s added to Energic imbal-ances or the functional depressions of Cycle of Continuous Action parts and Connectors missingwill allow these viruses successfully to ‘develop’ even if they themselves are not a great cause ofillness, there being too many other tissue breakdowns also in the offing.

As I understand it this is the psychological background to the modern scourge of AIDS, to whichwe are unwittingly, and with the best of intentions, contributing by desperately trying to find aphysical cure without also addressing the social side and thus, and again unwittingly, continuingthe course of non-evolutionary adaptation that already exists. I’d hardly advocate not trying to dealwith it physically in some way but I do suggest that anything we invent or discover in the nameof human care that allows the blanket continuance of the evolutionarily unsuitable Social GeneralMindedness of Stage 2 is a very double-edged weapon indeed.

What is also necessary is very definite boot strapping in the form of psychological, intellectual andemotional self-help, and the intelligent use of change rather than the continuing license to indulge.I fear it has to be the choice of the individuals concerned as to whether they bootstrap or not, andit is probable that many have not the ability. It is also probable that most of the carers, profes-sionals and sufferers caught up in this situation will merely regard such remarks as moral homilies,prejudice and intolerance. Individual change is not necessarily easy but it is mostly possible and isalways there as a potential.

INTELLECTUAL GENERAL MINDED 2 & 4

There is another General Mindedness to which a good deal of humanity is subject (or subscribes)and to which it has been subject for the last thirty, forty, fifty years or more and that is a chain ofGeneral Minded 2 in response to General Minded 4, this time not Social but Intellectual. It is thefighting defence (GM 2) of an intellectually defended position (GM 4). In other words all the beastly‘wars’ (including terrorism) here and there all round the globe. It also covers drug baron culturesand power baron cultures, either of which follows weakening or collapse of governmental authority;it covers the need the dispossessed have to hang on to the need to survive - GM 4 if there is anythought-out idea of how to do so - and then to fight for that. Apart from greed of every kind andfighting for whatever is valued (though seeing the destruction often wrought one may wonderwhat it could be), the general reason for all this is a world population already much too large tobe coped with and which is still growing, at a time when the GM social conventions of previousyears have gone and have not yet been replaced by personal growth; various groups then fight forsupremacy instead of growing up and co-operating (nowadays called a ‘political solution’). I suspectthis is the inevitable ‘generation gap’ which results while the GM 4 generation goes the way of allof us in the end. However, sadly, it may well not end there; the following generation or two, with-

102


out some sort of pressure to develop, or perhaps role models of some sort, may not do very wellin taking up their proper responsibilities. The necessity will be there but can’t be fulfilled? And thisis not to mention whatever sort of social chaos might take place meanwhile since time does notstand still and people’s needs do not diminish.

The idea of democracy may be seriously at risk here, and maybe in reality it can’t work properlyamong large groups anyway. Democracy is, I think, a GM or individual Stage 5 and 6 idea andonly really works if enough people subscribe to it for the general good of everybody, not as a formof licence for splinter groups, as opposed, of course, to the general good of smaller groups amongthe larger so that they are better able to contribute to the whole.

I think the truth is that no one really knows what to do about people. We have no enemies butourselves; we are, generally, thoughtless to an extreme about most things; we have no real idea ofhow to fit in with each other, even, let alone into natural life or the planet as a living, actioning,functioning system; most of us can’t or don’t think beyond the immediate moment (relativelyspeaking); we breed with enormous and horrifying success and have thus produced a world pop-ulation out of control in all ways from size, via re s o u rce use and the resulting garbage both industrialand domestic, to the laying waste or over population of very many tracts of land which is beginningto cause movement of large numbers of people, ironically and only too often to places alreadyovercrowded - cities.

We are a population of one of the world’s animals that has grown out of all pro p o rtion to its abilitycomfortably to survive, but we do have the wherewithal consciously to think our way back to suit-ability. Our failure so far to have done so is a failure in psychological growth and, as in Social GM2 (q.v.), once again leads to death as its ultimate weapon.

T h e re is little to be said about it. Fighting in the past was not unsuitable because that was the GeneralMindedness of humanity at large. It still led to death, of course, but out of it eventually grew moredeveloped psychological Stages. After the last world war (and it was because of the two world warsthat we moved on, they having been fought from Stage 3 and 4) humanity grew up to GeneralMinded 4 and thereafter this was fine, so long as people remained at a stand-off. I suppose the onlygood thing that can be said of splitting the atom was that it did allow the stand-off to remain at astand-still while we grew up further and began the General Minded 5 transition that is just begin-ning (early 1990s), but for those without this again double-edged (war) weapon they could ‘safely’indulge in actually defending their position, and in doing so killing off several more million peoplea n y w a y. In long-term evolutionary terms and from the point of view of nature this also keeps thepopulation down to some extent, giving humanity a little more room to survive (not to mention allother living things) until General Minded 5 is more settled at which time we might, just MIGHT,begin v o l u n t a r i l y to do whatever it is that is necessary for the survival, not only of ourselves but ofe v e rything else as well, including the ground beneath our feet, the seas everything drinks whenmade fresh by their re - c i rculation, and the sky over our heads, though I rather doubt it.

Make no mistake, evolution will not allow people to continue as a failure any more than anythingelse. We either grow up to be conscious or we fail and no amount of cloth-headedness andeuphemism, tolerance and sentimentality will disguise the fact. We have the choice.

Far and away the stupidest thing humans have done is to be so successful as a species. By manipu-lating everything in sight to suit ourselves, from the beginning of farming around 8500 BC to theIndustrial Revolution in the late 18th and early 19th century, and remaining self-centred and re l i g i o u s l yunconscious as a species we have already produced a very much too large population projected torise considerably more. Of course, all animal species are self-centred but their populations rise and

103


fall along with the availability of the means to satisfy their requirements for survival. This wasn’tgood enough for us. Not only did we start to manipulate basics like food, water and shelter butwe invented an apparently infinite number of other ‘requirements’ that use up everything else. Itis just unfortunate that this now involves not only our local and personal surroundings but most ofthe planet and its atmospheric envelope, plus every other living thing on it, plant or animal, as ifit were all ‘ours’.

The miserable thing about it all is that we are the one species who already has consciousness of asuitable kind though as yet insufficiently developed. It has been self consciousness up till now, andthat is the natural way of things, the way of every individual, human or otherwise, but now, andvery quickly indeed, humans must begin to grow into psychological maturity. For an individual thismeans Spatial Stage 5 with detachment from at least three Bands, any three, and does not eveninclude the Religious Stages so it is not asking much. For humanity at large it also means living theMeanings, and for humanity the Meaning that is coming through first is Allowing, as it happens.That isn’t chance, of course, though in what way it isn’t I couldn’t say. Some might say it is thehand of god, but then it depends on what god is to them. God, whatever it is, is everywhere, andis infinite, and they will therefore find god anywhere and in any shape they want. It is an accom-paniment to the human mind.

More likely is that Allowing is coming through first because people want to be ‘allowed’ - to doand be what they perceive are their ‘needs’ but are much more likely to be their wants. However,Allowing specifically means ‘Allowing everything to be itself, and that includes one’s own self’, sobesides oneself there is everything else to be considered, and that is why licence is absolutely notthe name of the game and suitable co-operation is. What I fear may happen instead is a regressionin the whole of humanity’s growth, away from the GM 5 beginning to come in, back to GM 4 onthe one hand in an attempt to hang on to the status quo in the form of ‘traditions’ and ‘conventions’(one can already see a lot of this) [and by 1998 we are teetering on the brink] and a GM 2 responseto this on the other in an attempt by those who find their status quo unacceptable - or anywaychoose to consider it to be so - to fight for their perception of their ‘needs’, and in this case, the‘hand of god’ is always on the side of whoever wants to do something to gain something to theirown advantage, reasonable or not, the ‘hand of god’ always being cited to justify any action byanyone for any purpose whatever on either side of any fence, and all at the same time. Remarkable.

It is, however, the general good of everything that needs to be attended to and I gather (and I amstill hesitant about this) that Intellectual GM 2 and 4 is, here and there, just beginning to give wayto a GM 4 and 4 approach as it begins to be accepted that talking is necessary, both speaking fromseparate fixed positions (sadly) but at least not using the infantile GM 2 and fighting.

[By 2007, starting in 2003/4, humanity has brought GM Social 3 back to accompany C GM 2, ieeveryone is fighting their own corner and co-operation is not usually in use - as a generality.]

FEELING IS CHEMISTRY AND CHEMISTRY IS FEELINGFeeling is produced by guts. When one refuses to know what one is feeling one is thereby begin-ning to interfere with the actioning of that which produces feeling, namely one’s guts.

The way feeling becomes apparent is through the mid-brain; it is the changing chemistry in thegut due to one’s whole body response at every moment conveyed by the autonomic-sensory‘complementary systems’ which send chemical and electrical signals to the mid-brain.

104


Normally the electrical-chemical thought signal would then go on up into the upper brain (cortex)but if one stops it by refusing to know it then there is a sort of chemical-electrical (and this is thecorrect order of these two words this time as it is opposite to the previous signal) back-up fromt h e re back down to the gut. Quite soon this begins to interf e re with the proper actioning of the gut.

When the gut can’t work, the rest of the body can’t work properly as a result. Everything is affectedin every way - electrically-chemically - because the mid-brain is unable to send signals freely backto the gut. The guts can’t indicate what they need and the mid-brain can’t give it them; the C ofCA stops, though in this case the C of CA doesn’t reverse as in psychologically or Energicallyinduced situations, it just stops and the system ceases because though the components are stillthere (Relating) the movement has stopped at Mind/Movement of Energy and therefore Light,Thought and Directed Action are not there psychologically. There is, therefore, only a potentialsystem, not a properly functioning one.

When this needs to be shifted it has to be done at mid-brain a) by pin- pointing the cause, b) theexact consequences, and c) the emotional effects in the guts and brain; and always use Bach FlowerRemedies plus consciousness for the treatment - unless it is a case of someone who doesn’t wantto be conscious in which case it is the dictates of the body that must be followed anyway, but treat-ment without consciousness may not be permanently successful in this case as in any other.

The dangers of guts not working can be anything from very trivial to very severe.

C h a rt s :

Energics is Chemistry and

Gross Actioning vis a vis Energics.

Of the following two charts, Energics is Chemistry shows the use of the Energics in the body as thebody sees it. Given what has been written earlier in the book I think it is self-explanatory and willserve as a useful summary.

The second one, Gross Actioning vis a vis Energics, I am including in Part V.A even though it giveshands-on treatment as well as troubles and effects; the former, being a type of treatment, mightsuggest it be included in Part V.B but I can’t split it so I decided to include it here. The unspokenassumption for the hands-on treatment is that the practitioner trained in some sort of massage orother hands-on method will have finally learned to give up applying standard techniques to every-thing regardless of suitability and only use those hands-on ‘gestures’ that the body itself asks forin these cases, carried out only where it asks, only for as long as it asks and only at the time it asks.This is not to say there is no place for standard techniques, I dare say there is, but not in this contextas doing what the body asks is preferable.

Gross Actioning means the overall action that bodies carry out but looked at in some detail, muchthe same as a gross anatomy book looks at body anatomy but in some detail. All of the actioninghere is of the mind since that is what interferes with Energics; it is psychological, intellectual oremotional in origin and affects the various atoms, tissues and areas of the body in different ways.The hands-on treatment is relevant to the problems and Energics affected.

The hands-on effects are interesting in that if one is working in the field of No.1 it can deal withany of the others as it deals with the atoms and cells from which they are made. None of the otherscan deal with any others than itself until or unless the practitioner also broadens his or her intere s tinto knowing how the natural world works - or whatever of it he or she can encompass. The broaderthe interest the nearer the practitioner is to understanding the atom; and it does not have to be

105


in terms of physics. Each or all of the Energics can stop, cease working properly, in any one of theGross Action divisions for each sub-division’s specific reason as shown in the chart.

The hands-on work of the last column in the chart is done wherever on the body is necessary, i.e.,is indicated by the body itself, but can only be done with the divisions in column two in mind Thisis so only because of the limitations of the therapist in having an interest limited to only one of theGross Actioning sub-divisions. Sub-divisions 1 and 2 cut across all the rest here but no.2 doesn’tovertly use consciousness. No.1 does, but nos.2-11 don’t have to though they can, but only if thepractitioner is interested. And with that we would be talking of more than hands-on work.

Hands-on work alone is curative but not progressive. Adding on consciousness work, provided apractitioner is interested and the patient willing, may be progressive and allow the patient to moveaway from the originating reasons, from the presenting problem and into understanding.

With regard to a practitioner being interested in perhaps only one Gross Actioning sub-division,this is a perfectly legitimate matter. Each of us has our particular interests and sympathies, in anyfield, and to have one particular interest in this one is perfectly suitable even though it means beingable only to affect Energic functioning in that one way. This is where knowing one’s ‘limitations’comes in, and also knowing other people’s capabilities so that co-operation for the greater goodcan be achieved.

ENERGICS IS CHEMISTRY

Energics is the Framework name for a summary of the cell’s or body’s view of the chemistries orphysiologies of

106


GROSS ACTIONING VIS A VIS ENERGICS

Reasons for a body cell failing to action (failure of energics/physiology) and possible hands-on treatment

Psychological,Intellectual orE m o t i o n a l reasonsfor dysfunction

1. results ofunconsciousness

2. results of abuse

3. mis-use ofthought

4. intermittentstops to autonomicnervous system

5. deliberate failureto interact withanything

6. non-integrationwith living

7. consequences

8. physical orpsychologicalinflexibility

9. a wish to stopintegrating

10. refusal todevelop up theStages, unexpressedinflexibility

11. refusal todevelop up theStages, unexpressedmovement

GROSS ACTIONINGin Frameworkterms

Areas and Organs

Energics in toto

Mind (Meanings)

Nervous Diseases ofthe stomach(abdomen)

Anatomies

Movement ofEnergy

the Forms of theInterruptions of theC of CA

Vertebral Cover

Pericardium Systemand Heart & BloodVessels System

BehaviourallySignificantVertebrae, or Stages

Action-not-Taken:Limbs, or Stages

Anatomy &Physiology affected (in mor eothodox terms)

atoms and cells

physiology generally

actioning of thetrunk

autonomic nervoussystem

gross anatomygenerally orspecifically

use of nutrients

metabolism/s

posture

nutrient transport

flexibility

movement

Treat by changing the Energics of the following

BNU and / or C ofCA of unconsciousmental or ofconscious physical

Energics generally ofwhole body

Energics of eachseparate Band

Energics of ChemicalConversion Systemin or via Respiratory,Digestive Systems I& II

Energics of separateorgans

Energics ofMagnetism &Vibration

Energics of physicaland mental of C ofCA and BNU

Energics of the fivetissues of theVertebral Cover

Energics ofPericardium Systemand of Heart &Blood VesselsSystem

Energics ofintervertebralconnective tissue

Energics of skeletalmuscle

107


PA RT V.B: THERAPEUTIC APPROACHES

Metanoiac Framework Therapy

The need for Dowsing

My own experiences with Dowsing

Using the Framework with Consciousness - or without

Methods For Change

Some forms of the Silent Language

Case histories and Personal Experiences

Check Lists

PART V.B: INTRODUCING THERAPEUTIC APPROACHES

None of the following constitute a prescription or a do-it-yourself recipe for how to use thisFramework or any of the foregoing information, nor can it, by the very nature of the way one hasto work in this context, be exhaustive. It is always a matter of having the tool kit and then choosingamong it to see what fits, and the mixture of tools in use at any one time will almost never be thesame from one occasion to the next. But it is always a matter of having a developed sensitivity ofone’s own kind, keeping an extremely constant and alert vigil on oneself and one’s Stages, anddeveloping and constantly practising and using some sort of dowsing method both in order to beable to ask the body exactly what it needs at any one time - and this naturally includes one’s ownbody primarily, and maybe exclusively - and to be able to check on one’s hunches either aboutremedial action or originating causes. In my view, to have a professional attitude of mind is to checkon everything one does.

‘ M E TANOIAC FRAMEWORK THERAPY’The Metanoiac Framework used in therapy is not a be-all and end-all, all-powerful and the answerto everything, merely one of the ways of dealing with things, with the difference that the whole‘therapy’ includes both the psychological and the religious as well as the physical aspects of a pro b l e mif it can, and that it does not merely ‘apply’ something to the individual but necessarily and prefer-entially engages their intelligence, help and interest in their own process of change.

The strength of Metanoiac Framework understanding in society could be its ability, if the therapistis of sufficient age and experience, to help people keep in understanding with themselves, and witheverything else, rather than the more obvious and apparently remarkable acts of releasing presentor past neglects that have resulted in physical problems. To the individual, in the short term, thelatter will be the most re w a rding aspect but it is the continuance of self awareness and of self develop-m e n t in the medium to long term that is of the most use both to the individual and, through them,to humanity in general.

108


This may seem an impossibly inflated ideal but it is not only individuals who are in a mess, whetherthey are aware of that or not, - individuals make up society and until they sort themselves out,neither will society. It is always with the individual that one must begin, hence the absolute necessityfor the M-F therapists to keep a constant and sharp watch on themselves.

It is utterly insufficient merely to learn techniques of ‘cure’ and to apply them to others. Cure startsin the mind and the soul and proceeds outward from there, and it is the neglects there that mustfirst be addressed, and constantly re-addressed as work with the body proceeds, integration beingthe ultimate aim. It is also utterly useless to suppose that a therapist can ‘do’ this to someone else.They cannot. If that someone is not themselves engaged in their own processes of change, or isnot somehow so engaged by persuaded interest through the therapist or some other source,absolutely nothing will avail. Symptoms may be palliated, and that is not altogether to be sneezedat, but the underlying situation will not have been altered. The responsibility for evils and sicknessescannot be shuffled off onto the shoulders of someone else, we each have to try and alter our own.Whatever frame is chosen for change it has to address all three parts of the problem, the psycho-logical, the religious and the physical, and in this day and age, if it takes three separate methodsthen so be it, but all three are essential before society will ‘heal’ and humanity grow up - by itsown efforts.

‘Heal’ does n o t mean ‘re t u rn to old traditions’ and remain in accepted frameworks but is rather a re v i s i o nin the terms of the Metanoia defined at the beginning of this book. I guess that the nostalgia for thepast now displayed so frequently in this century is the struggle to define what it is we need n o wp rojected onto the past in the half-way true assumption that at certain periods then there was moreof ‘it’ than we experience now. But it is now that we need it, this healing, and in the t e rm s of now,not of then. It is essential to have a sense of past history and tradition because those are the ro o t sf rom which we spring, just as a sense of family past and present is necessary to the individual, and asense of belonging to planet and Universe is necessary to humanity. It is from this grounding that thehealing develops, and from which, for the individual, he or she grows to Stage 6.

I have introduced the soul into this discussion. I don’t in the least know what a soul is or where itis but I take it as the expression of the individual’s complete being. (‘What is the soul?’, he enquired,‘When I was a child I thought it was a little ghostly bean, kidney-shaped, I don’t know why. NowI think of it as the man I am with when I’m alone. I don’t think either definition would satisfy thetheologians.’ - from Tiger in the Smoke by Margery Allingham.) Religion (though not in Frameworkterms) takes on the task of the cure or care of souls, or so it hopes, but if a soul is the completebeing there is also the physical body, and the mind. What about them? Everything is the initial aswell as the ultimate responsibility of that complete being, after all no one else can be them; buteach complete being may need help. It is the intelligent recognition of that need that leads a personto seek (for help) whether for soul, or mind, or body, but in this day and age it is more often bodyalone, or mind alone, and forget the soul. Getting each one to understand and accept the otheris the difficulty!

This is beginning to sound as if Framework therapy is the be-all and end-all with this reference tosoul as well as mind and body but the ability of the Metanoiac Framework used as Therapy has itslimitations like anything else. These are not inherent, since this is definitely not a formalised therapyor technique, but are the product of the questions I have so far asked in order to get this far.Limitations also reside in any practitioner and in the patient-cum-student who consults, and willalso depend on how far that person is interested in working with themselves. Some people consulton an irregular basis, notes in hand, just to talk about their progress in understanding themselves.Others consult once and are either sufficiently helped or totally floored, and yet others consult for

109

Book One: The Metanoiac Framework • Part V.B

the purpose they had in mind and then go again. Practitioners, it is to be hoped, never stop thisself-work.

Whatever motivates people it is they who consciously and unconsciously set the mode of enquiryfor a session, at least with me, in that I tune into and thereby become/am physically affected by theirunconscious and not-yet understood needs and we then discuss them in Framework terms. This isimpersonal for me and is used on their behalf; it can determine their unconscious needs but is alsoan unusual way of dealing with them. I am, in action, a dowser. I can dowse in to people’s streamof unconscious awareness, if it is disrupting them, in the way a water dowser does to streams ofunderground water. Expertise lies in the commitment to learning the details of any subject, in mycase the whys and wherefores of disintegration of body from mind and body and of body partsfrom other parts.

Against the concentration shown in this book for a psychological/religious approach inextricablyattached to the physical there will probably be raised at least the thought that it would be easy forsuch a therapist to ignore or miss other reasons for illness, or physical or physiological situationsbeyond their own expertise. This is always possible though I have specifically not intended toaddress problems arising from anything but endogenous situations. There could also be raised theopposing thought that it is the psycho-religious initiators of illness that have been ignored to a verylarge extent for vastly too long. Even when addressed it has seldom been in intimate relation tothe physical results and almost never in the day-to-day and very ordinary course of events of lifefor each one of us. There isn’t in fact much chance of the first objection being given much practicalexample for two reasons, one - the approach is too unusual to become at all widespread for quitea while I should imagine, if at all, nor is it very likely that many people would be committed enoughto spend the time learning this particular approach and, two - if one is using dowsing, at least inmy personal experience, the body itself tells one if it needs something outside one’s own range ofcapability. I dare say modified forms of this approach will develop and be used in conjunction withother techniques and remedies rather than in its real point which is to increase consciousness inhumanity; it is to be hoped that there won’t be missed thereby the true understanding of self that isn e c e s s a ry. If or when the understanding and insight does become accepted it will take its proper place.

THE NEED FOR A TUNING IN METHOD

I have said before, but will say again, that I consider it absolutely essential to develop, and prac-tice constantly, some sort of physical skill for tuning in. Some sort of method that will give oneunequivocal and checkable answers to questions asked of the body. My own method is the onewith fingers and thumb, developed from Touch For Health and referred to as OPL after one of themuscles involved and described at the beginning of this book. Other people use pendulums, andthere must be other techniques I know nothing of. I suggest that one needs to be able to amplify,through a chosen method, an already received signal in the form of a Yes and a No but, and moreusefully, some sort of uncertainty answer, a Maybe as I have called it. One so very often has to feelo n e ’s way towards an answer that to have one that ‘leads one along’, as something likeMaybe/Perhaps/Getting Nearer does, is of inestimable value.

I have never found a pendulum that moved at all for me. I may have had a received signal but nopendulum was going to amplify it! And for those who use a pendulum, does it give them the‘uncertainty’ answer as well as Yes and No? It wasn’t until I met Touch For Health that I got going,and it was this method that gave me the three necessary types of answer to enable proper enquiry,analysis and cross-checking to begin.

110


Whatever type of physical method anyone develops, I suggest it is imperative, if one is to progressprofessionally - and scientifically in this field’s particular way - that the three types of answer areessential. The other imperative is to learn to think carefully but freely, to teach oneself to analyseminutely where necesssary, also to teach oneself how to go straight to the heart of a matter andnot be side-tracked into minutiae till they are needed, and in particular not to have any precon-ceived answer in mind and try to fit the tuning in to, to the detriment of whatever might be theproper answer.

MY EXPERIENCE OF TUNING IN

To the onlooker, tuning in or dowsing as I find I do it may seem like a wonderful thing to be ableto do, not least because it is apparently inexplicable as to how it is done but also because, withinits field, it is so useful.

However, I cannot say often enough that unless I understand very clearly indeed what is going onI am playing with fire, and unrestricted arson is extremely undesirable. My own well-being andhealth is always at stake because whatever it is I tune in to is a situation I take on myself; it is myown body and brain that takes on any and all aspects of cellular upset - in fact the molecular vibra-tion, the Connectors of the C of CA - from which the other person is suffering. In some cases thismay not be of any great matter but in others it can be serious and it is essential to know this, tounderstand the ins and outs of it in physical, psychological, intellectual and emotional terms, andto understand in any case very clearly how to change it in myself. And I find I can only do thisonce I have understood, very clearly indeed, what it is exactly that is going on. For me, I dare sayit is because other people affect both my body and my brain that I cannot, and I repeat cannot,not do not, tune in to disturbed brains; it would disturb mine too. I need to know the psycholog-ical, intellectual and emotional terms of a person’s problem because it is the effects of uncon-sciousness in those areas in that human’s body that is my field of work.

Whether it is the same for other sorts of dowsers, or other sorts of practitioners in similar or othersorts of fields of work, I don’t know but I feel it absolutely necessary to give this warning. I suggestone needs a longish period of apprenticeship in such things rather than a written instruction manualas it were. My own was five or six years long in dowsing alone (after an initial but then overlappingperiod in learning or being instructed in listening to the body with regard to only using suitablehands-on at any one treatment) and I am still being taught how to apply it many years later. Havinggained such experience as I have, and it was only gradually built up over that time, becoming moresophisticated as time went on, I am now able to pass on the benefit of that experience to othersand could cut apprenticeship down to about three years probably. But if one is doing it on one’sown, as I had to, then it is best to know that it is a potentially dangerous thing one is doing. Itmay be dangerous even if one has an experienced person to consult face to face, never mind ifone hasn’t, but even then it depends on the learner asking to be helped. The length of the learn i n gperiod does, however, depend on the amount of time a person wishes to give to learning and study.

One other thing I would like to say (or reiterate - I have said something similar elsewhere) is thatd i ff e rent people may well have diff e rent ‘sympathies’ with diff e rent aspects of people (or noneat all, of course!) and find they are sensitive to those aspects and not others. This is O.K. Tobecome practised one would have then to study and understand that which turns out to be one’sown particular field. I don’t, myself, think it is clever or enviable to be able to do this tuning innor that it gives me some sort of power. What I really find is that it is a demanding, not to say

111


u n remitting and inescapable, service to the ills of humanity in an eff o rt to get consciousnessdeveloped and used.

My own work lies with the physical effects of humans on the physical aspect of everything, includ-ing themselves and each other. What I pick up or tune in to is the levels of the Vibration rates in theM a g n e t i s m - a n d - Vibration of the molecules of people, the Connectors in the Cycle of ContinuousAction. It took me many years to know that that was the ‘place’ I tune in to - and it makes very littled i ff e rence now that I know it! which is no doubt the reason it didn’t come to light earlier.

USING THE FRAMEWORK WITH CONSCIOUSNESS - OR WITHOUTThe whole point of this work, the whole point of what I have been led into is to increase conscious-ness in humans. It is easy to see what happens to the human body when that person does not useconsciousness about themselves and much has already been outlined about it in this book. Whathas been said less specifically is that the point about Relating, the Meaning that says Relating is apassive but ongoing action and that things relate because they are there and for no other reason,is that that is exactly the case. Each of us is having an effect on everyone with whom we are incontact, whether through eyes, ears or voice or by any other means, and also, and crucially, on everyother living thing. This is not a deliberate action. That is the whole point of what I am saying. Ithappens anyway, whether we will or no, and unless we are able to be and maintain a Stage 6 levelof development it is ipso facto destructive, to ourselves, to others, and to all living things.

Using the Framework and the rest of the information therapeutically is preferentially a question ofusing it in conjunction with consciousness about that of which we have so far been unconscious,in our present or our past lives. However, I have to admit that most people prefer to be uncon-scious, to take no responsibility for either their own states or the states they induce in other peopleor things. What they expect is to be relieved of the effects and symptoms in themselves of thatunconsciousness, whether of their own or someone else’s. Of course, most people haven’t any ideathat many of their ills may not be their own, that they may be instead either their personal response- unconscious and unadmitted - to someone else’s normal character, or it may be that they arepicking up and being adversely affected by someone else’s unconscious and therefore unadmittedneeds. And, of course, as a correlate we each of us may be doing this to other people. It behoveseach of us to reach Stage 6 in each of the sub-divisions of the Spatial and Religious Stages, andcertainly in the Spatial, and thus enable ourselves to take on most of the responsibility for our owneffects.

For relieving people of symptoms and effects but without using consciousness it is perfectly possibleto use the Framework and other information. In fact it is a very successful way to be able to ‘choose’the remedies, their strengths, their order, their timing and so forth because it enables the practi-tioner to ask the body, via the choices given in the Check List and using a dowsing method, whatthat body needs for change in relation to which bit of it needs to be treated first, second, third,etc.; very frequently it is not the most obvious symptom or effect that needs first treatment; on theother hand it may be just that but then moving on, or as it were back, to an earlier situation thatgave rise to it but having taken into account the severity of the immediate condition and relievedthat first, in order eventually to clear up the whole matter.

I have often found that the body chooses remedies to prepare the way for an eventual onslaughton the main problem. I also find that no remedy is chosen that has an effect beyond the capabilities

112


of the body or that person in themselves to cope with it - given the choice, of course; and no infor-mation from a person’s unconscious is given me to pass on beyond their capabilities to cope withit either.

All in all, though the Framework as it were designed itself in this descriptive form to be used thera-peutically, with consciousness in particular as that is far and away the greatest need the world has,(via the human brain, though humans may not recognise it in those terms), the Part I Frameworkof BNU, C of CA and M-&-V put together is just a description of how all things are everywherewhether obviously conscious or not; or rather it is how things would be if humans didn’t interfere.It is the following aspects described in Parts II, III and IV that brings it into the human sphere. Therest of the book is dealing with that and our effects on ourselves and each other.

FRAMEWORK METHODS FOR CHANGEThis whole approach to therapeutic work should, if working with consciousness, appropriate hands-on, a deep understanding of the Framework, and the following Methods For Change be able tobe accomplished anywhere, in the metaphorical field for instance. It needs nothing apart from thoseand an intelligent willingness on the part of the consultee. I suggest also the need for a therapeuticdowsing process of some sort, and for a professional, dedicated study.

In using the Methods For Change the promotion of such changes in cells should be accomplishedby extremely simple procedures for preference. The material means for this are as follows:

Red or Green; Movement or Rest; Hot or Cold.

They are put in this order because the first pair is the most drastic, in the sense of being the mostrapidly effective, and the last the least. A choice of these should be employed on a curative basis whena situation either does not respond to thought alone, or needs more than thought to change it.

These methods of change, suitably used, allow the cells to function again. Cell action can berestored by thought but even the smallest loss of function cannot and may need a choice of theabove. Each one of these six is not always an opposite of its pair but they should, nevertheless, bethought of as pairs.

The effective use of these methods of change is to accompany thought when necessary, before thephysiology is seriously affected, while the situation is still at Energic level and the general action ofthe body is not too upset locally. If this does happen then it is beyond the simple remedy level andwill need diff e rent methods, though even these should remain as suitably simple and straightforw a rdas possible. There is an example of this kind of simplicity, though using different ingredients, nowused in many countries of a suitably pro p o rtioned mixture of water, sugar and salt for ‘re h y d r a t i n g ’babies with diarrhoea.

In fact, these three pairs of Methods for Change have a surprisingly widespread application bothinternally and externally and can be used in the early stages of almost all developing illnesses. It isoften necessary to use one or more at the same time and the body knows very well which of themit needs and when and for how long quite often - if one can dowse in and ask it.

113


PROVISO

I have been somewhat hesitant about including these Methods for Change in this book but aftersome thought have come down in favour of doing so; if I am to put forward the whole of theFramework then it should be complete. However, I must stress that to use any of these Methodstherapeutically they need to be properly matched to the condition of both mind and body and itis, therefore, essential to be able to do this. They always have to be matched to the individual’scondition and to do this it is necessary to be able to consult brain and body as a single entity,whether dealing with oneself or others.

Red or Green

This pair is for opposition: each is used to oppose situations in cells, which often includes the wholeorgan. They are a colour wavelength treatment in part and specifically affect the small intestine(red) and the upper three-quarters of the descending colon (green). The sigmoid is not directlyincluded.

(It took me some time to realise that this is partly a colour wavelength treatment and I spent endlesstime being fruitlessly intelligent about chemistry and action and function and diet and anythingelse I could drag in till it suddenly hit me that the one thing I had not asked about was colour. Soobvious, in hindsight!)

Situations in cells and organs that need ‘opposition’ are:non-actioning in cells or organs - RED

mildly over-actioning in cells or organs - GREEN

The use of either of these is only necessary when the physical situation, whatever it is, stems fromover- or under-working in part or all of the digestive organs, either as whole organs or as internallining cells. If there is any accompanying effect in the colon of mild diarrhoea or constipation it willstem from any one or more of these being either over- or under-working. The colon cannot usuallybe affected on its own except at sigmoid, which is regarded as an almost separate organ inFramework terms.

The over- or under-working of the stomach, duodenum or small intestine are, as far as Red or Greenusage is concerned, local conditions and they will have to be treated as individual organs besidesdetermining the psychological trigger. It is necessary to take note of this fact.

R e d

To use Red one can use diet or plain colour visually since it is the colour wavelength that is required.H o w e v e r, diet is an excellent way and the effect takes place just as well. It has the added advantageof being more believable; people accept dietary changes a little better than being expected to lookat a sheet of red colour as they relate better to the idea of food having a beneficial effect. Addedto that, it predisposes a person to giving some attention to themselves and even if the thought isnot specially directed to the problem the general change of thought towards deliberate effort(buying, preparing, cooking, serving and eating) is beneficial.

G re e n

To use Green one should use diet particularly and not just the plain colour as it is not only thecolour wavelength that is required here but also the vegetable material for its essential nutritionalvalue of fibre and mineral content. The minerals in dark green vegetable food benefits autonomic

114


nerves and the green wavelength is of equal value in quietening the spinal cord, the reason beingthat green as a colour has no particular effect on one, and by contrast is therefore calming, whereasred stimulates the whole nervous system. The fibrous content of vegetable matter is essential forthe digestive system to be able to move things along properly, to ‘get hold’ of the material.

Movement or Rest

In this pair each is used to allow change in a situation in body or cells, general or local, and is recu-perative either by peace and quiet or by forced re-activation of tissue. This is different to the previ-ous pair which were used to oppose situations.

The occasion for which the body, or local cells, needs this sort of change is: inhibited function (notinhibited action). Lack of action is not the point here, it has already become diminished by inhibitionof the function of the body or of the groups of cells concerned which are no longer able or capable,their function has been diminished, and it is pointless to try and resuscitate action until the functionhas been restored and for this the method is either rest or movement.

M o v e m e n t

This is mostly required when there is pain, endogenous pain, not usually trauma induced. If cellsare not working properly, for instance if they are under-exercised and therefore under-cleared, theywill need to be moved, either by deliberate movement (walking, swimming, disco dancing, formalexercise, etc.) or by hands-on treatment at first, though the sooner the individual takes over theirown movement the better. General massage is not always suitable since neither the client/patientnor the masseur may be using it in the way that is required for the circumstances. Massage is oftenused for relaxation, which is quite the opposite of what may be needed here.

Not all pain re q u i res movement any more than movement is only used to alleviate pain. It is necessaryto understand the individual body’s requirements first.

R e s t

This is always required when stamina has run out, resources are used up, mentally or physically. Itis not usually appreciated that the brain also gets exhausted and needs rest, the same as all organsand muscles do. It is easy to rest but one also needs to put back the reserves of liquid and food,in that ord e r, for brain or body. (Brain is part of body, of course, but as it is usually re f e rred tos e p arately I’ll write both as a reminder.) Though rest itself is easy - just doing nothing at all for awhile, not even knitting or reading or TV watching or gardening! - it is choosing to rest that somepeople find difficult, and having chosen, to do it AND not feel guilty. If you must feel guilty thendo so, but if you need rest then REST. A proper period of rest (even if guilty) will do more thanpushing on and collapsing, or getting ill, or breaking down in some other way. I suspect that thedifferent parts missing in the Cycle of Continuous Action, even when ‘replaced’ at Stage 6 Spatialsince they still lurk in the background if one is not careful, produce a different sense in people ofwhat rest is. Directed Action missing people tend to want to try and just do one action - ‘I’ll justmow the lawn’,they say, ‘that’s restful’. Well, for them it may be since their tendency is to do dozensof things at once, but it won’t do. Doing nothing is DOING NOTHING and they’d better d o n o t h i n gfor a period as required. The same applies to the other missing parts, too, each in their own way.

Replenishing liquid and nutritional re s o u rces may also be necessary and liquid is the most essential.A tepid (meaning room temperature) drink is best, whether it is water or anything else, as this doesnot shock a system which is already stressed, even if only mildly. The most immediate ‘food’ is sugar,so a sweet, tepid drink is often a good thing in these circumstances, otherwise carbohydrate as a

115


chewable food (e.g. bread, potatoes, pasta, rice) and some protein (e.g. meat, egg, fish, lentils)should be taken soon though not in large amounts at first. Sweets are not nutrient rich food anddespite the advice above should not be re g a rded as such. Sugar should only be drunk occasionallyand only if a fairly rapidly available energy source is re q u i red, otherwise leave it alone. If you are notused to sugar in drink but do need it then re g a rd it as medicine, which, in this case, it is.

This is treatment from the short-term point of view. For longer or long-term situations, much thesame care is required with proper dieting for recovery and recuperation, some monitoring, andeventually some suitable form or forms of mild movement.

Hot or Cold

These treatments affect the whole body via duodenum and stomach. They are to force cells thathave either withdrawn and minutely concentrated their heat, or which have become more or lessdeprived of blood through cold or tension of an extreme if local nature, to function again. Bothtreatments are extremely gentle to the body cells, even if ice-packs, or cold or iced drinks or food,or even hot water or food do not immediately feel gentle in effect. The response experienceddepends not on the treatment but on the necessity for it. If it has been a long-term necessity, thenewly moving cells or tissues may cause some pain for a little while, but the treatment itself is notsevere at all. It is like newly moving any stiff tissue or stiff muscle for both the duodenum and thestomach are largely made of muscle of a particular kind, and it eases as it relearns to move.Externally applied heat or cold does not feel nearly so bad, the hot can be quite comforting thoughthe idea of ice-packs fill some people with horror at first! In fact, because it is the right treatmentfor the area it feels right and the body will respond well, whatever the thoughts about it may be.

If the problem has been of long standing (years) then it is probably sensible to begin with onlytaking tepid internal treatment in either case; I am assuming it has been correctly determined whichis needed. After the tepid stage one then can move towards the ice-cold or the hot, even over aperiod of weeks if necessary but whichever it is the desire or habit to drink and eat as before mustbe resisted, even socially. There is no cure without change. So, no ‘nice hot cup of tea’ for instance,nor a ‘nice cold drink’, or an ice cream if it is the opposite situation that is needed. Nor shouldfood, or soup, be of the opposite to what is required, no matter how much other people wouldlike you to conform to what they think you should have.

H o t

This is essential when there is either internal or external heat in the soft tissue, to match that condi-tion. In using hot it is hot water that is used, nothing else even in the form of a drink, so internallyit is hot water and externally it is hot water bottles. This principle of using hot can be extended sothat hot water, inside or out, can be suitably applied whenever there is concentrated heat, in otherwords mild inflammation. If hot is in use, then hot food is also acceptable.

C o l d

This should be used internally either as cold water, iced water, and cold food, or externally as anice-pack, to force soft tissue away from inaction. The effect in the cells is to make them shudder,as it were, so that they both chemically and mechanically move, and are moved away from, aninsufficiently active state. The effect of extreme cold or tension is lack of blood supply, the cells ofthe blood vessels and the blood are unable to respond, and the whole body or area or muscle,whatever, is too cold or tense, is deprived of oxygen; to enable the blood to ‘unfreeze’ thesurrounding tissue should only be asked to respond to internal or external cold because the chem-istry of soft tissue must only be restored slowly.

116


The need for cold internally is apparent when anything is not actioning. This is taken as meaning‘inside the body’ including muscle, not the whole organism. If needed in the internal hollow organsof the digestive system then cold water or iced water and cold food would be suitable, whicheveris correct for the situation, but if it is anywhere else then external ice-packs would be needed.

C O M M E N T

It is desirable that none of these be used in isolation from determining whether there is a psycho-religious aspect or trigger for the situation that needs to be altered and dealing with that at thesame time; not before or after but at the same time, as treatment is in all probability immediatelynecessary and delay should be avoided; however, the mental aspect is also needed or the treat-ment is unable to be effective.

I shall repeat again that it is essential to be able to determine which of these Methods for Change isnecessary at any one time before using them, particularly externally. In my experience a body knowswhich is needed, hence the use of dowsing.

CHECK LISTSIn the following Check List the contents of this book are put in list form. In practice the thingslisted do not need to be considered in this particular order, BUT this applies only if the person beingchecked, or checking themselves, prefers consciousness to unconsciousness. For those who prefer toremain unconscious, it will be perfectly possible to identify what is wrong among these contentsbut not why; for consciousness it would be necessary to know why things are affected and theorder in which they are affected so that they can be treated properly. However, if the person prefersto remain unconscious then the contents of this list need to be considered in a different order, infact two diff e rent orders depending on whether the overview is to be a wholistic one or an allopathicone. Since this book has always been about the necessity for consciousness I am not going toinclude either of the latter here.

One can also use a Check List for finding problems in any separate named organ or organs, tissuetypes, area regardless of its contents or its mix of contents or parts of any contents, part or partsof a System or of Systems, or anything else that the the body sees fit rather than as part of theFramework alone, hence the need to be familiar with anatomy. And it can equally well see its prob-lems as some of the Framework as well as the above so it isn’t really possible to draw it up as a list.

The true Framework is: the BNU with the C of CA and the M & V as applied to anything, but whenit gets into the human sphere it goes on to include Anatomies, Energics, Meanings and Bandsbesides the various psychological ways we can interfere with the C of CA; and if it is dealing withconsciousness it also includes the Stages and their levels since a person’s Stage levels profoundlyaffects their health. After that we need to be able to check the various Systems the body uses torun itself. The bottom line of all this is to keep the Nervous System running properly.

117


CHECK LISTS FOR LANGUAGE OF SILENCE -CONSCIOUSNESS PREFERRED

THIS IS BOUND TO BE A WHOLISTIC VIEW AND THE CONTENTS OF THE LIST CAN BECONSIDERED IN ANY ORDER

1 - THE FRAMEWORK

Basic Nature of the Universe

- (see Part I and VI) the atom

strong nuclear/electromagnetism

energy

particles

unconsciousness/consciousness

Cycle of Continuous Action

- (see Part I and VI) cells of anything

Relating that is

Mind / Movement of Energy able to

Light continue

Thought

Directed Action

Magnetism & V i b r a t i o n

- (see Parts I and VI) molecules

+ plus

= equals

& and

à leads to

= equals

118


2 - INTO THE HUMAN SPHERE

- what we can mess up in ourselves, other people and everything else by not using consciousness,and what happens to it psychologically and/or physically

Cycle of Continuous Action, psychological or physical:

(see Parts I and VI)

Relating may go missing (R.m.)

Mind / Movement of Energy may go missing (M/M of E.m.)

Light may go missing (L.m.)

Thought may go missing (T.m.)

Directed Action may go missing (DA.m.)

Magnetism & V i b r a t i o n :

(see Parts I and VI)

+ plus may mess up the following M/M of E

= equals may mess up the following Light

& and may mess up the following Thought

à leads to may mess up the following Directed Action

= equals may mess up the following Relating

Anatomies - the six area and tissue divisions of the body in order of incr e a s i n gi m p o r tance to the body:

(see Part IV)

Limbs - arms and legs including scapulae and buttocks

Information Network - responses to hearing, tasting and smelling

Transverse Bands I-V - psychological sub-divisions of the trunk

Vertebral Cover - five tissues surrounding the spinal cord

Connective Tissue - throughout the body, includes blood

Skull, Brain and Cerebro-Fluid - excluding spinal fluid and the face

E n e r gics - the chemistries/physiologies necessary to the body for survival:

(see Parts IV and V.A.)

Air:Water / Hormones:Sugar / Ms II & V:C of CA (E)*

*As the Cycle of Continuous Action refers to anything that is continuing it is necessary to define inwhat context one is using it.

119


Meanings I-V - each one of these fits with the Transverse Band of the same number: (see Part II)

I. Relating

II. Spiritual Satisfaction

III. Love

IV. Allowing

V. Expression of Responses

Transverse Bands I-V - these are the physical/psychological transverse divisions of thet r unk of the body upward: (see Part II)

I. upper thighs, lower pelvic area, excluding buttocks

II. abdomen above this

III. inner thorax up to level with rib 3 but not above

IV. outer thorax up to level with rib 3 but not above, excluding scapulae

V. upper chest, level with rib 2 to top of neck

3 - STILL IN THE HUMAN SPHERE

- what we mess things up with are our psychological, intellectual or emotional Stage levels, Spatialor Religious, when we are below Stage 5 or 6: (see Part III)

S PATIAL STAGES - they belong to ‘a space within’ oneself. These Stages are passive.

Psychological Stages - mode of behaviour towards... to do

1. ‘foetal’

2. ‘infant/child’

3. ‘teenager/sub-adult’

4. ‘young adult’

5. ‘junior elder’

6. ‘elder’

Intellectual Stages - mode of use of intelligence, the knowledge of... to know levels 1 - 6 as above

Emotional Stages - mind/body response, body awareness of... to carelevels 1 - 6 as above

RELIGIOUS STAGES - Living One’s O w n Religious Attitude to Life. These Stages are active.

Psychological Stages - the individual’s own method of acknowledging... doing levels 1 - 6*

120


Intellectual Stages - ‘knowledge’ of a framework for understanding... knowing levels 1 - 6*

Emotional Stages - the mind/body response to that framework... caring levels 1 - 6*

*The thumb-nail sketches for the Spatial Stages do not apply in the Religious Stages.

The alterations caused in a person’s body by their Stage levels may be minute in terms of chemistrybut they are very profound in their consequences.

4 - AND STILL IN THE HUMAN SPHERE - what we affect in our bodies in order to mess things up: (see Part IV)

The 8 + 2 Systems -

The 8 Systems can be seen in any order

Blood-Nervous System - supply and demand to and from all soft cells

Respiratory System - everything to do with oxygen and carbon-dioxide anywhere

Pericardium System - regulates heartbeats

Heart & Blood Vessels - transport of blood

Digestives One System - throughput and partial digestion (mouth to sigmoid)

Digestives Two System - rest of digestion (pancreas and gall bladder)

Eliminatory System - nutrients in and wastes out of all cells

Reproductive System -sexual organs, internal and external

The 2 Systems must be seen in this order

Some Hormones System - excludes reproductive hormones

Chemical Conversion System - converts all necessary food and drink

SOME FORMS OF THE SILENT LANGUAGEAll the comments below on the various illnesses I have had an opportunity to tune in to are fromthe Framework point of view. Some of the information I have been able to use in practice, somenot. None of it will have been used often enough to be considered statistically in any way, but theindividuals concerned have found it relevant, useful, and effective. Whether any of it can beregarded with any certainty as relevant in general as opposed to in particular cannot be determinedwithout trial but in that there is usually a definitely individual content to the psychology of anyphysical symptom I would suggest that generalising is not necessarily desirable, or not entire l yd e s i rable, as it would be only too easy to choose to ignore the individual aspect. One would thenbe back in the arena of ‘physical symptoms A equal remedy A’ rather than taking into account the

121


very individual reasons each sufferer has for developing any symptom. Much easier, of course, butmuch less effective as it leaves out many types of causes.

In all cases of illness one has to remember that it is not only oneself one has to thank for the uncon-sciousness causing or contributing to that illness, but that it is constantly possible to pick up suchthings from other people, or even from animals that one is paying close attention to, or pass thingson to them, in either case. It is the ‘paying close attention to’, in either direction, that does it.People one has dealings with en passant rarely have this effect; it is when one considers them, evenif fleetingly, and pays them some attention in one’s mind that it happens. This may sound bizarreand I have talked about it before, but I assure you it is correct, not a fig u re of speech but a physicalfact, and the resulting problems can even be severe if neglected. What is necessary is the standingback that consciousness can provide rather than the close involvement of unused consciousness.

By paying attention in this way one picks up the other person’s unconsciousness and one’s bodythen points it out. This can be dealt with in two ways, always supposing one is listening in the firstplace and has noticed, in some detail, exactly what is happening: it is then possible to tune outthe person, people, or animal, concerned, and follow this by tuning oneself back in. This is in theearly stages of learning. As one progresses it becomes necessary to begin to analyse the physicalhappenings in oneself, find where they stem from such as any part of the basic or the expandedFramework (BNU/atoms to Stage levels, see book one), and then tune each thing out individually,and of course the accompanying correlate of tuning each of those things back in in oneself but withoutboth the other person and the problems. Never forget to tune yourself back in.

Little of the information here is comprehensive. It may or may not include a ‘what to do’ section. It isjust whatever came up when I tuned in to see what, if anything, it might be possible to add to currentknowledge, or contradict it even. What it may provide is other ways of thinking.

Some ailments have also been treated in a more comprehensive way, see Research Book: Supplement toThe Language of Silence. These are: BSE, C-JD, Scrapie and Kuru; Alzheimer’s Disease; Autism; ME orMyalgic encephalopathy; Organo Phosphate exposure; and Virus.

SOME ALLERGIES

An allergy to foods means a person does not accommodate something in the food line. Ve ry occasion-a l l y it is cannot, mostly it is does not. The question is: Why? since it is presumably not an intentionalsituation. There are only two reasons:

a clamped up brain and therefore

a non-working nervous system

Depending on the original reason that has clamped up the brain, something will stop working ina System (as in the Framework 8+2 , not orthodox). It could be almost any of the 8+2 Systems ororgans of the body and it will go ‘something missing’ in the C of CA of the cells of the body.

‘Going something missing in the C of CA’ is a common occurrence, of course, as anyone studyingthe Framework will know, but if it is a digestive organ or a Framework System or part of a FrameworkSystem that is affected and not working - in this case Digestive II of Gall Bladder and Pancreas,either or both of these organs affected - then you are all set for allergic trouble; other organs, otherSystems, Bands, Meanings or areas, etc, give other troubles.

122


If either or both of those two organs go anything missing in their C of CA then there are digestivetroubles almost immediately, and there are the same effect on the body regardless of which of theC of CA parts is missing.

Allergic reactions are the result of an inability properly to convert chemically - but note that nowit is not the Chemical Conversion System of the 8+2 Framework Systems that is affected despiteits being a Framework System in the form of Digestive II that is originally affected. This inabilityapplies to food and drink. The person gradually becomes both starved (in a relative way) and awaste dump. Their cells are not getting all the nutrients they need and also are unable properly toget rid of their waste products, both of unconverted food stuffs and the waste products of thosefoods that have been converted. The person is starved of nutrients simply because of not beingable to convert chemically in some ways, and not necessarily because they don’t eat the relevantfoods; the method of carefully working out which foods cause allergic reactions and avoiding themmay, in the end, restrict the diet rather drastically. The person is eventually affected all over theb o d y, obviously, as all the cells gradually get either stuffed up with wastes or run down with eff e c t i v estarvation. This may result in fungal infections as well.

So it is always a problem of Digestive II, and as its organs work as a pair the likelihood is that theywill go C of CA missing in some way as a pair and the enzymes from both will more or less ceasebecause they can’t be produced.

So far, so good. It is when it comes to Treatment that one needs to know which bits of the C ofCA has or have gone missing in these two organs as it is the remedy for the clamped up brain thatproduced this effect which needs to be matched. In practice it is possible to find the brain’s remedywithout knowing the C of CA problem but this is definitely not good Framework practice as otherthings may hang on that bit of knowledge.

The rest is always: Cold - lots of Protein (cold), with a small amount (4 or 5 mouthfuls) of red,g reen or both vegetables (cold again), and the same amount of a hard-packed type of carbohydrate(also cold) - not boiled and watery grains or pastas or even potatoes but something which is bynature pretty solid such as real wholemeal or rye bread (not the sliced apology for it). This plus apint of cold water (but not iced) three times a day for 3 or 4 days, and this latter time depends onthe person and how they respond.

The ‘brain’ remedy, if a Bach Flower Remedy, can be put in the water. If it is something else itshould be given as the body requests. The body will anyway have determined what remedy orremedies it needs to the dowsing practitioner.

During the period of treatment avoid taking in anything hot, of any kind and at any time.

The original reason is always the same, for anyone: some effect on a part of oneself of which oneis at the time unconscious whether from oneself or from someone else. In this case the effect is onDigestive System II. As I have said, other parts of oneself, other problems, but being affected byothers and suffering ills because of it is desperately common and I will repeat: that 90% of humanills are because of this, either given or received.

Having apparently treated the immediate matter it may well turn out that there is a personal underlyingreason for the situation. Any further treatment would in that case have to be worked out in relation tothat individual, and in order finally to combat their situation the person must continue to pursue change.

123


ALTZHEIMERS DISEASE

[See also Research Book: Supplement to The Language of Silence.]

This is a disease in which is both electrics and chemistry going wrong. It is preventable. It is a matterof follow-on tissue and it follows on from Chemical Conversion problems, one of the 2 Systems inthe 8+2 Framework Systems. The particular problems with Chemical Conversion will have takenplace in Digestives II but in Gall Bladder alone, the constituents of the gall bladder’s contents beingpartially lacking in the ability to allow the active Energics of Water and Sugar. That is to say, thesufficient conversion of fat in food and drink will not have been able to take place; the nutrientsneeded by the body were then either not available or not in balance. It is ‘treatable’ - preventable- very early on, say 15-20 years before onset, by keeping the body healthy Energically.

There is eventually a Chain of incompetence starting at the liver: liver-colon-small intestine-stom-ach, and the first two would have needed to be treated in that order, the liver being the leastaffected. (The duodenum is OK in itself, it is where the Gall Bladder enzymes come in, but doesnot need to be overtly included. The Framework mostly sees the duodenum as a separate organfrom the rest of the small intestine.) The liver-colon incompetence would have become activelyapparent several years before the final nervous consequences of fat ‘starvation’.

The long term neglect of the Energics of the Gall Bladder contents inevitably results in Altzheimers.It is absolutely preventable up to the liver and colon becoming incompetent. If small intestine andstomach are added in it is much too late.

However, treating liver and colon is not a one-off cure or prevention. It will have to be kept an eyeon forever. The consequences on both Pericardium and Heart & Blood Vessels of inadequate nutri-tion should also be considered, and perhaps treated if necessary, but only if the body indicates theneed (asks).

There is only one reason why Digestives II are affected in Gall Bladder alone and it is the con-sequence of the Pericardium System or the Heart & Blood Vessels System having Thought missingin the total C of CA of the Energics - the person has not Thought about their health in the rightway and has not been aware that their physiology has not been working very well all over theirbody for very many years.

The message, and this applies to one’s whole health anyway, is to keep very well aware of the stateof one’s body all the time.

ANGINA

Angina literally means choking and can be applied to various physical situations. In Angina pectorisit is applied to extremely painful sensations in the chest, mostly arising in connection with an in-adequate blood supply to the cardiac muscle of the heart.

The inhibition of this blood supply is the result of an unacknowledged stupidity, either one’s ownor reflected from someone else if one has picked up their unacknowledged stupidity. Incidentally,this ‘stupidity’ can be completely trivial, just not acknowledged; not quite the same as not admittingit to someone else.

The physical expression of this emotional defensiveness is that one tightens up some of the musclesat the top of each shoulder and down to the elbows. This in turn begins to interfere with the free

124


movement of the intercostal muscles between the ribs on both sides. On the left this inhibits thefree blood flow, particularly along the various veins high up under the scapula. There is an instantknock-on effect to the heart and local major arteries and veins. It has less effect on the right becausethe major blood vessels are not so close to where the area has become tightened up.

I think it very unlikely that angina can be reversed. The whole point is that the stupidity is uncon-scious and also that no one likes, or often is able, to admit stupidity. In the very early stages it couldprobably be dealt with, but only then. All I can suggest is that if one is stupid about something itis advisable to admit it freely at the time rather than become defensive about it, no matter howundignified or difficult. This may, but only may, stop future ‘attacks’ but this is only a supposition;I have no idea whether it is correct.

ARTHRITIS

This is an eventual inflammation of the joints. There are several kinds for different reasons. The oneconsidered here is not due to any outside agent such as gonorrhoea or tuberculosis but isosteoarthritis. For rheumatism see below.

People are likely to get arthritis when they are unable to let themselves use their minds and bodiesto live the free understanding of Meaning III - Love; it is one way in which the body is made towork in response to a lack of free mental acceptance of what love is or how it works. People whoseize themselves up are unable - they do not allow themselves to respond to love. As a result jointsare prevented from working in two ways:

1) if the water of the body isn’t allowed to move

2) when Digestive System I and part of Digestive System II are prevented from working psycho-logically

For 1) it is the blood and lymph (this Framework regards all liquids as water) that have been madeto become static - relatively speaking - sluggish would be a more understandable term but we areseeing it as the body sees it - and this would probably need appropriate homoeopathicized reme-dies as it is the movement of the space-to-heat-to-movement, which should be in a ratio of 1:1:1in the particles of the atoms, that has been changed.

For 2) it would need consciousness to begin with but the person would be so resistant changewould be almost impossible. Only if they were or became seriously interested in changing them-selves, as opposed to being relieved of the problem, would it be possible. There would most likelybe different psychological reasons for Digestive Systems I and II each being prevented from work-ing properly and there may well be more than one for each. For instance, in one person I tunedin to in this regard (who had had a hip replacement already) there were five reasons for DigestiveSystem I and one for Digestive System II. Even so it is very unlikely that existent damage could beremoved.

It should be noted that it will not be chance which joints are affected and eventually become in-capacitated. It probably begins with the limb/s telling their owner something, to which they havenot listened: that they are not flexible enough in their outlook on ... (whatever the particular jointor joints would be used for in relation to which muscle/s and limb/s are concerned). As usual thiswould be individual to the person, and it is followed by an almost total lack of blood supply to thetissues involved. Arthritis develops because a person is not using their body properly - in nearly allways that constitute the List: Anatomies, Energics, Bands, Meanings, the 8 (but not the 2), (not

125


the nervous system), Whole Body. Eventually this affects those cells that would have allowed themessage-bearing muscles to work, the molecules of those cells, and their atoms at the uncon-sciousness / consciousness quarter of the BNU.

Widespread arthritis, as opposed to local joints, comes because of Meaning V, Expression ofResponses, not having been used and consequently suppressing all the other Meanings. It isbecause of too much carbon-dioxide in Meaning V and neck specifically.

AUTISM

[See also same date differently presented in Research Book: Supplement to The Language ofSilence.]

The situation in childhood when someone is unable to mature socially despite their motor skillsbeing unimpaired, are unable to form emotional bonds and do not communicate well if at all.

I have never worked with or met autistic children, only had opportunities to tune in to severalgroups or individuals. In that I can tune in at all, I am drawing the conclusion that there is nomental chemical and electrical type of disturbance since I am absolutely unable to begin to tune into that. What I have found, but am unable to corro b o r a t e, is that there is a severe lack of an essentialnervous connection due to a lack of an essential physical cell component enabling that connectionto take place: one of the twelve Biochemic Tissue Salts recognized by Schussler. The recognition ofthis in babyhood or childhood up to perhaps the age of seven or eight, and the use of the re l e v a n ttissue salt plus counselling as discussed below may help - but I will repeat that this is entirely theore t-i c a l , and no doubt controversial, and has not been tried so far as I know.

I have begun by discussing findings based on one particular group of young children. At the endI cite five more individuals; three of these, to my initial surprise, fitted the original findings, theother two did not for reasons given. As a rule in my work it is rare to find generalities that fit. It ismuch more likely that the findings are particular, but every now and again something turns up thatfits most people, or a little more often the findings converge at some point where one can thengeneralise provided one has recognized the individual path to that point.

E v e rything that follows has been found by dowsing and must be understood to be theoretical so far.

People with autistic autonomic-sensory connections can suffer from a failure to process theresponses from a responsive mind, meaning they are physically unable to take in the changes inthe movement in the areas of the nervous system that is asking for connection to their physicalorgans that will allow them to understand what is being asked of those organs; there is almost nomovement between conscious brain, autonomic nervous system, sensory nervous system, bodyo rgans, central nervous system (brain and spinal cord), or nervous system in general. Of the variouspeople or groups I have tuned in to, and there are some further examples below, the following arepartly the notes taken at the time and partly some subsequent work done on them:

Of the first group I tuned in to, all the kids had a spinal cord not working properly electrically insuch a way that the messages were unable to go up. The development was prevented at somestage or other. None of the 8 Systems were able to work properly though the 2 Systems could.Despite the spinal cords not working properly the structures seemed to be perfectly all right. Noneof the kids had electrically disturbed brains, and it was not the motor system that was affected butthe autonomic-sensory system that was out of their control. [The body sees the autonomic andsensory nervous systems as one, each essential for the other to exist.] Nothing could be responded

126


to ‘feelingly’ since the loop to each segment of the spinal cord is OK but the message it shouldnormally convey to the brain could not be conveyed; feelings arise in the internal organs.

Their motor electrical systems were perfectly all right but did not appear to be so sometimes.[Interestingly, this ties in perhaps with some findings about Autism reported in Newsweek of 21August 96, in which autistic children say the brain is for moving people about, whereas most 5year old children say it is for thinking, dreaming, keeping secrets and so on, even those with Down’sSyndrome.]

The brains of these children were not disturbed and neither is mind (the instinctive working of braincells), or I could not have tuned in.

The differences in degrees of gentle or violent behaviour might have been due to the inherenttemperament of the child as much as to frustration at being unable to ‘perform’ tasks, communi-cate, or indeed to having to do such things, or anything else.

The cause of the condition in these children was Spatial Psychological, Intellectual and Emotionaloverload so that the children’s bodies were unable electrically and chemically to respond toanything. Between the ages of 14 or 15 months and 20 or 21 months their nervous systems wereexpected to do too much. Stimulation from people was much too much though other things won’thave helped.

The nervous system learns to cope with Spatial Psychological, Intellectual and Emotional input inthat period but only when the metabolism of Bands II, III and V are not under mental pressure fromother things or people. It was a circumstances-induced lack of development of part of the spinalcord - probably parents, friends and relatives were the immediate circumstance, but in relation tosomething else not as the cause in itself.

Having said the condition was induced by others, the child itself was vulnerable in a particular wayin that the bodies of those children, at that period in their nervous system’s autonomic-sensorydevelopment were as yet chemically, and therefore electrically, incapable metabolically becausetheir guts couldn’t use the constituents of food and drink properly.

The Achilles heel seemed to be the metabolism generally; if this is under pressure nothing can workor develop right. For metabolism to be ‘under pressure’ the whole body has to be under pressure,and this amounts to people’s attention and expectations. If the response of behavioural distresswere noticed in the first four weeks, long before overt withdrawal, the effect of previous mentalpressure could perhaps be reversed - but all mental pressure would have to stop forthwith. Thiswould take detailed parental training because of the unconsciousness of so much of such mentalpressure, let alone the unintentionality of it and the distress that might arise once it is pointed out.The ability to cope with change of this sort would depend on willingness and understanding, ofcourse, as well as a detailed understanding of what constitutes Spatial Psychological, Intellectualand Emotional pressure on that particular kind of child. This seems is a specific - these types of chil-dren are affected by the same things and are not allowed any peace in which to be themselves intheir own way. This is the opposite of those who need attention; these ones need much less of it.The physical response to too much attention is to go away from it. Being tinys they can only goaway ‘mentally’ , and many remaining tinys in their outlook in many ways they need security, butsecurity on the body’s own terms - immediately available ways of satisfying the immediate needs.We perceive this as food, drink, shelter, warmth, occasional company, but bodies see not the detailsbut the immediacy, and it is effectively at body level that their life continues since those sorts of

127


messages are not being conveyed to the brain and are not therefore initially open to any sort ofmonitoring.

The brain itself is perfectly all right in the sense that it is not disturbed, but if chemical-electricalmessages can’t arrive they can’t be looked at by the brain; it is the use of the brain that is less, notits capability if it were in use. But it just doesn’t get the messages so it is never used in that way.

The lack of the continued mental development of the spinal cord is, of course, stopped by thebrain. It is the refusal by the upper brain initially even to recognise the messages electrically thateventually represses the reception of them. Apparently the relevant structures are all there but areeffectively treated as if they don’t exist; they are deprived of the relevant vitamins and minerals.The question, of course, is how does a person deprive one bit of themselves of nutrients, andspecific nutrients at that? Not all are withheld or the nervous system in general would collapse. So?The answer is probably: by ignoring it. It is a common enough elsewhere - to do with muscles orwhole areas or Bands,etc., why not with bits of nervous system workings itself that one doesn’twant to acknowledge?

Written out like this, it sounds as if one might be able to reverse the situation. I don’t know aboutdrugs but the trauma is almost total, and the depth of the unconsciousness of it considerable. It ispossible that homoeopathic tissue salt number 11, Natrum Sulphuricum, at potency LM given as3 separate doses, the second dose 18 months after the first and the third dose 6 months after thesecond, could be a possible specific for the condition in the very early stages. The huge gaps givethe person the necessary time to recover from this total trauma that has affected every cell of theirbeing and readapt to people - an extremely necessary length of time. The additional considerationis counselling about coping for the whole family, which tuning in judges to be a necessity, but onlyf rom someone who understands exactly what is going on, and also the necessity for extreme slownessand caution. The child will have had no experience at all of dealing with other people, cannot inthe least be hurried, and also their entire body, in each and every one of its cells, will be re s p o n d i n gto the nutritional changes of the Blood-Nervous and the Eliminatory Systems and this sort of physicalchange goes at its own speed. In this case it can be expected to take four years for the wholechange to be effective, so long as it includes both the homoeopathic treatment and the counsel-ling. The latter wouldn’t have to be regular after a while, say in a couple of years, but would pro b a b l yneed to be fairly frequent thereafter, maybe for another couple of years.

As regards Nat Sulph (Natrum Sulphuricum or Sodium sulphate) homoeopathically, not in any otherform, it is the tissue salt that would, in this case, change the effectiveness of the chemistry of theintercellular fluid in the unused part of the spinal cord. It is quite impossible here to write out thewhole of the descriptions of Nat Sulph, which can anyway be found in comprehensive texts on thesubject, and besides it is often the case that the conventional homoeopathic descriptions of re m e d i e sdon’t appear to cover the cases for which the body uses them - if the body itself is consulted -though in this case the physiological and chemical data fit exactly. Tissue Salts in general are thosecell salts found in the body in particular proportion to each other and which should be maintainedin that constancy for a body, or any part of it, to remain in proper working order. Many thingsthrow them out of the proper ratios in any or all parts of the body including mental shut down forvarious apparently good reasons, nothing to do with mental disease - a situation I know nothingabout since I am unable to tune in to it due to the fact that I also would then be disturbed andipso facto unable to continue my enquiries. The necessity for the Nat Sulph to be in homoeopathicf o rm and no other is that it causes a release of activity in the nervous systems instead of pre v e n t i n gthe body from relearning to respond.

128


From the spinal cord’s point of view, the renewed use of the existing structures will be immediateand chemical or electrical messages will be conveyed suitably. The problem is not in the spinal corditself, only in its use. The sensory system will eventually be allowed to work so that the brain canreceive the messages the gut parts of the body need to convey. Up till then they have been workingon their own via the autonomic nervous system but with difficulty. The delay will be in the abilityby the upper brain to recognise those messages presented at the mid-brain/upper brain borderand its ability to translate them into electrical messages for psychological, intellectual and emotionalprocessing. The autonomic system doesn’t need this, of course, but social life does.

The effect on the whole body when the upper brain and metabolism have been repressed canbecome muddled, it leaves it in working order in some respects but not in others, especially in theability to be social, something which presumably has to be learned in any community of animals,human or otherwise, unless they are totally individual and self supporting - and don’t perhaps evenneed close (or any) physical contact with any other of the species for reproductive purposes; orwho use force on those occasions rather than persuasion!

I have to add here, that I would in no way consider attempting the change the tissue salt and thecounselling would bring about, or might bring about, to anyone who has grown enough to makean adaptation that they can cope with - unless, I suppose, they wanted to try it. Meddling like thatwould not be advisable, or even ethical, and even irresponsible. I’d suggest it be reserved for veryyoung children at the beginning of the whole situation. NB: if one is using the recommended tissuesalt and counselling treatment it should be completed by the time the person is in their 18th year;by 19 years old the person will have made a sufficient adjustment for it to be unsuitable.F u rt h e rm o re I suggest it would be neccesary if not essential to be able to tune in to each person tomake sure that the use of Nat Sulph and the suggested potency meets with the approval of the body.

F U RTHER EXAMPLES

1) A TV programme featuring an autistic girl old enough and adapted enough to be able toverbalise what it is like to be autistic, and she apparently fits what I wrote up, see above, tissue saltand all. I was quite surprised; I was quite expecting it not to fit. All and any type of input was morethan she could interpret or cope with or make sense of. Eventually she wrote it out on a lap topcomputer, including poems. She also wears glasses that tint to cut down visual input, colours Isuppose, and wears a Walkman when out. No disturbed brain (as above), just can’t stand much of theinput from the senses. She finds autism’s adaptation to be a system of its own. There are appare n t l yvery adapted people who are autistic to varying degrees - up to married, teachers, pilot.... Sheseems to be a very imaginative and intelligent person and very articulate and has what she calls herown type of reality and copes with the world though that - it is her own text book, in her word s .

2) Also on TV at much the same time, a small boy of 3 or 4 and his mother. He also fitted myfin d i n g s , tissue salt and all, but apparently he should have had it in the last few months.

3) On local TV there was an autistic boy of about 4 years old who could not be tuned in to as hehas disturbed brain in some way as well as autism. The tissue salts would have no effect.

4) Also on TV there was a mother with an autistic child. Apparently the same applies in this caseas in the original finding and also that he could be reversed, too, with the tissue salt mentioned.In the particular case of this child, much too much was expected of him as a tiny baby, by nobodyin particular but just more than he was able to cope with.

5) In another case the person didn’t fit into the findings above either. It was more a case of ‘Relatingmissing as this is a mini-autism in the cutting-out of the messages in only one part of the sensory tract’.

129


C O M M E N T

I also have this written in slightly more technical language (see Autism in Research File) but thoughthat may, I stress may, make the findings more understandable to some, it doesn’t therefore makethem any more or less certain as to their correctness or otherwise.

BRAINS AND THINKING - USELESSLY OR USEFULLY

If one’s brain is continually milling over some incident, situation, thought etc. round and roundand getting nowhere, it is, like any other part of one’s body, actually asking for attention. It is drawingone’s attention to the fact that one’s thinking process is not doing what is expected of it. Being abrain, it is asking one for rational and directed thought about the subject it is milling round. Rationaland directed thought, after all, is what a brain is for when it is a matter of connecting with thebody, and as far as the living organism is concerned the brain is only for connecting with the body,or for doing things on the brain-and-body’s behalf in order to ensure survival. The fact that we onlytoo often use our brain for things that are apparently nothing whatever to do with body matterscan be a problem that we have to realise. The ‘doing things to ensure survival’ (gain money, nowa-days) has now developed into such an immense range of unnatural activities it is not in the leastsurprising that no body is at all able to recognise them as having anything at all to do with survivalin the terms of the natural world. And it is only as part of the natural world that our body has itsbeing.

Using thought in this way is the proper use of thought as one of the Four Functions (qv in bookone) where intuition, feeling and sensation are the three for constant use and thought is used onlywhen necessary. If it were not the thinking processes not working properly and directedly but, say,the contents of the cerebro-fluid being out of balance or a need for a greater volume of liquidbeing indicated, the ‘symptom’ would be different. Instead of undirected thought processes theremight be an ache of some sort or a ringing sound or a stuffed up feeling for example. One has toread the ‘symptom’ in relation to what is (not) happening in the relevant tissue but also re m e m b e rthat the head is a follow-on tissue to the rest of the body . The problem being brought to one’sattention, then, may be in the part of the head that is ‘speaking’ , as in milling thoughts, or maybe in the body as a whole. (For one example of the latter see ‘Glue Ear’ below.) So if the thoughtprocesses are milling round instead of being directed, that is a ‘problem’ with the thinking processesin the brain; the accompaniment to this in the rest of the body is, of course, that its processes startto mill around too - the body also stops actioning properly to some extent.

The reason why one would have to deal with the milling thoughts by using one’s conscious anddirected thought processes and not deal with the effect in the rest of the body is because the totalsituation started with the thought processes and will reverse by changing them. Contrariwise, with‘Glue Ear’ one has to clear that by starting with the body as a whole because that is where theproblem with the Eliminatory System began - in that case. It is perfectly possible for EliminatorySystem problems to be confined to much smaller areas but in this case it is not so.

One may suppose that by milling something round and round in one’s head one is thinking aboutit. I would suggest that one is thinking of it rather than about it and that those sort of thoughtsare unproductive; they don’t begin to arrive anywhere or change the situation, merely prolong it.When one begins to think about those milling thoughts it is essential to stand back and begin toanalyse the situation, then it is possible to begin to see all sides of it, to understand it from diff e re n tangles, and only then it is possible to deal with those aspects of which one has hitherto been uncon-scious. That is what one’s milling brain is asking for; then one’s body can correspondingly settle

130


down and work without further interf e rence. If the milling goes on nevertheless, it is merely notifyingthat the process of analysis and understanding is as yet incomplete.

BSE

[see BSE et al in Research Book: Supplement to The Language of Silence]

C-JD


CROHN’S DISEASE or REGIONAL ILEITIS

Inflammation of the ileum, the lower part of the small intestine, the whole length of which consistsof duodenum, jejunum, and ileum and runs from the exit from the stomach down to the beginningof the large intestine or colon.

This is always an unobserved message - of a very individual nature and belonging to that persono n l y. It will probably have begun in the sigmoid and neglect there will have meant the pro g re s s i o n ,into the upper descending part of the colon and then to the combination of the transverse andascending parts of the colon, of the semi-dis-integration that eventually always results from neglectof any message anywhere.

If the psychological message continues to be neglected the small intestine is eventually bound tobecome drawn in, in a particular way. The lack of movement forward in the three parts of the colonby peristaltic action of its contents, combines with the failure to be able to remove the remainingliquid content and results in diarrhoea or ‘flowing away’ of that content. The effect on the smallintestine, as on the rest of the body, is initially due to lack of water, dehydration due to the lack ofsufficient water as the colon is no longer able to take out the liquid residue from the solid wastes.

‘DIS-ORDERS’ OF EATING, DRINKING AND SMOKING - THE REASONS

My findings suggest that none of these is a matter of addiction in the way they are usuallyportrayed. I consider that each of them is usually an unconscious expression of some painfulnessin a person’s life that if properly understood by that person could be sorted out, then the necessityfor any of these expressions would fall away.

E ATING AS AN EXPRESSION OF ONE’S UNCONSCIOUS PERCEPTION OF ONE’S LIFE

This includes Bulimia, Anorexia, Chocolate, Sweet, Meat, and an excess quantity of food in general.

BULIMIA, as I think is now recognised, is an expression of not being accepted by other people for beingthe person one is, with the attributes one has and with the capabilities one may have. It is an illnessof Books 2 and 3: the philosophy (Book 2), and the & before Thought, the vacuoles (Book 3).

ANOREXIA, as I also think is now recognised, is an expression of not accepting oneself for the samethings as in Bulimia, not accepting oneself for the person one is, with the attributes one has andwith the capabilities one may have. This is an illness of Book 2 alone: a Thought illness. Anorexiaand Bulimia are results of fixed Interruptions to the C of CA at &.

131


CHOCOLATE overeating is an expression of not living one’s proper psychological life. The person isnot behaving towards themselves or other people in a way that is right in that it is not the waythat would be effective, i.e. they are repressing their own behaviour, both inwardly and outwardly.

M E AT overeating, to the exclusion of generally refusing the addition of any or most sorts of vegetablesas an accompaniment, is an expression of not living one’s proper intellectual life. The person is notusing their intelligence to understand their own life. It makes no difference if they are using it inother ways, and it makes no difference whether they are in fact intelligent people in intelligent jobsor not. It is the distinction of the way the person uses whatever intelligence they have.

SWEET overeating is an expression of not living one’s proper emotional life. The person cannot feeleither for themselves or for life in general anything that they want to feel; their life does not includethings or people they can respond to.

EXCESS FOOD IN GENERAL in quantities greater than one needs really is comfort eating but of ageneral nature rather than a more specific one as above. Everything about the person’s life leaveshim or her feeling uncomfortable whether it is lifestyle, occupation, relationships or anything else.This, of course, is to say nothing about any inherent biochemical imbalances.

ALCOHOL or NON-MEDICAL DRUGS and CHEMICALS AS AN EXPRESSION OF ONE’SPERCEPTION OF LIFE

ALCOHOL, indulged in as overdrinking - beyond the point of the occasional drink in company - isan expression of an attempt to try and blot out or counteract that person’s life, a life they hate,whether they are conscious of that or not. This can arise from acute boredom even, which may bethe unconscious reason for loutish drinking and behaviour, as much as from more obvious personalor social troubles and deprivations.

NON-MEDICAL DRUG OR OTHER CHEMICAL taking is initially an attempt to try and enjoy life -maybe because the life is miserable or maybe for other social reasons.

SMOKING AS AN EXPRESSION OF ONE’S PERCEPTION OF LIFE

SMOKING is an expression of a refusal to sort out one or more of three problems:

1. it may be paradoxical, but a person can thoroughly enjoy what they are doing but theirbody can’t cope - a message to which they do not listen and which they do not, or wouldnot, wish to hear;

2. a person may refuse to sort out problems with relationships or understand them at all;

3. or a person may hate their life and refuse to try and sort that out.

This is certainly an unconscious part of western society. It probably does not apply to westernizedpeople of a diff e rent culture, nor to any other people/s who smoke but are not otherwise of westernculture. It is also probable that people may not quite consciously recognise these reasons, or notwish to admit them since it may well be, sadly, that they cannot be sorted out in every individuallife; this may be for a whole variety of reasons pertinent to each case, let alone that the personmay think they are satisfied with their situation and have very little idea of the unconscious aspectsof things. On the other hand I may be underrating people and they might immediately recognisethemselves, but whether this then means they would cease to refuse to sort things out I couldn’tsay. I have to emphasize that it is a matter of refusal, not a matter of failure, which does perhapsargue some element of knowledge on the part of the individual, at least for some.

132


I was greatly surprised to find that these are the only three reasons why people smoke. I hadassumed it would be much more individual than that, in fact entirely individual, and not have anycontent that applies generally. As far as individuality goes, of course (or again I assume) the detailsof each person’s reason or reasons will be individual, even though they may turn out to be verysimilar to those of other people when analysed. In any case they would have to be regarded asindividual.

As soon as a person begins to want to sort things out by understanding them, and as soon as theyactually begin that task and don’t just t h i n k that is what they want to do, or feel they ought to do,then so soon will they stop wanting to smoke. There is no formal treatment that is necessarily eff e c-tive unless it accompanied by, or is the precursor to, coping with understanding and changing thematter that is the basic reason. The necessity is not to ‘put up with’ the situation, but to understandit and change it if necessary. The ‘doesn’t want to cope’ is that the body is not able to do so.

It must be emphasised that though the person may, if faced with it, recognize one or more of theabove reasons as being true for them, it is only too probable that they may be unable and/or unwill-ing to actually do anything about them even so. They are, in effect, and may be actually, andcertainly so for all practical purposes, unconscious of their reasons for smoking.

These findings take no account of any social behaviours or attitudes, personal or adopted andwhether individual or collective, that smoking may reinforce, or that may help to keep the personin a more or less contented frame of outlook within the given parameters of their life.

NICOTINE itself is additive when the Energics are ‘down’ - not being used properly because of oneor more of the above reasons, and specifically not using each of the four of Air & Water : Hormones& Sugar. Energics go ‘down’ because of a) an emotionally unsorted out occupation or b) an intel-lectual refusal or failure to try and sort that out, irrespective of the three reasons above.‘Occupation’ doesn’t necessarily only mean what is conventionally regarded as ‘work’. It meanswhatever that person fills their time with habitually on a day to day basis.

As a rule all four of these particular Energics don’t all go ‘down’ together except for reasons a) orb). ‘Down’ ultimately means an adverse effect on the capability of the Krebs Cycles to work.

DIZZYNESS

Psychologically this can mean: not seeing something that is obvious. Or somebody else not doingso, if one is catching someone else’s problem.

I don’t doubt dizzyness can arise from or will accompany a variety of conditions physically but itis worth considering this one first because if it is the cause, and one immediately can makeconscious what it is one is not seeing, or perhaps what someone else is not seeing if it is a matterone is reflecting from someone else, then the dizzyness may go - a thing much to be desired andtaking only a few minutes if one is skilled.

GLANDULAR FEVER

This is always a matter of the Eliminatory System ( in Framework terms of wastes out / nutrientsin) being prevented from working , at all, in upper Meaning III; this encompasses not only the rightand left bronchi and the entry of each branch into the lungs, but also a narrow band across each

133


lung at that level, between ribs 3 and 5, and the big blood vessels above the heart along with allother wrapping or filling tissue in that narrow strip.

If this area is prevented from working properly - and this, as a Meaning, means that its physiologycan’t work properly - it promptly affects the areas above and below it, not in terms of the namedMeanings and their physiology but in terms of most of the rest of the body regardless of eitherMeanings or Bands.

What has to be treated is the reason why upper Band and Meaning III are being prevented fromworking rather than trying to deal with the physical effect of that only. Since this will always be anindividual matter it is not possible even to speculate on what it might be, let alone make any state-ments that will necessarily apply to anyone other than the particular person being treated. The onlysure way to treat that person and their body is, of course, to tune in and ask the body what itneeds to begin to change this adverse condition, and initially this will be for the emotional statethat began it all: something that will always prevent the person being able to breathe freely becauseof anxiety or fear for a specific personal reason. The accompanying treatments for the physicaleffects will probably vary enormously from person to person, just as the initial reasons and theirtreatment will do.

I suggest it would be unwise to make guesses or assumptions as to what that reason might be.

It is probably not as difficult as orthodoxy would have one understand to bring about change andneed not prove to be at all lengthy, but that would certainly depend on how soon the person seekssuitable understanding. It is, however, essential to treat the emotional reasons; physical treatmentalone won’t accomplish much that is particularly effective.

‘GLUE EAR’

This is a problem that is in fact a whole body problem not just one that belongs to the ear/s alone.It stems from the Eliminatory System (as in the Framework’s terms of nutrients in and wastes outof any and every cell in the body) not working properly all over the body. The effect in an earshows up more than anywhere else because of the confined space and because it affects hearingand is therefore noticeable to the owner of the ear and somewhat measurable by others.

What must be treated is not just the ear but the head as well, and before that the whole body. Itwill have been a cumulative affair. Also it must be remembered that the head is follow-on tissueand that what is happening in the head is also happening in the rest of the body, everywhere.

The correlate is that if the Eliminatory System everywhere in the body is not working in this fash-ion, not only are wastes accumulating in cells because they are not being eliminated (wastes out)but nutrients are therefore not likely to be getting in (nutrients in).

The cure is preferentially not surgery but a correct use of homoeopathic tissue salts:

namely Silica 6x at 2 pills per dose taken at the rate of 2 doses per day for the first week; 3 dosesper day for the second week; 2 doses per day for a further two weeks. This makes a four week treat-ment.

This takes no account of the reason or reasons why the Eliminatory System might have stoppedworking properly in the first place and at the end of the four weeks the situation should be checkedand if there was a reason, it should then be considered, and if necessary treated or altered. Equally

134


if a reason comes to light in the initial tuning in it might be necesssary to treat it first, or at thesame time.

OPL suggests the Silica 6x treatment will always work for ‘Glue Ear’ but adds that there may in factbe no reason why the Eliminatory System didn’t work properly initially. If that is the case then allthat remains would be to check that it has started now to do so. In has been found in practice thatat times a different potency may suit the condition in some individuals better.

N.B. It should be well noted that this particular treatment is probably only applicable to ‘Glue Ear’;it may not be applicable to any other occasion when the Eliminatory System is not working pro p e r l y- on the other hand it may be, but no assumption of that should made.

If or when the Eliminatory System isn’t working, it perfectly well may not particularly affect theears, but if the ears are affected in that way then so is the head as a reflection of the body, and so,therefore, is the rest of the body affected and the given remedy

INFLAMMATION OF JOINTS

This is a problem in the BNU of both particles and energy tending towards dis-organisation.

There are only three reasons why they do this, all of which have to be present:

a) Meaning II is upset so that all the organs are unable to work effectively in digestion plus

b) the autonomic part of the nervous system is constantly ignored psychologically and

c) there is a specific attitude of an emotional nature: ‘an emotional inability to accept life’,which can just as easily mean peace and quiet as physical or mental activity.

Each of those three unconscious reasons interferes with the whole body :

1) when the Meaning of Spiritual Satisfaction is never experienced by that person it affects thedigestion and metabolism of all food and drink as in a) above,

2) when a person consciously refuses to allow their internal organs to run themselves withoutconscious interference, which may take various forms such as unnecessary dieting, selfmedication, timetables for eating or defecating, and any one or more of a thousand others,all unconsciously intended to keep their body under control. These are matters of an indi-vidual’s invention, b) above.

3) by the initial repressive outlook of this emotional attitude preventing the person’s physicalbody from responding freely, which manages to repress the brain’s function and flexibleresponse and therefore, as a ‘clamped-up’ brain, to interfere with the functioning of thewhole nervous system, though not with the actioning (see note re difference between Actionand Function at the beginning of book one), c) above.

The effect of these takes place all over the body in fact but particularly affects the connective tissueof the joints because the message is ‘there is too little flexibility’, i.e., the person’s outlook, bodyresponses and contentment with living (3, 2, and 1 respectively) have been removed. The effectsare not in the joints in particular because of the tissues which they contain but because they bothrepresent and actually are the means through which one moves flexibly in life, the means by whichone moves flexibly in any direction.

135


In practice the messages will have first come from one’s whole body which for many years will havebeen registering the effects of apparently improper nutritional ‘intake’ as in reason 1), whereas actu-ally the person may well have been eating suitably but unable to digest and metabolise that intakefor one or both of the other reasons; and been subject to but failing to respond to the efforts tomake it work properly, and possibly suffering from effects of nervous system problems anywhere inthe body, as in reasons 2) and/or 3). It will not be until these have ‘coalesced’ into one generaleffect, a, b, and c, that the one single message will become plain. Before that there would havebeen various messages pertinent to 1, 2, or 3.

The joints will have begun to suffer along with everywhere else in the body but, of course, it takestime for that general effect to become ‘set in’ and make itself noticeable in an unacceptable way.Prior to that people will, presumably, try to ignore it or will take some suppressant or other to dealwith the pain. There is pain all over the body in effect, but it is exaggerated in joints because oftheir weight-bearing and close-coupled nature.

Treatment would have to be individual as it would depend on the person’s own interpretation of:

~ what Meaning II of Spiritual Satisfaction means to them

~ what it is they want to control in their body

~ what it is they can’t emotionally easily accept from life

These matters would have to be elucidated and consciously understood long before making anyattempt to change the physical condition. Just doing that would begin to change the physicalcondition anyway to some extent. As far as joint deterioration is concerned, how much the physicalcondition could be changed would presumably depend on how bad it is; and actually that wouldapply to the rest of the body too as there would be bound to be other tissue that has been adverselyaffected if the joints have also begun to deteriorate.

If the condition showed inflammation alone in the joints and no deterioration, it would be possibleto change the whole condition of the person BUT it would entirely depend on their psychologicaland conscious ability and willingness to co-operate in their own treatment for change.

‘IN LOVE’ COMPARED WITH PARENT-AND-CHILD : IDENTIFICATION

‘Falling in love’ is the state of identifying oneself with another person that may include sex or bemainly sexually based. It is perfectly possible to identify with another person or group for otherreasons, but that is not what I am considering here.

The ‘fallen in love’ is not to be confused with the parent-child situation which is d r i v e n by biologicalnecessity and is not necessarily identification. The two situations appear initially comparablebecause to tune in to just one person one has at first to tune in to both people, after which onecan separate them out and define the single person’s problems. But effectively, in either case, theyare not single people, they are psychologically identified pairs of people.

Having sorted out the problem and, hopefully, its treatment for a mother or a child, it will almostcertainly be the mother who implements it. Having done the same for those in love (and I don’tuse the term ‘lovers’ intentionally as it might denote a sexual relationship alone and be nothing todo with having ‘fallen in love’) it will be the pair of them who have to implement it as identific a t i o nmakes them effectively one person, and since they are adults in years (probably) they could eachhave a say in the matter. With parent and child, even if the child is beyond childhood years, that

136


child may not try to have a say, may just do what is thought to be best by the parent, or whoeverfor a child of adult years may represent adult parental authority at the time. It may even be thedoctor, in that particular situation!

LONG-TERM DETERIORATION OF BODY AND BRAIN

I don’t know if an orthodox name can be put to this so I shan’t try. This situation arises in relationto:

the electrical and chemical messages up the spinal cord and into the brain-stem;

the chemical-electrical signals within the mid-brain;

the electrical-chemical signals from the mid-brain to the cortex;

and the electrical signals within the cortex or upper brain.

What happens is that the electrical messages of the nervous system are prevented from workingproperly. The electrical and chemical signals running up the spinal cord, both sensory and motor,run themselves against a metaphorical brick wall at the top of the brain-stem/base of the mid-brain.They are not received. There is a chemical ‘shock-wave’ down the spinal cord when this happens.The symptom is: repeated and fairly irregular ‘waves’ running through the body. OPL says it is thelack of response in the mid-brain, felt as a chemical ‘shock-wave’ down the spinal cord.

The reason for this non-reception in the mid-brain is an attitude of mind that has made the wholeupper brain non-receptive and which then has a knock-on effect: the electrical-chemical signalsc a n ’t get in from the mid-brain, the chemical-electrical signals would be prevented from functioningin the mid-brain even if they did get in and the electrical signals can’t get in from the brain stem.(See again the discussion at the beginning of Part V.A of the Brain’s Boundary betweenUnconsciousness and Consciousness.)

The long-term effect, if this is neglected, would be deterioration of body, and inevitably of brain,too, since metabolism would be affected. The most immediately obvious deterioration would bein the motor system as the skeletal muscles begin to stop responding, though it would take yearsto show.

Since the autonomic is not directly effected, the effects on the gut would depend on an eventuallack of sensory function.

The attitude of mind is: misery, from loss of affection - i.e., not getting acceptance in some way ofthe kind one needs (not wants), which is perceived as affection. This is a specific attitude leadingto a specific condition and there f o re applies to anyone. This is not, of course, an intellectual attitudeof mind, it is an emotional one. All attitudes of mind, intellectual or emotional, conscious or uncon-scious, stop the cortex from working.

Treatment must be for the attitude of mind, even if the specific attitude is not yet realized by thesufferer:

Primary problem: misery, even if as yet unrealized

Secondary problem: nervous system prevented from working

Subsequent problems: physical deterioration eventually

I am not precluding treatment for things other than the attitude of mind. Obviously this is thepriority at first, in the very early stages. After that it depends on what the body asks for.

137


This is both a Framework problem in the shape of C of CA/BNU/M-&-V) and an additional one ofthe nervous system plus physical deterioration - the mind’s attitude leading to the nervous system’sproblem.

The degree of effectiveness of ‘chemical’ and ‘electrical’, as seen by the brain varies: the cortex uses electrical most;

the cortex/mid-brain border uses electrical-chemical most;

the mid-brain uses chemical-electrical most;

and the brain stem and spinal cord use electrical and chemical separately.

How this matches up with orthodoxy and its detailed knowledge I have no idea; I can only speakfor how the body sees itself.

As far as long-term deterioration of body and brain goes, I imagine there is more than one way ofaccomplishing this condition but this is what happens when this attitude of mind pertains - andsome others too, no doubt, but not many.

MIGRAINES

Migraines are 50% unconscious Emotional fear or fright and 50% Intellectual conscious knowledgeof the situation the person doesn’t feel comfortable with. To change this one would have to knoweach individual’s case.

The psychosomatic reasons for migraine headaches are as follows:

1. Fright or fear

2. Probably unexpressed or insufficiently expressed frustration of some sort

3. Likely to be a need to be given peace and quiet, from someone or something/situation

1. is the consequence of a head-neck tension: a ‘fixing’ of the flexibility of the second Cervicalvertebra (including all the tissue of the neck in that transverse section and not only at theVertebral Cover) and a slight accompanying tilt of the head backwards, together showing as aslight emotional defensiveness and causing a slight interference with the blood supply to thebase of the brain.

2. is a tightening up of the soft tissue of the Vertebral Cover, again at C2, but not includingany other tissue in the area, with a consequent interference with the flexibility of the wholeneck. This is the result of a failure of both chemistry and electricity of a) the ligaments of theVe rtebral Cover from C1 and C2 to skull, and b) consequent interf e rence in the flow of cere b ro-spinal fluid and arterial and venous blood causing a loss of oxygen supply and consequentnervous semi-failure in the meninges of the brain.

3. is a failure and change of nervous response in the meninges when there is emotional inabilityto respond to a disturbing social circumstance or occasion.

These are the psychosomatic reasons for migraines. If there are migraines in response to somechemical in the food intake, that is another matter. There may be a mix:

4. one of the above made worse by an unsuitable chemical food intake, i.e. a chemical allerg i creaction; or the chemical allergic reaction alone, without any of the above.

138


The logical extension of the first three possible reasons, the ones giving rise to continuing necktensions if not sorted out immediately, is a resultant lack of fluids, whether blood, cerebro-spinalfluid, or anything else in the meninges and therefore a meninges-ache - the ‘headache’ (typical?)of some migraines.

If sorted out immediately, and thoro u g h l y, as s o o n as the visual arc begins as a minute central pin-p r i c k sized change in vision, or before if you can pick that up, though the arc will develop it movesout to the edge of vision and goes in about 15-20 minutes - and no meninges-ache develops.

To sort out the reason/s one has first to read them carefully and decide which one or more mightbe the cause. This is less difficult than it seems because it will only have arisen during the last houror so, but it may be an outer occurrence, or something the person has been thinking about, ortalking about.

This information has been used by C. The reason for her vision breaking up, usually followed bythe headache, was reason 3. By first finding out what ‘social circumstance or occasion’ it was, whichin this case turned out to be in connection with a particular person, she could then verbally addressC2 and its adjacent VC from where it developed, then telling them they could stop giving thesymptom as she had understood the message. The arc of lights promptly moved out to the edgeof the eyes and within a few minutes had gone altogether. She also moved her head, neck andshoulders to release the tensions - but after talking to C2 etc. In fact, the whole thing worked atreat at the time, somewhat to our surprise.

I rang next day to see if the headache actually had stayed away and later C confirmed that shehad not developed the headache.

The one she developed two weekends before was the result of C1,2 and skull and tensing up herwhole body. This latter is very common for most people, I gather, with any of the forms of origi-nal cause, nos. 1, 2 or 3. This tensing up of the whole body will be because of a) remaining uncon-scious of the neck’s message, which ever it is, and b) pain.

I have also been consulted by someone else with frequent and often regular migraines but neverwith the vision break-up, only with pain and vomiting, the pain shifting round the front of the headand finishing up behind one eye. Hers is a no.2 problem of unexpressed rage. We talked it overand I hoped she would ring and let me know how she got on but I have no note to say that she did.

For someone who does not get the arc of vision break-up I suppose they would have to notice assoon as possible the extreme beginnings of the meninges-ache, whatever that is for them. On theother hand, I have often had the vision-arc without any head ache of any kind and now knowimmediately I get a pin-prick of disturbance centrally that I have stiffened up my neck. Workingout the message allows the arc to widen and go. I have also had it on the left alone when themessage was properly unconscious, but more usually in both eyes together.

Whether a person with an allergic reaction gets the arc or just the ‘headache’ I don’t know; nor doI know whether their ‘headache’ is truly a whole head ache, the whole head being affected, orwhether it is confined in some way as for nos.1-3, for instance.

139


MORNING SICKNESS

It has been found, in practice, that cases of morning sickness can be stopped if the practitionertunes in to both mother and child and then asks them both what they need - I am assuming adowsing skill here.

It has also been found that on occasion it is necessary to add other people in to the equation,perhaps the father of the child, or the good effects wear off after a while, in which case it mightthen be necessary to tune in to perhaps mother and the father together - or any other combinationthat occurs and gets a Yes.

On the other hand there might be a personal problem of an emotional, psychological or intellectualnature, or of some other nature, that also needs to be dealt with. One that comes to mind was ofa mother-and-child who responded well at first, the good effect began to wear off, and then itturned out that though the mother was extremely content to be pregnant she also, as an independ-ent working woman, had to face up somehow to the fact that she would be neither independent norwould her time be her own. Nothing wrong with feeling hemmed in and nothing wrong with beingcontent - nothing w ro n g at all, in fact, just two things that needed to be looked at. With many peopleit is easier, or even more suitable, for this to be done through using say the forms of homoeopathi-cized remedies used by Dr David Brittain (see book one) rather than using my sort of consciousnesswork. Many people are not equipped to think their way through the ramifications of consciousnesswork - on the other hand, some people may prefer to do it that way. It is a personal choice.

MOTOR NEURONE DISEASE - MND: Four cases discussed theoretically.

[see also Research Book: Supplement to The Language of Silence]

OPL won’t usually call it MND; it won’t usually give it a specific name at all as there are too manyvarieties that achieve the same effect. So far I have come across four: 1) stemmed from a Thoughtmissing/water problem in the C of CA; 2a) from a loss of movement of the molecules of the lowerbrain and spinal cord and called Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis; 2b) from the same thing but left-sided only; and 3) which OPL allowed was actually Motor Neurone Disease, from problems withthe motor neurones.

OPL’s diagnosis of MOTOR NEURONE DISEASE then, is when the motor neurones are directlyaffected; other conditions that appear to mimic this may be for quite different reasons, actuallyaffect the body in quite different ways, and may well be changeable, but this would depend onquite a subtle and different understanding of the body and how it actions and functions.

Of the now four cases labelled MOTOR NEURONE DISEASE that I have met with :

1) was a severe Thought/Water problem, originally treatable with green and consciousness (in thatorder). This person was diagnosed at about the age of 23 I think and would have been treatablefor about the next 20 years but is now beyond it. OPL doesn’t recognise this as MND. The mainproblem here originally was a continuing lack of provision of water in general, with increasing tissuedehydration in striped muscle. Thought missing, but towards the physical body alone in this caseand the body was unable to obtain enough liquid (see the physiological effect of an Interruptionof Thought in book one).

2a) is a man, now dead. A doctor in the court case in connection with his death opined that theman would probably have died about three months after the video had been taken anyway; the

140


video had been taken in the July and OPL suggests he would have been treatable up to two monthsbefore that. As said above, it would have been a hands-on treatment for the molecules, I presume,followed by homoeopathic remedies for whatever the original situation had been. OPL won’t agreethat this was a case of Motor Neurone Disease.

2b) is a woman whom OPL also won’t agree is MND but I have no further notes about her.

3) would have been treatable if caught very early on, using some form of homoeopathy and institut-ing a complete change of life-style - he was a sports teacher and really had wanted to be a poetand writer, which ironically, he became on receiving a writing machine operated by one finger, orpointer or whatever (I forget). This was the only one OPL actually agreed was affected in the motorneurones and therefore allowed to be called Motor Neurone Disease. His was a whole body effectof a different kind than the above and OPL ‘said’ that the molecules of the lower brain and spinalcord were barely working at all.

O P L’s further reading of MND is that if caught early enough, it is a curable condition. The moleculeproblem itself is not telling the person something, though it is probable that ALS (2a) is a severeresult of ignoring something the body was trying to tell them for a long time, but until the moleculeshave been restored OPL can’t work that out. The initial treatment would have to be a hands-onone for the molecules but of a suitable and particular kind from someone with the suitable under-standing.

In 2b above, the hands-on would have to be followed by remedies in homoeopathic form of a suit-able nature, probably from a much wider selection than is usually available to homoeopaths. Thiswas gleaned from a patient suffering from left sided ALS, a patient of someone else’s, but as usualeach person would have to be taken on their own merits as far as the second part of the treatmentis concerned.

Molecule problems of this particular kind would always need this kind of hands-on treatment.Whether they would always need another treatment or treatments after that is supposition on mypart - with the exception of patient 2b above where OPL agreed the need - because OPL refusesto tune in until the molecules are sorted out in this type of case.

Furthermore OPL refuses to say whether ALS conditions are always due to molecule problems oflower brain and spinal cord, as in case 2b. For one thing, so far as I understand it, it is probablethat Thought missing in the C of CA (see book one) might end up as a form of Motor NeuroneDisease as it is a ‘condition’ that affects water physiology in particular, it would be difficult there-fore to begin to work out treatments without reference to the individual person. (Also see ??PATTERNS below.)

MULTIPLE SCLEROSIS - MS

OPL has called this a spiritual sickness as the person’s spirit is being repressed. It probably belongs tothe physical collapse that accompanies an inability to live freely because of a necessity dictated by one’schosen life to which one is contributing. One is going along with the restrictions of that life even thoughthey have caused one to have repressed oneself spiritually.

Lots of things belong here; nearly all things, in fact, that have the effect of not allowing the integrationof one’s body and Mind/Movement of Energy arising from a profound feeling of interest in expressingoneself by movement.

141


These things are sometimes severely emotionally unconscious and therefore likely to cause equallyprofound problems.

The sensory nerve sheaths, and there f o re the sensory nervous system, are unable to work chemicallyso the person’s body cannot effectively metabolise anything. In this case it is the physiology as suchthat becomes totally ineffective, not the physiology as directed by the Meanings. It is the internalorgans that are initially stopped from working properly and it is that which very rapidly interfereswith all cells everywhere else in that they are not being fed, watered or oxygenized properly, indeedat all in some cases. Certain of these effects show up more than others, for instance in hands andfeet, which are some of the Follow-on Tissues in Framework terms, along with head where the eyesare also commonly affected and give another early and noticeable symptom. What is happeningto Follow-on Tissues is what is happening to the rest of the body and should, therefore, be regardedas an indicator of this. Since they are showing distinct signs of being unable to work properly, sois the rest of the body not able to do so, and this in specific ways. The Follow-on Tissues are indica-ting in their specific ways that the person can’t cope psychologically with the way they are livingtheir life; they are unable any longer to move with impunity in any direction (feet) or to manipulateanything (hands); they may not always be able to see clearly in some way (eyes).

I dare say that most people will consider this to be a fanciful reading of the symptoms; there maybe others who consider this to be an obvious symbolic view - whereas it is severely practical; andyet again others to whom it is a new view. Orthodoxy, in its conventional wisdom may refute anysuch ideas in connection with a very serious condition such as this but the fact remains that in theview of the body, it can only talk to us in ways which relate to our conscious views of what we do withthe various bits of our bodies. It is for this reason, and with due caution, that in this way we canread the symptoms,so long as we check it out with the whole of that particular body itself in case weare missing something.

Along with everything else, the myelin sheath all along most nerves eventually disintegrates whenall 8+2 Systems are prevented from working because the emotional and/or psychological way of lifeof that person is too much for their general nervous system to respond to, i.e., they are living theirwrong life in nearly every way. This is probably unconscious, or may be half conscious; their bodywill already have been telling them it cannot cope. It is not telling them to continue with the samelife but to live it much more slowly, which would be expressed as M.E. (Myalgic Encephalophy); itis telling them to change it completely but in a particular way.

It is useless even to think about changing the body if the life isn’t radically changed. The details ofnecessary change would have to be worked out with the person concerned. It might not becomprehensive and include the entire life and its contents; it might be the change, for instance,from being a physically active sports practitioner to being a writer about sports, or of remaining aprivate musician and teacher rather than a concert perf o rm e r, or it might prove to be a more radicalchange than that and lead to a development of previously hidden talents. It is probably nothingnecessarily to do with other people in that life, much more likely to be the way the person isexpressing their way of living, and it will always be a question of much too much extroversion andnot nearly enough introversion. But this sort of weighing up of the odds of the way a person livestheir life is so bound up with family and friends and self image it might be almost impossible forthat person to make the jump. They might need to allow themselves to be a complete introvertrather than behave as if they were an extrovert, or it might be enough to balance the two equally.The thing to remember carefully is that whatever changes are made and whether it is wholesale,or partial but equal, it will undoubtedly be what the body has been trying to accomplish and will,once the person has adjusted, be what feels - and is - right for them.

142


One has to remember that extroversion and introversion, or a mix of each, are inherent in peopleso that to live against one’s own inherent psychology in this regard is seriously to damage oneself.

OPL says, and I have no proof of this, that some of the tissue damage may be reversible if theperson lives enough or all of their introversion. It probably depends on how soon they get to it.Even more unknown: maybe changes can happen when the person has been living the sort of lessextrovert life they need for enough time - three or four months say - for the Systems to begin tofeel they can work again but the person then falls back into illness because they try to return totheir old ways. Orthodoxly, these would be called remissions, I expect.

Treatment: even to begin to think of treatment this person would have entirely to change theiroutlook on life and their expression of it so that the 8+2 Systems could start up again. If they dostart up again, which would in itself take 3-4 months, the body would need a single dose of eachof the twelve tissue salts at 30 potency taken at 10 minute intervals, followed by the same thingat potency 200. The order in which the tissue salts should be taken would have to be: Silica, allthree ‘Nat’s (one after the other in any order), Ferrum Phos, all three ‘Kali’s (one after the other inany order), all three ‘Calc’s (ditto), finishing with Mag Phos; this applies to both the 30 potencyand the 200. In all, the homoeopathic part of the treatment would take 220 minutes - 1 hour and50 minutes for each potency.

There seems to be no need necessarily to give up the life each person is living in the sense of givingup the particular interest, just to turn it round and express that interest in a different way.

It is perfectly possible to change this condition if the person listens to what their body is trying to tellthem. It also says the myelin sheath can be gradually replaced if the treatment addresses the cause butthis is a comment by the body; whether it is correct or not I have no idea.

The following are several examples taken from a TV documentary eight months after the above. Ihope the participants will not be offended if I ‘borrow’ them as I have ‘borrowed’ others and givemy findings about their forms of the problem from the point of view of the Framework. I cannotpossibly say if these findings are correct or useful, any more than I can say this about any of mydowsing until it has been tried in practice, but after much consideration it seemed it might be moreuseful to add them than not. Perhaps it may serve to show the degree of individuality or otherwiseof the situations.

As a group all of them had severely buried emotions to do with Meaning III of Love. All of them Ituned in to in this programme refused to give Love of that particular kind, and the buried emotionwas the same for all - they were nervous, in case they lost their personal independence. This affecteddifferent biochemistries in each person depending on what sort of independence they didn’t want,or hadn’t wanted, to lose as follows:

1) Independent Thought, which affected the 8+2;

2) Independent expression of a sports activity (her personal task), which was affected by a lossof Directed Action, Thought and Light;

3) Independent occupation, affected by loss of Directed Action;

4) Independent intellectual study, affected by loss of Thought with Directed Action;

5) Independent intelligently directed activity, affected by the loss of Thought and DirectedAction;

6) Semi-independent way of having friends, affected by some loss of Relating;

143


7) Totally independent way of understanding, affected by the loss of Thought and Light;

8) Partially independent private life, affected by loss of Thought/Light/Directed Action, a bit ofeach.

1) This person had an initial problem with Heart (as a meridian) and Sugar(E) [the (E) meansEnergic] causing a biochemical problem affecting the whole body. There was a severelyburied emotion connected with an intention not to use thinking which eventually affectedall 8+2 Systems. The treatment that was followed was the use of an anti-depressant (fordepression though possibly not for the MS per se) which combined with an unnamed amino-acid in her blood, and Vitamin B 12, a combination found accidentally, I gather, to furnisha regime that gave this person permanent remission (18 months at the time of theprogramme) provided no pill was forgotten, which omission immediately had deleteriouseffects. Dowsing ‘says’ the treatment started up the Sugar(E) again and thereby helped tostart up the Hormone(E) again too, thus treating the nerve damage, but that without makingthe cause conscious, the cure hadn’t yet been effected.

This person is trying, or was then, to get the treatment recognised for all MS sufferers. OPL’s‘opinion’ is that it would suit some people but not others - see notes at end.

2) This person had a biochemical problem of Meanings II and V which was affecting the wholeb o d y. The severely buried emotion in this case was connected with Directed Action,Thought, and Light in the C of CA

3) This person had problems with Water(E) and Sugar(E) which gave a problem with DirectedAction

4) This person had a problem with C of CA(E), which gave a problem with both Thought andDirected Action together

5) This person had a problem with Sugar(E), a problem here first of Thought and then ofDirected Action

6) This person had a problem with the organelles of + stemming from non-Relating

7) This person has a Band III problem which equated with Thought and then adversely effectedLight

8) This person had a Band IV problem which gave a problem with Thought, Light, and DirectedAction, a bit of each

OPL says the amino-acid is the most important ingredient of the treatment, for all, and then theanti-depressant, for some, and the B 12, for a few, but that it is not very important to most of thepeople in this programme though I can’t possibly be sure of that. MS is known to vary greatly fromperson - which doesn’t seem surprising considering the differences in cause.

To crack this would need a treatment that could bring the buried emotion into conscious under-standing and then restore the damage to the myelin sheaths using tailored dietary (temporary)supplements.

This latter would probably have to be different for each person. The regime for no.1., or parts ofit, is good for people with only Thought affected, or containing Thought affected to a large extent.People without Thought affected would need quite a different amino-acid [though from my notesI cannot make out if the amino-acid aspect was a happenchance or if it was administered separatelythen, or later, having found the happy effect of it already being present and then combining with

144


the antidepressant]. A person like no.8, though incapacitated, wasn’t totally affected as she onlywanted partial independence and the Vitamin proved sufficient; no.6 needed Vitamin C in part i c u l a rand that is probably all. And so on; it needs careful tailoring for each individual condition.

As I have so far understood it, all MS is about not using the nervous system properly but the reasonis so unconscious that their body cannot express it properly and collapses under the emotionalstrain and biochemical loss. By ‘using the nervous system properly’ is meant ‘living one’s ownReligious and Spatial expression of life’. As an extremely buried matter it would need delicatehandling as it would change their life forever - for the better as far as their body is concerned, butit might prove difficult to accommodate on a daily basis and in personal relationships. (Also see??PATTERNS below.)

MUSCULAR DYSTROPHIES

The ‘genetic predisposition’ does exist, though OPL wants it in inverted commas for some reason,and it is a genetic predisposition to be disabled in this particular way if or when the person under-goes some severe emotional stress - severe in their view - severe enough to take their Meaningsout of use.

M and I have worked out that her kind of dystrophy, Facio-Scapulo-Humeral, is due to fear, whichaffects the ability to digest for longish periods (months, even) every time by more or less stoppinggall bladder, pancreas, small intestine and the whole colon, and which affects all food and water.The remedy would have been to recognise the fear immediately and analyse it carefully; thistogether with whichever tissue salt, at 6x, matched that particular person’s response (type of fear,never mind the circumstances) might well stop the inbuilt genetic response.

Muscular dystrophy of this kind is always (?) about being terrified of moving oneself, physicallyand/or emotionally. One would need to look at the re a s o n for the terro r- which would be individualand at the time pre onset. M’s was: being forced from a known place into an unknown place, atage 11 if I recall, when the family had to move from a farm to wherever. This particular fear canbe summed up as: fear of loss of emotional stability.

For someone who already has this type of dystrophy, it would be worth working forward from theoriginal fear, analysing each new one from then till the present and at the end of it all taking therelevant tissue salt. If anything this might stop the problem getting any worse; it is not likely toalter the physical condition already in existence.

There is no specific tissue salt that would suit all people with this type of dystrophy. It must beworked out on an individual basis. Of course, the capability of dowsing would greatly help theworking out.

For the Meaning’s future, any possibility of arresting further episodes of deterioration would be aquestion of constant vigilance, given the 18 hour ‘window of opportunity’ for recognising andanalysing the fear, and treating with the particular remedy appropriate at the time.

N o t e s :

* the cause is emotional stress of a specific kind and its effects on Meanings II and III which arethen prevented from working properly and trigger the gene into subsequent effect.

145


* the different effects at different ages depend on what tissue is currently developing or , for adults,what tissue is particularly under stress.

* this is not a preventable problem because one cannot see it coming - by definition; if one hadseen it coming the emotional stress would have been dealt with or its effects circumvented.

* once it has come, unless it is dealt with within 18 hours the physical effect is not preventable.However,

* if the emotional attitude is suitable (not ‘right’ - there are no absolutes in this as in anythingelse to do with the body) it can be stopped from going any further.

* the first physiological problem that presents - and this is one that causes instant consequences -is the use of water; in this case as in blood and therefore nutrients. Blood flow is shut down every-where and tissues immediately starve from lack of oxygen.

* the reason why it results in muscular dystrophies of various types is because of the emotionalstress on Meanings II and III, otherwise when blood flow is restored, in theory the tissues wouldbe re s t o red, but with the emotional stress no one is looking to re s t o re the workings of the abdominaland thoracic guts of Bands II and III because presumably they don’t know about the stress, or itseffect on blood flow all over the body.

* All three types of muscle can be affected - striped, smooth or cardiac.

MYALGIC ENCEPHALITIS - ME

[and see in Research Book: Supplement to The Language of Silence]

This is a case of mental and physical burn-out; gross overactivity for that person both mentally andphysically. The breakdown is due to lack of Energics and needs treatment for that.

Prevention is: Slow down physically

Calm down mentally

and any treatment must also include these as the person will be trying to return to what they usedto be. Since this is what caused the M.E. in the first place they must understand that. Of course,what they then do with the information is their business, just so long as they understand.

The Energic treatment must be done in the order in which the body says it wants it and will be forthe least affected Energic first. If one asks the body this choice will arise as a matter of course.

Treatment should be ONE MONTH APART - not more, not less, and not four weeks. If a treatmenthas been a complete one at the time then the month rule applies. The only reason for breakingthis rule would be if a treatment had to be done in bits, which just might occur if the person foundit difficult for some unforeseen reason. In that case treatment should be completed within a week,and the next treatment for the next Energic should then be given one month from the first partof the treatment, not any subsequent part.

There has to be a month’s lapse for the body to adjust to the complexity of change brought aboutby each treatment. The person may feel much better for only a few days at first but this shouldincrease after each treatment as more and more of the Energics begin to work. Meanwhile the slowdown/calm down rules must be observed or it will all end in tears. The situation is either a person-

146


ality one or a training one and this must be taken into account and fully looked at by both patientand therapist, and preferably changed. That, after all, is what the whole body and brain is tellingthe person - if only they would listen to themselves!

Since they evidently have not, the whole situation gets to such a point that treatment is required.Not interventionist but restorative, though not to the previous status quo should go without saying- but that is what the person will try to do, and as soon as they begin to feel in any way improved.Hence the absolute need to understand the cause.

There are conditions of the physical body that are nearly M.E. but, though the person still needsto learn and apply the Slow down/Calm down approach, the adverse situations that are apparenthave not yet resulted in physical damage. If this is the case and the person is willing and able toslow down and calm down then the actioning of the body can be ‘put back together’. Withoutthe slow down/calm down change no amount of physical work can be effective. In this particulartype of condition of ‘near M.E.’ the month rule probably won’t apply, but it would be up to thebody to dictate how much time should elapse between treatments.

[These notes were originally written to accompany hands-on No.2 treatment as shown in GrossActioning vis a vis Energics (see chart 2 at the end of Part V.A) which briefly outlines causes, effectsand requirements. In fact it is outlining the necessary approach as the body sees it and applies justas well to any other form of treatment that is restorative to the body and not interventionist.

The practitioner for whom these notes were originally written actually used hands-off in her Energicstreatments but I feel it is splitting hairs in a way specifically to put that into the Chart because forother people it may be different, myself for instance. The point is that it is hand work, but otherforms of therapy may be just as suitable.]

Re Energic treatment, there is such a thing as doing Energic treatments in a pin-pointed waywhere several small parts need different Energic treatments and these can be done in periods muchshorter than a month apart, but this does NOT apply to M.E. as this is a condition of an almost totalcollapse of all Energics except Air and they must be replaced carefully, one by one, least affectedfirst and working up slowly to worst affected.

PAGET’S DISEASE or OSTEITIS DEFORMANS

In the case of Paget’s Disease the head should not be seen as follow-on tissue indicating what is goingon in the rest of the body, but as something affected in itself.

The dictionary says this is a chronic disease of bone, especially the skull, limbs and spine, in whichthey become thick and soft and bend, and that it is painful. It adds that the cause is unknown andthere is no cure though certain drugs give satisfactory results - but my dictionary doesn’t say whatthese may be.

From the point of view of the body it is due to a mental attitude of mind (not to be confused witha state of mind, which is physical) that represses completely and totally all expression of somethingin some part of the body which would naturally express that. The only individual I have been ableto tune in to had a mental attitude of mind of ‘refusing to be loved’ and was apparently a fairlycurmudgeonly and difficult person. For him, this attitude affected the nervous system generally andthe lungs in particular in Band and Meaning III. Both the skull I have seen, and the person referredto would have taken 6-7 years to reverse; in which case that may be a generally applicable time,or it may not. Or it may be a ratio of 1:1, a year of mental attitude to a year for change.

147


It is a problem of the Eliminatory System, in Framework terms, as a response to an attitude of mindw h e re the nutrients can’t get in to the peripheral sensory nervous system. [Remember theEliminatory System is the system of getting waste out of every cell so that nutrients can then getin.] Due to the lack of actioning in the peripheral sensory nervous system because of nutrient starva-tion, the cells cannot run their lives according to the dictates and requirements of the autonomicnervous system and nothing happens - in the area that is repressed by the attitude of mind. [InFramework terms, which is the point of view of the body, the autonomic and sensory systems areone: Autonomic-Sensory System.] It is Hormones(E) (see Energics,book one) that is affected; thecells cannot use the hormones and are prevented from all activity. There is a total inflexibility ofresponse as a consequence of a total inflexibility of mind; an a b s o l u t e insistence on not re s p o n d i n gin some way and the part of the Eliminatory System affected is in the area that would express theopposite of that attitude of mind. If the head or face are affected and nothing moves there, it isbecause the Eliminatory System of the skull and face is repressed; the person is flatly refusing tocommunicate as an expressive human being, or as an expressive anything. If it is the cranium only,the person is refusing to express themselves through using intellect. If it is the spine or parts of itthat is affected, this is tied in with the Behaviourally Significant Vertebrae (BSVs,q.v.) in some waythat will be individual to the sufferer; if it is one or more limbs or parts of limbs that are affectedthe person will be unconsciously but inflexibly refusing to move forward emotionally (legs) and/or,for arms, the same thing but emotionally and psychologically.

The attitude of mind is definitely a flat but unconscious refusal to express something, and a re p re s s i o ntherefore of the body part with which one would do that accompanied by a constant, thoughequally unconscious refusal to acknowledge any of the sensory responses from that area by shuttingdown the responses in the area itself, via a nervous correlate in the brain. It seems to be a constantbattle within the person to maintain that re p ression, of which they are not at all aware in those term s .

The most obvious visual effect of Paget’s Disease is the distortion due to the apparent overgrowthof skull bone or bones or overgrowth and bowing of affected long bones. In fact, overgrowth isperhaps an incorrect term though nutrients do get in, but they have nowhere effective to go andsome of them get ‘dumped’ . So what is the mechanism? A refusal to allow wastes out becausementally the area is not allowed to express itself and therefore be itself, and nutrients cannot getin properly and silt up because the hormones directing their use aren’t allowed to action; old bonestays and the makings of new bone get added to it; dead soft-tissue cells accumulate to some extentand new ones can only form in a slightly distorted sort of way. Nothing is allowed to work.

The effects of attitudes of mind work chemically, in accordance with whatever the attitude is;they work at the level of the atom; and they change the unconsciousness that allows things to workwithout being thought about into being able to work only according to how they are thoughtabout. Hence, of course, the absolute necessity either for total unconsciousness, in which case allmatter will do what it is designed and organized to do (assuming it to be properly formed in thefirst place) or, of total consciousness, as total as one can achieve, so that matter can behave as itshould without the interference of the mix of unconsciousness and consciousness. It is the mix thatis deadly - for anything that half thinks - and that means humans.

We need all the time to be consciously aware of all and every thought as each of them is alsoreflected everywhere in the body tissue. Those of which we are unconscious continue to affect thetissue until they are made conscious and release the accompanying cell response.

Attitudes of mind can affect the following systems: Heart & Blood Vessels; Digestive I; Digestive II;Reproductive, male and female; Eliminatory, in order of severity of adverse effect for the wholeorganism.

148


Any attitude of mind, if held for more than a few minutes, will be reflected in any one of the aboveSystems. The effect starts in the brain, of course, but unless made totally conscious in all its impli-cations, will immediately start to cause problems. These may not be overtly noticeable unless oneis used to listening to oneself, which most people are not, but are there nevertheless and are boundto get worse with time unless dealt with as to their true origin. Even then they may require othersorts of treatment as well if the physical aspect gets ‘stuck in a rut’ of response.

Since the true origin of this disease (Paget presumably being the first person to describe it) is amental attitude of mind, it can certainly be treated by consulting the body and using whateverremedies it suggests. As each person is quite likely to be harbouring and unconsciously insisting ontheir own mental attitude it is not possible to say what remedy or remedies would be needed; itwould of necessity be an individual matter. Once again it points up the absolute need for the ther-apist to be a person skilled in dowsing in some form and, I suggest, skilled in the use of theFramework as the starting point for their understanding. Changing the biochemistry withoutaddressing the mental attitude of mind is unlikely to be very effective. It would, of course, take along time to reverse this condition, depending on how bad it is when treatment starts (several yearsperhaps), and it would be of no use whatever, and probably extremely counterproductive, to kindlyexplain to the person what is the origin of their physical condition. I suggest they might not evenhear, and would certainly defend themselves to the death.

Whether the sufferer would need orthodox remedies as an accompaniment to the proper treat-ment for a continued period I couldn’t say. In any case it might be inadvisable to remove themimmediately and fast, but it would depend on what they are. It would also depend on what thebody itself says and might be different in each case. I have no advice in this regard except to consultthe body all the time as to both progress and treatment according to its need of the moment. Ican suggest that treatment with the proper remedies would be needed only at infrequent interv a l s ,weeks apart, but again - consult the body as it would depend on the mental response and thereadjustment of their entire life.

?? PATTERNS: ?? ME, MS, MND, PARKINSON’S DISEASE, ‘BROKEN HEART’

I am beginning to have the idea that there is a group of major overall and incapacitating illnessesthat are to do with suppression and/or total unconsciousness of an arts inner life that cannot beor has not been expressed. This in the sense that life is an art and it would be their way of livingtheir Religious Stages - Living One’s Own Religious Attitude to Life. I think that MyalgicEncephalopathy, Multiple Sclerosis and Motor Neurone Disease (when it is that) belong here. OPLsuggests there is a fourth which affects the connective tissue, and a fifth which affects the bloodbut has no idea what they might be as named illnesses at present, or if they are conventionallyrecognised in any separate way or as parts of other things. Parkinson’s Disease is one I have onlyvery recently found to fit here.

For ME people this is an unexpressed way of Living Their Own Religious Attitude to Life, and seediscussion above for examples.

For MND there was a man active in sport who had half wanted to be a poet, and became onewhen almost totally crippled using a one-finger computer to write stories and poems for his smalldaughter. And there is X whose problem is Water(E) and not true MND (in OPL’s view); he shouldhave been a philosopher.

149


MND is due to a delayed expression of Living One’s Own Religious Attitude to Life and for thesepeople their way of doing this would have perhaps been nearer to what we regard as cultural artsbut is still part of their own expression of their Religious Stages, which is about the art of living.

Among MS people, the first person I ‘collected’ as representative of my eventual thinking aboutpatterns is a carpenter who developed it at age 26 (I think) and is now 36. His body was tellinghim that he should be a real artist in wood-carving, cabinet making, etc., and definitely self-employed. He has a Light problem in the sensory nervous system. Others included here were notso obviously ‘arts’ people in the usual sense but their art would have been their independent waysof living their lives and is the repressed would-be way of Living Their Own Religious Attitude to Life.

The Connective Tissue Pattern is when the Krebs Cycle breaks down everywhere leading to non-replacement of connective tissue. It is very rapidly called dying, connective tissues being so wide-spread and so essential in the scheme of the body, but if there is a single named illness I don’t yetknow of it. It may just be dying itself, with or without an illness, and would certainly lead to it. Itis due to an unconscious fear of Living Their Own Religious Attitude to Life. This takes years todevelop, and couldn’t be called a ‘disease’ until very late on, even though it can begin to affectone earlier in practical ways.

The Blood Pattern arises when the white blood cells cannot be replaced because of, and contributingto, an inability to digest. I have no idea why that might be conventionally, but in Framework termsit is due to a refusal to Live Their Own Religious Attitude to Life. This may mean: an auto-immunedeficiency, stemming from a cause similar to that which causes Patterns, and spilling over intoReligious.

Since writing Patterns, I have, by chance, been able to tune in to someone suffering a form ofMultiple Sclerosis which turned out to be the Blood Pattern form. The person’s white blood cellswere not being replaced/produced as a result of a failure of both Digestives Systems I and II todigest properly. The consequence was a very gradual physical inability to replace all soft tissue. Thiswas the response to a refusal and inability in the Spatial Stages, and he was Stage 0, a ‘won’t’person (see discussion of the Stages). The problem here was that he was also Religious Stage 0 (thepossibility of which I hadn’t previously known about) and evidently was unwilling to live the typeof Religious Stage life he needed. The two Stages 0 in this case made a particular kind of Mindmissing, a Religious ‘won’t’ as well as a Spatial psychological one. The failure of both of these physio-logically makes the loss of digestion and production of white cells interfere with the Meaningresponse by the body. As a consequence there was a loss of every necessary physiological, electrical,and Krebs Cycle activity. Psychologically this will have built up slowly during his lifetime, andthough he must have been under general medical care since his teens when the psychologicaltipped over into the physical , it took about twenty more years before it began to develop and onlyafter the first three of that to be overt. From mid teens on it very slowly began to affect the bonemarrow and, in some way, the brain. It might have been possible to avert this at about age 13ishhad anyone noticed or understood the underlying situation, but might well have been difficult orimpossible as he was quite happy with who he was.

I should add that it does not follow that every person who is Spatial Stage 0 will inevitably sufferthis form of MS, but it is probable that they will if they also fail to live at least one Religious Stage.

In Parkinson’s Disease it is the peripheral motor system that is affected because the person has hadto give up the one activity they really like. This only affects some people in this situation becausethose are the one’s in whom there is nothing to express in any other way; they only respond tothe one thing - their particular activity. This belongs in Patterns because it is the inevitable cessation,

150


for whatever reason, of an activity that expressed that particular person’s physical artistic life,whether the onlooker considers it to be artistic or not.

Of the four people I have tuned in to suffering with Parkinson’s: one’s activity was ‘sleeping withmen’; the second’s was ‘being a champion’; the third’s was ‘cabinet making’; and the fourth’s was‘being attractive’. I found a fifth (Feb ‘04) who should have been a designer, and could have (OPLsic) averted the Parkinson effect if he’d done it at the first ‘tic’ (his word) in his right shoulder.

Parkinson’s is indirectly age associated in that it is aging that will have inevitably eventuallyprevented their activity, their expression of their artistic life.

Previously I had not looked at ME, MS, MND or Parkinson’s in this way, but it might well figuresince almost anything and everything that appears without an obvious outside agent comes fromwithin, and this generally means the body is trying to tell one something to which one has notlistened for too long. Expressing Religious Stages affects one’s body as a whole and not as bits asdo the Spatial Stages.

There is another to add to Patterns: when the C of CR stops working it affects the whole C of CA.What this would be called conventionally I don’t know. OPL suggests ‘Broken Heart’, because theperson can’t cope with the life they have, whether they like it or not. It’s the body that feels itsheart is broken because, despite the effort, it has to change the life enought for the body to recover- and it may not be able to.

20 December 2004 It has become apparent that ??Patterns?? Illnesses have all the Interruptions ofthe Cof CA, not just one or two.

RHEUMATISM

Rheumatism is the name given to muscles which have seized up when they have not been used /exercised. This is probably due to the level of the person’s Stages in the sense that the unusedmuscle or muscles are the physical expression behaviourally of a Stage’s convention. That is to say,the conventional behaviour of any Stage, psychologically, intellectually and emotionally, isexpressed by physical posture and behaviour to some extent; this is done through the various usesto which the skeletal muscles are put and the more inhibited these are at either end of the musclethe more likely they are to begin to seize up throughout their length.

The answer is for the person to go up the Stages and get moving.

Of course, it is a good thing to get moving anyway, but to keep it all in good health after that itis also a good thing to go up the Stages.

OPL insisted I do this piece of research because it is an expansion of work I was doing on BSE andother protein-brain problems as they include inhibition of pancreas in Digestive System II, andrheumatism is an extension of the adverse effects of a non-working pancreas.

There are two well known types of illness that occur because the pancreas isn’t being allowed towork properly; it is not known that this is part of the cause. It is the whole capabilities of thepancreas that is inhibited. The general names are rheumatism, and arthritis (qv above).

The illness affects Connective Tissue of all types.

151


PANCREAS The pancreas is composed of numerous lobules each containing groups of secretoryalveoli and, between them, the islets of Langerhans which are masses of cells unconnected to ducts.

From the alveoli the pancreas secretes pancreatic juice containing water, alkaline salts, the enzymeslipase and pancreatic amylase, the enzyme precursors trypsinogen and chymotrypsinogen. Thealkalinity helps neutralise acidity of chyme from stomach to allow juices and intestinal enzymes towork. Lipase splits fat into fatty acids and glycerol; pancreatic amylase splits starch into maltoseand dextrins; enterokinase in the intestine converts trypsinogen into trypsin; trypsin then convertschymotrypsinogen into chymotrypsin, and the two active enzymes, trypsin and chymotrypsin,attack different bonds in the proteins from those attacked by pepsin. Small quantities of amino-acids are liberated, but the main residues are still polypeptides until acted on by the peptidases ofthe intestinal juice.

The islets of Langerhans are endocrine glands that secrete two hormones, insulin and glucagon.Insulin lowers the level of sugar in the blood by helping the general body cells to take it up anduse it, or store it as glycogen. Glucagon raises the level of sugar in the blood by stimulating thebreakdown of liver glycogen. Together they help to transfer the carbohydrate reserves of the liverto the general body tissues and to maintain a constant level of sugar in the blood. The action ofglucagon is similar to that of epinephrine, but insulin has no counterpart. Lack of insulin deprives thetissues of nourishment and causes diabetes melitus.

Conventionally, the illness OPL is investigating has various names, depending on which effect isuppermost and is the consequence of:

1. of too little blood supply, or

2. of too much local blood supply - in the affected places in either case.

It is the interaction between the pancreas and the spleen that causes the changes in thelocal blood supply:

1. is due to a disturbed interaction because of Meaning IV failure and results in the interruptedblood supply;

2. is due to an over- p romoted chemical activity between the digestion of proteins by the pro d u c t sof the pancreas, especially the enzymes trypsinogen and trypsin, as opposed to the use ofamino-acids in the walls of the duodenum so that it can receive bile as well as everythingelse comfortably.

Illness 1. leads to rheumatism or arthritis

Illness 2. causes collapse of the dense regular fibrous connective tissue with parallel collagen fibres:ligaments and tendons.

The body views these two conditions as follows:

1. Rheumatism or Arthritis is stiffness in the belly of muscles due to restricted blood supply

2. Is a failure of ligaments and tendons which occurs if amino-acids alanine and serine havebeen reduced

and in the body’s view 1 and 2 ar e not the same illness. [I don’t know how they are namedconventionally]

152


I then asked:

Q. When does 1. get far enough to be arthritis?

A. Only when the blood supply becomes totally interrupted. The deposits at knuckles and otherjoints only occur when local capillaries and other small blood vessels become inflexible.

Q. What is the other illness? How are alanine and serine reduced?

A. Alanine and serine are reduced only if there is insufficient mental consciousness about the useof skeletal muscle and exercise in relation to food, especially the suitable type of foods for thatperson’s physical needs. The condition is probably lumped into ‘rheumatism’.

SPLEEN The spleen has lymph nodules; controls quality and volume of blood in circulation;destroys worn out red blood-corpuscles; acts as a reservoir for blood-cells of all kinds; produceslymphocytes in the lymph nodules; produces red corpuscles and granulocytes during foetal life, inadults after severe haemorrhage, and maybe anyway.

Pancreas and spleen co-operate together when there is a need for change of blood chemistry, butthis won’t happen when Meaning IV has been prevented from being used. This causes the chemistryin the blood to become very slow both to be changed, and to receive replacement red blood-corpuscles; the blood moves sluggishly and the necessary replacements for it aren’t there.

The effect of the blood not getting enough red blood-corpuscles replaced spirals downward witha consequence on the spinal cord, causing the cerebro-spinal-fluid to be deficient in certain nutri-tional contents for the brain. Also it stops the iron and oxygen physiological activity of the redblood cells.

In 1. the belly of the muscles suffer because there is: a) lack of movement, and b) no oxygen.

In 2. the ligaments and tendons suffer because there is: nothing coming in.

In neither 1. nor 2. will the tissue be chemically renewed.

In both 1. and 2. the connective tissue is destroyed through the loss of flexibility, the result of thecombination of pancreas not being able to move freely because of the failure of Meaning IV.

The failure of Meaning IV in this case will have been the result of severe withdrawal and emotionalupset causing the ribs to lose movement, the result of fright or suppression.

WHAT TO DO? There are two things to do about this, and they have to be done together:

a) Use conscious enquiry to find out the reasons for the severe withdrawal and emotional upset,the fright or the suppression.

b) Take vitamin D for 1. or vitamin B complex and vitamin D for 2. plus, in both cases, allminerals as outlined in a treatment for Organophosphate effects (qv above) - and thereaftereat only whole foods, no junk at all. The vitamin doses should be taken once a week; theminerals on the 6+6 basis, different single ones three times each day for 6 days followed by6 days without. Repeat the 6+6 and the weekly vitamin dose until flexibility is completelyrestored. In all cases the vitamins and minerals should be taken at the recommendedstrengths only.

153


In practice, how far flexibility could be restored in any one case I don’t know, it presumably dependson how far the deterioration has gone.

The tuning in process says this is all now understood - but it has not been used and I cannottherefore say whether it is useful information or not.

S C R A P I E


‘SHINGLES’

- bilateral fixation of one or more vertebrae among the non-BSVs

The condition known as Shingles (a corruption, presumably, of cingulum, a girdle, in that the path-way forms more or less of a belt round the body) is the fixation or total lack of movement of avertebra in relation to vertebrae above or below it. It is caused by lack of actioning in the VertebralCover on both sides of that vertebra . It can also occur elsewhere in fact, such as in a leg orabdomen, but for the same reason. Facial shingles has a different cause (see below).

Vertebral Cover, if you remember, is the term I have given to the five tissues surrounding the spinalcord:

1. the bone immediately adjacent to the spinal cord, including the body and arch of the vert e b r a ebut excluding the neural spines and the transverse processes

2. the periosteum of that part of the bones

3. the ligaments along the body of the vertebrae

4. the tendons of the muscles immediately adjacent to the vertebrae

5. the sheaths of the nerves arising between the vertebrae

The sort of fixation that produces the condition know as ‘Shingles’ only occurs in those vertebraethat do not come under the heading of Behaviourally Significant Vertebrae (BSVs).

BSVs are: Lumbars 5,4 and 2; Thoracics 12, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 3 and 2; Cervicals 5, 3, 2, and1 in con-junction with base of skull.

Non-BSVs therefore are: Lumbars 3 and 1; Thoracics 11, 10, 4 and 1; Cervicals 7, 6 and 4.

Those vertebrae which come into the category of BSV have very specific reasons why they ‘fix’ andmoreover the Vertebral Cover (VC) can fix on their left side, their right side or on both together -centrally. (For the original description and discussion of Behaviourally Significant Vertebrae see BookOne.)

As far as reasons for fixation in Non-BSVs goes, they are personal to the individual sufferer (unlikethose for BSVs). The ‘affliction’ is always self-inflicted (as are BSVs) and it will probably be the expres-sion of a half-conscious/half-unconscious response/failure to respond, the right side of the VCexpressing the half-conscious response and the left side of the VC expressing the half-uncon-sciousness failure to respond. The effect of this VC stiffening or non-actioning is a non-actioning ofthe nerve sheaths along the relevant ribs on both sides of the body if it is a Thoracic vertebra thatis affected, or round the abdomen or down the leg if it is a Lumbar:

As far as shingles of the rib cage is concerned, there are two reasons why this might occur:1. failure to be overtly accepted by other people or another person plus

154


2. failure to accept that

and it is a condition that can only partly be resolved by using consciousness. The uncomfortable,not to say painful, effect of fixations at Non-BSVs are eventually at the point where the nerveendings are not able to work; in the abdomen or leg this may be right at the end of the nervepathway, or, as in the thorax the non-actioning runs along the whole path of each implicated rib.

‘SHINGLES’ ON THE FACE comes from a different reason: an unconscious or a semi-conscious (orboth) intellectually induced lack of flexible movement of the lower jaw.

The affected area eventually includes the upper jaw area and the side of the face below and aroundthe eye and runs from the point of the chin to the back of the lower jaw and from the base of theneck upward, including the upper jaw and temple - the upper area of which is served through themandibular, maxillary and ophthalmic branches of the trigeminal nerve, cranial nerve V, whicharises in the lower brain or brain stem. This is an area which, like any other, is vulnerable top rolonged inactivity, and a persistent posture of stiffly held neck and shoulders will prevent fle x i b l emovement of the head. This may be on the left, on the right, or bilaterally, respectively indicatinga situation that is: on the left, unconscious, and on the right, conscious but not being activelyaddressed, or is a mix of both if it is bilateral in its effect - on both sides of the face rather that oneside only.

This persistent refusal to accept, intellectually, may stand by itself, or it may include intellectualrationalisation of the refusal to accept anything that is seen to be different, or be an intellectualdefence of one’s own accepted life. It is this refusal which leads to the postural stiffening of theshoulders, neck and head in this regard , on one side or the other or on both.

The continued pain (neuralgia) after the rash has gone, in both facial neuralgia and in shingles, isbecause all of the cells involved, of every kind, have had most of their supply of water (in Energicand body terms; in this case blood in ordinary and orthodox terms) prevented from coming insince the blood vessels have been cramped up, and this needs to be restored to each of the affectedtissues. To elicit how this should be done and in what order, after the person has understood howand why the situation has been induced, consult the body cells.

TEETH:

There is a very minor aspect of the effect in the face that comes from just the same cause and givesrise to tenderness in some of the teeth in the beginning. Personally I have experienced this in pre-molar 2, upper or lower, on one or both sides. It makes them tender when being brushed, I find,but when I have sorted out the reason, the intellectual failure to live whatever it is I am being stupidabout, then my shoulders relax, my neck is able to move freely and there is therefore no furtherrestriction of head movement as far as that is concerned.

The interesting question is what determines which one or more of the three branches of the trigeminalnerve gets affected? It seems to be the postural angle of the shoulders, even though this is quiteslight, plus the degree of inflexibility produced in cervical vertebrae 5-2 (upward) because of that.It starts with the use of one or both arms being inhibited and goes on to the shoulder joint andthe scapula being used in a slightly different way to accommodate the inhibited use of the arms.In order to facilitate the inhibition the levator scapula, on one or both sides of the body, the muscleswhich run between the upper medial angle of the shoulder blades or scapulae and the transverseprocesses of cervical vertebrae 2,3, 4 and 5 are slightly tensed up and so are the scaleni muscleswhich run between the transverse processes of the cervical vertebrae to ribs 1 and 2.

155


The effect when there is a Non-BSV response is one of slightish bilateral inflexibility - slightish tosevere, actually. This prevents any area or tissue near those vertebrae from moving freely.

What to do about it? In general the theoretical answer would be: change oneself so that one isacceptable. The practical answer is that this is unlikely to happen - and why should it, indeed. Solong as one is seeing to one’s Stages growth and development, and so long as one is harmingneither other people nor the natural world, then one will probably be OK to struggle along beingoneself. The problem arises, so far as I can see, when a person is ‘stuck’ in a situation in societywhere they feel unaccepted and don’t want to change either themselves or to get out of that situ-ation to find a more suitable one.

This adds up to something that can’t be addressed very effectively in terms of change. Even if onechanges one’s social situation, that isn’t actually addressing the original issue, merely running awayfrom it; and even if one consciously knows what the problem is or was, that doesn’t alter it.

How it happens: if one Non-BSV vertebra ‘goes’ several ‘go’ but the initial one ‘goes’ when a BSVplus the local Meaning plus its Band have been upset emotionally, intellectually a n d p s y c h o l o g i c a l l yall at once.

As an example: my Lumbar 3/4 nerve was affected (‘went’) first by Lumbar 4 (a BSV for ‘unable toaccept other’s expressed emotions’) being affected when a friendship broke up for reasons I didn’tknow about, and that fixed Lumbar 3 (a Non-BSV) as well because I felt unaccepted unconsciouslybut also failed to accept that in practice as unlike many a break-up of a relationship it was in noway re c i p rocated by me, which would have saved me this p a rt i c u l a r p roblem. This in turn inhibitedboth Meaning II and Band II. The effect was reinforcement and exacerbation in the nerve pathwaythat runs bilaterally from L3/4 to the sides of the abdomen of inhibited response.

In theory, the initial vertebra to be affected might have been L5 since this, along with L4, is alsoone that fixes in response to ‘not accepting other’s expressed emotion’. However, in this case, L5is the final vertebra in the spinal column and has no Non-BSV next to it so it would not haveexpressed the situation properly. To do that it had to be L4 + L3, and of course also M II and B II.Had it been L5 alone it would have been L5 out on its own and for its own reason. L4 could beimplicated with other things - which it was, though L4 could also have fixed on its own if thatalone had been the reason. I’m not sure what determines whether L4 or L5 expresses ‘not accept-ing other’s expressed emotion’ at any one time. It seems never to be both at once.

I think it must be essential to change the situation in both the affected Meaning/s and the associ-ated Band/s in order to change the effect in the vertebrae, and though I have only talked of L3and L4 with Meaning II and Band II, the same is as true of shingles along the ribs as it is for shingleson the abdomen or neck, and it will implicate Meanings and Bands there along with the BSVs andNon- BSVs. I gather that the problem will always start with a BSV next to an Non-BSV and it is theNon-BSV that will cause the trouble because it is the Non-BSV reason that is the real problem andthe BSV reason is one which one refuses to accept. Despite that, the BSV reason is never the realproblem in this case because it is the failure to accept not being accepted that does one in, as it were,not the various BSV reasons which are of quite a different nature taken on their own.

Having said one needs to change the Meaning and Band situations - can it be done? We’re backto where we were. To change the situation one would need to change everything and perhapseveryone, otherwise one is running away from it, which is certainly one answer but not always thesuitable one. I suspect it would need a thorough going-into by all parties so that everyone under-

156


stands what the various feelings, actions and ideas or attitudes are that the situation encompasses,in everyone.

I think it is a serious consciousness that is needed, after which, anyway in theory, uninhibited andf ree body movement should be re s t o red and the nerve pathways would then no longer be inhibited,this inhibition being one of insufficient nutrients and too much lymph everywhere in the vicinityof that pathway.

BUT... how much any of the participants would be willing to go in for this sort of enquiry remainsto be seen. It might change things quite radically.

The BSVs that begin this sort of problem are always those of:

L4, T6, or C3

L4 alone then brings in L3, plus M II and B II;

T6 alone brings in T9, T1, C7, C6 plus Ms and Bs III, IV and V;

C3 brings in T2 and probably all the vertebrae in between plus M and B V.

SKIN

Certain skin problems are partially due to a person’s inability to deal with other people. Skin onlygoes wrong when it has too much carbon dioxide in it. This means the Eliminatory System is notworking suitably - the Framework System that is ‘nutrients in and wastes out of every cell in the body’.

Skin is semi-follow-on tissue; it follows-on the condition of the Bands or limbs of which it is theouter cover, and the condition of the Band or limb, and there f o re its skin, is always the consequenceof hormone conditions - the Some Hormones System being interfered with, not the EnergicHormones.

Too much carbon dioxide equals too little oxygen; this is the result of mental or physical tensioncausing suppression of mind, i.e. of unconscious thinking or, in this case, suppressing free use ofthe sensory nervous system: Mind semi-missing.

To deal with this the person needs to observe the occasions after which the body produces the skinresponse. This response can be immediate or within a few minutes because the carbon dioxide-oxygen exchange will have been interfered with as soon as the Some Hormones System has beenupset, and that can happen immediately when the sensory nervous system is upset. However, itmay not make itself apparent for half a day or more, perhaps.

The skin response happens due to a psychological response combined with a physical failure, i.e.when the Eliminatory System is unable to continue (wastes out / nutrients in), the Autonomic nervesto the area of the Band organs over which the skin lies are prevented from actioning, the requirednutrients cannot get into the cells of the organs, so that the whole Band can be affected.

Limbs are follow-on tissue to thorax or abdomen respectively so that when internal organs of eitherof these areas (Bands II for abdomen, Bands III and V for thorax) are inhibited, the legs or armscan be affected.

Interference with the Some Hormones System and the Eliminatory System and the Sensory NervousSystem (the latter not a Framework ‘division’ but it needs in this case to be looked at in its own

157


right), all three together, causes a carbon-dioxide overload in all the relevant internal organs of theaffected Bands.

The type of skin affliction reflects how these three Systems are affected, which may be anythingfrom extreme emotional frustration, through any sort of idiosyncratic psychological or intellectualoutlook or experience, to a variety of disease instigators. Some of these latter may be well known,most of the others will be individual to the person concerned.

ECZEMA as well as being a very obvious and uncomfortable not to say painful condition, is also avery obvious example of how people may be affected by other people. It took me several yearsbefore I found this one out. For some time I had realized that it was, along with many other skinconditions, an inability on the part of the sufferer to be able to cope with other people, but even-tually the greater subtleties revealed themselves, as it were. It is both the inability to cope withother people but, and primarily, is also the picking up from those other people, or groups, the wayin which they are failing to use their Meanings in most cases. The eczema itself, the skin eruptions,follow the paths of those muscles the person or persons of the group of origin are failing to use freelybecause of the Meaning they are not using.

Of course, this is difficult for people to swallow, though it is exactly the same as other sorts of effectsone picks up from other people, except that most of those are not so visible as eczema. They canbe quite deadly, though most of them are not. Of the renewed eczema rashes of one person,renewed in some places on returning to this country after a period away during which most rasheshad improved, the rash all over Band I was picking up the lack of use of Meaning I in one of hisparents; the rashes down both sides of his chest were picking up the failure of his boss to use bothMeanings III and IV; the rash on his back was a reflection both of the feeling by the Non-BSVs fromthe other people at his work and, in this case, also his own response, and was not the lack of useof a Meaning that was the cause; the rash at the sides of his upper chest and under his arms onboth sides was expressing the inability his girl-friend had to use Meaning V. (There were otherthings too but this is sufficient to make the point.) The reason why not everyone gets eczema frompicking up situations from others is that it is only when the particular muscles are tightened upthat the physiological result follows as outlined above. For myself, for instance, it affects my intern a lorgans not my skin because I don’t tighten muscles as a response and therefore restrict water flow(which is Framework-speak for blood and lymph). The muscles that are affected in eczema are theones whose insertions are in the Band or Meaning not being used or lived as far as I know, and nottheir origins.

What to do about it is more diffic u l t . Using the psychological method would need detailed analysisof each occasion when the person finds themselves to be affected, but of course it would be prefer-able to counteract the effect before it happens. In theory it is the other people that should dealwith t h e m s e l v e s, after all it is their failure one is picking up and expressing for them! but in practicethis won’t happen and sadly one has to be realistic. Having consciously noted both the occasionand the person or people (and remember there will be a time delay before the obvious rash occurs)by going back over in their mind the contacts and conversations of one or two days before, itwould then be necessary to analyse everything about the who and when - and remember it isthe stuff one has not noticed at the time, the unconscious content and feelings, that is theproblem so it is a fairly sophisticated business. It will also include understanding the other personin the same way as oneself - as much as possible in either case and then tune each bit of that out.After that it is necessary deliberately and consciously to address one’s own body parts, all thoseMeanings, or as above Non-BSVs, and tune them back to oneself with conscious ‘orders’ to them towork properly.

158


For the parents of children, infants and babies, they would have to take the responsibility of doingthis analysis for themselves about themselves since the children obviously are not able to do anysuch thing. But the evidence is laid out that the children are obviously unable to cope with some-one near to them, and also that they are picking up that person’s unconsciousness. Failing to useMeanings is only a matter of unconsciousness about that Meaning, or an adherence to a conventionnot to use it, with a consequential repression of some sort, whether anyone around uses theFramework’s term ‘Meaning’ and its wording or not.

The psychological way of dealing with eczema, and maybe with any skin condition due to the sameor much the same reason, will not be very acceptable to most people, and may be beyond theability of most people since most people do not think in this way at all. That doesn’t mean to say itmight not work if they had help in the matter, help that concentrated on Meanings and living them.

SUMMARY FOR ECZEMAThis is usually a case of not being able to cope with people.

There is generally insufficient oxygen to the subcutaneous layers due to restricted rib movementand therefore restricted breathing. This restricted rib movement is accomplished by not movingupper chest and neck and/or not moving intercostals and/or not moving diaphragm. The uncon-scious choice among these depends on what the body is trying to point out:

upper chest and neck = can’t cope with expressing responses about people

intercostals = failure to allow love

diaphragm = failure to accept own loss of emotional dependency

In treatment, this information would have to be investigated as to the person’s own and individualapplication in his or her own life. Also this information might well have to come a long way downthe line after other sorts of discussion. Only individual considerations apply.

PSORIASIS is not a skin problem in the same sense; it is a psychological one and will always affectthe mid-brain (see discussion at the beginning of Part V.A on the Brain’s Boundary betweenUnconsciousness and Consciousness) and consequently the actioning of the whole body as well asthe organization of the Energic Hormones and oxygen from Ms II & V.

Treatment must be for the individual Emotional or Psychological ‘problems’. Meanings II & III havelost their Vibration.

This is a very difficult condition as it can be extremely unconscious. Working with consciousnesswould probably be quite difficult and working with unconsciousness might well be much better,e.g. using homoeopathic or homoeopathized remedies of suitable sorts. In this case the body goeswrong in all three ways: lack of movement, messed up chemistry, and lack of electrical messages.

(see Basic Reasons for Illness in Part V.A for further discussion of these).

The endgame of whatever the mechanism is to cause it is: too little oxygen in the layers on theunderside of the skin, the germinating layer or stratum basale, and the one immediately above it,the stratum spinosum. The reason is that the person is Energically very finely balanced and theEnergics very easily go wrong when the person doesn’t want to cope with themselves in their life.

This is in contrast to: eczema when the endgame is: too little Air(E) and Sugar(E) put into the skin,resulting in too much CO2 in it which arises when a person can’t cope with o t h e r people, or a person.

159


SPINAL MUSCULAR ATROPHY

(not in any way to be confused with ankylosing spondylitis)

This is what happens after both the Non-Behaviourally Significant Vertebrae (N-BSVs) and theBehaviourally Significant Vertebrae (BSVs) are prevented from moving flexibly because their owneris not listening to what they are telling him or her. The result of this is that the spinal cord cannotwork properly, and the result of that is that the BNU of all five Meanings cannot work suitably e i t h e r,i.e., the physiology of the tissues of neck, thorax and abdomen collectively is largely inhibited.

This doesn’t happen all at once. The first vertebrae to become inflexible, that is to say the verte-brae next to which the Vertebral Cover (VC) stiffens up bilaterally, and for these initial vertebrae itis always a bilateral matter, are the N-BSVs - Lumbars 3 and 1; Thoracics 11, 10, 4 and 1; andCervicals 7, 6 and 4. There are two reasons why this happens and both have to be present beforeit does. The first is that the person feels that they have failed to be overtly accepted by other peopleor another person plus a failure to accept this. This is eventually followed, if never sorted out, bythe BSVs being fixed when the various relevant VCs are stiffened up for the various relevant BSVreasons. The reasons for BSVs and their VCs becoming inflexible are specific to: Lumbars 5, 4 and2; Thoracics 12, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 3 and 2; Cervicals 5, 3, 2 and 1, the latter in conjunction with thebase of the skull (see Behaviourally Significant Vertebrae in book one). The order in which the BSVsare fixed in this condition is from the top of the spine down, Cervicals first, eventually followed byThoracics, and then Lumbars.

Treatment: it is only possibly effective if it deals with the Meanings as well as the BSVs. The N-BSVscan’t be changed until the person feels accepted by the people or person who they felt rejectedby in the first place. The way this is treated remedially would necessarily be individual to anddictated by each vertebra of each individual person. It is not a matter for generalities; only the diag-nosis is that. Whether treatment would be effective even so I have no idea.

The reason why this starts stiffening up at the N-BSVs first is because the small child, round aboutthe age of 3 years old, begins to know, half consciously, that they are beginning to be rejected. By4 years old or so they have begun to fight against this - they fail to accept it. This means they don’tadapt to the situation or run away from it in some way, they remain in it but don’t accept it. Afterthat the BSVs start to come into play, from the top down in this case, and this makes quite a picture:

emotional inflexibility;

refusal to act ;

conventionally doesn’t use shoulders freely;

fear of expressing love;

inability to ‘take’;

refusal to act;

indecision (for arms);

insists on intellectual honesty;

indecision (for legs);

can’t accept others expressed emotions.

These overlap each other or some implicate others (e.g. two ‘refusals to act’) so consult the BSVdiagram to elucidate this.

160


It must be emphasised that half of all of this will be unconscious and half of it will be conscious.This is expressed by the Vertebral Cover stiffening/fixing bilaterally; the consciousness is expressedby the stiffening of the right side of the VC and the unconsciousness by that on the left. The bilat-eral stiffening in any case of this happening at any BSV denotes that the person is partly uncon-scious of the problem but at the same time are half conscious of it but doing nothing about it. Itis nearly always bilateral at N-BSVs.

STATE OF MIND / ATTITUDE OF MIND

A ‘state of mind’ inhibits everything and alters the way in which one allows the whole body, viathe central nervous system, to work

An ‘attitude of mind’, on the other hand, uses the whole body in a way that demonstrates posturallyan attitude one has unconsciously chosen. Consciously chosen ones are n ’t fixed into the posture .

STROKES

According to the tuning in process these are preventable. It is not chance where the brain isaffected; it is in the part of the brain that is trying not to work because it doesn’t want to knowabout whatever it is. For A., for instance, it was the short-term affairs of daily life, and indeed hershort term memory for those things has now gone. For B., who had two strokes, the first of whichhe had not been aware, it was two different matters: one, of being less able to think, and thesecond, as an attempt to forget about being physically less capable.

T h e re is, of course, a lot more to say about this. The attempt at cutting out will have been graduallybecoming more and more obvious. This is what should be noticed. Having done that, there wouldhave to be a frank and honest analysis of everything to do with it, including the person’s feelingst o w a rds whatever it is. For the rest, whatever there is to say will be a matter personal to the individualconcerned, but it is the principle that I wanted to record.

Whether the short-term memory for many stroke victims goes I don’t know, but if it is then I suggestthis in itself is significant - the short-term matters of all those people could bear investigation andchange; B’s short term memory has not gone.

TRANSPLANTS - HEART, KIDNEYS

Of the two heart patients I’ve tuned in to on TV, one had a Meaning III problem which should havebeen dealt with at age16 and the other had Meaning III and V problems which should have beendealt with at age 20. Now both are waiting for heart transplants, one aged 50 something and theother aged 42.

I have found the same sort of comment can be made of kidney problems leading to the need fordialysis - that the condition might well not need to have developed had the body itself beenconsulted earlier.

161


ULCERS, POTENTIAL STOMACH OR DUODENAL:

Stomach and duodenum lose water and sugar of the Energics when they are prevented by uncon-sciousness from responding.

To deal with this before ulcers have developed one needs consciously to accept the message oneis being given: it is always one thing - that one is failing to understand what one has taken in; themetaphor is from ‘ingesting into the stomach and digesting via the duodenum’; normally this hasregard to food and drink but psychologically, intellectually and emotionally it is about one’s life;one has taken in more than one can digest about or in one’s life.

When one has consciously accepted this one can begin to change the situation in the stomach orduodenum or both. The assumption is that one knows by then what it is about one’s life one hasnot digested. At this point one can consciously tell the stomach and/or duodenum to take in sugarand water, in that order, talking to each organ separately. (Though in Framework terms sugarmetabolism goes with Directed Action and water metabolism goes with Thought in the Cycle ofContinuous Action and dis-integration takes place anti-clockwise while re-integration would takeplace clockwise, i.e., water and then sugar in the C of CA; because we are primarily dealing withEnergics here one should try and restore sugar first and water second).

NB. Restoration of Energics always goes from right to left along the five constituents of air, water,hormones, sugar and Meanings II & V if all of them are affected, in reverse order to this list.

When ulcers have actually developed this treatment is insufficient. They will physically have also tobe treated additionally at the same time.

VIRUS

[see Research Book: Supplement to The Language of Silence; and discussion in Directed Actionmissing, and Virus - both in Book One.]

CASE HISTORIES AND PERSONAL EXPERIENCESAmong others, I have decided to put here some cases written up, in their own way, by the peopleconcerned. I am still only including a few cases and still only with a view to trying to illustrate thekind of thinking that using the Framework et al entails.

The temptation among one’s own cases is only to include those which are successful so I am goingto begin with one against myself as an illustration of how at least one person views the workpresented here. I lent the 1989 version of this manuscript (which has subsequently been expandeda bit but not otherwise changed) to a consultee who had said “Why am I not convinced?”, towhich I had, of course, no answer. In a subsequent letter from her it was intimated that I belongto a band of “writers (who) feel deeply convinced in each case that theirs contains the ultimatetruth. It is as though each sinks his own little bore hole into the great well of eternal truth, andbrings up some water with which a few people can quench their thirst: the conviction that ‘I’ andI alone have access to the well and a special task or message, does seem in the end to nullify thevalidity of what one can give, as one passes along the Way. Also, one becomes more and moresubject to ‘principalities and powers’, which seek a pliable and willing messenger, and slowly some-thing much less pure than the source begins to get a foothold, and consciousness does not continueto grow. Then one may begin to destroy, instead of nurturing, those who seek help.”

162


It is ironic that this person arrived to see me at Stage O as a regression, and shortly after seeingme and having the manuscript reverted to Stage 5 though this, naturally, was a personal effort onher part since it is impossible to influence anyone against their will. I never had further news of thisperson’s physical health and nor did I give her any treatment in the first place; our session wasconfined to talk and diagnosis vis a vis the Framework, in particular in relation to C of CA partsmissing.

This is obviously a ‘terrible warning’ to anyone who should in any way fail to subject the inform a t i o nin this book to a serious internal critique of their own. Readers Take Note.

The following four examples have come from a local doctor, Dr David Brittain who, after havingbeen a general practitioner for some 14 years, has moved into the field of alternative medicine. Heuses a variety of remedies, all in homoeopathic form, but extending far outside the usual range ofhomoeopathy; they include mixtures as well as sets of homoeopathic remedies made from flo w e r s ,each set from a different continent or country. His preferred method of diagnosis nowadays includesdowsing as a means of matching the remedies to the problems.

Recently he has begun to include the use of the Framework and other information outlined in thisbook as a diagnostic tool to get closer to root causes. Also he has had occasion to use some of theMethods For Change (see Part V.B).

In Example 1 he added ‘Person?, Place?, Situation? or Thing?’ as a means of starting to pin downwhatever was the past cause of the current problem, having already elicited the past time factorby dowsing. This was evidently a time when the cause was buried by the person, for obviouslygood reasons at the time, but which over time remained to be dealt with. In the event it was notd e t e rmined whether it was the remedies or the bringing to consciousness that had the desired eff e c t .

In Example 2 the dowsing enquiry included the current state of the Energics each time, theVertebral Cover, a past Situation in one Band, the use of Hot from the Methods For Change plusan exercise, and several remedies from the practitioner’s usual range. Of course, no dowsing elucidatesthese matters immediately; it takes, as a rule, a great number of questions before arriving at theusable answers, and then to arrive at the required treatments.

In Example 3 there is illustrated the interesting fact that it is necessary to tune in to both motherand child in pregnancy, and often well into childhood, in order to work with the problems of apregnant mother, or before being able to ‘isolate’ a child for diagnosing who is completely tied tothe mother in its own ‘mind’. Having done this, the information became much easier to obtain,still using the Framework, in this case to do with the C of CA in general. The rest of the treatmentand diagnosis was the practitioner’s own.

In Example 4 (and being the same orthodox diagnosis originally, of glandular fever, this can becompared with Examples 5, 6 and 10) it can be seen that the diagnosis here has again been usedin a more wholistic manner. It found both that there was a past Situation to be dealt with, and alsocould define which part of the physiology of the body (Meanings II and V) had been adverselyaffected (‘part’ in Meanings (q.v.) refers to areas physically transverse in the body and is to do withhow, or if, the person is religiously responding to life; it is not one or more ‘parts’ of the generalphysiology which is divided up into the parts of the Energics, q.v.). After the first treatment, thegeneral effect on the body could then be looked at and treated - before that it was evidently notsuitable, according to the body, hence the use of actually dowsing in to the body’s own view ofitself and its needs and the timing of treatments.

163


The people represented by the following four case histories have all given their permission to bebe included.

Example 1

30.1.95

R. sacro-iliac* pain for 3 weeks - having to stop work. Self employed and very distressed by loss ofincome - financial state ‘dodgy’. Dowsing revealed ‘situation’ 13 months ago as cause of pain butthe patient at first failed to remember any traumatic events. Her daughter came into room and wasasked what happened 13 months ago - she said “don’t you remember, mum, that’s exactly whenI took the accidental overdose and had to be admitted as an emergency”. Mum then rememberedthe episode as one of extreme anxiety which she kept to herself.

Dowsed two remedies - stuck on sacro iliac area on Right side. Pain gone next day.

Did the relief occur because of the remedies or because the incident was brought to conscious-ness? [Practitioner’s query].

[*the sacro-iliac joints are the joints, almost immobile ones in daily terms, that lie between theseveral fused vertebrae of the triangular sacrum at the base of the spine and the pelvic bones oneither side of it that wrap around to form the hips and which hold the hip joints.

Sometimes, in relation to Dr Brittain’s remedies, the body indicates they should be applied extern-ally rather than taken by mouth in which case they are stuck on the indicated area with Microporetape. Author]

Example 2

12.1.9565 year old lady with history of polymyalgia* over last 3 years. - previously very well. Treated withsteroids - prednisone - now on maintenance dose of 3.5mg daily, also pain killers and anti-inflam-matories. Complaining of muscles aching and shoulder and elbow pain on both sides, alsoheadaches every day for 3 years and extreme tiredness, worse since death of close friend 1 year ago.

Past History - 3 hip operations over 18 years since fracture on Right side.Dowsed - main problem was her own and not one picked up from anyone else.It has affected:

Energics Ms II & V and the Energic’s C of CA

Vertebral Cover next to the Thoracic Vertebrae as well as other local muscles.

Remedies - OM 32 6c. Stick on Governing Vessel meridian 10 [this is an acupuncture point on thespine] also hot water before meals and exercise to move the upper spine more freely - the Yoga cat stretchmovement suggested

25.1.95Happy - no headaches - first time for years. Disappeared after 1 week. Also aches much improved.Dowsed - SNS [sensory nervous system] in Band III

164


Remedy - Southern Cross and Fear balance 1c, single dose.

7.2.95Dowsed - Connective tissue in Band IIIRemedy - Kidney balance 1x single dose.

16.3.95Headaches returned last 2 weeks, energy still holding goodDowsed - Energic Meanings II & V, and C of CA generallyBand II: Situation 8-9 months ago, close friend dies.Remedy - Bach Flower Remedy: Willow 1M twice a day for 1 day.also - Hot water treatment* indicated (on dowsing)Patient feels v. hopeful - more response to this than previous orthodox treatment. Wanting to cutdown on prednisone.Treatment continues.

[*polymyalgia - form of rheumatism with gross early morning stiffness which eases off during day;pain in shoulders and sometimes round hips; affects more women than men.

The use of HOT removed local lack of actioning in stomach plus internal swelling of sigmoid andlower descending colon. The HOT was recommended to be applied internally in the form of a glassof hot water before eating anything at all at any time during the day and to be drunk down fast toprovide an internal poultice, as it were. The effect is intended to make the stomach and lower twoparts of the colon work properly again, the stomach to continue and add to the processing of foodand the colon’s two parts to allow the proper evacuation of the solid food wastes. HOT is to reduceswelling (excess lymph) in soft tissue. Author]

Example 3

12.1.957 weeks pregnant - severe nausea for 2 weeks, tried homoeopathic Apomorphinum & Artemisia.

Tries to eat small amounts 2 hourly. Nausea worse at sight or smell of food. Happy to be pregnant.No obvious stress.

Past History - 3 children age 5,3 and 1. Nausea with all. Hepatitis with glandular fever at age 13.Dowsed - Phosphorus - no response after 2 days.View mother and child as one - wholistic approach.Mind/Movement of Energy missing - Liver.Remedy - Lilac 2x. single dose. 2 days later patient much improved - left with very slight nausea but manageable and very happywith response.Still only complaining of very slight nausea after four weeks.

165


Example 4

7.1.95Glandular fever in Dec 93 and since then never been well - exhausted, poor concentration and hashad to give up music studies. Sometimes feels so weak she cannot hold up a cup of coffee.

Previous to this very stressful episode - harassment from jealous ex boy friend.This had been diagnosed as Post Viral Fatigue Syndrome.Dowsed - Directed action missing; Meaning V and II (in the Bands) not working very wellSituation - 2 years ago re boyfriendPatient admitted to fear at the time and now to anger about the event.Remedies - Bryonia 30c twice daily for 2 days. 3rd day Proteus 2x twice daily for 2 days.

19.1.95Better but still very tired.Dowsed - Chemical Conversion affected (liver) with D.A missing. Remedy - glandular fever Nosode30x1 week later felt much improved energy returned.[as mentioned above, compare this Example with nos.5, 6 and 10]

[Comment

As an onlooker to this particular series, I think it is probable that each of these people could gofurther; that is to say they probably each have room to understand more about themselves andpossibly therefore to realise sooner what is a ‘symptom’ and to stop it the sooner. Possibly theycould even learn what it might be saying to them, if that is the case.

This, though, is a comment one could make about anybody and is not in the least intended tounderrate the satisfaction one gains from having an ‘ill’ removed! And three cheers for being ableto do that! Author]

The following examples have come from among my own practice. The first two I have written upmyself in consultation with the two people concerned; the others have been written up by thepeople themselves as I wanted to include the other person’s experience of using the Framework,or having it used in consultation with them and on their behalf. If I have added any comments orexplanations they have been put in square brackets and have been vetted and accepted by thevarious writers.

Examples 5 and 6.

These were two brothers in their mid and late teens respectively who at different times were eachdiagnosed as having glandular fever. One, who came to see me in the August, treated himself onmy advice (over the phone) by eating absolutely nothing Red (not even the ‘finger’ of fish fingers,to his humorous dismay!), or even orange or yellow, for a long period and also of concentrating alot on eating Green and having everything Cold. He was advised to learn to pace himself a lot

166


better as to work, play and rest in general, and was advised to stay off physical activity for the nextperiod in particular as he had to concentrate on his school work at the time and he had not theenergy to do both at once. In the event he stayed off physical activity for the next 4-5 months (tillJan) as his body wasn’t sure he should go back to it. Dieted for a month, till mid-Sept. For a weekor so in the early stages the treatment was accompanied by some tissue salts of suitable kinds andpotencies. All consultations were carried out on the telephone.

The other brother, in his first year of University, was driven up to see me as he needed hands-ontreatment of a suitable kind which was followed by several homoeopathic remedies, starting aftera gap in time dictated by the body and then continued at uneven intervals of time also dictatedby the body. The first visible change was apparently on the drive back to Kent when he actuallyate and drank something, and later in the evening also ate a little. Prior to this initial hands-ontreatment he had been unable to eat (or even to swallow his own saliva) for about a week due topain and swelling in the neck and throat and to generally feeling wretched. Shortly before seeingme he had managed to swallow ice cream but nothing else.

[One of the things this does underline is the convenience of being able to dowse, though whethereveryone can dowse at a distance I don’t know; I imagine they can, with practice. In the firstinstance I could determine that there was no need for me to see the person concerned and alsowork out the necessary treatments, in the second there definitely was the need to be treated withhands-on (though expecting someone to be driven from Kent to Norfolk seemed to me to beexpecting a great deal; I am always hesitant about these things and was profoundly thankful thatthe treatment was effective, and so quickly. Of course, it could be said that it was a natural turn ofevents in the natural course of the illness, and I can’t say whether that might be so or not).

The other thing these two instances show, when taken into account with Example 4 above ( E x a m p l e3 may not be relevant here), is that a diagnosis that is given a name may have no re l e v a n c e to theindividual condition concerned; in none of these three cases was the treatment the same, and there isv e ry little likelihood that it could be, given that each of their bodies had ‘failed’ to action in diff e re n tways and in different places though for partially similar reasons.

The dictionary definition of glandular fever (Black’s Medical Dictionary, 35th edition), or infectiousmononucleosis, is that of an acute virus infection generally affecting older children, adolescents andyoung adults. The incubation is up to seven weeks and the symptoms, plus fever, are much asdescribed in the second of the brothers above, with occasional worse effects. Children recoverquickly but adults may not. Treatment advocated is bed rest, analgesics and keeping the neckwrapped up. (Since this is a 1987 dictionary the treatment nowadays may be different.)

The treatment in Example 5, of rest, green and tissue salts, matched the needs of the nervoussystem as a whole while cold matched the autonomic part of the nervous system; the treatmentin Example 6, of suitable hands-on was to match the needs of the Energics of Sugar, the followinghomoeopathic remedies matching the needs of Energics of Hormones and Water especially. I amnot able to comment on Example 4 (or 3) as I was not involved at all.

I am not trying to say that this is necessarily the best method of treating this illness, or any illnessindeed. I am trying to say that it underlines the diff e rent way of looking at illnesses, and in re l a t i o nto the information afforded by the Framework in particular. In neither of the latter two Exampleswas Consciousness made extensive use of except to involve the person in understanding and applying

167


their own treatments, but then there was no need to. There was no deep and unconscious reasonfor their illnesses, but there had been Meanings affected, Ms II, III, IV and V in the first person andMeaning and Band V in the second, hence the successful incursion of a virus to some extent. Inthe event there was no need to go into this aspect of things intellectually as changing the adversee ffect of the physical activities in their lives was sufficient, though of course some discussion pro b a b l ytook place as to the more superficial causes.]

Example 7

May 1990 until April 1992

‘January, in my 58th year, started well enough; in fact I felt particularly fit, healthy and happy. Itwas towards the end of the month that I noticed I was getting breathless when out walking in thecountryside, puffing on the level, not just on a gradient. In February I was surprised to find I wasout of breath after bending down to pick up something from the floor. Turning over in bed mademe pant and going upstairs was quite an ordeal.

A visit to the doctor was followed by X-rays at the Chest Clinic. The medics seemed mystified, butsince my pet budgerigars were suspect, I got rid of them. (Later tests proved negative in thisregard.) In April I spent a night in hospital following a bronchoscopy and in May I was given thediagnosis that I was suffering from “cystogenic fibrosing alveolitis”. Apparently this meant that mylungs were fibrosing or hardening, limiting the free passage of air. This showed on the X-ray as scartissue. The consultant beamed, pleased that his hunch had proved right and said that the onlything for it was steroids. Once you start them you must stay on them for life, but the decision isyours. Feeling stunned and shocked I asked, “do I have to make my mind up today?” “Oh no”, hereplied, “far better to leave it a month or two and see how you progress”.

The symptoms were not just breathlessness. At times I felt very weak and debilitated, and the sensa-tion on occasions was most unpleasant, presumably because of a shortage of oxygen around thebody, including my brain. I had to start re-thinking my lifestyle and wondered how long I wouldbe able to continue living in my house with a large garden. Would my pension enable me to paysomeone to work in the garden as my incapacity increased? The symptoms were very spasmodicand I had good days and bad days, good hours and bad hours. After some thought I made a listof questions and took them to my GP. It appeared that cystogenic fibrosing alveolitis could hangaround for years, coming and going spasmodically, worsening and lessening, or without steroidsgallop away and take two years to finish me off. But overall I got the impression that little was reallyknown about the condition.

It seemed I should look elsewhere, or at least get some help in dealing with the condition mentally.Through a friend I heard about Rikki Walker, at that time practising Metanoiac-Framework Therapy.

At my first consultation with RW she said “we have to find the trigger”, and after some concentratedthought, asked me “what happened on such and such a date?” Since the date was some six yearsearlier, I had to ferret around in my memory. The only event that came to mind was an amusingmeeting with a man I had met and seen but a few times. “That’s it”, said Rikki. I confess I foundthis laughable, since that man in particular meant precious little to me. “That doesn’t matter, itwas the trigger”, was her reply. I was told to go away and ponder the event, not deeply analyse itbut “play with the idea like a kitten playing with a ball.” I was also to take a concentrated dose ofVitamin C on alternate days for three weeks .

168


At one of my hospital visits I had mistakenly thought the consultant told me that my immunesystem was not functioning properly, but was attacking my body. He later contradicted thiscompletely.

During that first consultation with RW I had also been introduced to some of the features of theFramework, reading and taking a few notes and studying diagrams, some I understood, some Ididn’t. But I went away, although puzzled, feeling physically a lot easier, and mentally almost happy.I felt there was a positive way forward and hope for my condition.

I played with the idea of ‘the kitten and the ball’, studied my notes, and took the Vitamin C.

I was then a 58 year old, unmarried woman. As a young girl, like most young girls, I had hankeredafter that Mr. Right and the ideal husband, very much wanting to raise a family. I didn’t find him.I had had a few boy friends but the best always turned out to be married already. Although I didn’tmarry, I had had a most interesting and varied career which enabled me to travel to many partsof the world, and have a lifestyle that was envied by many. I was now retired, adequately comfort-able, settling back into life in England.

I now began to look more seriously at my life, or rather my attitude and thoughts about it. Yes, at theback of my mind, I still hankered after “that man”. I just hadn’t come to terms with my single stateand at 58 years of age it was unlikely that I would meet a man with whom I could make a successfuland happy life. That “acquaintance” I had met those six years before re p resented a male companionand what my subconscious still wanted, a companion to share my life with, to share common inter-ests, and perhaps also the muscle to lift the heavy furn i t u re and fix those jobs I hated doing!

I am sure the Vitamin C did some good - even if my immune system was OK - and I had a lot tothink about.

I looked forw a rd to my regular consultations and discussions with RW and would usually leave feelinghappier, carrying notes and documents to study. Certain parts of the Framework felt so right thatI just wanted to learn more about it. The Stages began to make sense. Meanings made great sensein theory but one has to work at incorporating them in one’s life.

It was possibly on my second visit that I learnt that the break in my Cycle of Continuous Actionwas “Relating Missing”. I didn’t fully understand. Whilst gardening I would ponder on the pre v i o u sdiscussion. I remember cutting the grass on the bank one afternoon, recalling the previous yearand how unhappy I had been, since none of my so-called friends had been to visit. I had grownbitter because no one came to visit my lovely garden. I had my own ideas and interests and feltthat I didn’t belong anywhere. I felt a misfit in the world around me. I belonged to one or twoclubs/associations but still didn’t feel 100% akin with the people in them and their activities. I hadno family and the summer months were always the worst because my close friends were away visitingtheir families. Without family and no complete part of the societies around me, I was feeling veryisolated. I would not have felt like this if I had been happy with my lot and my own space in theworld. My feeling of not belonging was really a state of mind. Why wasn’t I just enjoying what Ihad got in a world which can be wonderful in so many ways. Yes, I finally understood what wasmeant by “Relating Missing”.

Once my thoughts became clearer, I began to feel physically stronger. I was not puffing so muchand my debility lessened. In fact I got carried away, feeling so great I did too much and had arelapse. R. must be psychic because she telephoned me on the Sunday evening when I was feelingvery bad and said I must come for regular consultations since I was obviously in need of them.

169


I studied the Framework in more detail, and also did less rushing about, and bit by bit theFramework fell into place and made more sense. I gradually became better at accepting andacknowledging everything that had happened and was happening to me in the world around me.I also found I was enjoying life again.

During the time I was having consultations with RW, I was also attending the Chest Clinic at re g u l a rintervals for X-rays and undergoing various tests on machines to measure my lung capacity. Eachvisit I appeared to be improving. In the Autumn I thought I had recovered completely, but every-thing is relative, and it wasn’t until the next Spring when my energy increased, that I realised onlythen had I fully re c o v e red. The Chest Clinic staff were reluctant to release me from my, thenq u a rterly, visits, although my lungs were performing well. Finally, some two years following thebronchoscopy, surprised to find that the X-rays were completely clear showing no scar tissue, theydischarged me from their books.

The Metanoiac-Framework changed my whole life, but it is difficult to explain to people exactlywhat it is. They usually jump to the conclusion that it is some quirky therapy, smiling to themselvesthinking “oh well, if it suits her, at least it cured her”.

It did and does necessitate looking at everything logically and impartially, and acknowledging tooneself how one is reacting to everything one encounters in everyday life, reactions to people,places and events.

Once grasped, the Stages are obvious, yet maintaining oneself or yourself at Stage 6 can be quitehard.

Even harder is maintaining the Cycle of Continuous Action. By temperament, I have always beena person of speed and like to get things done, sometimes attempting several things at once. Havingso many interests I often find not enough hours in the day to do all I would like. Some years aftermy illness I found I was getting constant backache, in spite of being most careful in how I liftedobjects, bent down or did the gardening. I went to an osteopath for manipulation, followed bymassage. I then began to wonder if I needed a different kind of help and went for a consultationwith RW. I discovered I was suffering from “Directed Action” missing. With hindsight it was obvious,yet I had missed the point. My state of mind could not cope with doing so many things, even ifmy body could, which in fact it couldn’t and the backache was a warning. With my particulartemperament I have to continually check myself to stop myself from panicking. Why do I think Imust get so many things done at once.

The whole concept of the Framework is fascinating and exhilarating but one has to work at it inorder to maintain it...’

[Perhaps the first thing I should say in comment, is that this person having been discharged as‘spontaneous remission’ I am in no position to say whether this is correct or not. My own tuning-in process says ‘her lungs are cured’ - but it didn’t concur with the hospital’s opinion that she couldbe ‘discharged’ till three months later. It has a rather high standard of cure and wouldn’t acceptthat this had occurred till all the necessary cell changes had been completed, not until April 1992.

170


The other comment is about the criticism always brought against alternative therapy by the establish-ment that it is the amount of time one can give to each patient that is the effective content of thetreatment. Maybe, but not only.

One of the reasons that I accepted this person and her condition is that the very first thing thatOPL ‘said’ about it was that to say it was incurable was rubbish. Now this is very much not acomment that is usually forthcoming. It has never said it unless it considers it to be so, but evenso I did not therefore take it as necessarily being correct; there are far too many variables that raisetheir heads in my experience, mainly the determination or not of the patient to pursue this formof changing their lives. Having got the ‘message’ I naturally passed it on as I never get any answersthe patient cannot cope with (though they may not want to cope with them - that’s different) andit is my practice always to pass on whatever I find. All of it does, after all, come from within theconsultee and it is not up to me to withhold information that does not belong to me.

When presenting (May 1990) this person had a past history of a cough all the previous year, aStages level of 2 as a regression of about three months standing only, down from 5 and 6, an over-rider of Intelligent, and Movement of Energy was missing in general. In the first instance we lookedfor the trigger of this situation - back in Jan/Feb 1984 as it turned out. I also recommended 2 gramsof Vitamin C every other day for 3 weeks as a requirement by the body, everything being deter-mined by dowsing as usual.

In the second consultation (June) Meaning V had changed, she felt better and said the cough wasdifferent. After the Vitamin C she was to take Iron for 3 weeks. She had gone back to Stages 6 inboth sets, and it turned out that Relating missing was a phase and not a tendency; the overriderhad gone and Movement of Energy was being tackled through her thoughts. The Vitamin C wastackling the depleted lung action.

As a norm she was taking a thyroid supplement daily, a need due to the physical consequences ofa loss of relationship with a certain member of the family, but OPL ‘said’ to deal with that later ascare of the lung condition was the main necessity. It now turned out that there had been Lightmissing towards the centre of the body in the lower left lung and in the right lung a bit, for aboutthree months, action missing rather than function, and that there were more cells affected on theleft than on the right.

In July the treatment included hands-on to start releasing the diaphragm and intercostals in frontand quadratus lumborum and the apponeurosis of latissimus dorsi at the back. She had sevenappointments in July mainly concerned with continuing to release muscles in due order as the body‘requested’ or ‘directed’ it. Discussion of everything went on all the time, whatever was relevantor came up to be discussed, always in relation to dowsing. By the last July appointment Light wasno longer missing in the lungs and by the first of the two appointments in August her lungs werenow mentally included in the body. Hands-on continued alongside other things for August and twoappointments in September. Various aspects of the Framework were studied by her to do with theInterruptions and Relating missing in October, and in November she had to learn what REST meansand to accept this, plus some exercises for the lower ribs and their local muscles for a few minutesseveral times a day.

We had two contacts in December, one of them at least by phone, and two appointments there-after, in March and April 1991. After that I didn’t see her but rang in January 1992 to see what thehospital had to say in her final appointment there. That was when the ‘verdict’ of spontaneousremission was given. That was when OPL said she would not be really in the clear until April 1992when the cell changes had been completed. In fact she continued attending at the clinic every

171


three months till the Autumn before they finally discharged her. Treatment at the clinic consistedof monitoring her lung capacity and an occasional X-ray as she had chosen not to go on steroids.

This was quite a protracted series of consultations as can be seen. As I have already said, every-thing was dictated by the body itself via a dowsing method, so discussion and treatment progressedaccording to the body’s ability and need each time.

It seems that the whole thing followed a collapse of action of Meaning III; this was accompaniedand worsened by the unexpected loss of relationship with the family member as time went on.]

Example 8

Autumn 1994

‘ P H I L L I P A’S STORY

With mounting disbelief I stared at the developing thin blue line, which according to the instruc-tions on the Home Pregnancy Testing Kit, meant I was pregnant.

In my mind it was as if the pregnancy started at that moment. And as suddenly as it started, Iinstantly knew it could not continue. This was an unwanted pregnancy for me and the maninvolved. I would now join the official statistics as one of the 4 out of 10 women who have anabortion before they are 45.

A second ‘home’ test a few days later confirmed what I had by then accepted. Next stop a trip tosee my doctor. I suggested I should have another test, but much to my surprise she said it wouldnot be necessary. If I had done 2 tests, I was pregnant. I couldn’t help marvelling that such a simpleprocedure could within a minute, impart such potentially life-changing information.

I had not enjoyed my trip to see the doctor. I knew a doctor has the right to refuse to cooperatewith a woman wanting an abortion; that was enough to make me feel slightly awkward and embar-rassed. The doctor for her part was fine, business-like but not unsympathetic. My reaction surprisedme, as I had never been anti-abortion. Many of my friends had been through this experience andeach time their respective reasons for choosing termination had been irrefutable. But suddenly Ifelt guilty and alone - a ‘fallen’ woman who could expect only condemnation for her actions. Intruth I was fortunate, I was not alone. I had considerable support from a small group of friends andfrom my partner in this conceptual misdemeanour.

I went ahead and arranged a date for a private abortion at a Marie Stopes clinic. Rather than beingable to act immediately I was advised to wait until I was officially eight weeks pregnant, as therewas a slight risk of missing the multiplying cells if terminating the pregnancy too soon; cells whichcould not yet be described as a foetus, not even in the dictionary. I had 2 1/2 weeks to wait....

I had long-since subscribed to the notion of rebirth and belief that we as individual beings chooseour parents and time of birth for each incarnation. It’s as if we’ve signed contracts with each otherin line with what we need to experience and learn in each lifetime. While I do not profess to knowwhy it should be like this, it makes total sense to me. I had one day when I started to query if abeing was waiting to incarnate through me in the immediate future. I had read in one new-agepublication that a ‘being’ will enter the mother’s auric field six weeks before conception. I startedto feel troubled by this thought and mentioned my concern to my partner that night during a tele-phone conversation. As synchronicity would have it, he had been engaged in a conversation that

172


day concerning this possibility. Rikki Walker, who I had met previously, was a friend of John’s. Shehad told him from her reading of the situation, that “nothing will die in this situation” - no beingwas waiting to incarnate and if I continued with the pregnancy, none would appear until 22 weeks.John had not intended to tell me unless I asked. He did not want to impose this information onme unless I was open to it.

Later that week I called another friend of mine, who works in the field of psionic medicine. LikeRikki, this healer is able to work on a patient/client from a distance. She had tuned into me andconfirmed she could find no being in my field - just a mistiness surrounding me. In her years work-ing in this area, Judy had observed a considerable variation in the timings between beings waitingto incarnate. Some are apparently so determined they fix themselves to the mother, often somelong-time before conception, awaiting their opportunity. Others arrive with conception, duringpregnancy, or hesitating until birth or sometime soon after. As Judy told me this I pondered herwords as an explanation for why some babies are born fully present and alert and others are moredocile and vacant. Certainly Rikki and Judy’s comments confirmed what I felt instinctively to be right.

Although I had organised a clinical abortion, I was not enthusiastic about the invasive nature of theoperation. Also I knew of at least one alternative healer who had developed a method to terminatepregnancy in its early stages. This was not about back-street abortions, but a way of participatingfully and consciously in terminating one’s own pregnancy. I called Annie to ask her advice. Sheconsidered my case and then gave me a list of instructions. Not all of them are included here asour discussions were confidential and will remain so. Suffice to say the method made use of soundand colour and needed a considerable commitment of time and energy. I discussed this methodwith John who agreed to support me through this, if that was what I wanted. He also began help-ing me prepare for the ‘ceremony of termination’. Unbeknown to me Rikki Walker on hearing ofmy plans - and knowing of the method herself - advised John not to let me cancel my appoint-ment at the clinic.

About this time I began to experience bouts of nausea. At first I didn’t pay too much attention, asnausea is obviously quite normal in the early stages of pregnancy. But then suddenly the nauseaintensified and I was helpless in the face of its grip on my body. I could hardly eat anything, wasretching when there was nothing in my stomach to vomit, and unable to move from my bed exceptto visit the bathroom. Two of my friends had both gone down with a sickness virus shortly beforeme, so I was uncertain how much could be ascribed to pregnancy or to this vicious bug.

After four days of lying in bed and feeling utterly wretched, I called John and burst into tears as Itried to explain my anxiety, for if this illness continued I would not be fit enough to go ahead withthe ‘ceremony of termination’ - and would therefore have no alternative but to attend at the clinicfor a normal abortion. I explained that I couldn’t even stomach the Bach Flower Remediesprescribed for me by Annie. I could not let these seemingly innocuous drops past my lips. My bodydidn’t want to know. I asked John to call Rikki Walker on my behalf to ask her advice. He gentlysuggested that however bad I was feeling it was better for me to call Rikki Walker directly. He alsoimplied that Rikki had her own reservations about my actions, but he wasn’t going to tell mehimself. This irritated me and so more in a fit of pique than genuine enquiry I called Rikki. Ourconversation got off to a rather inauspicious start. I hadn’t thought about the phone call and didn’tknow what to say. I mumbled that I wasn’t quite sure why I was calling - and Rikki confirmed thatmy lack of clarity was reflected in her virtual silence at the other end of the phone. She could notrespond if I wasn’t clear what I needed to know. Rikki was not there to impose her opinion on mebut rather to reflect back what my inner being already knew and was seeking to make conscious.

173


Finally I proffered some question - though now I cannot remember what it was. This released thedeadlock and out poured a stream of information from Rikki. My notes taken at the time ran asfollows; ‘Upset physiology of heart and lungs, so body not able to transport nutrients, or to dealwith Oxygen and Carbon dioxide properly, hence build up of toxins and sickness’. This physicalcondition is due to my ‘suppression of psychological responses, refusing to be objective and choosingto deal with it (the pregnancy), in a kind way’. Rikki went on to say the situation was like a Gordianknot and the knot had to be cut. As I reflected on what she was telling me, I suddenly wonderedwhether Rikki was suggesting I drop the idea of an alternative termination in favour of the clinicalabortion. She had said I was trying to be kind when the appropriate action should be more likethe slice of a sword through the body. The image was obvious. My desire to avoid an invasiveprocedure was ill-founded and my body was trying to tell me so. Yes, the alternative method couldwork, but it was not right for me.

I tussled in my mind with this new perspective. Rikki was clearly not going to tell me what to do,but waiting for me to make my own decision. She did though tell me to verbally address Band IIIand Meaning III. Band III refers to that part of the body which contains the heart and lungs.Meaning III is love.

I had to state that I understood what they were trying to tell me, and ask them to work properlyonce again. At the end of the call, Rikki suggested that I should be well enough to get up and stayout of bed the following day and that she’d appreciate some feed-back.

I put down the phone, sank back into my pillows and contemplated a clinical abortion. Havingpreviously been so fixed in my determination to pursue an alternative approach, I started almostinstantly to experience a sense of relief - relief combined with real willingness to travel the pre v i o u s l yabhorrent route of a conventional termination. I then addressed Band and Meaning III, as Rikki haddirected, after which I fell into a half-sleep. The following morning I was indeed able to get up andgo out. Although the nausea and tiredness continued (right up until the abortion), I was no longerincapacitated, but once again able to function and attend to other working and personal commitments.

The abortion itself was effortless. I remember nothing about the operation even though I hadchosen intravenous valium and not general anaesthetic. I woke up in my room at the clinic andcalled my nurse to ask if it was over. I was genuinely surprised when she said Yes. By the followingday all traces of nausea had disappeared and my spirits improved considerably. In retrospect I thinkthe experience taught me something about myself and how I deal with problems or challenges inpersonal situations and relationships. I had to look closely at the notion which Rikki had mentionedto me during our fateful phone call, that I had to stop being ‘nice’ and consider how my behaviourand reactions in certain situations actually caused me to betray myself; behaviour that worries moreabout how someone else will react, rather than how I can best serve me.

I recognised the truth of Rikki’s comments - comments made by someone who had met me onlybriefly and who knew me hardly at all in the conventional sense. There was and to a lesser extentstill is, a schism within me about the way I deal with people in my professional life and my dealingsin intimate relationships. It was a theme I had looked at before, though not in such extreme circum-stances. Rikki was holding a mirror up to me - the effects of which rumble on. Though I wouldnever have chosen (consciously!), this experience, I’ve gained far more than I would have imagined.

NOTE: Names changed to preserve anonymity.’

174


Example 9

1986 - March 1995

‘How do I explain to others something I wonder much of the time whether I understand myself?I was introduced to Rikki in about 1986 at the age of twenty three, when another very competenttherapist thought I would benefit by looking at my physical problems from the perspective of Rikki’sframework.

I had a problem with my lower back which would manifest at the most inappropriate times as pain,in my right side, so severe that onlookers imagined I was having a heart attack. Despite the intenseacute pain I would appear to be fine perhaps as little as five minutes later. Structurally and fromthe perspective of an X-ray I was indeed appearing to be fine; however I knew I was far from well.Also I did, and to a degree still do, suffer skin problems, mainly eczema on my hands.

After a lifetime of feeling at odds with the world and wondering what the hell I was doing on thisalien planet, I finally completed the process of divesting myself of all trust and belief in the rhetoricof Governments, Doctors, State imposed religion and family upbringing. I began questioning every-thing I believed about everything. Most importantly I decided I take full responsibility for every-thing in my life, however unsatisfactory, and as a consequence set about facing the problems I wasexperiencing of a mental/spiritual and physical nature.

Even in my darkest moments, at times of complete desperation, feeling powerless to change thingsand alone, at those depths of despair when I’m sure some would ‘check out’, I still felt funda-mentally that there was an answer. I still believed that basic happiness and all that entails and goodhealth were in fact my birthright.

Having rejected conventional medicine, taken every herbal gunge, followed Swami bahmi andconfessed all on the couch, I finally ended up with my own philosophy and Rikki’s framework. Theframework appealed to me because it was completely practical, it considered my physical prob-lems and mental torment as one and the same, stemming from my spiritual need to evolve inconscious understanding. I tried at one point to formally learn the content of this book but gaveup in total frustration when my brain, as much as I willed it to, just refused to understand what itwas I was being shown, apparently typical of a person experiencing the state of ‘Relating missing’.From that point on I consulted Rikki, often with much kicking and screaming on my part. Drivenon by my pain I forced myself to use my conscious thought in line with the dowsed guidance.

Its only as I write this now that I realise my back has been free from pain for so long I feel I cansafely say I have overcome the challenge of that situation. However I do still struggle with andimportantly learn from my problems with my skin.

I first noticed the eczema on the third finger of my left hand in 1980 and have been promptedinto learning from it, in its various degrees of severity ever since, via the framework. It was roundabout 1990 when the eczema was so severe that both hands appeared to have no skin at all andwere continuously wet, secreting what felt like burning acid from them. During this period of time,several months, I refused the conventional allopathic approach knowing deep inside that there mustbe a reason why my body was not functioning properly. I knew I must find that reason, learn fromit and therefore heal myself and in doing so move on into perhaps a higher expression of humanconsciousness.

As I write this now in March ‘95 I am recovering from one of the most serious outbreaks of eczemaI have encountered, which has been going on for five months. About sixty percent of my body

175


looked burnt as if somebody had taken a blow torch to it. The pain and especially the itching hasbeen excruciating. I am aware now this outbreak happened to such a severe degree because ofrecent trauma in my business and personal life regarding the way in which I relate to others. AlsoI believe that this outbreak was at a time in my life when I was strong enough to cope with it andhopefully learn the lesson once and for all!.....Watch this space. The Framework has been invalu-able throughout. Having got my body started back to good by looking at some areas outside thedefinitions of the Framework and using Homoeopathy, the rest of the recovery process has beenmore or less through appropriately directed thought. The power of this thought I found at timesawesome, it made me stop and consider the other hundreds and thousands of thoughts I haveeach day, sometimes negative or idle, and their power to affect me. Unlike upsets in the past whenmy mental condition would spiral out of control, I have remained relatively calm and unemotional.I now find myself at a stage in my life where I”m more contented than I’ve ever been. I’m begin-ning to both sense and realise the magic in life and the natural flow of all things that I always knewintellectually must be available. The journey continues...’

Examples 10, 11 and 12

(all written by the same person)

‘week ending 1.10.94

Divorce comes through on 27 Sept. Feel gutted and generally messed up. Days pass. Dazed.Disoriented.

I have shut down the physiology of the Transverse Bands by shutting down the Meanings (with-drawing attention from the Meanings - unconsciously).

The situation is largely of another’s making - where I do not want to be.

Solution: I address each Band.’

[This is an occasion when the person writing used the method of directing conscious thought toparticular parts of the body in order to try and return them to proper working order. It is not amethod that I have discussed in this book but I have referred to it though rather obliquely. It issomething that I use on myself frequently, mostly with success, but it is something that one has tobe careful of because it is not always enough and it is essential to recognise when one needs some-thing more. I suggest it is also necessary to know why one’s body is not working and to know howit should work even if one doesn’t altogether know just what is happening when one addresses itin order to return it to working order. The best thing of all would be also to know in what way itis not working, at least in the terms of the information in this book, as one is then in a more reason-able position to monitor it as one works with it and know whether it is responding properly or not.However, having said that, presumably something is better than nothing and if plain direction ofconscious thought has a good effect then go for it.

In the light of what this book is about though, it would be best to have the full degree of conscious-ness possible; anyone can use directed thought, even if it is not fully informed; not everyone is willingalso to be conscious. Author]

176


‘Week ending 5.4.95

Dip in energy p.m. - worsening through the evening. Went to sleep in front of T. V. - weird, swooningsleep: most unpleasant. Dragged myself to bed; fitful sleep; disjointed, distressed dreams. Awokefeeling really “ill”.

Tried to “work through” the Bands and associated Meanings and parts of the general C of CA. Keptsticking on III and having to go back to I and II again. It happened several times. Simply could notpass III. As soon as I said “Band III” and mentally pictured the physiology I either dozed off to sleepor lost it in some other way. Couldn’t even get to say its Meaning or C of CA part “Love”, “light”.

When I realised what was happening I consciously (conscious of the fact that I was sticking on III)made the effort to address that particular Band.

Once through it, I was quickly aware that the distressing symptoms had disappeared. So, onceagain, this “saturation bombing” of the problem had worked - but I am still no nearer under-standing why. This may be acceptable to me - the fact that “it works”. But it doesn’t make it anyeasier to either explain it to others convincingly - or to use it even surreptitiously as a therapeutictechnique.

Used OPL to scan the previous 3 days or so - to see where I might have invited the problem in.Unsuccessful.’

[The above notes apply here, too, but I think the reason the ‘saturation bombing’ works for thisperson at this time is because he is being allowed to get away with it. The greater the amount anddepth of the study of this whole matter - Framework et al - the less one can get away with simplic-ity in a sense. Directedness of conscious thought still applies, one is however expected to be asspecific in its application as one knows how to be, and that understanding can only be acquiredbit by bit. I know that I got away with exactly the same sorts of simplicity when I began but nowa-days it is quite impossible; I have to be utterly detailed in as many respects as I know how to be,and furthermore am apt to be ‘taught’ (or whatever it is) greater detail all the time. Author]

‘Sunday.

Awake with severe headache. Later when visiting, M. warns me off RW (not that she knows her,having only met her once!). She says she feels I am in danger, dabbling in all this “psychic” stuff.I lose patience and tell her she’s off the mark. She’s being jealous and manipulative.

I “tune her out”, acknowledging that the connection with this person is becoming burdensomeand that she if anyone, is the one who is “dangerous” to know. My headache instantly disappears.

Conclusion, in RW’s terms, is that “continuing to play conventional games gets in the ways of beingoneself.”

[This is another occasion when someone evidently felt antipathy towards me despite, this time, noteven knowing me or what I do.

177


Tuning out another person is another matter I have not much discussed here, but it is possible todo this, provided one knows what one is doing. It is not always what is required; it is not alwaysas simple as it sounds; it is often necessary to know exactly in what way one has been affected,where in one’s body, and why, and to address these things individually. It would be better if bothparties were Stage 6 and then the need would probably not occur! Author]

‘11.1.95

Driving to Castle Acre suddenly stricken with wave of nausea, headache that seems unrelated to “me”.

Later one of my sons calls to say he is ill - headache and nausea - and what should he do about it.

I suggest his life may be off track (Meaning II) and is he doing what he really wants with it. He tellsme he isn’t looking for counselling!

Meanwhile my headache and nausea clear up the moment I make the connection, and “check off”Bands I-V, addressing each by name.

Like the other morning. Another son had been ill with “flu”. I woke up with all his symptoms - feltterrible. Lay there thinking “Oh no. We can’t both be sick”. I went through the Bands I-V, relatingeach one to its Meaning and it’s part of the general C of CA. By the time I had finished (2 minuteslater) ALL symptoms had disappeared. The symptoms were fever, very severe headache, sore throatand chesty.’

[Both these instances illustrate occasions when the writer picked-up illnesses from other people,granted those related and close to him so possibly not unexpected except that in one case the twopeople do not live under the same roof. I have already mentioned that this happens with vastfrequency and is the cause of 90% illness among humans. In these particular instances the writerwas able to cure himself by addressing the relevant and affected aspects of himself in the terms ofthis book, again by using directed conscious thought. (The other person’s illness was telling himsomething about a particular situation had he only listened.)

The point about using such directed conscious thought is that though the person themselves maynot be intellectually familiar with things like ‘the Meanings; the Bands’, or any other of the subdi-visions discussed in this book, nevertheless since this is how things are and how the body seesthem, despite orthodox views being somewhat different, the body knows and is familiar with whatone is doing and responds accordingly when it can. Author]

(Example 11)

‘Monday.

H. very ill most of this week. I stayed up in Castle Acre with her. Listless half dead look about her.Severe chest infection. Panic attacks in the night. “I think I’m going to die” she said, once.

RW advises “Cold meals and drinks; nothing hot.” and some Bach Flower remedies.

I nurse her through this illness and listen to her depressed talk about the meaninglessness of every t h i n g .

178


T h e re is a lot of fear coming from her. Her thoughts are often contradictory. She has little dire c t i o n .Has no energy.

Most obviously amiss is Meaning II (arising in Band II) - “a feeling that things are not working, thatlife is not on track.” Her gut reaction recognises this (enteroviral infection - candida. cystitis etc)

She seems to me to be living only 2 of Jung’s 4 functions - Feeling and Sensation - with intuitionand thinking largely missing.

As RW says: “the Functions must be lived in relation to all the Bands. THEN Meaning II, SpiritualSatisfaction can be experienced in Band II tissue when the Thought-cell connection is actioningproperly.”

RW ’s assessment of H.: “She is extremely frightened of making conscious M II in relation to incidentsin the past.

Between the ages of 5 and 10 in every life she has “died” physically i.e. become very ill, Light missingand either Thought, Directed Action, Relating or /Movement of Energy as well.

At present not quite any of them are missing. It is M II in relation to B II that she needs emotionallyto accept and understand.

By refusing to accept the connection between her emotions and life there is intellectual terroragainst accepting anything.

The effect on the body had been to interfere with the hormones.”

The question is: how would a therapist, direct someone who is wholly or partially unconscious ofthese deep issues in their life, to make them conscious?’

[This is the $64,000 question. In my view the answer is You can’t - until and unless they want toknow. One can only as it were leave information lying around, in book form, in conversation, or inwhatever way may catch their interest. This is a person who, it turns out, is a ‘won’t’ person with/Movement of Energy missing psychologically where the Point of Change is then significant (seePart III). People may get ill enough to follow suggestion, but sadly the probability is that they won’tfollow it up because of the psychological /Movement of Energy being missing. The psychologicalstate of this person does not in any way resemble that of Example 9, a person who persisted andpersisted for years, a real seeker, nor are any of their problems the same, but I suggest they can becompared in respect of the difference between them in the seeking and persistence of the oneagainst what almost seems to be a refusal by the other, though this may be overstating it from thesecond person’s own point of view. And, as it happens, I hear that this person has subsequentlybeen making great strides forward! ‘Won’t’ people need to be persuaded, but of course thepersuader needs an opening into the person’s mind in the first place. Ideally this should be a volun-tary questioning on the part of that ‘won’t’ person; in practice it is likely to have to be as I’vesuggested above. Author]

‘I realise that I am being affected, at least some of the time, by the distress of those close to me.In other words, at least some of the ailments, physical or emotional, that I experience, are not ofmy making. Self interest notwithstanding I can’t simply write them off.’

[See my various notes above. Author]

179


(Example 12)

‘April 1995

I first became acquainted with the Framework about four years ago when I found it largely incom-prehensible. I put RW’s manuscript down, half read, and didn’t pick it up again for two years, bywhich time something in me must have changed because now it was not only making sense butI was able to begin to apply it as well. This in turn led to further understanding because I wasseeing results - and the process continues.

A possible explanation for this inability to take it in initially, and my unwillingness to pick it up againfor so long, is that for those years I was in some turmoil over a broken marriage and financial crises.All my attention was directed at emotional damage-limitation and survival and I didn’t have themental energy for anything else.

In applying Framework ‘therapy’ I have to say I still don’t always understand what it is that is work-ing, or how it works, but the fact is that it usually does - and sometimes with quite dramatic results.What convinced me that it was worth studying more seriously was an episode that was to bringabout a major change in life for me and for my son R., then fourteen.

He was obviously affected by the marriage break-up and, since I was the one who had to leave themarital home, to some extent blamed his mother. By his own admission his behaviour was oftenunreasonable, and he punished the parent who was nearest to hand. He seemed to suffer fromperpetual colds and sore throat and was frequently off school. The situation deteriorated and, nowdiagnosed as suffering from “glandular fever”, he was off school for almost the entire winter term.

Somewhat late in the day we went to Rikki Walker for help. She gave an Applied Kinesiology session,prescribed some tissue salts, and kept in close touch with advice until the crisis was past.

At his worst my son had been really ill. He had no energy and no appetite and little enthusiasmfor anything. His body language spoke volumes about his inner distress: from his “collapsed”posture when seated to his dejected hang dog stooped walk, arms crossed in front of his chest,eyes fixed to the ground, he was visibly in trouble.

RW’s intervention seemed to mark a turning point. The change, most noticeably, was in R’s ownawareness of his predicament. As he became more conscious of himself, his body, and the variousways he could participate in his own recovery, dramatic changes started to take place. He lost thecontracted look; the sullen, sickly child gave way to a young man with a spring in his step and ahopeful air.

He moved out into the country and began to develop an appreciation for our natural environment.He experimented with painting as a therapy, expressing his feelings in bold strokes on a giant rollof paper spread out on the floor. His energy and concentration and sense of humour returned andhe set about with a will to recover the time he had lost at school.

For my part, having spent a year living on a boat on my own, I now had a companion and theincentive to make a new start and set up home again and, as I write this, I can’t help reflecting onthe mystery of it all, and the powerful force for change that illness can be when it becomes partof our consciousness.’

180


[I have not been much involved with the writer’s work with the Framework. It is very much some-thing that he is doing in his own way through reading and study of it. His son I was involved withat his worst and any treatment I gave, though not obviously to do with the Framework, wouldundoubtedly have involved checking through the whole Framework (see Check List below) to makea proper diagnosis. The fact that the immediate treatment itself used remedial methods from otherdisciplines illustrates the need there is for these methods and remedies; it also illustrates the needto have some diagnostic tool, in this case dowsing, that actually consults the body itself as to itsneeds. This is another case that can be compared with the preceding ones all put together underthe title ‘glandular fever’ but which needed individual and different treatment.]

GENERAL COMMENTS

I can see that people reading this book just might consider that it is necessary to consult me beforebeing able to apply the Framework to themselves. In practice this is not the case provided a personstudies the Framework (which is after all an exposition of how things are from the point of view ofone’s body and not a theory), listens carefully to their body and asks it what’s what. From time totime those who use the book’s information do ring up to check if they have got their findings right- mostly they have, but the information does not depend on me for its use and I would like peopleto be clear on that. It does depend on a person’s willingness to understand it and themselves.

The Check List may be of help but quite often the problem’s origins lie outside anything listed sincethey are of one’s own psychological, intellectual or emotional making - always assuming they don’tbelong to someone else in the first place and it is one’s responses and reactions to that which iscausing trouble. It is quite complex, but on a day to day basis and keeping up with what one’sbody is saying, using the Framework can be helpful as Example 10 in particular shows. Apart fromthat, I recommend learning dowsing and studying the Stages, the latter because it is much morehelpful to be able to be psychologically, intellectually and emotionally objective about oneself, theformer to check whether one’s findings about one’s troubles are in fact correct.

The need to consult someone else about remedial action arises when things get beyond the pointwhere one can cope with them oneself. I may say I often enough have to do this myself, so don’tbe afraid to admit the need. Personally I try to stick within the alternative field but there is defi-nitely a time and a place for everything so if it is orthodoxy that seems necessary then consult that.It is just that when one understands the language and can find the true cause many problems canbe dealt with in a different way if one prefers it.

181


PA RT VI: FURTHER NOTES ON...


Magnetism-and-vibration


Thought

The Connection between Religious Stages, Four Functions and Meanings

Consciousness

F U RTHER NOTES ON THE BASIC NATURE OF THEUNIVERSE: THE AT O MThe Basic Nature of the Universe describes the working nature of an atom. Attraction on the righthand arrow stands for the particles of the nucleus of the atom; on the left hand arrow it stands forelectromagnetism and the strong nuclear force, the two different forces within the atom that areof particular importance to humans. At any one split second it is either/or of these latter two butnever both at once. Opposition on the right hand arrow stands for energy, on the left hand arrowfor unconsciousness or consciousness, either/or and sometimes both but preferably it should beonly total consciousness.

The two Attractions can be seen as a loop diagonal to the loop of the two Oppositions, where theright hand end is unattached energy and the left hand end re p resents unconsciousness orconsciousness. In humans it can be the latter - we can use energy consciously; in all other thingsit is unconscious or nearly so. This gives us two loops, overlapping in the centre.

The Oppositions loop of unconscious or conscious energy holds in semi-equilibrium the Attractionsloop of ‘particles’ and the two forces of electromagnetism and strong nuclear. A suitable ‘overlap’or ‘mix’ of the two allows ‘organised matter’, shown in the centre.

What makes the two arrows meet in the centre where they overlap is the polarization of the rightand left hand pairs of Attraction and Opposition. Electromagnetism and/or the strong nuclear forceplus unconsciousness and/or consciousness are in opposition to energy and nuclear particles, eventhough they each appear to be part of their respective loops, because each of the energy/particlespair must be directed consciously or unconsciously through electromagnetism or strong nuclear fororganized matter to exist.

Each of the two arrows showing the polarization of the two pairs of contrary qualities is the conse-quence of Linear Time, shown here along the centre of each arrow. Organized matter for humansis not the atom itself but the cell: if either of the pairs, left or right, is not ‘balanced’ by the oppo-site pair in the atoms of which a cell is composed, it will not action properly (see again the defin-itions of, and distinctions between, action and function at the beginning of the book) i.e., that bitof organized matter begins to dis-organize.

DIAGRAM OF THE BASIC NATURE OF THE UNIVERSE

Figure 16

182


& THOUGHTLi

near

Tim

e

Line

ar T

ime

Opp

ositi

on

Opp

ositi

on

Opposition

Attr

actio

n

Attraction

polarizedpair

Opposition

Attraction

polarizedpair

ener

gy

elec

trom

agne

tism

/

stro

ng n

ucle

ar fo

rce

unco

nsci

ousn

ess/

cons

ciou

snes

s

parti

cles

of a

tom

ic

nucl

eus

Attr

actio

n

Pola

rizat

ion

Org

anize

d

mat

ter

183

Book One: The Metanoiac Framework • Part VI

Actually, the Basic Nature of the Universe is not that of the atom but is time, everywhere-time, andLinear Time (see the BNU arrows) is but a very small part of this. An atom is only effective in LinearTime so long as Attraction and Opposition of the left hand arrow are working.

Thought, towards which the parts of the BNU are orientated, and Space-Time with which the Cycleof Continuous Action and Mind/Movement of Energy in the C of CA are not concerned, opposeeach other. This means that unless one uses Thought consciously instead of unconsciously in theleft hand Opposition, the particles of the right hand Attraction do nothing and the energy cannotbe used. That is to say the nuclear particles won’t ‘fly apart’ in the human molecules when Thought,and therefore energy, is used consciously but do if Thought and energy remains unconscious - notabsolutely, but effectively from the point of view of the workings of the body.

Continuing on: when Thought is used consciously to keep the particles together then energy isconscious; when energy is conscious, electromagnetism and/or strong nuclear can be usedconsciously - i.e., the more conscious one is psychologically and religiously the more one can influ-ence the condition of the organized matter of one’s body.

It is only consciousness that holds the atom together. [I have to say that this is the sort of ‘statement’that occasionally occurs during my sort of research; I have absolutely no idea what this one meansoutside the domain of the human, nor in the terms of physicists. My source of information contin-ues to hold to this statement, and furthermore ‘says’ that it is the case both inside and outside theUniverse. ??! ‘It’ knows consciousness by its affect and its effect anywhere, on any and every ‘thing’.No wonder I struggle; I have no idea what questions to ask to elucidate this!]

F U RTHER NOTES ON MAGNETISM-AND-VIBRAT I O NBetween the BNU of the atom and Thought of the C of CA lies Magnetism-and-Vibration, each ofwhich is the outcome of the other, hence the hyphenation. The effect each of them has is quitedifferent, drawing things together in one way while keeping them suitably at a distance.

The Magnetism we are referring to here is between every aspect of an atom, and the Vibration itgives rise to and which gives rise to it, is the result of a constant attempt by the preferentially staticparts of an atom to remain together against their possible collapse into Space-Time and thereforenon-existence. Without this Magnetism-and-Vibration circular or to and fro effect (oscillation) noth-ing would exist and never would have existed: no Universe, let alone no world as we know it, andcertainly none of us. It is this Magnetism-and-Vibration that keeps the Basic Nature of the Universein relation to its own Cycle of Continuous Action. And the same goes for the C of CA of anything.To continue existing at all, every single entity of any kind, anywhere, has to have a C of CA; thatC of CA has to be in touch with a BNU and they each have to be held in touch with each other byMagnetism-and-Vibration. If the M-&-V goes there is trouble with both the C of CA and the BNU;if a part of the C of CA goes in a human - and I am primarily dealing with humans in this book -there is trouble in the cells of the body; and if part of the BNU goes there is trouble in the atomsof cells relevant to where the trouble originates.

Linear Time is the only thing we experience about Space-Time and we experience it as a contin-uum. Space-Time is not a continuum so that what we call ‘the past’, ‘the present’ or ‘the future’are all around us. This is of no consequence to us in daily life in those terms though we can anddo feel the presence of the past; not so often the presence of the future though!

Linear time versus Magnetism (in that order) allows any object, including the human object its exis-tence; the addition of a Cycle of Continuous Action and the Basic Nature of the Universe together

THE PLACE OF MAGNETISM AND VIBRATION

Figure 17


184

185


will maintain some sort of existence; for a human to maintain its own existence in psychologicaland religious health it is essential for it to use Thought consciously. This will then enable a consid-erable degree of physical health, greater than we have now.

The two qualities of the polarity shown in Figure 1, of Space plus Attraction and Opposition, andof Thought plus Attraction and Opposition can be dangerous if either one of them is stronger orweaker than circumstances at the time demand. This is shown in the Interruptions of the Cycle ofContinuous Action.

MAGNETISM in this context runs from the core of the earth to the outer edges of its atmosphere.

The VIBRATION we are talking about here runs from the surface of the earth to these same outeredges of the atmosphere. The effective bit of it, for us, is up to the top of the weather layer ortroposphere, though the atmosphere itself consists of five more layers before it runs out into outerspace.

MAGNETISM and VIBRATION (M&V) between them are the things which hold everything inbalance. As a pair they come between the Basic Nature of the Universe (BNU) and Thinking in theCycle of Continuous Action. The five Connectors of Plus, Equals, And, Leads to, and Equals betweenthe five parts of the C of CA :

Relating + Mind/Movement of Energy = Light & Thought à Directed Action = Relating.... etc

represent both Magnetism and Vibration. Because the C of CA applies to everything from the cellor crystal etc. upwards, so do M&V. However, what we are dealing with here is mammals only, andspecifically with humans.

There is a particular rate of Vibration that is exhibited by healthy mammals and it is 7,000 oscilla-tions between Magnetism and Vibration per second, except for humans who have a rate of 6,850when they are truly well and not just when they say they are well, which may be a matter of socialconvention and nothing else. The rate for humans seems to be lower than all other mammalsbecause our (over-) developed cortex interferes with our ability to just ‘be’ and stops proper inte-gration between the different parts of our Cycle of Continuous Action.

Magnetism is a force, at work in this case within the field of the human body, while Vibration is aconsequence of all movement, within the atom and upward. There should be a constant and evenoscillation between the two - unless a person is sick somewhere. In C of CA terms, the five partsof the Cycle should be in proper alignment to each other constantly.

However, once a person is ‘sick’, in however small a part of themselves, and whether it would bewhat they recognise as sick in some way or not (and we all have our own ideas of what constitutes‘sick’; myself I am apt to consider ‘ill’ as having a fever or a pain in the belly rather than anythingelse. Quite irrational and unjustifiable!) then their Vibration rate will go down accordingly. It is whenany part of themselves is affected that the overall rate is pulled down. This is a matter of constantfluctuation and is seldom the same from hour to hour. Furthermore, ‘sick’ in this regard is how thebody looks at it, not how one might consider it oneself. For instance, one’s rate will come down ifone eats or drinks more than is necessary at any one time; it will come right down, in fact, if thereis too much or too little of anything at all, not just food or liquid at any one time. If you considerthe sort of daily lives nearly all of us live there is nearly always too much or too little of somethinggoing on: people, noise, movement, and other things, but those are the worst. As an example,sitting in the vet’s waiting room recently, the eight or ten people there had an oscillation rate of100 to 800 between them!, which is pretty poor when over 6,000 is the acceptable rate.

186


This Vibration rate of each of us alters the area local to ourselves. It alters the whole of that areaand does not interpenetrate or exist alongside the natural rate of the weather layer - it replaces it,and moves along with the person. Since the whole of a person’s body will be at their current rateit is possible consciously to pick it up and to be affected by it. That is what I tune into in my workand have learned to interpret. The sight or sound of a person conveys exactly the same informa-tion regarding a person’s Vibration rate so distance is no object here.

Dis-integrations can be for all sorts of reasons and it represents the disappearance of the Vibrationbetween the parts of the C of CA, in whole or in part, for the whole body or in any parts of thebody. This effect goes down as far as the constituent atoms and the cells they make up.

I show M&V as situated between the BNU and the C of CA at Thought, not because there is aConnector there but because that is where the effect is felt and that is where the treatment has tobegin. It is only Thought (mental electrical activity of whatever kind and at whatever level of devel-opment in any organism) that maintains that organism in its own form.

Most people’s rates are very low, in fact, under 1,500. The adverse effects of humans on the planet,with their moving local areas of low rate, is compounded both by their numbers (worst), theirunconsciousness and their very low rates (equal in effect).

The only answer that I know is increased consciousness. This would enable (to authorize, empower,to make possible) individual people to be individuals, to be responsible and to cease being thought-less.

The crucial importance of the Magnetism & Vibration is that it is the speciality of the Connectorsin the Cycle of Continuous Action. The BNU or Basic Nature of the Universe lies in the constituentsof the atom; the C of CA or Cycle of Continuous Action describes a properly developed whole, andin the subject of this book it is the conscious workings of a body cell; the Connectors, the ‘gath-ering’ of atoms before they become a system, are molecules. It is the balanced relationship betweenthese that constitutes ‘healthy’ continuance of everything.

F U RTHER NOTES ON THE CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS ACTIONBecause this whole book has been about a living form, humans, it would be easy to run away withthe idea that the C of CA pertains only to us. In fact it is a description of a properly working whole,in us this represents a working cell as well as everything else within our body made up of cells, andalso the body as a whole, but it fits anything at all, just so long as it is a functioning whole; thisincludes anything and everything both organic and inorganic and also things of a larger and vaguerkind - the Universe itself, the planet, the office... It stands for the relationship of parts, and theactions of those parts and plainly, if the whole is to work at its best, each of the parts needs to doso, too.

To look at the Cycle of Continuous Action in other ways than we have so far, consult Figure 18 inconjunction with the following paragraphs:

If, for instance, ‘Cycle of Continuous Action’ is used to describe the formation of the Universe,MIND is the Big Bang and MOVEMENT OF ENERGY is when everything began to happen; this

THE CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS ACTION- OR NON-ACTION

Figure 18.a.

from caterpillar to butterfly;

from one life to another as the salamander in myth;

from one sex to another as in sea wrasse;

from life to death;

from death to spiritual life and consciousness

=

=

&

‘

?

anything formed Relating to everything so far formed

? The C of CA is only effective and the ? can become + when Relating has formed new things, otherwise 'it' goes into Point of Change and there ismetamorphosis into different form/s - or nothing!

Point of Change is metamorphosis:

THE 'BANG'

actual light electricity

it all begins to happen

initial actioning

C of CA as possible formation of the Universe - or anything else


187

O

F EN

ER

GY

Point

ofchange

O

F EN

ER

GY

Point

ofchange

188


resulted in (=) actual LIGHT and (&) electricity (THOUGHT) which led to (à) action (DIRECTEDACTION) and, so long as it continues, equals (=) everything RELATING to everything and on it goes.

When it is used to describe a crystal, say, MIND/MOVEMENT OF ENERGY represent light and thenheat, inextricably necessary to each other; these give rise to (=) separate constituents: the meansof forming atoms (‘LIGHT & THOUGHT’), and this leads on to (à) chemistry: the getting togetherof constituent chemicals or ‘DIRECTED ACTION’ which = ‘RELATING’, the constituents relating toeach other, which ‘= M/M of E....’ and on it goes again (if they are the right constituents to formsomething!).

In either of these two scenarios the connectors matter and are not a device. The first ‘=’ representsthe formation of the separate parts of the basic atom and this is the result of M/M of E; ‘&’ holdsLight and Thought together, the parts of the atom, so that the ‘à’ can follow and molecules beformed, the result of visible light and electricity; the last ‘=’ may or may not happen. When it does,the DIRECTED ACTION = RELATING and the circle or cycle is complete and able to continue; if itdoesn’t then it discontinues. Taking that it continues, the + after Relating, which is the result of theDirected Action, and the resulting Relating of all the previous parts, represents movement, oranyway possible movement.

The Point of Change at the outside of Mind/Movement of Energy is what happens if there is nomovement at the previous place of = Relating. What actually happens then depends on what isunder consideration. For anything that is not a living object there is change of a radical kindcompared to the previous situation even if it does not appear to be very obvious to us. For all livingobjects other than humans, and depending on what that change is, they may well be able to adaptto it, even during their own lifetimes. For humans the matter is complex and variable and can affectabsolutely any part of their Cycles, never mind their Points of Change, their BNU or atoms plusLinear Time, and their Connectors or molecules and were I to go into it here I would merely haveto repeat the whole book!; meanwhile see Fig 18.b.

What I will say here is that SPACE, in and around any complete C of CA, tells us that Love Is Being,the constituent everything needs in order to exist. It is shown as being inside the C of CA in thediagrams but is outside it as well, of course, and inside the atoms, and everywhere.

[I don’t quite know how to take that switch from hard facts of the atomic sort to ‘soft’ facts of theSpace/Love is Being sort but, as I retailed in the discussion of Love in the section on The Meanings,I experienced for myself an example of it so I cannot possibly deny it; I just don’t know how to‘take’ it.]

F U RTHER NOTES ON THOUGHTThought anywhere is the result of chemistry, electricity and movement in a body, whether in ourbody or in the body of the Universe, for instance. Wherever there is a living object it also has thosethree things, so it has Thought of its own kind. And anything at all seen as a whole has exactly thesame whether living or not.

A non-living object such as a stone has some chemistry, a little electricity, but not much movementas an individual object. Seen as part of a greater whole it has chemistry, and the rest of its envi-ronment, a bit of its world, has more electricity and all the movement. As a local whole, there isThought - of its own kind.

Figure 18.b.

RELATING + MIN

D/M

OV

EM

EN

T = LIGHT & THOUGHT ‘ D

IRE

CT

ED

AC

TION =

OF E

NE

RG

Y

Point

ofchange

RELATING + MIN

D/M

OV

EM

EN


IRE

CT

ED

AC

TION =

OF E

NE

RG

Y

Point

ofchange

RELATING + MIN

D/M

OV

EM

EN


IRE

CT

ED

ACT

ION =

OF E

NE

RG

Y

Point

ofchange

RELATING + MIN

D/M

OV

EM

EN


IRE

CT

ED

AC

TION =

OF E

NE

RG

Y

Point

ofchange

any metabolism variously: R.m.

water metabolism: T.m.

sugar metabolism: DA.m.all metabolisms generally:M/M of E.m.

fat metabolism: L.m.

THE CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS ACTION- OR NON-ACTION


189

m. = missing

+ = & ‘

=

Effects of C of CA breaking down physically

is unable to make body do anything:M/M of E.m.

as if body doesn't exist:: L.m.fails to think about body:: T.m.

fails to do anything about body: DA.m.

doesn't want to know about body: R.m..

Attitude towards the physical body when any part of the

psychological C of CA goes missing

C of C A physically integrated, or re-integrating

C of C A disintegrates physically anti-clockwise and each Connector becomes a minus

- - -

-

-

190


The differences between us and anything else is that we do peculiar things with our Thought. Weuse it in ways that have nothing to do with living. A chicken or a fish, for instance, thinks all overits body and this leads on to Directed Action = Relating + etc., etc., the Cycle of Continuous Actionof continuing life, its life. The world thinks throughout its body, too, (and ‘throughout’ is used advis-edly) and this leads on to Directed Action missing...!!

[- I hadn’t expected that! I keep checking all the time I write so I can be as sure as I can that whatI pass on is how things are.] This (and of course it makes sense) is because the Basic Nature ofEverything (see Further Notes on the BNU above) is Time, Linear Time versus Space-Time, andeverything that doesn’t develop Thought, i.e., develop conscious Thought in human terms, but ismade up of atoms, cannot survive. The Universe and everything else is subject to the effects ofTime. Linear Time eventually leads to Space-Time and the object does not exist at all.

The consciousness in the Universe cannot by itself achieve Thought. The achievement of Thoughtfor life needs atoms that have at least to some extent developed the facility of Thought; this besthappens when they are in touch with the human brain, though not necessarily a part of one, andthis only when that brain is conscious. This is not because humans are clever but because it is whathuman beings are for in evolutionary terms.

The human brain is not unique but it is peculiar because of what it chooses to do with Thought,namely, take no notice of life to the point of destruction - cortical thinking/thought, no capital T.

What we could do with it would be to develop evolutionary Consciousness. We should learn to usethe Religious Stages, the Four Functions and the Meanings.

F U RTHER NOTES ON THE CONNECTION BETWEEN THERELIGIOUS STAGES, THE FOUR FUNCTIONS AND THEM E A N I N G SJust to recap - The Religious Stages are properly called Living one’s Own Religious Attitude to Life,which doesn’t depend on a culturally accepted norm but in no way precludes it either if the indi-vidual so wishes. The discussion and definitions of the levels of development can be found underthe Religious Stages title in Part III of this book.

The Four Functions a re those mental functions first observed and discussed by C.J.Jung inPsychological Types and slightly rearranged by me in importance in relation to living in the discus-sion of Meaning II of Spiritual Satisfaction (q.v.). They are also included in Definitions.

The Meanings are the Five Meanings associated with the Five Transverse Bands of the human body(q.v.), specific Meanings belonging to specific Bands from I-V in ascending order up the trunk. Thisis the psychological way in which humans divide up their bodies.

If one is doing one’s own personal task, whatever that is, one would be actively living one’s ownreligious attitude to life; if one is doing these two, and the first equals the second, then one wouldbe using the Four Functions of Thinking, Sensation, Intuition and Feeling suitably. This can be doneat any Religious Stage level.

191


Spatial Stages are nothing especially to do with the Functions until one has reached Stage 6. Stagesare the perhaps unfortunate task humans have acquired through being the evolutionary bearer ofthe potential for Consciousness for the World and the Universe, and it will only be by strugglingup to Spatial Stage 6 that any human will be able freely to use those Four Functions. If a person atSpatial Stage 6 is also living their own personal task at Religious Stage 6 rather than at a lowerReligious level they can be termed ‘Beyond Stage 6’.

To be ‘close to nature’, for a human, is to use the Four Functions suitably all the time but this doesnot ipso facto include being at any particular level at all, either Religious or Spatial.

Animals, of course, are nature whatever their level of intelligence, and suitably use all Four Functions(of their own type) as a matter of course. Humans, having a very developed upper brain, can neverbe like that unless they refuse to think - they have to do it a different way. Unfortunately for us wenow expect ourselves to live in a way that is not very compatible with life. The way the brain isused should be in the service of the process of living. We only think we use it that way because wehave backed ourselves into so many unnatural ways of living that survival has become the nameof our game within our own and peculiar parameters - and never mind nature!

No one has a personal task in this context until or unless they are interested in natural life, mean-ing how things work in the natural world, at any level and whether it is ‘out there’ or inside oneself,but not as a thing to be unwillingly manipulated. At this point the person will develop a personaltask, a personal ‘way’ in which they may be able to contribute to Living that is to do with nature,though whether they take up that task is another matter.

Actively to live their own religious attitude to life each person needs the thing they ignore most(or has ignored in the past, whether in this life or others, or both). For example, from among thepeople I know, including myself, these are some personal tasks:

to express herself through art

to analyse human relationships

to look at wider contexts

to improve people’s situations

to consider The Meanings

to accept

to think of physiology and feeling

to explain nature to other people

To do one’s personal task brings one to a centre core - as in the diagram for the Religious Stages(Fig. 8). By the time one is doing this at Religious Stage 6, and is living all the Meanings as well inthe Spatial Stages, one is ‘beyond Stage 6’. A person is not ‘Beyond Stage 6’ before living theirown task at Religious Stage 6 at the same time as being Spatial Stage 6. It is the doing of that task,and therefore living the Four Functions properly, that moves one up to Religious Stage 6; and thereare many people who are already doing it without intellectually knowing anything about personaltasks or Stages 6 or the Four Functions - but, sadly, a great many more who are not. One can alsouse all Four Functions without reference to either Stages 6 or a personal task (see above).

At this point you may ask what it is that starts one on the way up the Spatial levels. It is a prefer-ence for growing up, however minimally, and growing into one’s own individuality instead ofcontinuing to be in the younger Stages and remaining in the psychological collective.

192


(I should perhaps just comment that ‘to express herself through art is in no way intended to implythat all artists are therefore beyond Stage 6. This particular person had never expressed this sideof her living nature and needed to do so. Only if it is an artist’s personal task will he or she thengo beyond Stage 6; many people practice art for as many reasons and many of them won’t beanything to do with it being a personal task.)

Confusingly, though one’s proper, personal task may apparently be nothing to do with nature (e.g.,being an artist), it is always to do with expressing consciousness. It is therefore to do with not harm-ing living in the sense of not harming one’s own life. This personal task will be something one hasnever actively done and which one has therefore remained unconscious of in this life - and in anyand every other life, too. This is why it needs imperatively and actively to be made conscious,because the unconsciousness of it is how one has been harming life in general, not only in oneselfeach time. Unconsciousness, as we have seen, is ipso facto destructive, to others as well as tooneself.

F U RTHER NOTES ON CONSCIOUSNESS - THE PRINCIPLE AND USEInformation about consciousness itself is hard to tease out through my information process. So farwhat I have got is this:

- Consciousness is a potential part of any atom but the only way it can be developed is if thatatom is somehow associated with a human brain.

- ‘Consciousness’ is in all living material objects on this planet to some extent

- Consciousness could be developed in most living things

- Consciousness is never in anything outside the atom

- What Consciousness has to do to allow itself to be developed is:gradually to learn to give up collective unconsciousness, unconsciousness being by its verynature collective and full consciousness being individual.

As I know from my own experience with plants, it is possible to develop at least a form of conscious-ness in them. I habitually ask those in my care, both outside and inside the house, if any of themneed water and if so which. In my experience none of them know till just after sundown but thenI can find out quite easily as a rule. However, when caring for those in my neighbour’s house andyard, they don’t ‘answer’ at all easily, but I was amused to find that this year (1994) they only tooka day to be ‘reminded’ of their accomplishment, learned in the previous two years. Each year I haveonly cared for them for a week at a time but they were badgered to reply and so had to learn, Isuppose. Whatever. It makes it easy for me when I can sit indoors and find the answer - for themost part, regrettably its not infallible! Nor is it my field, so it isn’t easy for me!.

Given that my training is about consciousness relating to the welfare of the living object (Universe,plants, humans, anything...) I can only ask plants - or human bodies come to that - what they needin their own terms. For plants it would be such things as water, food, sun, shade, space at the rootsand so forth. Human bodies are more complex, as the Framework shows when translated intohuman terms, (remember it is a Framework for Understanding and applicable to anything living)

193


and their requirements are many, but do always and only relate to being allowed ultimately to workproperly; the same need as for plants.

The process for developing consciousness in a plant (assuming that is what is happening) doesn’tdiffer very much from developing consciousness in a human, except that the latter is a very muchmore clouded business. Humans have so many complicated interests unrelated at all to the simplic-ity of the body’s needs. Furthermore they generally value the former far and far above the latter,evincing a severe lack of psychological understanding of the body and themselves and, roughly,treating it as a mere slave to carry out their bidding without much real or understanding care atall in its own terms, which is the crux. Also few people see the connection between past or currenthabits, lifestyles, mental attitudes, outlook in general, etc., etc. and whatever it is they are complain-ing of and therefore have little wish to become conscious of it. It might require change - which itwould, and who wants that!

Consciousness, in the body’s context, necessitates becoming conscious of every thought that formsin one’s brain, and there are plenty that form and are not made conscious. No correspondingrepression or suppression (emotional and intellectual respectively) can then arise in the body and,as a consequence, there are then no non-actioning cells to express the language of silence; just solong as one troubles to make these thoughts conscious.

Consciousness also necessitates dealing with problems that arose in the past, even in past lives, ifor when they present symptoms for attention. Meanwhile one has to keep making conscious thecurrent and immediate thoughts of the present, and continue to do so. ‘Past’ can mean anythingfrom a few hours, to years or one’s whole life and backwards.

Thoughts made conscious don’t have to be made conscious to anyone other than oneself, but evenso it isn’t necessarily simple because all the implications, inferences and ramifications will also needto be taken into account as one gets more skilled, and all in the form of a verbal and grammaticalcommunication to oneself in one’s head (or aloud). I doubt if it is sufficient, except when dealingwith absolutely current thoughts to ‘become aware of the thought, examine it and then let it go’as is often advocated. A thought left for even a few hours will have a neglected effect in the bodyor why would one become, belatedly, conscious of the need to do something about it? There willbe some sort of inhibited action among the cells, and if very far past, possibly some effect on func-tion too. The ‘examination’ of the thought will need to be in some depth and its effect on the bodymay have to be dealt with in more than one way; and this is always assuming the person wantsto bother with examining thoughts and becoming conscious in the first place. Dealing with one’sShadow is not the easiest thing; few people care to admit its contents, even to themselves, hencethe need for the objectivity of Stage 6 consciousness. Without that, one takes things as personalcriticism and becomes defensive, which changes nothing, whereas what is needed is understandingof one’s situation in order to change it since it is ‘how it is at present’ that is causing the tro u b l e .

Another complicating factor may be that as everything is in touch with everything (Relating + Mind)so one can, all unaware, receive thoughts and problems from other people which have physicaleffects on oneself ranging from trivial to severe, and be affected in the same way by their (to them)normal, but unconscious, characteristics; and unconsciously dish out exactly the same sorts ofthings to others, unless one is a well maintained Stage 6. I find that only those people who havereached Stage 6 and keep there with no regression do not have this effect on me. I have sufferedsevere problems from other people a number of times over and above problems of my own; some-times in reflecting their unconscious problems or conditions and sometimes from the effects of myown responses to their unconscious selves, and this is discounting the times I tune-in deliberately.By making these other situations conscious (as well as my own) I can usually change those effects

194


within myself in the end, sometimes with the help of Bach Flower Remedies or homoeopathizedremedies or Touch For Health depending on the degree and type of effect, but if I know what theother person’s problem is and my situation vis a vis that person is such that I can both tell themof it and suggest remedial action and they take it in, this being crucial, then I don’t suffer. Whetherthey then do anything about it is, of course, their own choice, and rightly so, but their consciousunderstanding of it is what matters in terms of their effect on other people. The responsibility fortheir own situation has been shifted back to where it belongs. It is probably impossible to doanything about someone else’s normal but unconscious characteristics unless they identify themand wish to change them. We all have these unconscious Shadow aspects of ourselves and musteach do our best to make ourselves aware of them enough not to harm others; the first job beingto admit such a thing as one’s Shadow exists at all (see Definitions).

However, it must be stressed that dealing with such situations is one’s own responsibility; otherpeople do not do this deliberately and the response is one’s own and not theirs. The other personor people are entirely unconscious of this problem, as one is oneself of ‘passing on’ one’s own situ-ations; if we were each conscious it would not happen - Stage 6 again - unless we deliberatelyrefuse to act on that consciousness. It is the nature of everything to affect everything, a conse-quence of Relating, as everything is part of everything so long as it remains unconscious.

This ‘suffering from each other’ affects everyone to exactly the same degree for this very reason.The differences lie in the degree of sensitivity people have for noticing the situation their bodiesare aware of, ranging from considerable to not at all. Also what one may become conscious ofabout other people depends on where one’s interests and sensitivities lie.

Not only is it usual to suffer from other individual’s unconscious conditions and characteristics, itis possible to be affected by collective problems, the problems of groups or even humanity as awhole though I trust most people don’t do so; it is difficult to deal with in oneself but still has tobe made completely conscious.

I do hope it is clear just how important consciousness is. Without it one may have little or no redressfor very many problems, and it is not only the individual who suffers in this regard, from their ownproblems, but all individuals collectively who are affected by all other individual or group uncon-scious states. If one is conscious then one is responsible for healing one’s own state - with helpwhen necessary, of course. It is only by becoming conscious of one’s own body’s needs that onecan become conscious of the needs of anything else, and it is by becoming conscious at Stage 6that one can become detachedly able to deal suitably with anything.

Detachment is a key word in the field of the psychology that is to do with those levels of under-standing called The Stages. Before Stage 6 a person is inevitably, though unconsciously, hampered.Their response to anything can only be that of whichever Spatial or Religious Stages he or she hasreached or, more seriously, whichever the person has regressed to, if that is the case. I havediscussed the desirability and use of the detached view under Comment on the Stages 6 at theend of the section on the Stages so I won’t repeat it but I shall just say that it is unfort u n a t e l yt rue that many people haven’t the capacity to be conscious for very many reasons, and manypeople do not have the wish as there is a very strong habit with most people not to make anya t t e m p t to try.

I shall summarise the reason for being conscious from the point of view of the various inhabitantsof this world we and they live in:

195


1. When humans are beyond Stage 6 and are therefore using all The Meanings all the time,they are not so damaging to themselves or to anything else.

2. If one is going to address the body to stop it falling to bits as much as possible one needspsychological consciousness.

3. If one is going to use psychological consciousness one needs to know everything that hasbeen written here.

4. It is unconsciousness that causes the body to fall to bits.

5. And it is unconsciousness that causes humans to be so damaging.

We cannot go back. No one can ever regress successfully. We can’t undo what we know so wehave to go forward to consciousness, to that state of conscious awareness of which the humansystem will be capable.

I feel it necessary to give a warning here. There is a very real danger for people in supposing theyare conscious and assuming they are Stage 6 and probably beyond. I suggest that it is a great dealsafer to assume neither. The hubris and self-satisfaction of making such assumptions would, I imagine,immediately lead to a blocking of development; when one is there the achieved detachment stopsall that, but for those who have achieved Stages 6 or beyond please, please, remember that it isonly too easy to slip back. The fact is that even when there one goes on having to maintain thecondition consciously and to go on learning awarenesses and also remembering to apply Meanings,and all of it with detachment. None of this is automatic and none of it should be neglected.Furthermore, one should constantly remember that none of this is what one does, nor what one’scharacter is, but is how one does or how one expresses the character and personality one has, bothof which will, in fact, change to some extent as a result of this understanding as those who achieveit find out.

196


PA RT VII: THOUGHTS AND OBSERVAT I O N S

It must be remembered always and always in connection with the information and outlook in thisbook that the problems causing ‘illness’ of any kind, trivial or otherwise, that are referred to arethings NOT known about by the sufferer. They know the outward effect but not the inward reason.I cannot emphasise this enough. What this insight deals with is the UNCONSCIOUS psycho-religiousmatters that then dis-integrate the somatic aspects of people, and of humanity.

People may have embarked on reading this in order to learn how not to be ill. If they have stuckwith it they may have learned why they get ill, and if they then think about it a good deal of thetime after reading it they might achieve Spatial and Religious Stages 6 - and think what a diff e re n c ethat might make to everything! Obviously I am no more able to give an immediate explanation forall the ills of humanity that develop from within, illness by illness, than can other people and anywaythis is an insight that says “it doesn’t work like that”. Each person’s own illness develops from eachperson’s own difficulties of adaptation to their own life and in the long term of humans a changecan only come from a greater sensitivity to their own early signs and signals of bodily protest andan earlier willingness to seek the cause.

Even that is useless, or anyway limited, if there are no even more sensitive and experienced peopleto consult, people who have sufficiently bothered with themselves in a persistent and committedway and who have learned to tune in to bodies, including their own, and who have above alllearned to fit in to the Universe as much as they can.

Bodies know very well what they want as a rule. It is thoughts that do not, so it is necessary to beable both to pick out what it is the thought is doing or not doing and, beneath that, what it is thewretched cells are asking for in the way of relief from their strain.

It is sad and unfortunate that we humans have invented for ourselves life-styles that are so unbe-lievably removed from the suitable, but having done so there is no help for it, if we are to survivein any reasonable health, but that we learn to use our intelligence in a proper way in that respect,learn to understand that technology is not an inherent part of life. Life is part of life and is verycapable of living itself when it is allowed to.

We have become so besotted with increased technological tinkering and emotionally repressivethinking over the last several hundred years - a necessary phase no doubt but one which it is timewe grew out of and put in perspective - that we have forgotten in the fore-front of our thoughtsthat we ourselves are flesh and blood and of emotional and psychological and religious sensitivity.We have also allowed, for the last several thousand years, the male mode of knowledge to takegradual precedence over the female mode.

Again, this is a necessary phase. It is impossible to understand and develop anything except byactually doing it, but we have pushed it to the limit and it is now time to accept that and restorethe balance. Some sensible people haven’t entirely gone that way yet, some forest tribes, forinstance, of South America and Africa (and there are a few others still), those who know men andwomen to be equal, though physically different, and where not even the men have chosen to leavethat knowledge behind.

197

Book One: The Metanoiac Framework • Part VII

I have the thought that the present human condition is, in fact, inevitable in that all populationsof anything expand so long as the going is good and only crash when it isn’t. The fact that wehave done it a diff e rent way, by increasingly being able to manipulate our habitat and have ru t h l e s s l ydone so, doesn’t alter the matter. The difference between us and the rest of the earth’s inhabitantsis that we have the conscious use of our intelligence to understand what we are doing; what weneed now is the Stage 6 consciousness to enable us to appreciate that co-operation and equal sharingamong humans, animals and plants alike is necessary. The pressure to change is that co-operationis essential.

I am extremely aware that it is a race now between the initiation of General Minded 6 and environ-mental degradation on a scale too large to alter in short to medium historical time. Of course, in thisrace lies both the seeds of salvation and of destruction because the pre s s u re of the latter encouragesthe former; just as it is only pressures in a person’s own life that lead to their own developmentalchanges (why bother to be a grown up when being a child pays off?), so it is only pressures onhumanity that do the same thing. In which case it seems to be inevitable that human history hasbeen the way it has.

Humanity reached General Minded 4 as a result of the two world wars and it became sufficientlyprevalent all over the world then to count as a world-wide phenomenon. General Minded 3 wasnot world-wide, more a matter of general ‘tribal’ behaviour, with groups fighting for their wants(not needs). This lasted a long time, certainly hundreds if not thousands of years. General Minded2 was a matter of very small group adaptation to circumstances, or to other groups, in the mostcomfortable way, and at General Minded 1 we hardly showed any signs of being human yet in thesocial or psychological sense. And there is pre-General Mindedness to consider!, which I am notgoing into here as I have touched upon it already in Part III.

So the process has gathered terrific momentum. At this date, November 1989, there are signs ofGM 5 here and there [and at this date of early 1995 it has increased considerably in many places]- the people of Namibia with its first elections for 80 years; in South Africa where people have askedand asked for political freedom for 49 years and now been given again the freedom of the beacheswith certain public buildings to follow [and now a largely black and elected government]; thepeople in East Germany where they walked endlessly about in huge crowds asking for politicalreform until the Berlin Wall was breached after 28 years and the Government resigned - and all thesubsequent change now apparent. The wretched people and their supporters in Tiananman Squarein China, back in June of 1989, were ahead of their time in that as a group they achieved GeneralMinded 6 at the time as they were not asking for any particular change, merely open-ended changein itself, and open-endedness is a GM 6 (or a personal Spatial Stage 6) phenomenon, not a suitablelevel to change to from humanity’s GM 4 without having had the advantage of 5 in betweenwhether personal or General. This made them, dreadfully, doomed in some way from the start.There has to be 5 for the changes to be put properly in place, it is impossible to jump from adefended position to an open-ended one, it cannot be sustained as there is no proper under-standing without the experience of 5. The 5 level promotes the understanding given by theMeanings, one by one, and it makes not a blind bit of difference if this is a consciously named situ-ation or Meaning or not. The behaviour and understanding is the same whatever the expressedrationale for the changes.

On the other hand, it is because people or groups who are ahead act out their ‘aheadness’ thatthose much further behind get an impetus to take the more cautious step, the next one, ratherthan the further one. Leading figures are thrown up to respond to any change, even if it is not yetovert. We have, for instance, staggering changes taking place in the USSR (speaking now in 1989).

198


It is possible that the present leader, at Stages 6 Spatial and Religious, will not in the end be theman to implement it all [and he wasn’t] but if the battle between entrenched GM 4 and GM 5 is‘won’ by GM 5, and the representatives of that are also for the most part at Stages 5, then muchpractical change will probably take place and the unconscious hopes of the people be fulfilled insome way (though it can all fail, or be regressed by force). It is a difficult situation for a Stage 6person to lead a GM 4 people with unconscious GM 5 hopes, though undoubtedly he was thrownup (despite any manoeuvrings he personally may have made made to be where he is) in order tosomehow get change going. It is noticeable that a number of political leaders around the worldare achieving new Stage levels, even the most conservative, and this is in response to psychologi-cal shifts in the populations of their countries. In every case in the East European shifts a move tomore openness also has new leaders at personal 5 and 6 and the reverse has leaders at much less.It is a version of the old adage that ‘people get the leaders they deserve’. A forward shift gets aforward leader and a regression does not, though the shifts have to be spontaneous to ‘take’, theycannot be engineered.

At GM 6 the borders of a country will probably cease to be of particular significance and humanitycan finally achieve intelligent co-operation. GM 6 has been in preparation for some time, almostas long as GM 4 has been in place, and that started coming in after the first world war and wasin place after the second. There are various communal and personal rights ideas that form the infra-structure of such a co-operation, of which examples are: the United Nations and its precursor theLeague of Nations; the European Community; the Rights of the Child bill; and so forth - anythingthat cares for individual people despite boundaries. However,the real and successful implementa-tion or use of these will be GM 6 and will not happen until humanity itself is GM 6. Nevertheless,the means are there, have been slowly growing, and have already been in practice to a lesser orgreater extent.

I have a suspicion that the many present local wars, civil and otherwise, are an attempt by groups,not only to gain territory (or perhaps resources such as fresh water) of which there is obviously toolittle for the increased population, especially if two different groups are trying to inhabit the sameterritory, but also an attempt by groups to be recognised in their own right, whatever the declaredrationale - a GM 4 situation on both sides, though not every group feels the need to pick up a gunto try to gain their point. Goodness knows what the true and suitable resolution to this is.

All in all, and when there are few enough of us, about a couple of billion for preference, the levelof the 1930s though the planet can just cope with the level of the 1950s which was still less thanthree billion (in 2007 it’s now six and a half billion and still growing), humanity has a chance, andif we grow into Stage 6 and learn proper co-operation and don’t mistake that for licence, perhapseverything else has a chance besides. In Framework terms, the only sin is to be Thoughtless.

199

Beginning to talk

BEGINNING TO TA L K

Almost every ailment that humans can suffer that is not due to factors external to the body originatesin either unconscious psychology, or the Meanings not being lived, or problems in the Cycle of ContinuousAction, or one or more parts of the Cycle of Continuous Relating not being in use. The exception is develop-mental defects.

The thesis for Books Two and Three is the automatically working body and how we cope withconscious psychology as it constantly interferes with that process. Book Four is about Talking.

BOOK ONEBook One in this field was about what we inadvertently and unknowingly do to ourselves, and evenmore inadvertently do to other people and things, when we remain psychologically unconscious.This unconsciousness may be from choice or from ignorance or from never having bothered. InBook Two I am again including the premise that most people prefer to remain psychologicallyunconscious but wish nevertheless to be relieved of the suffering which is the physical consequence- but I suggest their choice should be an informed one because in my understanding this is notnecessarily possible.

There are two ways to tackle this situation therapeutically: allopathic and wholistic. Actually, it isoften allopathic o r wholistic if one is going to be honest but, I hasten to add, both are valid if suitablyused, and, depending on the context, often together.

In either case I am going to continue to write from the point of view of the body and not fromthe point of view of any recognised intellectual school. Book One was written from the point ofview of consciousness, or the lack of it in humans and the effect this can have on the human body,and again not from the point of view of any academically recognised intellectual school. Book Two(1998) is a deeper understanding of that.

As I wrote then, I am a dowser by trade in the field of health and welfare. I am able to dowse intothe psychologically unconscious reasons why people have developed their varieties of illness - whatit is their body is trying to tell them by becoming ‘silent’ in its workings here and there or even allo v e r, assuming psychological unconsciousness to be the original reason, which it usually is. As I havegone on learning my trade I have gradually been able to tune in to areas and tissues of the bodyalone rather than to mind-and-body as a whole and ‘ask’ them what they need in order to change.What they re a l l y need is precisely that wholeness: psychological and/or religious consciousness, butthis is not what people necessarily want to know about, or perhaps to acknowledge the need for.

STARTING POINT

I shall begin with a reminder of the Basic Framework given to the reader in Book One. ThisFramework consists of the Cycle of Continuous Action (a cell and its molecules) - with the BasicNature of the Universe within it (the atom). The Basic Framework is necessary for one to begin tounderstand what one’s body tries to tell one but to which one is not listening. In Beginning to Talk,I am going to include certain other physical aspects of the body and individual cells that are usefulto know about in order to understand more exactly what the effects are on cell activity of failingto listen and be conscious, and therefore where exactly to direct one’s attention.

200


The following are thumbnail sketches of several pointers towards this end: not only the BasicFramework of the Cycle of Continuous Action and the Basic Nature of the Universe (BNU), but alsoa new Cycle of Continuous Relating; a repeat of the Meanings; how these three connect; the inclu-sion of Magnetism & Vibration; Linear Time; and how all these five connect.

1. The Cycle of Continuous Action (C of CA)with the Connectors in placeThis is the Framework way of presenting diagrammatically the five different activities in whichone engages psychologically, or should engage by becoming properly conscious in terms ofthe Stages (q.v. in Book One), and the connection of that with the body’s way of running itscells via the Connectors which represent both the ground-base of a cell and most of the sub-cellular structures, the organelles, within it. These carry out the various aspects of maintenanceand replacement work within most cells.

2. The Cycle of Continuous Relating (C of CR) - newThis is a new Cycle, each word of which is closely associated with a word of the C of CA. Itdoesn’t behave like a Cycle in that there are no Connectors, but it nevertheless runs the C ofCA if and when we let it. The words are Active Relating, Change, Loving, Knowledge, andAffection. The Point of Change equivalent is also Change.

3. The MeaningsThe Meanings have been closely discussed in Book One. Each one of them is associated withone of the words in the C of CA, and thus with the C of CR, and thus also with the physio-logical effects produced in the body, starting in the relevant Transverse Band, when thoseMeanings are being lived - consciously - or being unconsciously ignored.

4. The connection of those three:In that the words of the C of CR each run a word of the C of CA, in that the C of CA repre-sents the existence of each cell of the body, and in that each Meaning is associated with thephysiology of each Connector of the C of CA, it can be seen that the more conscious one is them o re one is in charge of the methods by which one’s body works because one then has morechance of understanding why any of these methods may not be working and can re d ress that.

5. Magnetism-and-Vibration:M&V is the Framework shorthand for this, the mechanism of maintaining atoms and moleculestogether but with space enough to move.

6. Linear Time:Linear Time means any length of time as we know it even though astronomical, geological,historical time, for instance, are outside our personal experience; it is the length of time in whichanything resides.

7. The connection of C of CA, C of CR, Ms, and Linear Time with the BNU:The connection between

the Cycle of Continuous action: our basic physical structure, the Cycle of Continuous Relating: our emotional and feeling states, the Meanings: our psychological and religious sub-division of ourselves, and Linear Time: the lengths of time in which things exist,to the Basic Nature of the Universe: the way atoms could or do work

is only through human consciousness: if we continue to think about them there is a connec-tion; if we don’t, there isn’t. Until they are thought about, each of these things tries to existeach time, but without something to keep them connected they fall apart, however long it takes.

Figure 19 is a composite of all the above.

THE HUMAN WAY OF BEING PART OF THE UNIVERSETHE FINISHED BEING or HOW TO BE

Figure 19

This diagram encompasses the already discussed Cycle of Continuous Action (in black above); it incorporates the Meanings and C of CA psychological activity each Meaning as affected by (green above); it gives the new Cycle of Continuous Relating (in red); and it gives the name of the sub-cellular structures represented by each Connector or symbol in the C of CA (in blue). Magnetism & Vibration are shown in brown.

Organised Matter = the quantum level of being, and Being represents the ideal, finished human being.

The Directives ¿ to ∆�(and see page 204) Figure 19 says nothing about a person's personality; just that everything is working well together and conspiring to let them be who they are - really are.

RELATING + MIND/MOVEM

ENT O

F ENERGY = LIGHT & THOUGHT ‘

DIRE

CTE

D AC

TION

=

ACTIVE RELATING CHANG

E LOVING KNOWLEDGE

AF

FECT

ION

¿�THOUGHTFULNESS

¬�CO-OPERATION √�U

SE OF LOVE

ƒ�M

OVE

MEN

T

¡�FLEXIBILITY

RELATING SPIRITUAL SATISFACTION LOVE ALLOWING

EXP

RESS

ION

OF

RESP

ONSES

Point

of

changeLinea

r Tim

e

Linea

r Tim

e en

ergy

electr

omag

netis

m/

stron

g nuc

lear

force

cons

cious

ness

/

unco

nscio

usne

sspa

rticles

of at

omic

nucle

us

M & V

centr

ioles

cytoplasm

endoplasmic reticulum

ribosomes

vacuoles

mitochondria

pinocytotic

vesicles

lysosomes

centrioles

lysosomes≈ RECYCLING

∆ The Law of the Universe is to KEEP MOVING

À

ÕÃ

relationshipsÀ timeÃ energiesÕ thoughts

Organised Matter

Beginning to talk

201

LOVE and AFFECTION and RELATING are the final putting together of everything in a human - Love for Loving, Affection for Doing, and Relating to everything.

202


CONSCIOUSNESS

Consciousness in Framework terms means not only ‘being consciously aware’ rather than beingunaware, it is also the only reason for being a human being rather than some other animal and itcan be looked at in various ways: how it is produced; from the point of view of culture and tradi-tion; as a medium; and in relation to death.

When I used my tuning in process to find what it considered to be the essential part of a personas opposed to whatever it is we humans think of as ‘me’ it gave a Yes to our Religious side, theReligious Stages, whereas I’m sure we would think of ‘me’ as the Spatial Stages - to which it againagreed! If you recall from the earlier book, the Religious Stages (Living our own Religious Attitudeto Life) are ones we are apt to forget about rather than regress down the levels as in Spatial Stages.They also don’t have the thumb-nail descriptions of stages of behaviour which the Spatial oneshave because here they are irrelevant. In my experience, people can give up their Religious Stages,their conscious involvement with life, long before they die for instance (never mind during theirlife, which we all probably do at times) in which case during the process of dying, which can takeseveral years in these terms (though we can stay Religiously and Spatially integrated to the end),the person one thinks of as ‘me’ is still here but the essential aspect may have been forgotten about.It seems, therefore, that a person as a rule is defining their own image of themselves in relation toother people, and those other people as seen through that person’s own eyes. Obviously this cannottake into account the inner life of either person, our own or those whom we are defining ourselvesagainst. Immediately one can see how limited this is; all outer stuff. Valid, but limited.

It is clear why Stages 6 in either set of Stages are so important. For Spatials because of the damageeach of us can do by keeping the definition of oneself at a childish or teenage and conventionallevel, and Religiously because we deny that we are a part of everything while below Stage 6 andremain collectively irresponsible and unconscious towards ourselves and everything else. None ofthe Stages 0-4/5 are kept with impunity. We and everything else suffer for it.

Consciousness, so far as I can gather, is a medium, inhabited by people, whether ‘dead’ or alive! so‘out there’ is everywhere beyond the edge of one’s body. One’s body is a concentration of some-thing, and it is the same for the whole visible world. Space is also a medium and there are twokinds of time: visible time and past-present-future time.

Consciousness makes the world visible, and past-present-and-future time has always been there,even before the Universe; it is not a product of anything previous to itself. Visible objects are in it,not of it. [I thought before adding this. I don’t pretend to understand it, but I nevertheless feelcomfortable with it. And remember, that like everything else it was arrived at through the processof dowsing so I am not in a position to dismiss it - though I, like you, am in a position to disagree.]

Apparently consciousness is the norm ‘out there’, but consciousness has to be brought into exis-tence here, into this state of being. Death then is merely a return to that consciousness. This bringsup the question of reincarnation. Personally I have no difficulty with this so I ‘asked’: Why does onereincarnate? The answer worked out to be: Because one hasn’t achieved consciousness in this state[another can of worms] i.e. one can only return to consciousness to the degree to which one hasachieved consciousness here, as a human being, which is the whole point of being a human being.If one remains totally unconscious as a human one continues to have to learn; if one achieves 99%consciousness here one need not return at all, it is then a matter of individual choice. On the otherhand one can opt to develop over there.

203

Beginning to talk

All this may well be a matter of controversy. I quote it because it is the information I found. It mayall be my imagination - in which case so is all the rest of what I have written since it has come fromthe same source. On the other hand, my experience of that ‘rest’ has been that no matter howsceptical I have been (and I always am until it is shown to work each time) it has always worked outin practice, provided it was the suitable approach in the first instance. I have no personal experi-ence of death and ‘over there’ for myself as yet (of which I am still aware!), but there have beennumerous accounts that may well fit in to this. My mother had the experience of meeting her deadmother in this world’s time briefly and found her considerably psychologically developed since herlife here. I have to leave this an open-ended discussion.

Consciousness in culture or tradition is formed by the prehistoric and historic circumstances inwhich a race, group or individual has lived and these form the particular cultural expression of thatrace, group or individual. There are very different kinds of racial, group or individual cultural expres-sions and therefore different kinds of things about which people will be conscious. This is why onemay suppose there are perhaps diff e rent kinds of consciousness. In re a l i t y, consciousness isconsciousness no matter what it is being conscious about or from what tradition it is formed. Theconsciousness is the same, the cultural traditions are variable, whether secular or religious.

‘Religious’ here is the religious outlook required by the Universe and not to be confused with thebeliefs, doctrines, dogmas, rules, rites and regulations of formalized religions. Cultural traditions,of course, are not only expressed in material matters but also in religious, artistic, philosophical andso forth ways and ideas. Add to this the physical and colouration differences among people thathave developed over the millennia and there are obviously massive apparent differences betweenraces, groups and individuals, and equally massive chances for misunderstandings of every kind.

This makes for at least one very good reason for achieving Stages 6, then instead of being identi-fied with one’s differences from others, or theirs from oneself, each person has the detachment tobe able to understand the differences and deal with them. This is not to imply elimination of thembut to cease to be dogmatic about retaining them. Co-operation despite them or even because ofthem. After all, it is differences that are important and interesting; similarities are obvious.

The fourth part of an atom, the conscious/unconscious part, comes about if the chemistry and elec-tricity in the central nervous system is made freely available to form thought. This happens whenthe energy part of any atom triggers off two things: molecules of proteins and/or molecules ofcarbohydrate to come together anywhere they exist, usually in the animal body.

Unconsciousness automatically exists, until the thought is thought, and that can only happen inthe upper brain; it is the work the upper brain does, if it is used that way, and then consciousnessbegins to appear. It ‘gets into’ an atom simply because a thought is thought. Because the job ofthe three parts of an atom of strong nuclear force/ electromagnetism, particles, and energy, if thereis space, heat and movement available, is always one of joining-proteins-and-carbohydrates-and-thereby-releasing-electrical-energy, if there is sufficient brain available the effect will be noticed; andif there is even more brain available the thought will be thought about. Consciousness will stay inany atom, as opposed to unconsciousness alone, but only when there is an active process ofconscious thinking. After death an atom doesn’t retain consciousness, only the possible potentialfor it.

204


SUMMARY SO FAR

The Basic Framework is the Cycle of Continuous Action in its entirety and includes therefore theBasic Nature of the Universe: atoms both alone and forming molecules forming cells. These can allbe influenced by the degree of psychological unconsciousness or consciousness in humans. Thethings of the mind that can influence the body are the Cycle of Continuous Relating: the emotionalstates one can be in, and what the words of the Cycle of Continuous Action are describing: thebasic conscious psychology one can use. The greater the conscious acceptance of this philosophi-cal and religious understanding one has, the more suitably integrated are one’s mind and bodyprovided one consciously keeps up to date with what one is feeling and experiencing all the time.The contents of a cell can work alone, without any psychological input, but this argues that theconscious mind is then unconscious, at least psychologically, and for humans this is not appro p r i a t e .

THE DIRECTIVES - The Laws of Life (see figure 19)

As an addition to Figure 19, which encapsulates The Human Way of Being Part of the Universe,there came through in 2003/4 something called The Directives. These are the Laws of Life anddescribe what happens when everything works properly.

The Dir e c t i v e s :

1) The only sin is thoughtlessness.

2) The only necessity is flexibility.

3) The only requirement is co-operation.

These are how humans respond - if they want to.4) The engine of existence is Love.

5) The nature of existence is movement.

6) The nature of life is recycling.

The fourth law is what each thing does, or doesn’t, and how it does it: putting things together so theycan move/work.

7) The law of the Universe is to keep moving

The fifth, sixth and seventh laws ensure the overall continuity of everything.

These laws fit every activity from the sub-atomic upwards, no matter what the activity or what isdoing it.

(The groupings of 1-3, 4-6, and 7 is how the dowsing required this information to be presented.The title was also arrived at through dowsing.)

S t ru c t u r e

Social animals need structure in their lives otherwise they can’t see the point of anything and theirlives simplify to the point of self indulgence and lowest common denominators - mostly sex, drinkand drugs. Animals other than humans have structure by virtue of how they survive but humanssoon evolved out of that necessity and thereafter had to choose some sort of cultural expressionthat encompasses their sort of thinking.

205

Beginning to talk

The point of the Meanings is to express in language the way in which the physical aspect of humanscan be used to give people stability, both physically and mentally, in the job of being human in aconstructive way. It’s not easy.

Finally it is necessary in the scheme of things for the world to ask for assistance, and sometimes aresponse can be elicited. The thing about society is that it needs rules otherwise it becomes anarc h i c ,and unless somebody gets a grip it will disintegrate entirely.

TO SUM UP THE DIRECTIVES

1. Thoughtfulness, is how humans respond –2. Flexibility and if they want to.3. Co-operation.

}4. Love what each and every thing does (or doesn’t), and how it does it 5. Leads to Movement } (or doesn’t) to put things together so they can move and work.6. Recycling

this amounts to the continuation of everything in7. The natural Law is: some form or another including ‘soul’ and ‘spirit’.

keep moving}

BEING RELIGIOUS or LIVING ONE’S OWN RELIGIOUS ATTITUDE TO LIFE

‘Religious’ in the context of health and welfare is ‘to live one’s own religious attitude to life’ and isof immense importance in the life of the individual. It contains within it the psychological, the intel-lectual and the emotional approaches as does the other way of living one’s life, described by whatI have termed the Spatial, not because it has much to do with outer space but because it has todo with ‘a space within’, within oneself. In practice these are not ways of living life that are in anyway in opposition to each other despite my having called the Spatial ‘the other way ‘ in the previ-ous sentence. The difference between them is that the Religious way is active and the Spatial waypassive and in either case these ‘ways’ take place through psychological, intellectual and emotionalmodes of expression. The active Religious way, or more properly Living One’s Own ReligiousAttitude to Life, is how one actually does one’s living; the passive Spatial way is how one could doit if one did it, and of course one does it all the time at one level or another. Both of these werediscussed in connection with the levels of the Stages of Understanding in Book One.

This way of living one’s own religious attitude to life is not at all to do with organised religiousactivity or beliefs of any kind, whether of the big internationally recognised religions or any kindof smaller sect or cult. Rather, it is entirely a personal matter and expresses, in the three ways -psychological, intellectual, and emotional - one’s own attitude to life. “Religion is a social artifact,just as are language and literature, houses and pots, domesticated animals or the working of metals.It is brought into being within a society to fulfil certain psychological needs, and is intimately boundup with custom and law, the hierarchies of social structure and the proper functioning of the insti-tutions which define and hold in coherence the society itself.” (Stuart Piggott, The Druids, 1968,Thames & Hudson, London). And again: “When we were filming The French Lieutenant’s Womanin it [the Undercliff], the film crew, struggling with manhandling impossible weights over veryrough ground indeed, fighting the endless difficulties of communication and supply (and light -

206


don’t make films under eternal canopies of trees), had a tee-shirt printed. Across its chest ran I HATETHE UNDERCLIFF. I understood their particular reasons, but for me it summed up a large part ofwhat is wrong with our world. Haters of the Undercliff - and all it stands for - are lost in a way eventhe most foolish literal wanderers there are not. Increasingly modern man cannot face ancient anduntamed nature like this; where nature itself, the elements, rule, not man; where iron and concreteand plastic are powerless; where it defeats all use except enjoyment on its own terms. That is whywe have lost so much, and are now lost ourselves; and why I welcome this charming reminder ofwhat is hidden there. The Undercliff is indeed a lost place; but most profoundly, the lost place isin ourselves.” John Fowles (from his forward to The Undercliff by Elaine Franks, A Sketchbook ofthe Axmouth-Lyme Regis Nature Reserve).

The first quote above shows the place religion has, or has had, in its accepted form, in society; thesecond touches on the effect when we are unwilling to involve ourselves with our natural selves.

It seems to me that though people are often just as brutal to each other and as stupid and child-ish in behaviour as they ever have been throughout history, we have reached a period in psycho-logical development when we have, at last, to begin to take stock of that as a species if we areever to grow up. It is ‘fashionable’ now, and has been since the 1960s, to look at our individualbehaviour to some extent. Usually it is ‘to enhance our own self esteem’, when it should be ‘toenquire whether how we are is how it is best to be’, not in order to continue the status quo or tobehave how we want ( ‘it’s my right....’, a misunderstanding about proper and co-operative work-ings of society) but each to try our best to make society work.

However, ‘fashionable’ is I suspect an unsuitable word. Rather, I think we have now reached ageneral level of psychological development when we are ready to examine ourselves as we reallyare - to look at our Shadow - whether it is that of the individual, the group, the tribe or the nation,and whether it is personal or collective, and that is why there is so much of this particular sort ofsoul searching now.

It is easy to see how societies divide up into those people who are more willing and have the abil-ity to think about such things, and those who are self satisfied and have no intention of inquiringinto their own behaviour. This division does not necessarily divide along lines of class, education,money, ethnicity, occupation and so forth. It does divide along lines of those who think about thenatural world and those who don’t, or won’t. Some understanding of nature allows one to beginto understand humans, their behaviour, and their society.

It is also easy to see what enormous destruction, not to say death, results from a clash betweenpeoples of any kind who are each or all going to hold to their own ideas, and then fight to provetheir point. Practically any one and any thing in the path of such a force is decimated, no matterthat when (or if) the argument is eventually settled, the people and the things may need to bereplaced. The people concerned have to learn to give up the principles for which they are fightingas they benefit no one at all - “...and the first thing a principle does - if it really is a principle - isto kill somebody” (Dorothy Sayers, Gaudy Night) - as the only way is first the way of psychologi-cal objectivity (Stage 6) and then the way of physical cooperation. This will no doubt be disputedby many readers but it behoves both sides to give up their principles for the sake of the commongood both of humans and of the natural world, including domestic and agricultural.

I think we have reached a level where it is beginning to be possible to make restitution for the sinsthat arise from each and all of us failing to understand ourselves. I think that never before in historyhas this been possible, or even thinkable other than by the odd individual. The idea itself wouldnever have occurred; it wasn’t possible for it to have been born before. I think it has arisen now

207

Beginning to talk

because humanity’s General Mindedness finally began to arrive at General Minded 5, the psycho-logical level of development when the absolutes of any convention are beginning to be left behindand the use of the Meanings is or is just beginning to be available. (General Mindedness was intro-duced in Part III of Book One.)

I have noted somewhere that greatly to my dismay the GM 5 humanity had, by June 1995 whenI made this note, regressed to GM 4 again because people don’t feel they can do anything aboutanything and make it effective, and also that they expect someone else to do it. What I don’t knowfor certain is whether this is an artifact of overpopulation. I suspect it is because there is now apreponderance of people who are unwilling to think about making society work.

This is not surprising, given that much of to-day’s youth doesn’t see much about society that isworking, and is more or less locked into our particular form of civilisation with mainly urban basedvalues requiring money to make them work but not able easily to provide the means of acquiringthat money. I think that there would have to be two major changes to make human civilisationviable: many, many fewer of us, and no urban living - an unlikely scenario. As I have said before,this planet would reasonably be able to accommodate about 3 billion of us; it now has 6 billion;how will things be in about fifty years time when there are 10 billion?

I hope this will induce screams of horror, but think of it: we are living organisms whose bodies worklike any other animal but who have an upper brain developed way beyond our needs. So what dowe do with it? So far we have let it run riot in that few of us, in relation to the size of world popu-lation, have used it to think through the outcomes and effects of what humans do in the world.We need this world if we are to survive, though this world needs us like a hole in the head! So whyon earth (to coin a phrase) do we treat the world so badly, never mind treating each other andeverything else the same? The answer, as has been said ad infinitum, is ignorance - and greed. Notwanting what we need, but wanting what we want - an outlook that has no final satisfaction point.

To go back to the point about making restitution: the recent idea of whole countries being expectedto apologise for what they did in World War II, for instance, is quite new and extraordinary whenyou come to think about it. In effect they are being expected to take a very long, hard and publiclook at who they are, psychologically, as a country, and to take responsibility for themselves in thatregard. In any previous period of history, victorious and vanquished would have been just that. Noone would have even thought of taking a look at the matter in any other way, no matter howappalling the outcomes. Presumably this was because the existence of psychology hadn’t beenconsciously recognized in the way it now is. Of course, people or peoples were known to have vari-ous ways of behaving, ranging from brutal to gentle, selfish to generous, and so forth, but untilthe emergence of definable and articulated studies and observations about human psychology,collective and individual, it was not possible for anything to be ‘done’ about it; unless specific thingsa re brought to conscious attention they cannot be altered, or controlled, or whatever is the necessarychange to be brought about within oneself in relation to both self and society.

208


CONTINUING ON FROM BEGINNING TO TALK, WE NEEDTO LOOK AT THE FOLLOWING:

BOOK TWO - Philosophy, Religion, and Biochemistry

1. Spiritual Sickness - psycho-religio-somatics

2. Spiritualness - a complete application of psychological consciousness to enable and developthought

3. Cells, Molecules, and Atoms - encompassing:A. The Production of Feeling is initially UnconsciousThe C of CA from the point of view of the total unconsciousness that produces feeling,no matter that we can consciously recognise feeling when it has been produced, providedwe don’t then repress it for some reason. It is necessary to know this.

BOOK THREE - The Basic Nature of the Universe and the Connectors

4. Universal health; pre conscious and pre spiritual origins in relation the the bits of the C of CA - encompassing:

B. Energics and the Cycle of Continuous Action Individual bits of the Energics in relation to the C of CA. It is essential to understand this in order to realise how the psychology affects the physiology.

C. Psychology and the Point of ChangeThe abdomen and the the Point of Change. It is quite useful to know this so as to be able to use it!

Then we need to begin talking:

BOOK FOUR - Talking

D. The Connectors in relation to Energy, Unconsciousness, and Consciousness It is useful to know this but not essential.

E. Some parts of the C of CA and their effects on some parts of the body.It is very useful to know this because of the widespread effects.

F. How to Talk.

I understand that together these books, 1-4, constitute:Book 1. A Basic Framework of Understanding

Book 2. A properly working body

Book 3. A properly working physiology

Book 4. A properly working human

209

Book Two

BOOK TWO - PHILOSOPHY, RELIGION ANDB I O C H E M I S T RY: A PROPERLY WORKING BODY

SPIRITUAL SICKNESS - psycho-re l i g i o - s o m a t i c sAs I have said above, this second book is concerning itself with philosophy and religion and thebody’s biochemical responses to them. My tuning in process calls the adverse effect of these onthe body, when they are not fulfilling the body’s requirements, spiritual sickness, and the mentalattitude which should apply but doesn’t it calls Acceptance, so in this case non-Acceptance. Spiritualsickness arises if one is not conscious of, and living, the Meanings. As we have seen, the Meaningsare one of the ways we humans mentally divide up our bodies, and since this particular division isin Transverse Bands across the trunk and therefore includes all the internal organs and tissues, andsince the physiology of each of these Bands depends on the proper running of those organs, itfollows that we need to understand and live those Meanings. If any of this can’t work properly weare in trouble and trouble of this sort encompasses most of human illness so the term psychoso-matic should really be enlarged to become psycho-religio-somatic or psychological, religious, andphysical body, the Meanings being both a philosophical and a religious matter being done by andhaving a consequence upon the physical body.

There are several dictionary meanings of spiritual: to do with matters of the soul, proceeding fromGod, having higher qualities of the mind, probably being the most familiar. These are the uses ithas been given here. This gives rise to spiritualness if one is to try and cure the sickness, and spir-itualness in the dictionary derives from spiritual but (in my dictionary) is given no separate defini-tion. My tuning in process agrees it is what one uses in the face of curing that particular kind ofsickness, but it also defines it in its own terms as meaning: Spiritualness, a complete application ofpsychological consciousness in order to enable and develop thought.

The dictionary definitions of philosophy, religion and biochemistry are also important: philosophy:what everything is for - the existence of humans and their lives; religion: that which is understoodby the spirit; biochemistry: the physics and physiological changes that produce different feelings.The Meanings, from the point of view of the body, are the first two, and the third is the physicalresponse to those. I am not ignoring all those things people may generally consider to be thereasons for human existence nor what they may generally consider to be understood by the spirit- I take it that these will be whatever is expressed through the various civilizations and their intel-lectual and artistic cultures, and organized religions respectively - I am just not discussing them(nor am I qualified to do so) because my ‘brief’ is the means through which the human mind doesnot keep its physical body in good order and this is usually entirely because it refuses to under-stand it; nothing to do with the products of human thought in other fields.

The use of Acceptance as an attitude of mind alters the entire biochemistry of the body as a wholesuch that all the cells work well in response to it. It follows that the use of non-Acceptance adverselya ffects the whole body and actively prevents all the cells from working well. Whether it isAcceptance used by oneself about one’s own self or by others towards one it has the same affect,and the same goes for non-Acceptance. Any good effects are mitigated, of course, if there isAcceptance on the one hand but non-Acceptance on the other. This is in contrast to the effects ofliving the Meanings, or of not living them, which effect is confined initially to the area of theTransverse Band or Bands involved.

210


T h e re is a distinction one needs to remember between ‘mental outlook’ as in the C of CR and attitudeof mind: that a mental outlook is emotional, and an attitude of mind is more of an intellectual idea.

It can be seen from the above that one’s body usually only works well when one is living the kindof life it expects one to. This sounds like choosing to live like any animal BUT it is perfectly possi-ble to live like this and be human; it necessitates choosing to try to be conscious of everything.That leaves the body uninterruptedly being itself, and the rest of one being Beyond Stage 6 (BS6):one has ‘fielded’ all ones mental responses to all the thoughts and happenings in one’s life insteadof leaving them unconscious so that one’s body below the head has to point them out. In prac-tice I find that one is constantly running to keep up; it is quite difficult to remember all the whileto keep checking, and then to work right through whatever it is so that all one’s responses havethen been acknowledged consciously, whatever they are, so-called good, bad or indifferent, so-called positive or negative. One’s responses are just facts, no judgment or assessment is necessary.After all, in this work, one has no need to tell anyone else; one’s responses are not their responsi-bility, only one’s own, initially, though it is essential to discuss them with oneself in such a way thatthe thoughts one uses are in proper and grammatical sentences rather than a jumble. This becomesthe objectivity of Stage 6 rather than the justifications one is apt to use in the earlier Stages.

The Stages, of Spatial and of Living One’s Own Religious Attitude to Life, have been mentionedabove and discussed at some length in Book One. Beyond Stage 6 was also discussed later on inthe book under Further Notes on... in The Connection between the Religious Stages, the FourFunctions and the Meanings. It is preferable for anyone finally to begin to live at BS6 for threereasons: one, for the sake of oneself, two for the good of humanity and three to preserve the naturalworld upon which we are totally dependant.

C O M PARISON BETWEEN CONVENTIONAL ANAT O M YAND PHYSIOLOGY AND THE FRAMEWORK VIEWSo far we have begun to see that the molecules, the cell, the Meanings, the Bands, the psychol-ogy, the connection between each of these and the nervous system and the way we think are theway in which our human body needs to be run; but added to this are the way in which we choosenot to listen to them. To begin to understand all this we have to look in some detail at the psycho-logical effects a properly working molecular structure, in the form of cytoplasm or organelles, hason the working of the body as a whole, but first it may be useful to make a comparison betweenthis, the Framework approach, and that of conventional anatomy and physiology.

C o n v e n t i o n a l l y, anatomy and physiology is based on eleven separate structural divisions and physio-logical activities as follows:

Conventional Anatomy

1. Skeletal System - bones and joints

2. Muscular System - skeletal muscles

3. Cardiovascular System - heart and blood vessels

4. Lymphatic System - lymph ducts and nodes, and probably spleen

5. Respiratory System - nose, throat and lungs

6. Digestive System - mouth, teeth, throat, stomach, intestines, liver, gall bladder, pancreas

211

Book Two

7. Urinary System - kidneys and urinary tract

8. Reproductive System - internal and external sexual organs male and female

9. Integumentary System - skin, its layers, nerve endings, sweat glands, touch receptors,lymphatic vessels, hair, blood vessels

10. Endocrine System - hormone producing glands of pituitary, pineal, thyroid, parathyroids,thymus, adrenals, pancreas, ovaries or testes

11. Nervous System - autonomic, sensory, motor

Conventional Physiology

1. The Cell - structure, contents, activity

2. Nerve and Muscle - nervous mechanism for moving muscles

3. Cardiovascular System - heart, blood circulation and how it works

4. Respiration - structure of tract and how it works

5. Kidney - structure of kidneys and tubes and how the acid-base balance, water levels, potas-sium regulation, etc. is maintained

6. Digestion - activities in relation to processing food and drink

7. Nervous System - how it works chemically and therefore electrically in relation to everythingin the body

8. Endocrine System - which hormones and what they do

9. Metabolic Physiology - general regulation and use of the products from converted foods

10. Blood and Defence - contents, origin, structure, defence and immunity

11. Reproduction - structure of genitalia, formation and activities of sperm and ovaries, uterus

[Exactly how these are laid out or sub-divided depends on which anatomy or physiology book youare reading from which country, but this is the general idea.]

In the Framework there are also several sets of divisions. These divisions formed the subject matterof Book One; as a reminder they are listed below:

1. The Basic Nature of the Universe: atoms - the organization of matter:particles - of the atomic nucleusunconsciousness/consciousness electromagnetism/strong nuclear force energy

2a. The Cycle of Continuous Action: physical cells - a metabolic understanding:RelatingMind/Movement of EnergyLightThought

212


Directed Action

2b. The Cycle of Continuous Action: psychology and cells - the psychological interaction withoneself and therefore the planet:

RelatingMind/Movement of EnergyLightThoughtDirected Action

3. Connectors: molecules of certain sub-cellular structures - Magnetism & Vibration is the mostimportant thing here:

+ centrioles=(L) cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, ribosomes& vacuolesà mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, lysosomes=(R) centrioles, lysosomes

4. Anatomies: in order of increasing importance:LimbsInformation NetworkTransverse Bands I-VVertebral CoverConnective TissueSkull, Brain and Cerebro-Fluid

5. Energics: the body’s view of physiology:Air : Water / Hormones : Sugar / Meanings II & V : Cycle of Continuous Action (E)

6. Transverse Bands I - V:[this division of the body is not often relevant to animals other than humans]

7. Meanings I - V:RelatingSpiritual SatisfactionLoveAllowingExpression of Responses

[the division of these is never relevant to animals other than humans as other animals don’tpsychologically divide themselves in this way; each Meaning affects the whole animal all thetime.]

8. Eight plus Two Systems: the body’s psychological and feeling response:

Eight: Blood-Nervous System Two: Some Hormones SystemRespiratory System Chemical Conversion SystemPericardium SystemHeart & Blood Vessels System

213

Book Two

Digestive I SystemDigestive II SystemEliminatory SystemReproductive Systems male and female

9. Nervous System:Central Nervous SystemAutonomic/Sensory Nervous SystemMotor Nervous System

10. Whole Body:Left side Follow-on Tissue:Right side HeadThorax HandsAbdomen FeetLimbs Breasts

Body complete

The major differences between the Framework and current convention is that whereas the currentconvention deals with anatomy and physiology both from a general and a detailed structural andchemical point of view and tends to discount the personal psychological angle preferring to try tofit the individual into a general pattern, the Framework deals with understanding anatomy andphysiology initially from various general psycho-religio-somatic points of view and works onwardfrom that to the individual. This is the difference between taking the subjects of anatomy and phys-iology from the point of view of the observer: convention, or that of the observed: the Framework,where psychology, living one’s own religious attitude to life, and the body are to be understood asa living whole.

I appreciate that the approach to anatomy, physiology, chemistry and understanding in general ofthe way in which the body works encapsulated in the Framework is hugely different to currentconvention. I appreciate that on first acquaintance, and in bits, it is likely to seem to be rubbish toanyone working within that convention, but I suggest that studying the psycho-religio-somaticapproach is valid and can help a great deal in understanding many illnesses. Using this Frameworkas an alternative approach to illness has proved largely successful; to be wholly successful it wouldneed the use of all other approaches as well depending on what illness is under consideration. Or,to put it the other way round, all other approaches would benefit from the understanding providedby the Framework as they would then be able to use those approaches more suitably.

To translate the Framework as far as possible to make sense in the conventional field would be tolose an awful lot: all the ‘mental’ approaches to living used by humans that cause most of the prob-lems in the first place, and therefore all the reasons for even beginning to look at things from thepoint of view of the body and our unconsciousness! Of course, the current preference for illnessesbeing the ‘fault of something other than oneself’, and currently that of either a gene or someoutside agent, might well hinder the Framework approach from being understood, let aloneaccepted. It cannot, of course, be applied ubiquitously but it can and does explain many thingsabout human existence.

214


The agenda of the ObservedNATURAL ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

1. The Basic Nature of the Universe - atoms: [theorganization of matter]

particles unconsciousness/consciousness electromagnetism/strong nuclear force energy

2a. The Cycle of Continuous Action , physical - cells:[a metabolic understanding]


2b. The Cycle of Continuous Action , psychological -cells: [the psychological interaction with oneself andtherefore the planet]


3. Connectors - molecules: [Magnetism & Vibrationis the most important thing here]

+ centrioles= cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, ribosomes& vacuolesà mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, lysosomes= centrioles, lysosomes

4. Anatomies: [in order of increasing importance]LimbsInformation NetworkBandsVertebral CoverConnective TissueSkull, Brain and Cerebro-Fluid

5. Energics: [the body’s view of physiology]Air : Water /Hormones : Sugar /Meanings II & V : Cycle of Continuous Action

The agenda of the Human ObserverCONVENTIONAL ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

1. [straightforward atoms, I suppose, and alsop resumably something to do with quantummechanics, but not included in the usual anatomybooks, and would also never include eitherunconsciousness or consciousness]

2a. The Basic Cell: [quite a different emphasis andunderstanding]

the generalized cellcell divisiontissue types of various kinds including

skin, connective tissues and muscles

2b. [no equivalent view]

3. [includes molecular biology in a sense but notincluded in the usual anatomy books. See under BasicCell above for names and activities of sub-cellularstructures represented opposite]

4. Gross Anatomy Systems: [may think it includesnos.6, 8 and 9 below but there is no conventionalequivalent for no.6, and 8 is dealt with differently]

Skeletal System Urinary SystemMuscular System Reproductive SystemCardiovascular System Integumentary SystemLymphatic System Endocrine SystemRespiratory System Nervous SystemDigestive System

5. Physiology: [conventional view of appliedchemistry in the body] - USA and UK respectively

The Cell The TissuesNerve and Muscle Nutrition & MetabolismCardiovascular System Digestive SystemRespiration Transport SystemKidney Respiratory SystemDigestion Excretory SystemNervous System Reproductive SystemEndocrine System ‘Master Tissues’:CNS,Metabolic Physiology LocomotorBlood and Defence

A COMPARISON BETWEEN THE FRAMEWORK AND CONVENTIONAL OUTLOOKS

215

Book Two

(essentially the same but presented differently)The agenda of the ObservedNATURAL ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

6. Transverse Bands: I - V[not often relevant to animals other than humans]

7. Meanings: I - VRelatingSpiritual SatisfactionLoveAllowingExpression of Responses

[never relevant to animals other than humans asother animals don’t psychologically divide themselvesin this way; the Meanings apply comprehensively tothe whole animal.]

8. Eight plus Two System:E i g h t :Blood-Nervous System Two: Some Hormones

Respiratory System SystemPericardium System Chemical Heart & Blood Vessels System ConversionDigestive I System SystemDigestive II SystemEliminatory SystemReproductive Systems male and female

9. Nervous System:Central Nervous SystemAutonomic/Sensory Nervous SystemMotor Nervous System

10. Whole Body:Left side Follow-on Tissue of:Right side HeadThorax HandsAbdomen FeetLimbs Breasts

Body complete

The agenda of the Human ObserverCONVENTIONAL ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

6. [no equivalent view]

7. [no equivalent view]

8. [only semi-equivalent view - see no.4 above as faras the gross anatomy is concerned; the divisions arenot the same as in Natural Anatomy and even ifapparently similar don’t always mean the same thing)

9. [included in no.4 above but with a differentemphasis]

10. [probably seldom considered as a working wholeand therefore seldom, if ever, considered with thesep a rticular subdivisions consequent upon humanpsychology, let alone having any understanding ofsuch a concept as Follow-on Tissue]

MOST IMPORTANT FINDINGS

Of the work that I have done, the most important finds are: in general, the Meanings I-V.Combining the general and the particular are: the List - the list of functional ways in which thebody sees itself, the five Transverse Bands I-V with their associated Meanings I-V, and the Cycle ofContinuous Relating. The List covers numbers 1 to 10 of the Framework approach in the compar-ative lists above, the Bands and Meaning I-V are numbers 6 and 7 in that list. The Meanings, Igather, are the most important because they are the way each individual works best. The rest arejust useful aspects of checking whether one is doing that or not!

216


SPIRITUALNESS - a complete application of psychological consciousness to enable anddevelop thought: the consciousness of Acceptance

PHILOSOPHICAL / RELIGIOUS TEACHINGS AND UNDERSTANDINGS

OPL recognises three teachings as being of very particular value and necessity to human society -in the order in which they appeared. There may well be others before or since who have said thesame things and no disrespect is intended if they are not mentioned; they may be in one of thesame traditions. Buddha lived and taught tolerance; Jesus taught love and acceptance; Mahommettried to teach understanding. Tolerance, love, acceptance, and understanding, of which love is themost important - what better prescription could there be for human society? - though Love is onlythe most important because it belongs between Change and Knowledge in the Cycle of ContinuousRelating; it stems from mental understanding and can lead to acceptance.

As has been said earlier in this book RELIGIOUS is the understanding which is done by one’s spirit;PHILOSOPHY is ‘what everything is for’ - the existence of humans and their lives; and BIOCHEM-ISTRY is the physics and physiologies that amount to different feelings. I have already touched uponlove and acceptance; to enlarge upon both in the context of this section, and tie each of them inwith the Cycle of Continuous Action’s Light, the Cycle of Continuous Relating’s Loving, and one ofthe Meanings, Love, is that Love accepts everything and asks nothing of anyone, which means thatone is oneself accepted completely and nothing is asked of one. If one deprives anything of Loveit cannot live. Jesus taught this. This is the feminine way of things. The masculine aspect of Loveis the Light, the light of understanding, of enlightenment, of elucidation This does not mean menor women exclusively have these ways of looking at things or of doing things, but it probably doesmean that in general there is this division. In practice, with regard to the use of the ability to under-stand, using Light, both men and women can be equal. With regard to the use of Love as definedabove women are much more likely to put it into practice.

AFFECTION is what OPL says is the object orientated ‘state of feeling’ that humans generally calllove. Whereas Love is not object orientated, Affection definitely is. For myself, I have no difficultywith this distinction but I dare say many people will. It is perfectly possible for both to exist in paral-lel at any one time but the Affection will be directed towards someone or something while theLove will be open-ended and ask nothing from that someone or something.

Religion, as the word is commonly used, encompasses all sizes of religious communities, from thesmall and local to world wide, but conventionally they all seem to act as if they alone had the trueway of living. However, if religion is a human artifact as quoted above, one should perhaps inferthat each one has a part of the true way of living - but only if they do it at Stage 6. The individualat Stage 6 doesn’t need that structure, he or she is religious without it.

Religion as I understand it is affection and love - and living one’s own religious attitude to life ishow one expresses affection and love. Affection would be acceptance - but as yet it cannot exist,in anything. Affection, to exist, would have to be not only unqualified but totally unqualified aboutany object; Love, to exist, requires nothing at all, not even an object. Affection is always objectorientated; love is not.

These two in themselves are not dependent on any one thing in the Universe; they are not humanalone, or animal alone, or stars alone, etc. They belong to THOUGHT alone and could be every-

217

Book Two

where, in the terms, every time, of each thing or kind of thing that makes up the Universe. Butthey aren’t. It requires consciousness in each of those things; every atom would have to developconsciousness.

Humans have always known about love without either understanding it or, for the most part, prac-tising it. They have not known about or practised affection as a rule, though people think they can.It requires constant Stage 6, both Spatial and Religious, to do so. (Being beyond Stage 6 is some-thing different and doesn’t come in here.)

Affection cannot be indifferent; it would begin its existence only because of ‘material objects’ fromwhich to exist. Love may appear to be indifferent because it needs nothing.

Out of all the religious conventions at present available, OPL recognises these three as particularlypertinent to a human. One of these knows the way things are; another understands the way thingscould be; and the third teaches one way in which human society could be acceptable, advisinghow co-operation works in practice but without itself having reached General Minded Stage 6.

These were religious outlooks in origin but subsequently were made into formalised religions andtried to be different ways of life.

I think this probably happened because humans in general have never listened to themselves. Mywork deals with this in the context of psycho-religio-somatics and the effect on the body both ofnot listening to oneself psychologically or of living one’s own religious attitude to life, but I thinkhumans have almost never listened to their own natures in the round and taken conscious respon-sibility for that on a personal daily basis. They have, of course, ‘listened’ in the sense of followingtheir own urges of whatever kind but rarely listened and made conscious decisions of whether todo or not to do that each time.

In general people do not enquire into or think about either the inner or the outer consequencesof their thoughts or their actions but do, I suspect, instinctively know it is necessary. Having neitherthe social tradition nor the cultural training to do it for themselves, most people look to some sortof formalised institution to do it for them, to tell them what to do - or at least provide a basicformula of some sort. Instead of each person being able inwardly to digest these three particularreligious outlooks and make them their own and then live by them, they were form a l i s e d .Formalisation inevitably, over time, results in disagreements among the adherents and the even-tual forming of new groups with slightly, or greatly, differing interpretations or expressions of theoriginal realisation.

Each of these particular realisations almost certainly only became conscious at its particular histor-ical time when the humans alive then not only needed it but were just ready to take that next step,but as I have said, instead of making each realisation a personal matter it became a group matterin every case and mostly lost its individual immediacy for personal application from the heart (asa representative of the body) in daily life.

These three outlooks constituted a developmental series of understanding and advice for every ordi-nary human being to live by, but instead, somehow two of them at least descended into a matterfor quarrel. This is what happens to anything if and when it carries the psychological archetype of‘the absolute’, whether it is what we call a religion or whether it is some other form of institution-alized activity or outlook. Such an institution, including a religion, acquires rules and regulations,rituals and passwords, each carrying considerable emotional significance and often spiritual valueto the adherents. However, when that happens the institution, and the religion, ceases to be flex-

218


ible and the people involved are required to conform or leave. In reality I suggest that if the insightand understanding were truly the person’s own, became part of their own experience, it wouldinform the whole of their life without difficulty. They would not then need, or be able, to preenand congratulate themselves on being ‘a .......’, nor would they be able to behave as if, and wouldn’tfeel, superior to others; they would simply and without effort just be like that.

These three understandings and insights constitute a way of living and being that is obviouslynecessary for the animal that humans have become - an animal with its basic animal nature stillintact but with the added peculiarity (?burden) of a brain that has enlarged and altered enough tobe able to encompass and produce thought that is quite divorced from that. We need ways ofrunning human society because human society is not based only on survival strategies and it wouldbe far and away better to have these ways stemming from insights and understandings within eachindividual than having them imposed from without.

But perhaps we still are not ready for that.

For such a thing to be successful, each person would have to be able to be aware of and acknowl-edge their own selves - good, bad and indifferent; their own dark sides as well as their light sides;the sides they hide from themselves as well as those they present to others; their own thoughtsand nature in its entirety before they could make any assessment of the suitability or otherwise ofany of their own behaviours.

The climate of human thought would have to change so dramatically as to be almost impossible,of course! It would undoubtedly need us to be individually Stage 6 at puberty, at the very least ofSpatial Psychological, which is what we should be anyway, and thus able to make life decisionswith some detachment at the moment when just about old enough to do so. Not for nothingwould this coincide with the ability to reproduce, a matter that is serious for humans, partly becauseof the long commitment but also because we are responsible for our own population size relativeto everything, having no natural predators or controllers other than disease organisms - and thisneeds to be carefully considered.

It is difficult to discuss any formalised religion (or any other institution carrying that archetype!)with any freedom as one can immediately be accused of every kind of heresy, but until individualsfind the god within as well as the god without, humans and their society will be a lost cause. Thereare far, far too many of us to be able to continue without the moral and religious considerationsafforded by the Meanings for a start, and the three realisations with which this comment began.

Buddha, after his enlightenment was Beyond Stage 6 and was therefore presumably living hispersonal task (see Book One); Jesus in his later life was Stage 6 and had the potential therefore tolive a properly co-operative human life; Mahommet after his revelation was Stage 4 and thereforeaccepted the need for a proper societal structure - these combined would give the Universeconscious understanding.

219

Book Two

BUDDHA, JESUS AND MAHOMMET

Nothingness

- an insight:the realisation that nothing exists unless one thinks it exists; if one gives a thing enoughSpace one allows it to exist.

I think that the Buddha’s understanding of this, about 500 BC, came at a time when people wereready for it - but they didn’t individually then sit down and think about it. Also the understandingbecame organized and acquired rules and regulations and precepts (not to mention divisions anddisagreements) precisely because people didn’t sit down and think about it for themselves; theycould just go through the motions and do what they were told, though doubtless with immensesincerity for most.

Of course, this brings one back to the problem that has taxed people for years about the existenceof the tree in the quad when one is not looking at it... Does it or does it not? For the tree, theanswer is yes, it does, but if you don’t think about it at all, then for you, in practice, it doesn’t. Lifeis how you see it to be, and each person is likely to see much the same life in very different ways,according to their understanding .

L o v e

- an understanding:the absolute necessity to accept and be accepted without demand; that Light/Loveare the ‘things’ which hold each thing together.

I think the Jesus insight, 500 or so years later, also arrived at a time when people were ready tounderstand this particular understanding but again, though they could have thought about it onan individual basis they didn’t, and the same organization and divisions took place, this time actu-ally writing things out from the record so that the correspondences between the two teachings,and thus the continuance of human growth offered, was set back.

T h o u g h t

- the absolute need for the use of thought to follow the light of understanding and the use of love, allthree in conjunction with the proper use of Space between and among them before action can be taken;the way of outlining the laws of the Universe or of society which make it work - would-be Stage 6.

Mahommet had his religious revelation 5 or 600 years later still in what I think could have been afurther continuance of human development but instead was probably by then a necessity becausepeople in general had not done enough, or perhaps any, of the necessary inward work and there-fore needed this particular guidance in the collective sense for society as a whole. He laid down allsorts of ways in which society and the individual in society should behave which would be entirelysuitable for those, the mass of course, who were not Stage 6 and had not and were unlikely tothink it all out for themselves and therefore live in the way, on their own account, which the Buddhafirst propounded and Jesus’ teaching confirmed, in both the Buddha’s and Jesus’ own terms. Hadhumanity then reached General Minded 6 as a consequence of these three the job would havebeen done; as it is we are still struggling on, not unfortunately because we work at it but becausewe are being pushed into it by the effects of our own actions. As far as my dowsing understandsit, Mahommet is the historical figure who nearly understood how to be conscious - because henearly understood how to deal with human inadequacy, by regulating behaviour, because one hasto be conscious of it in order to regulate it.

220


This underlines the fact that insights and allied information appears or becomes available only whena person, or in this case humanity in general, is ready to cope with it. However, whether they actu-ally do so is quite another matter. I think that this must apply for humanity historically just as muchas it does for the individual now, and though one can probably see all sorts of local social or polit-ical reasons in historical periods why such teachings or revelations might arise just then, one shouldalso take into account the psychological, religious and social state of the groups who took up eachof these teachings but which represented the needs of humanity as a whole.

I think these three teachings should be of fundamental importance to the comportment of societyas a whole. I think that it is quite useless to insist on the rightness and especially the exclusive right-ness of any one of them. They are about human psychological, intellectual and emotional moralgrowth. I think that it is entirely unnecessary and unsuitable for the person who has reached thelevel of moral growth epitomised in a permanently maintained Stage 6 (and I here reiterate thatthis is a matter for constant and conscious vigilance and is never automatic) to be expected to adhereto one or other of the teachings because it is all three that are important. It is also unnecessary notto say absurd that such a person be expected to adhere to one, or indeed any, of the rites and ritu-als involved in an organized religion based on any of these teachings unless it also expresses for themtheir own way of living these teachings in addition to living them in daily life, of course. Should theylive their particular conscious life within one or more of these traditions I suggest they would havequite a lot to offer it.

OPL says that Jesus behaved towards people with C of CR Affection and ordinary human affectionrather than Love. It says he didn’t know about Love consciously and that Love needs to ask noth-ing at all in order to exist, though ‘exist’ is not the right word. Having said that, he taught Loveso he certainly knew about the need for Love in the world at large. I imagine that it was necessaryfor it to be ‘a message from God’, something well outside the human being, if only because Loveit a pretty difficult thing, and probably at the time it would only have been something as ‘large’as God that could possibly be held to be able to give it.

When the Buddha was alive and teaching, the General Mindedness of the times was GM 2; whenJesus was alive and teaching it was GM 3 in a few places; when Mahommet was alive and teach-ing the GM was mixed everywhere with the highest at GM 4 and lowest at GM1. It is quite clear,given this, that for the proper progression to be made each teaching would have been necessaryat the time it came and it is interesting that each was widely taken up, but in different places inthe world by different groups. I think they didn’t, and couldn’t, overlap within the groups becauseit was not individuals with a personal experience that joined for the most part. Also there was thedifficulty of the necessity of having God in the second and third case; in the first this didn’t arisebecause everything was ‘god’. I am not in the least qualified to discuss this but God or gods hadlong been the way people felt things to be, in some cases perhaps as an expression or projectionof the sensed power and liveness, light or dark, within things and later, perhaps as a way of gath-ering these things together, the development of a single God arose. This is to say absolutely noth-ing whatever about people who have had individual experiences of such things. It is not possiblefor an outsider to say anything when there has been a personal experience; what more can (orshould) anyone say?

In the case of the Buddha the main teaching was to do things, to live, in the most suitable way forall things by using: right understanding, motive, speech, action, means of livelihood, endeavour,attention and contemplation. The principle is: to sympathise with each thing and therefore give itthe treatment it needs. This is a follow-on from the idea, held by many both then and now, suchas the indigenous American Indians, Australian Aboriginals and many others and well expressed by

221

Book Two

Taoists, that one should empathise with the harmony of life, the built-in though constantly chang-ing ‘balance’ between everything that constitutes the natural world. As both of these are almostimpossible, except perhaps for some individuals, we were given the Jesus insight: that nothing canexist without totally open-ended accepting and undemanding Love; that it is this which is the onlyway to be able to live in the material world - through Light and therefore Love. Interestingly, thebasic precepts in either the Buddha’s view or in Jesus’ view were the same but Jesus saw the pointat which the weaknesses might lie.

Probably the Buddha was the first person to live and teach his understanding, and Jesus the firstperson to teach how most people could put it into practice with greater consciousness. By layingdown rules and regulations the Christian Church eventually missed the point but then most peopleneed rules and regulations by which to run their lives, not having arrived at Stage 6.

This is where the teachings of the prophet Mahommet came in, but he was still dealing with pre-Stage 6. If humanity had not been constrained by ethnic or tribal considerations, had been able totake in, contemplate and practice the two previous teachings at the time and had then been ableto absorb the new teaching as individuals then the psychological development of humanity wouldhave progressed a lot more quickly. As it is, this didn’t happen, each group felt themselves to beright, and the last two fought about it. Buddhists don’t usually fight, thank goodness, though someof them have had to learn to defend themselves! As it is, it has been left to the pressure of popu-lation growth to force change towards psychological growth instead of humans voluntarily devel-oping the proper and co-operative consciousness that they could have. If only this had happenedwhen the human population was at a level the planet could cope with rather than waiting for thetime when it has to be forced to cope by being endlessly manipulated - until it fights back.

The three teachings should together have constituted a way of life rather than two of them becom-ing religions. This, however, was not possible because the people were not Stage 6. Without thesecond and third teachings each being seen as religions the people at the time would never havebeen able to follow them in any way.

God, whatever it is, brings things together to form anything. Once formed it is up to the objectas to whether it continues. To do so it would have to use consciousness. ‘God’ is to give space,light/love, and consciousness into the Universe. Morality is up to humans; it is only they and theirlack of consciousness that ‘let’ things happen - other than accidents, of course, if they are reallyaccidental.

CONNECTION BETWEEN THE PHYSICAL BODY AND PSYCHOLOGICALCONSCIOUSNESS

Taking a look at oneself can only be done as and when a person or a people grow up psycholog-ically. It is both a consequence of and a promoter of that growth. Physically it is closely involvedwith the way in which, as an individual, one’s body then works, and probably also has some simi-lar effect collectively on the bodies of the participating humans in general when it is a whole groupthat takes a look at itself. The real business of Book Two, therefore, is on the one hand philosophyand religion and the responses to them of human biochemistry, the general workings of cells, andon the other the details of the Basic Nature of the Universe and the Connectors, both of whichhave been introduced in Book One. The ground I am treading here is the difficult one of theconnection between mind and body, and what the body is adapted for as opposed to what wemake it do. Also, if we are to try and keep it healthy, why it should be physically understood byeach of us since its ill healths tell each individual something he or she should know about their so

222


far unconscious personal life. The connection between philosophy, religion and biochemistry liespartly in the central nervous system of brain and spinal cord, partly in the way in which we think,and partly in the general human condition. In this context the general human condition is the mostimportant, followed by the way we think. The central nervous system follows those two.

In the first instance, we will look at the physiology of the human body and how it responds to whatit considers to be unsuitable philosophy and religion. To do this it will be necessary to understandeven more closely the Connectors, the symbols, between the words in the Cycle of ContinuousAction (C of CA) of +, =, &, à, and = and what they represent physically. (The two = symbols willhenceforth be distinguished from each other by being written thus: =(L) and =(R) respectively).There is also a new but important Cycle called the Cycle of Continuous Relating (C of CR), a mentalaspect affecting the Connectors via the words of the C of CA.

Psychology and its connection with the C of CA was discussed in Book One, including whathappens when the words of the Cycle get interrupted or bits go missing, but that discussion didnot include what physical effect the Connectors in that Cycle have when they go wrong. The reasonfor bothering with this aspect is to understand better what happens physiologically (physiologybeing the study of the vital functions of plants and animals in connection with eating, breathing,reproducing, excreting and growth) when we interrupt that Cycle, and the more we understandthe more specifically we can address it to redress its problems.

The C of CR is a mental outlook and runs the C of CA of the cell, in a way similar to the way thewords of the C of CA, unconscious or conscious psychology, run the Connectors or symbolsbetween them, the organelles and cytoplasm in a cell. Since it is a mental outlook and not in itselfdirectly attached to the physical body, even though it can affect it, it is here shown as words thatare each able to be associated with the similar words of the C of CA but are never permanentlyattached to them. Mental outlooks come and go. The words are:

Active Relating paired with Relating

Change paired with Mind/Movement of Energy

Loving paired with Light

Knowledge paired with Thought

Affection paired with Directed Action

and Change (again) paired with Point of Change

The physical effect of the C of CA and C of CR working together is on the sub-cellular structuresof each Connector - see fig. 19.

ASSOCIATION BETWEEN THE TWO CYCLES - CONTINUOUS RELATING andCONTINUOUS ACTION

1 . Active Relating and its connection to =Relating:

The outlook of Active Relating and Relating together is the only way one can engage with life.Psychological Relating missing has been discussed along with its cellular consequences in Book One;obviously it would be preferable to understand and deal with the (then) perfectly good reasons whyit occurred and replace it with an unre p ressed engagement with life. Not behaviourally unlicensedand thoughtless engagement but one that doesn’t have to deal all the time with repressions putin place when they are no longer needed. This does take work; it can’t be done just by wishing it

223

Book Two

were so. It takes care and understanding and probably uncovers a variety of layers while doing it.It is also the most difficult part to have missing in my experience as it is the dis-engagement withlife for one-time correctly defensive reasons that needs to be changed and it leaves the personapparently vulnerable. In fact, since the original reasons then no longer apply, the person is stronger- just not used to it!

2 . Change and its connection to +Mind/Movement of Energ y :

This is the outlook that allows one to adapt oneself to anything, if it is possible. It is not puttingengagement with life in place as above, but is the willingness to stay engaged, and re-engage whenthings alter in some way. It is a willingness to change one’s thinking about things, to be interestedin learning new ways of doing things, or of using diff e rent forms and frameworks of understanding- open-mindedness in fact.

3 . Loving and its connection to =Light:

Loving-together-with-Light becomes the way in which life is successful as it is the means by whicheach thing is able to be provided with its essentials for living: an acceptance of the suitable way ofbeing itself. For things other than humans this is not much of a problem, they just are themselves,but for humans it usually is a major problem either because of unsuitable ways in which otherpeople treat one, or the equally unsuitable ways in which one chooses not to accept oneself. Ofcourse, socially acceptable behaviour is a different consideration.

4 . Knowledge and its connection to &Thought:

It is only Knowledge with Thought that provides the basis for understanding life, but it is only theseused together that can be used as a further basis for Directed Action to enable life to accomplishanything.

5 . A ffection and its connection to àD i rected Action:

The outlook that uses the combination of Affection with Directed Action immediately becomespotentially effective, but unless there are acceptable Changes within the living person there cannotbe any successful physical or mental continuity in life because that potential is not being developed.The way in which it c a n be developed is through conscious awareness and release of that potential.

These all appear to be mental outlooks, but the addition in each case of the Connector in the headingis because any mental outlook has a physical correlate and effect upon the Connector precedingthe word and therefore upon the sub-cellular structures represented by that Connector. Whetherthe outlook comes before the effect on the Connector or vice versa or they are interdependent Idon’t know. Certainly when one consciously deeply considers and comprehensively understandsthe mental situation and then verbally addresses the physical one in suitable detail the latterchanges suitably almost immediately. Subsequent to such mental work the physical condition mayor may not need therapeutic input beyond the consciousness and verbal work; it will probablydepend on the amount of physical inhibition there has been and in which areas of the body, butif one can get it exactly right as to what needs to be verbally addressed and when and in what order,all in relation to each other and the condition, it is surprising what can be changed by usingconsciousness alone.

224


COMMENTS

To even begin to understand human living one has to accept that humans nearly always havemental outlooks about things and themselves. This has led them consciously or unconsciously todivide their bodies up into zones or Transverse Bands across the trunk. This has been discussed atsome length in Book One as has the curious associated concept of the Meanings, the mental waythat we run each of those Transverse Bands. Whether or not the physiology of each Transverse Bandworks well depends on whether or not we are intentionally living that Meaning, the individualphilosophical understanding a Band responds to best, as the molecules of cytoplasm and organellesin cells in humans are preferably run by those Meanings.

Assuming there are no untoward problems with incoming organisms in the form of bacteria, et al,and assuming no accidents, difficult genetic inheritance or developmental problems, a body’sb i o c h e m i s t ry, its cells, its molecules and its atoms - given suitable food, water, shelter and warm t h- can be expected to work reasonably well. BUT, and this is where things began to get complicated,if and when an individual is not conscious of what they are thinking, and conscious in exact term s ,or if they are thinking philosophically and religiously in ways that are not to do with living theMeanings or living their own religious attitude to life, they will be preventing their nervous systemf rom working fre e l y. Added to this there is the always present possibility, or more likely pro b a b i l i t y,of being adversely affected by the physical conditions of the rest of society since a n y one personwho is not consciously grown up in the terms of their own body’s re q u i rements can affect others.

What is being underlined here is that one’s body, to work properly, needs one’s mind to becomeproperly conscious, and that almost all bodily ailments are due to this not being the case. A freelyworking nervous system is a properly and psychologically conscious brain and, as a consequence,a freely working rest of the body.

The difficulty for most people is that it is entirely the responsibility of the individual person to seeto it that they are psychologically grown up, and that as a consequence their body is able to workas freely as it can. Without the taking of this responsibility the ailments from which we each cansuffer are legion and range from life threatening to trivial none of which should be ignored. Usuallyit is the medical profession that is expected to deal with all of this; or if the person begins to taketheir own responsibility it may be alternative methods that are tried, but whichever it is unless theinitial and unconscious reason for the condition is addressed it will continue to be present. Treatingsymptoms is all very well and sometimes necessary, whether through conventional medicine oralternatives, but why not uncover the instigating reason/s? Usually the biological mechanisms thatexpress the effect or symptoms those reasons will have had on the body is taken to be the reasonitself but much more usually it will have been something of which one has remained psychologicallyunconscious, usually for very good reason at the time, but which eventually needs to be accepted.

The difficulty for most professionals is that the ailments from which each of us can suffer, of anyvariety or severity, do not usually have psychological reasons behind them common to all sufferersof the same or a similar symptom. It is therefore in many ways easier to treat or try to treat symp-toms. This is to lose sight of, or refuse to acknowledge, the point that by changing the way thebrain is approaching its own life, way of living, one changes the way in which the nervous systemis being used; and changing that can change the physiological responses throughout the body,which in turn is very likely to change the biological mechanisms that were expressing the uncon-scious problem in the first place! This is the language of silence, and it is a language one has tobegin to observe in order to understand it - body language par excellence!

225

Book Two

What this is not suggesting, however, is that one should retrain one’s brain in any way. One isreleasing its ability to function by making conscious what had prevented it doing so, very definitelynot by using any accepted methods but by using a Framework of psychosomatic understanding.This leaves it completely free to work to its best advantage on an individual basis.

SUMMARY - fig 19

the BNU represents the atom;

the Connectors or symbols represent the molecules of most sub-cellular structures, those affectedby unconscious psychology ;

the C of CA as a whole, incorporating the previous two, represents a whole cell.

The C of CR is not an inherent part of the Basic Framework, but it is what runs it if we let it.

It is essential consciously to live the Meanings.

CELLS, MOLECULES, AND ATOMS - an explanation of the Cycle of Continuous Action with the Connectors in place

GENERAL REMARKS

To apply any of the foregoing we need to know what we are applying it to, and why, so first weneed to know what a properly working p h y s i o l o g y is in terms of the Framework; a properly workingbody was introduced in Book One and constitutes the understanding of the need for integrationbetween emotions, intellectual understanding, and psychological behaviour with the physical body.

If one is to be healthy it is essential to use one’s brain because it is only through thinking that onecan begin to understand what one’s body is telling one. And it is not just the fact of using one’sbrain, it is using it in the way the body wants it to be used despite whatever else one uses it for.

The way the body wants the brain to be used is for interacting properly with the rest of itself, one’sbody, consciously. To do this it is essential that one understand how that interaction works fromtwo points of view: that of the spirit and that of the body.

I have found that many people are resistant to knowing about their living body. They are contentto walk around with it, or should I say ‘in it’, and expect it to do what it is told, but very few areeither willing or interested in knowing, in even a simple way, how it works, let alone take the tro u b l eto understand the interactive processes between it and how their minds work. Just as it was import a n tto grasp, in the first book, the way in which humans unconsciously subdivide their bodies into fiveTransverse Bands, each with an associated Meaning that affects the local physiology, so it is nowimportant to grasp some of the finer points of how those Bands work. The description that followsgives an account of the contents and some of the workings of a cell.

226


DESCRIPTION OF CELLS

Cells come in varying sizes though most are microscopic. They are the fundamental working unitsof all living organisms and the activities within them give rise to the process of living.Characteristically a living object reproduces, can metabolize or make use of its food and waterintake, and can usually adapt to changes in its environment. Though there are several types ofsingle celled organisms, complex organisms are cells collected together and organized into coloniesof various tissue types to make up the variety of organs to be found in plants and animals. Mostcells consist mainly of water (80%) with increasingly lesser amounts of protein, manufactured fromamino-acids and for building cells (15%), fats for storing food energy (3%), carbohydrates orsugars, starches and glucose to provide energy (1%), the nucleic acids RNA, concerned with proteinsynthesis, and DNA, the genetic material, and minerals, essential to make the vitamin content offood effective (1%), all of which go to make up the working structures in a cell called organellesof which there are a number (see fig 20) all within the ground-base material called cytoplasm. Thebasic function of organelles is the production of protein for repair and replacement and to enablethe cell to work, as well as to make secretions and carry out any other essential task. Of thoseshown, most are represented in the C of CA and are consequently affected adversely when or ifthere is an interruption at one or more of the points where the symbols occur. Those that are notrepresented depend upon those that are to be able to work effectively.

This then means that if or when there is a breakdown in the proper working of a cell, for whateverreason, there can be found the basis for disease, but it does not immediately tell you whether thecause of that disease began with one or more of the words of the Cycle of Continuous Action notbeing practised and that being expressed in cell breakdown, or whether there was some moredirect cause.

In those cells which contain a nucleus (not blue-green algae or bacteria) it is the nucleus whichsupervises cell activity. It consists of protein-coated hereditary material (DNA) in dispersed orcondensed forms, the nucleolus which it surrounds, and a porous nuclear membrane whichencloses it. The DNA carries certain instructions for cell activity, the nucleolus helps produce RNAand together these help to convey those instructions to the rest of the cell. These are the acceptedphysical structures with which cells work.

Also within cells there is space: every atom and every molecule that goes to make up the varioustypes of constituents mentioned above consists mainly of space. Not only is it important to takenote of those constituents, it is also essential to take note of the space. All sub-atomic particles, andhere especially those of the cell nucleus, occur in space and contain space. Space has been discussedin several places in Book One and its importance underlined. Too little of it and nothing can work,too much of it and things can no longer be defined and will disintegrate. In a life-form there isnever too little, but very often too much.

In the comparative lists in the section on Spiritual Sickness I have shown the differences betweenthe conventional approach to anatomy and physiology under accepted headings and the headings

THE GENERALIZED CELL

The following cannot respond to psychology:cell microvillicell membranenuclear membranenucleolusnucleus

The following do not repond to psychology:lysosomes: these are affected indirectly, twice over,

by the accompanying organelles at ‡ and =(R) Golgi complex

The following do respond to psychology:pinocytotic vesiclesmitochondriacentriolesendoplasmic reticulum + ribosomes (dots)cytoplasmvacuoles

nucleus

cell microvilli

cell membrane

nuclear membrane

nucleolus

lysosomes

Golgi complex

pinocytotic vesiclesmitochondria

centrioles

endoplasmic reticulum +

ribosomes (dots)


cytoplasm

vacuoles

Book Two

227

Figure 20

228


and divisions of the Framework approach; respectively these constitute the agendas of the observerand the observed. In Book One the parts of the Cycle of Continuous Action have been discussedfrom the point of view of psychology; now it is appropriate to understand them from the point ofview of the structures of a properly working cell.

The Cycle of Continuous Action alone, without taking account of the incorporated Basic Nature ofthe Universe and taking out reference to the Interruptions, is to look at the C of CA in its mostbasic form. The effects of this Cycle being interrupted psychologically and physically is dealt within Part I of Book One but what was not discussed was the physical correlates of the symbols betweenthe words of the Cycle: +, =(L), &, à, =(R). There they were left as parts of the sentence that showsthe connections between the necessary activities as represented by the words: Relating plusMind/Movement of Energy equals Light and Thought, leading to Directed Action [which] equalsRelating etc. that keeps the Cycle in continuous action - Interrupt any one and the whole Cyclecan be in trouble. The symbols, or Connectors, each represent one or more of the structures thatgo to make up the physical aspect of a working cell. The diagram of the Cycle of Continuous Actionrepresents that working cell as a whole actioning unit, not with the physical structural details asshown in the illustration of a cell but describing the way in which those structures interact withliving psychological awareness and behaviour through the words.

To return to the organelles within cells. As can be seen in fig.20 there are several organelles in amammalian cell of which the following are affected psychologically:

centrioles

mitochondria

endoplasmic reticulum (both rough and smooth)

ribosomes

lysosomes

vacuoles

pinocytotic vesicles

to which, in the context of the subject of this book, must be added

cytoplasm - the ground-base of the cell within which are all the foregoing.

With reference to the C of CA Connectors, for most living objects the cytoplasm and these partic-ular sub-cellular organelles are grouped as follows:

+ centrioles

=(L) cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, ribosomes

& vacuoles

à mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, lysosomes

=(R) centrioles, lysosomes (both repeated)

I am principally concerned with humans but though plants and various other living organisms maynot have quite the same equivalent organelles they will presumably carry out more or less equiva-lent activities.

In humans each group of organelles, including the ground-base cytoplasm, is represented by oneof the symbols in the Cycle of Continuous Action, two of them twice. They are described here interms of

229

Book Two

a) their biology and physical activity, and

b) their response to a properly working and conscious psychology.

For good measure I am adding

c) what happens when an organelle doesn’t work, and

d) how they begin to not work

Under the first two headings and as has become the convention in this work, unless indicated asbeing unsuitable for some reason, I shall begin the descriptions at Relating in the Cycle ofContinuous Action - actually at the + after Relating since it is the Connectors alone that are beingdiscussed. Where one begins makes no difference as to how these structures function; they areaffected in the order in which they are written here in relation to the words.

Under the second two headings I shall begin at =(L) cytoplasm, and from thereon list each organelleseparately; cytoplasm is the most important when things stop working. I shall also keep lists c) andd) separate below as in them I am citing the cytoplasm and each affected organelle separately andnot in the groups affected through psychology. I am adding them here and in conjunction withlists a) and b) in the text for ease of consultation - OPL would have preferred I not add them at allon the assumption people either already knew or could work it out!

a) BIOLOGICAL AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY b) CELL RESPONSE TO CONSCIOUS PSYCHOLOGY

a) centrioles: + in the C of CA are a pair of barrel-like cylinders which are believed to produce the asters and spindle upon whichchromosomes travel to opposite poles of the dividing cell; in terms of the working cell they areonly used in one way, but in terms of the psychological working they respond twice. Not normallyfound in plants.

b) centrioles: + are affected the second time round when everything else in the cycle has been affected, whetherone after another or all at the same time.

a) cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomes: =(L) in the C of CA- cytoplasm is the ground substance of the cell less the nucleus and the nucleoplasm in which are

found most of the cell structures; the endoplasmic reticulum is composed of layers of flattened vesi-cles in which protein in various stages of construction may be transported and is often studdedwith ribosomes; ribosomes are granules of RNA where the actual linking of protein units probablytakes place.

b) cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomes: =(L) - are affected psychologically when there is a failure in the organism to be given a feeling of phys-ical contentment and well-being. The individual feels themselves to be unable either to give orreceive love of a totally undemanding kind, meaning they don’t feel totally accepted and neither

230


do they totally accept themselves. This interferes first with the physiology of the whole body andthen with the ability to metabolize fat in particular.

a) vacuoles: & in the C of CA - vacuoles are membrane-lined containers of various compounds in transit through the cell. Theymay be regarded as to some extent the same as pinocytotic vesicles. They contain air, water orother liquid, sap (in plants), or food particles.

b) vacuoles: & - can be prevented from working if a person psychologically doesn’t accept being alive for life’sown sake. The result is that nothing is able to work as it effectively prevents proper use and distri-bution of water in the body and a consequent and increasing inability to digest properly.

a) mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles and lysosomes: à in the C of CA - mitochondria are membrane-lined structures saturated with complex enzyme systems whose activ-ities result in the production of physical energy for cell operations; cell respiration (the utilizationof oxygen, and formations of carbon-dioxide and water) occurs here and it is the site of the KrebsCycle* and the electron transport chain; pinocytotic vesicles are somewhat similar to vacuoles (seeabove) in relation to liquids; lysosomes are membrane-lined containers of enzymes which mergewith vacuoles to digest their food materials, or to deal with foreign materials and debris of deadcells and disintegrate the contents, usually ejecting them through the cell membrane; in terms ofthe working cell they are only used in one way, though there are several of them, but in terms ofthe psychological working they are used twice.

*The Krebs Cycle is the Krebs Citric-Acid Cycle in the mitochondria of cells of oxygen-using animals,plants and micro-organisms and is the chief means by which the potential energy from fats, carbo-hydrates and proteins is released by cells to make an essential compound, ATP, for further work inthe body.

b) mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles and lysosomes: à- are all affected if the vacuoles have already been interfered with; the additional interference herewill turn everything into a total metabolic failure due to physical and mental dehydration - ‘mentaldehydration’ is not a metaphor but a sort of emotional curling-inward or away-from one’s body, afailure even to consider the needs of ones physical self even if apparently trying to supply them.Physically, this has an adverse effect on the use of water in metabolism, the consequence of whichis a lack of available sugars because of a failure of protein and carbohydrate conversion to main-tain any and all connective tissue suitably. [Connective tissue comprises some six major tissue typesand a further eight sub-types ranging from blood to bone and including all the familiar cartilages,tendons, etc in between; it is found everywhere in the body.] Lysosomes are also affected in the b)way following.

a) centrioles and lysosomes: =(R) in the C of CA- centrioles and lysosomes are as described above.

231

Book Two

b) centrioles and lysosomes:=(R)- can both be affected psychologically by a loss of mental wish to cope with situations a personfeels to be far beyond their ability; people are putting their energy into keeping everything, includ-ing themselves, at arms length rather than allowing themselves to relate to things. This subse-quently affects their whole nervous system physiologically, and therefore the whole physiology ofthe body.

c) THE EFFECT OF ORGANELLES NOT WORKING d) THE WAY THAT OCCURS

cytoplasm: =(L)

c) the effect is that the entire cell breaks down as a functioning unit including every moleculeof each organelle and their activities.

d) and it does it by effectively totally removing the whole cell and its essential activities

endoplasmic reticulum: =(L)

c) the effect is that there is no further means of partially carrying out aspects of some protein synthesis

d) and it does it by no longer being able to provide an area in which to receive the constituentsfor that

ribosomes: =(L)

c) the effect is that there is no further availability in the rest of the body of some aspects ofprotein synthesis because there will be no provision of the essential means for continuingaspects of that synthesis

d) and they do it by being deprived of the means to begin the process of providing one typeof hormonal and chemical protein material

vacuoles: &

c) the effect is that nothing in the body is able to receive essential chemical nutrition

d) and they do it by being starved of the means to use themselves

mitochondria: à

c) the effect is that internal use of necessary water is stopped

d) and it does it by there being no continuity of use in the means by which the carbon-diox-ide will be removed from the body and oxygen be involved in the provision of physical energyby means of the Krebs Cycle

pinocytotic vesicles: à

c) the effect is an inability to use any liquid either for internal cellular activity or for removal ofexcess materials of anything

d) and they do it by failing to have enough molecules and energy to form the task of surround-ing enough of the liquids or materials to keep a cell in working order; it is too small and weak

232


lysosomes: à

c) the effect is that there is no longer a method of removing invading living or dead foreignmaterials or of removing the debris of dead cells

d) and they do it by being deprived of enough molecular movement as a result of beingprevented from containing any of the relevant enzymes because they cannot be manufacturedonce the preceding four listed organelle activities have failed

centrioles: =(R)

c) the effect is that they can no longer provide any part of the activity towards structural celldivision and is unable therefore to form replacement or so-called daughter cells

d) and they do it by failing to be able to begin to respond to a need for reproduction as a resultof a loss of a need for area renewal and cell replacement

lysosomes: =(R)

in connection with the psychological effect on Centrioles

c) the effect is greatly exaggerated because there is an intentional loss of the wish to be involvedwith understanding the body

d) and the whole of the C of CA will have been repressed

centrioles: +

in connection with the psychological effect on Centrioles and Lysosomes at =(R)

c) the effect on cell division is exaggerated due to repression of the use of Mind because thereis no longer a conscious use of /Movement of Energy to keep the C of CA going

d) and as a result there is little wish to use the Light - the energy available in the living cell.

GENERAL COMMENT

Each of these in lists a) and b) is the cause of the failure in a living cell when there is a molecularcessation and failure in the function of these organelles or the cytoplasm that are dependant uponthe conscious and thinking brain. They can be interfered with for many other reasons besidesunconsciousness and the effects will be exactly the same but it is possible and probable that theycan be ameloriated through conscious understanding.

In these descriptions it will be seen that lysosomes are used twice and centrioles respond twice. Thischange of wording is deliberate as the conscious psychology co-operates with them in two differ-ent ways, the first because of essential bodily use, and the second through providing appropriatephysical and mental environmental conditions. Descriptions of the cytoplasm and organelles interms of their co-operation with psychology is given below.

Out of interest rather than because it is relevant to this book, the C of CA can also be applied toanything besides humans that constitutes a whole, in which case it is a different phenomenon, nota conscious psychological one (the C of CA) or an emotional one (the C of CR), rather it is an equiv-alent in the terms of maintenance of the particular whole under consideration but disregarding thespecific use of consciousness. However, as there is unlikely to be a fall-back in terms of an equiva-lent to the autonomic nervous system as there is for living things then the object, if any one of thesections goes, may effectively fail. All ‘wholes’ have to have within themselves the means of surviv-

233

Book Two

ing that only needs the use of suitable means of repair and growth. For all living things this wouldbe food, water, and oxygen or whatever chemical they breathe or suits their equivalent of breath-ing assuming they have one.

The C of CA is a description of how anything engages with its own existence. As discussed here,for humans it is a psychological phenomenon, not a physical one; it explains the interactionbetween the body and one’s conscious psychology. Without conscious psychology the zig-zagaction within the cell shown in fig.21 is how the body works, mainly using the autonomic nervoussystem. The C of CR is an emotional phenomenon, not a psychological or a physical one, but itruns the C of CA in most animals - even humans when given the chance! The C of CA for animalsis an expression of an active enjoyment of life; they work mainly on autonomic but their C of CAand C of CR work hand in hand with it, unlike humans who frequently interfere with it. For plantsit is a practical but passive growing-response, and for humans it is their psychological involvementwith living. In all three cases the organelles are involved but in the case of humans they can bedirectly and adversely affected if their psychology is not sufficiently conscious.

For an animal or plant or any living thing other than a human being the C of CA for the entireobject is not a conscious psychological or emotional cycle. The difference between the C of CA forhumans and that for plants and animals is that for the latter it doesn’t describe a deliberate inter-action between mind and body because that happens unconsciously but does describe the meansby which that living object is able to maintain itself with reference to an unconscious mind, in whichcase it is the same Cycle of Continuous Action but it starts at Light & Thought, rather than atRelating which is essential for a human; ‘mind’, it should be remembered, is not so much the think-ing brain as a way in which a living thing unconsciously interacts with its life.

For living objects without a nucleus, so far as I know, the symbols re p resent much the same activitiesas for living objects with a nucleus but the Point of Change is made use of very frequently as theymutate into other versions of their type; also these objects may not have their activities carried outby discrete organelles. For a non-living object the symbols would represent:

+ everything in and out of the object being affected by everything in and out of the object

=(L) provision by the (something) of that object of enough energy to maintain it [the ‘something’ would depend on what the ‘object’ is]

& the potential application or use of energy per se

à the effective use of enough necessary energy

=(R) the consequence for that, or any, ‘object’ of the completion of another Cycle of the Continuous Action or sequence of activities essential for its existence.

RECAP OF C OF CA AND EFFECTS OF CONSCIOUSNESS ANDUNCONSCIOUSNESS

The Cycle of Continuation Action is a sequence of essential activities for any whole object tocontinue to exist. Anything that is a whole object has one, and this applies as much to a single cellas to a whole living body, but not to anything in between such as a single organ as it is only theindividual cells within it, or the whole body within which it lies, that constitute wholes.

CELL MECHANICS WITH NO REFERENCE TO PSYCHOLOGY�No interactiveness between mind and body

This would be an unconsciously working cell with no ability to even have psychology - a brain that is not developed at all.

Figure 21


234

RELATING + MIND/MO

VE

ME

NT

OF ENERGY = LIGHT & THOUGHT

‘ D

IRE

CT

ED

ACTIO

N =

4

56

1 2

3

4

56

12

3

centrio

les

autonomic�

nervous system

cytoplasm�


�

ribosomes

vacuoles

mitoch

ondria�

pinocytotic�

lysoso

mes

centrioles�

lysosomes

235

Book Two

In the case of humans, the symbols in the C of CA represent the molecules of several of the sub-cellular organelles and the cytoplasm within which they lie. The C of CA as a whole represents acell once one includes the BNU (Basic Nature of the Universe), which represents atoms, atoms ofanything. The words in the C of CA represent not only the relationship of each group of organellesto the next but also the psychology which if not maintained can interfere with each succeeding orpreceding group or Connector. Every C of CA, whatever the kind of object it describes, has to haveeach section (word and symbol) in the relation given to every other section for it to continue toexist. Whether one chooses to use the diagram of words and symbols to represent something living,something specific that is living such a human (my usual field of work), something of a differentnature such as a tree or a rock, or even expand it to describe the Universe, it is still a relevant wayof referring to it if it is a whole, depending on what each of the words and symbols represent forthat particular object. Together these will describe how it exists in whatever are its own terms.

The functioning of a cell is the result of interaction between its contents and the mental state ofthe human who owns it. For this functioning to be suitable it is necessary for the person to under-stand the interaction. In order of need for a person to keep the connection between him or herselfand the working contents of a cell it can be looked at in two ways: one is the way they have alreadybeen looked at up till now, a conscious psychology working properly with Relating +Mind/Movement of Energy = Light & Thought à Directed Action = Relating... . The other is theway in which a cell works that is not in touch either with conscious psychology or thought andhas absolutely no possibility of so being, when the autonomic nervous system or its equivalentalone is in charge. This is cell mechanics with no reference to psychology, a state that can onlyhappen if the brain is non-functional but the rest of the body is able to keep going, there thenbeing no interaction between a conscious mind and its physical body. Activity in the cell proceedsin the zig-zag way as follows (see fig 21), the symbols now having a slightly different relationshipto the words denoting psychological activity, one being between, some before, and one after. Theydo not run round in a circle and have a progressive relationship to everything else in the circle asit would be if the psychology were properly conscious. In practice, for most of humanity, there isa mix of both.

A. THE PRODUCTION OF FEELING IS INITIALLYU N C O N S C I O U SFor the cell working without any conscious thought the symbols can be read as follows, the zig-zag form of fig. 21:

A) 1. The ‘&’ between Light & Thought

2. The ‘=’ before Light

3. The ‘Mind/Movement of Energy’ before = Light & Thought

4. The ‘à’ before Directed Action

5. The ‘+’ before Mind/Movement of Energy

6. The ‘=’ after Directed Action

but as the symbols listed here have so far denoted the use of psychology it is better listed withoutthe words but still in the order of necessary activity:

B) 1. vacuoles

236


2. cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, ribosomes

3. autonomic nervous system

4. mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, lysosomes

5. centrioles

6. centrioles lysosomes

The order of selection in list A) and fig.21 shows the particular zig-zag relation of the symbols ineach case to the C of CA words. This is not the cyclical relation to be expected in a normal C ofCA but one that pertains in an unconsciously working cell where in fig.21 it can be seen that ascompared to the C of CA where the sequence of activity follows the circle, the order of action hereeven bypasses Mind, only touching Movement of Energy. The actioning within such a cell, tocontinue, returns from no.6 to no.1 again. It is a cycle of continuous basic activity rather than theFramework’s Cycle of Continuous Action because there is no interaction between a conscious mindand the body or the cell, and the Framework is specifically about the need for such conscious inter-action. This sounds rather hair splitting but the difference needs to be understood: the one has aninteractive brain, however minimal, and the other has not. Such a situation does not apply perm a n e n t l yto anything living unless its brain or other central nervous control has been totally eliminated.

Given, then, that we have a cell with neither a brain of its own nor any contact with one, the activ-ities of the cell run in the order shown in list B). This is all very well for something that is totallyunconscious, but humans are not, or not usually, and their organelles and cytoplasm run in theorder given in the a) lists in Biological And Physical Workings Of A Cell above. Also it would dependentirely on the autonomic nervous system being allowed to work autonomously; in the averagehuman being this is always being interfered with, so though it is supposed to be autonomous, inpractice it has to contend with the upper brain. The conscious order, if we start immediately afterRelating, should be that given in the b) lists in Cell Response To Conscious Psychology above.

The properly working biochemistry of each of these groups of cytoplasm and organelles togetherconstitute feeling. But only too often we choose to repress feeling, in which case we will havesuccessfully interfered with one or more of those groups. The good news is that if one has a psycho-logically working brain, the C of CA at least will have its parts in the order shown; the bad newsis that unless one bothers to develop that psychology in order consciously to live the Meaningsone is still likely to interfere with one or more of those groups.

237

Book Three

BOOK THREE

- The BNU and the Connectors: universal health; pre conscious and pre spiritual originsof Book Two in relation to the bits of the C of CA - a properly working physiology

B. ENERGICS AND THE C OF CABesides the above reasons for tissues beginning to fail, there are others to do with the loss of indi-vidual parts of the Energics in relation to the psychological C of CA of the whole body.

First, to recap, the Energics are:

Air : Water / Hormones : Sugar / Meanings II & V : Cycle of Continuous Action(E)

[Remember that the C of CA in the Energics refers to the ‘whole’ of the other five parts of theE n e rgics; a C of CA is always a ‘whole’. Written C of CA(E) it refers to the C of CA Energics, withoutthe added (E) it refers to the C of CA of an area.]

The area of influence of each of these is given in the Energics is Chemistry chart in Book One. Inthe discussion under Framework Energics it was shown that: ‘It comes down to six parts groupedinto three pairs. In the overall pattern of essential action in the body cells it is absolutely essentialfor each pair, or any part of a pair, to be made use of in correct relationship to the other pairs orhalf of its own pair.’ But it will be seen here that the effect of any loss of psychological activity fromthe left hand column below is on the activities of the specific selection of Energics shown in theright hand column, not usually in their working pairs but as individual activities within the body.

This is a condition that happens frequently, every time any of the C of CA words is not usedconsciously, but it never causes long term ill health unless it is ignored. Then you have to find thereason for it. Like everything else in the body the Energics can be kept working properly by theuse of consciousness suitably used and directed for understanding what the body is trying to tellone.

Mind/Movement of Energy in relation to Air; Water; Hormones; Sugar

Light in relation to Air; Water; Hormones; Ms II & V

Thought in relation to Water; Hormones; Sugar; Ms II & V

Directed Action in relation to Water; Sugar; Ms II & V; C of CA(E)

Relating in relation to Water; Hormones; Sugar; C of CA(E)

Mind/Movement of Energy in relation to Air; Water; Hormones; Sugar of the Ener g i c s

M/M of E and air, water, hormones, and sugar provide the initial impetus to any part of the bodyto keep going; if mental or physical impetus to function at all is interfered with then these Energicsare each individually impeded. The consequence on the cell is to deprive it of oxygen and swampit with carbon-dioxide, deprive it of sufficient water, remove the means of giving it instruction, andlessen its means of running the Krebs Cycle (see above under the section on Cells). If all of these

238


happen together and depending on where in the body it has happened, the affected area, or thewhole body even, loses its energy.

Light in relation to Air; Water; Hormones; Meanings II & V

Light in conjunction with air, water, hormones, and the Meanings II & V make up a means of involv-ing the body in living. In Energics, when Meanings II & V are working properly by being livedconsciously they each profoundly affect the chemistry of the whole body (see chart Energics isChemistry). Air, water, and hormones do so as well but stemming from a different response, thatof the whole physical body being able to work freely; Meanings are under the influence of psychologyand to work freely it has to be conscious psychology. Here, then, we see that the body has to beable to be allowed to work freely because one is using Meaning II, most of the abdomen, andMeaning V of the upper chest and throat without interference.

Thought in relation to Water; Hormones; Sugar; Meanings II & V

Thought, or loss of it, removes water and thereby causes the eventual loss of both distribution anduse of hormones and interferes with the ability of cells to use sugar; this means all soft tissuebecomes incapable of all free activity and cannot respond properly to anything expected of it as ithas become seriously dehydrated but for a psychological reason rather than an external inabilityto find water.

D i rected Action in relation to Water; Sugar; Meanings II & V; C of CA(E)

Directed Action uses water and sugar to continue the effects of the chemistry of Meanings II & V,metabolism and oxygen/carbon-dioxide exchange respectively. Along with the other two Energics,air and hormones, these five (Ms II & V being regarded as a single item in this context) form theCycle of Continuous Action of the cell as a whole. Directed Action in the psychological C of CAneeds to be constantly available so that the Mind/Movement of Energy work onward in a cell isused to form the physical energy needed once the Energics for the use of =Relating have takeneffect.

Relating in relation to Water; Hormones; Sugar; C of CA(E)

Relating needs to use water and hormones as well as sugar before it can complete a C of CA(E) inthe Energics; not till then will a cell be in suitable condition to begin division for replacement.

C. PSYCHOLOGY AND THE POINT OF CHANGEThe abdominal organs and the psychological Point of Change are separately the specific pointswhere change can occur: the abdominal organs when the mind and body cease to feel happy witheach other, and the psychological Point of Change when the Mind/Movement of Energy can nolonger continue the previous pattern of responses to life.

In the C of CA the Point of Change is on the outside of the circle next to Mind/Movement of E n e rg y,and associated with M/M of E is Meaning II, Spiritual Satisfaction, which runs the physiology of theabdominal organs of Transverse Band II. In the Cycle of Continuous Relating, Change is the re l e v a n temotional word associated with the Point of Change psychologically.

239

Book Three

The use of the Point of Change psychologically is only effected if a person realizes their currentp a t t e rn of life has become unsatisfactory to them and is no longer giving them any feeling of spiritualwellbeing, a feeling which will stem from too little proper physiological working of the abdominalorgans because that person’s life cannot provide them with Spiritual Satisfaction - see: A.Theproduction of feeling is initially unconscious, in Book Two.

This situation is also shown in the list of effects under Transverse Bands and the Cycle of ContinuousAction in Book One where it can be seen how widespread such a problem can be. All effects are,in fact, widespread if a Meaning is not being consciously lived because all physiology is intercon-nected even if the initial problem begins in only one Meaning area.

A failure mentally to change, to use the Point of Change, if it becomes necessary, can stop onebecoming properly accepting of the conscious application of Mind/Movement of Energy; it mightbe useful to understand the need for change. This failure would affect =(L), the cytoplasm of thecell and the organelles of endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomes therein, and would cause a cessationof cell life and activity of the relevant kind - see 2) under E, Some Parts of the C of CA and theirEffects on Some Parts of the body, in Book Four, below. This in turn interferes with the rest of the Cof CA and prevents the Magnetism & Vibration between atoms and molecules from being eff e c t i v ere s u l t i n g in a loss of the use of thought.

240


241

Book Four

BOOK FOUR

- Talking - a properly working humanMost of Book Four is about responsiveness without thinking. This is how things are. However, theevolution of life has so far begun to be about a means of providing a physical mode for thinkingso that life itself can understand why things work as they do. Apparently this is what the books asa whole are about, 1-4. They have been working from the need for consciousness, potentiallycarried by the human form of life, towards how it was when thought began to develop. Book Onetalked about the human need, Books Two and Three are talking about the comprehensive way thatcan be understood, and Book Four has begun to talk about what life is like with no form ofconscious thinking.

It is only possible for evolution for consciousness to work when the beginning of an understandingof the interaction between total unconsciousness of materiality, with no possibility for thought, hasbeen understood, and the practice of materiality, in response to consciousness, is made to begin.To understand consciousness one has, finally, to understand unconsciousness. Books One, Two andThree are about the effects of unconsciousness in general and most of Book Four is about uncon-sciousness itself.

[The unconsciousness from which I had to dig out the above two paragraphs was extreme, at thetime; it makes sense to me so I hope it makes sense to you. What often happens in my research isthat if there is something I should know and add, I only get ‘No’s to a ridiculous degree until I askif there is something I am missing, or is waiting to be told, or some such question. If the answerto that is a Yes it is then a question of patiently suggesting numerous words and subjects untilsomething, I suppose, prompts me in the right direction. It’s not easy then and may proceed wordby word, still dowsing, or phrase by phrase if I am lucky. In the end everything makes sense but itis so often a hard task to dig it out I am uncertain if I have properly understood it. It has been thesame throughout the whole book so it is as much up to you as to me to make the mental effortto understand it.]

The following is about how things are without the possibility for conscious thought.

MOLECULES - the Connectors between atoms andcells, and ATOMS - in relation to the Connectors

MOLECULES IN THE CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS ACTION

Addressing the molecules is the only means of changing the response of cells to the mental wayof making them action (as opposed to ‘function’, see Distinctions at the beginning of Book One)if it has been unsuitable. To do this one has to begin to understand the means through which theycan be addressed and altered from unsuitable movement to appropriate movement. Most of thishas been given in Book One and is the Basic Framework for Understanding of C of CA plus BNUbut it will also be important to address the exact part of The List which is not working: see Chart3 a & b, left hand columns in Book 2.

242


GENERAL REMARKS

The constituents of an atom that are affected by psychology have already been shown (fig 16) anddiscussed in Book One in Further Notes on the Basic Nature of the Universe. These are electro-magnetism/strong nuclear force, energy, particles, unconsciousness/ consciousness and LinearTime. One thing I have learned since then is that ‘particles’ refers solely to the sub-atomic particlesof the atomic nucleus, the protons and neutrons as I understand it.

Now we have to look at a certain aspect of the BNU in relation to the symbols or Connectors repre-senting the molecules that make up the cytoplasm and the sub-cellular organelles in the C of CAalready discussed, specifically that of the strong nuclear force and electromagnetism which togetherare one quarter of the atom relevant to the conscious psychology of the human being. The phys-ical work of each Connector has been described above in the a) sections of the combination a)b)list under Cells, Molecules and Atoms above in Book Two.

The following considerations are the way in which feelings are engendered by the Connectors ofthe physiological C of CA. Because ‘& Thought à’ is the major point for conscious existence, wewill start with &, the vacuoles, rather than at the usual place in this work of (Relating) +. IfTHOUGHT in the C of CA is working then & is also working. THOUGHT here means ‘had a thought’;& means ‘the activity of the vacuoles’. The importance of vacuoles is to contain certain specificcompounds of nutrients and water to produce energy for electrical and nervous activities of theoutside of the cell wall among other things. If movement of the vacuoles towards the cell walls isprevented the movement of the cell walls will be lessened. THOUGHT and & between them causea body to begin free and flexible movement of its soft tissues. Whereas psychology should beginat Relating in the C of CA to keep the person in touch with life, feelings begin at & (beforeTHOUGHT) in the C of CA and keep the cell walls in good order.

ORGANELLES, THE STRONG NUCLEAR FORCE, AND ELECTROMAGNETISM

1. &: vacuoles in relation to & THOUGHT, the strong nuclear force and electromagnetism are the driving forcesfor the activity of the nucleus of a cell; each of them needs to be free to work evenly so thatTHOUGHT will then be free

2. à: mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, lysosomes à and strong nuclear force/electromagnetism together carry on the production and use of thevarious activities of several things particularly the Krebs Cycle (see footnote to combined listsa) and b) under Cells, Molecules and Atoms above).

3. =(R): centrioles, and lysosomes (repeated)=(R) and strong nuclear force/electromagnetism together provide the impetus for centrioles to(re)produce the replacement cell, and lysosomes to feed and clean cells

4. +: centrioles (repeated) + and strong nuclear forc e / e l e c t romagnetism enable centrioles to provide the means of pro d u c i n ga new cell

243

Book Four

5. =(L): cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, ribosomes =(L) and strong nuclear force/electromagnetism constitute the physical, material and actioninglife of a cell.

And round again to &: vacuoles.

‘Each of them needs to be free to work evenly so that THOUGHT will then be free’; but what canpossibly stop the strong nuclear force and electromagnetism from working evenly? A failure to think.

Any of the Interruptions discussed in Part I of Book One constitutes failure to think; the effect ofthis within the atom will be to confuse the automatic evenness of the variation between strongnuclear and electromagnetism and therefore cause organized matter to be slightly disorganised inthe tissue or tissues that should have been allowed to have a properly working C of CA.

The only way to stop this or prevent it happening is consciously to live at Beyond Stage 6. Evenso one is constantly running to keep up, despite one is then living the Meanings, and of necessitykeeping constantly alert so as not to leave things swilling about that have not been consciouslydealt with, everything then tuned out, everything of oneself tuned back in, all past things havingbeen dealt with consciously in due time.

Beyond Stage 6 and the Meanings are the philosophy and religion in relation to the atom that isessential because it is these that relate to the C of CA Connectors through the active living of theC of CA words:

C of CA Relating through the Meaning of Relating;

C of CA Mind/Movement of Energy through the Meaning of Spiritual Satisfaction;

C of CA Light through the Meaning of Love;

C of CA Thought through the Meaning of Allowing; and

C of CA Directed Action through the Meaning of Expression of Responses.

When you remember that it is Meanings that run the physiology local to each of the TransverseBands, it makes sense to try and live them all the time. When you remember that it is the doingof one’s personal task that means one is then living Beyond Stage 6, it makes sense to do that sinceone is then consciously contributing to life on this planet that which one had previously beenunconsciously withholding. When you remember that philosophy means ‘what everything is for -the existence of humans and their lives’, that religion means ‘that which is understood by the spirit’,and that biochemistry means ‘the physics and physiologies that produce different feelings’, it makessense to practise the Meanings and one’s personal task so as to stop unconsciously interfering withone’s biochemistry.

PERSONAL TASKS

Since personal tasks have been reintroduced I shall give here the further examples I have collectedsince I discussed the concept in Book One. I hardly expect anyone to read every task in the list butI have included them all to show what sort of things so often don’t get done.

trying to get people to see what they are doing

curing houses - (this person was an expert on damp)

244


to help people

making people happy with people

telling people about people

teaching people how to sort themselves out

dowsing on behalf of other people [this is not mine as it happens]

to enlarge people’s artistic understanding

considering cultural, social and personal private issues

bring black and white cultures into each other’s orbit

to explain people to each other

teach people what is wrong with them

to live the Christian insight

to lead and teach people how to co-operate

developing individual people’s moral outlook

to help people with their psychological, intellectual or emotional problems

leading the way to suitable change

to be truly religious

to teach the nature of understanding between people

to give up relationship with other people in the world (this was a couple, both with the sametask; what an unusual one)

helping society

to be an intellectual leader

helping

to be kind to everyone

to live his religious vocation

to apply all moral and religious concerns

intellectual organising

to teach people

to give love and friendship

to express everything through art

be out of the rat race

to carry out environmental politics

to love every thing

to build gardens

to join emotional groups

to give up ambition

245

Book Four

to love people

teaching others to grow up

helping to change the world

to sail and to write

teaching and explaining (to children I think)

to love people [different person to the one five lines up]

elucidating current events

to clarify or interpret

standing up for reality

communication, in any way possible

independence

interpretation

being honest

to make knowledge available

communicating scientific understanding

to communicate, by writing, the natural science of balance

to be straightforward

understanding scientific agriculture

to enable Love to come in

to understand things with sympathy

interpretation

to allow everything to be comfortable

teaching complete equality between all people

expressing natural balance

to understand and explain psychological and social background and reasons

to give friendship

to treat people with sympathy

art in song

co-ordination

finding and implementing the suitable solution for any problem

finding and implementing suitable general solutions

to help the human race understand its part

encouraging people to grow up

encouraging detailed social changes

encouraging other people to develop themselves

246


to organize

thoughtful

caring

to govern people

teaching groups

to explain time

to understand natural human life

to begin changing

to change

to give understanding

to improve the world

to be an organic farmer

to institute change

to be authoritative

to assist

to enable

to teach people

to begin listening

to learn about people by acting

to begin restructuring

to begin to bring about suitable social change

demonstrating insight

understanding information

practical understanding

to change other people

to express himself emotionally

to live honestly

to interpret other people

to bring science and photography together

to enjoy life

to change religion

revising belief

and I will finish the list with two people who have consistently done all the things they needed todo and therefore don’t have specific personal tasks this time round; it is consistently not doingsomething which then makes it a personal task. I haven’t picked out tasks for the above list, justworked straight through my notebook so the examples are in the order I came across them. Two

247

Book Four

or three of the people have changed their tasks as time has gone on; perhaps they are doing theone and then another has become necessary, or there has been a refinement of the first in someway. I have to add that most of the people above are not bothering about their tasks; it seems tobe essential to be able to be independent and able to lead one’s own life in one’s own way, as arethe two above who have always done their tasks each time. This does not in any way mean to sayone must live or work alone, just to have developed one’s personal way of thinking.

The only thing that needs to be emphasised is that it is no good whatever assuming the cloak ofany sort of personal task. It is something that will only come with having thought one’s way throughg rowing up the Stages and finally reaching the ability to live the Meanings with constant consciousnessand thereby the ability to be objective. Not an assumed academic objectivity but a real psycho-logical, intellectual, and emotional objectivity that springs from one’s way of living. This is LinearTime in spiritual relation to the strong nuclear force and electromagnetism, the particles, andenergy in the atom (see figs.19 and 16).

D. THE CONNECTORS IN RELATION TO ENERGY, UNCONSCIOUSNESS ANDCONSCIOUSNESS

Besides looking at the Connectors in relation to strong nuclear force and electromagnetism, eachConnector of the C of CA has also to be seen in connection with the parts of the BNU of energyand consciousness/unconsciousness in relation to Linear Time. This time we will start at =(R)because it is the most important section for psychologically continuing the Cycle in anything.

In relation to a) energy b) unconsciousness, and c) consciousness, each time

we must look at= before Relating, à before Directed Action, & before Thought, = before Light and + beforeMind/Movement of Energy

The relationship of a Connector in the C of CA is to the word following it in any context for contin-uity. The relationship of each individual Connector to energy, unconsciousness and consciousnesslies in conscious Linear Time. When these three are working, the physical work of the Connectorsis as described in list a) under Cells and their Biological and Physical Activity. When they are notworking it may be because there is insufficient or no consciousness and therefore insufficient or noenergy. The consequences of that may be one or more of the Interruptions psychologically (BookOne), or a general failure to read the indications given to one by the body of something else ofwhich one is unconscious. Each Connector only works if it is in relation to unconscious energy orconscious energy, either of which are allowed (unconsciousness), or maintained (consciousness) forany length of time (Linear Time). If it is conscious energy that is maintained, it is the C of CA whichpertains; if there is only unconscious energy it is the zigzag cell mechanics with no reference topsychology that pertains - fig.21.

E. SOME PARTS OF THE C OF CA AND THEIR EFFECTS ON SOME PARTS OFTHE BODY

Certain parts of the Cycle of Continuous Action when unconscious have effects on certain parts ofthe body. The activities of the left hand column below only affect the activities of the right hand

248


column, nothing else, but only if someone is refusing to be conscious; it is not the ‘proper’ uncon-scious functioning of a cell as shown in fig.21, it is a way of explaining the effect of refusing to beconscious in general. Usually people only refuse to be conscious partially in which case the followingremarks will pertain only to parts of the body and not to the whole, even as small as to very smallareas of cells, molecules, and atoms. This, then, is what always happens to any part of one whenone refuses to be aware of what one’s body is trying to draw attention to. It may sound drastic butin fact is not so unless it is never noticed and made conscious. Usually it can be reversed, often byconsciousness alone, with or without the addition of other suitable therapies.

One of the things that has to be remembered relevant to understanding the following is that eachpart of the physical body incorporates the whole of the rest of itself which is why, for instance, the8+2 Systems which are the various Systems to do with the workings of the heart, lungs, digestivetract, etc. are also to do with each individual cell throughout the body: whatever is being carriedout by each and every organ affects each and every cell everywhere.

Keeping that in mind, the left hand column in each case is the most important means of keepingthe designated areas of the body shown in the right hand column working.

& in relation to all the 8+2 Systems

Light in relation to the rest of the C of CA and the BNU

M/M of E in relation to Directed Action and =Relating

Relating in relation to the BNU

1) & in relation to all the 8+2 Systems

The &, the vacuoles, next to Thought in the Cycle of Continuous Action connects Light to Thoughtand is the main way in which the whole body begins to continue its existence - keeping all thecells of each of the 8+2 Systems (Book One, Part IV ) in working order by actively keeping themfed and cleared of debris or foreign matter. The only thing that will interfere with this will be a lossof thought/Thought - if one forgets to think about those parts of oneself or if one is Thought missing(Book One, Part I, Interruptions).

The effect on the whole body of & not working is to allow the whole trunk, where the 8+2 Systemoriginate, to under-action. That is to say that though the necessary tissues and organs are still availableto function, they cannot carry out the activities they are designed for.

2) Light in relation to the rest of the C of CA and the BNU

Light depends on the = after Mind/Movement of Energy to work properly to maintain both theexistence of cellular cytoplasm and the continued work of both endoplasmic reticulum and ribo-somes in connection with the use of protein units. If these cannot work properly there is no Lightin the cell, denoting that they are dying and cannot continue to maintain either their C of CA ortheir BNU - cell, cell molecules, and therefore atoms.

One consequence can be that the mental aspect is unable to have any effect; when that happensthere will be no available & and therefore no consequent THOUGHT in the sense that the personwill be unable to reinstate the continuity of the Cycle. The result is an attitude of mind that cannot

249

Book Four

initiate effective understanding or physical healing unless they are willing to use their own knowledgeabout the meaning of that gap in the use of Light and why it has come about.

3) Mind/Movement of Energy in relation to Directed Action and =Relating

This is what causes a cell actively to continue work and stimulate the means by which it replacesitself when necessary. This stimulation arrives at =Relating because Light, Thought and the cyto-plasm, endoplasmic reticulum, and ribosomes of =(L), the vacuoles of &, and the à before DirectedAction of mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles and lysosomes can work in relation to each otherbiologically as well as from a conscious psychology. Provided this is so, the physical and mentalcontinuity of the C of CA can be assured; if it is not, it won’t be.

The usual result of this causes each thing to work as it should but when there is a disconnectionthe activity in the Cycle is unable to continue and there ceases to be both a continuous Cycle aswell as a continuous interaction of mind and body.

4) Relating in relation to the BNU

If there is no Relating it threatens the very existence of the BNU, the atoms of which anything iscomposed, because the + (centrioles, providing the means for cell division and replacement) afterRelating and before Mind/Movement of Energy then becomes irrelevant.

The result here will be a mental and physical cessation of interaction between cell replacement anda consciously acknowledged need for that interaction; the person cannot relate to their body’s needto be related to, and this non-relating feeds through the cells and molecules to the atoms.

So - if 1) the vacuoles cannot maintain the 8+2 Systems, 2) the cell groundbase of cytoplasm, theendoplasmic reticulum that carries ribosomes, and the ribosomes themselves for linking protein unitscannot provide the means for maintaining any cells, if 3) the mental and physical impetus for activelyc a rrying out maintenance and replacement is no longer there, and 4) the essential physical need forthat repair is removed, the whole body will shortly collapse. ‘Whole body’ may be only one cell, oneo rgan or part of one, or one general area of a body, but can even be the whole body itself.

If something is truly dead there is nothing more to be said, but if something is only heading thatway it may be recoverable. It depends not on how far it has got but how long it has been like thatand what kind of tissue it is.

THE GOLDEN GLOW AND CONSCIOUSNESS

The golden glow that I saw, and have written about in Book One in the discussion of Meaning III -Love, was Love in action, i.e. it was Space, Thought, Time, Movement, Energy and Mind madevisible, which is Light and God; Light because it was visible, and God because it was everything. Itwas ‘just’ Being.

250


Space, Thought, Time, Movement, Energy and Mind are what one does things with. Light, Loveand God are just Being, which encompasses everything written in the Language of Silence butwithSpace,Thought, Time, Movement, Energy and Mind are what one does things with. Light, Loveand God are just Being, which encompasses everything written in the Language of Silence but with-out the need to do anything. In practice one does things with all nine but may well be unawareof it - which one should be.

2. Space & Thought Consciousness is consciousness about Space and Thought

A. Time, Movement & Consciousness is movement and time brought to consciousness

B. Energy, Mind, Consciousness is the activity of being conscious

1. Light, Love and God is about conscious awareness, not about consciousness

[the numbers and letters refer to the following discussion and the diagram, of the C of CA, whereThought is post Light in the Cycle as the Cycle runs clockwise]

All these can be done in relation to THOUGHT in a Cycle of Continuous Action, any C of CA, or inrelation to LIGHT in any C of CA. THOUGHT is the way they exist, LIGHT is the way they poten-tially exist. The God we are talking about is the God of Love, which is Light. God is everything,Love is what everything is, and Light is the result. What God is not is anything at all that ‘religions’have so far painted it as.

What all four lists are leading to is a conscious acceptance of living at one with the Earth. By usingthe Cycle of Continuous Relating and thereby enabling each word in the Cycle of ContinuousAction as well as the Connectors in between consciously to interact with each other it is possiblefor a person to promote some Light and some Loving, but only to some extent because the verycondition of being human physically always gets in the way. One would have to change the meansby which physical existence works to be able to achieve a total existence of consciousness, love,and being, which latter is the C of CA/C of CR of a thinking existence.

However, as a normal human being one has a physical existence and it has to work. It begins todo so because it has been given not only the means to work but also the means to make thatmeans work - the whole contents of The List: the Framework divisions of Basic Framework (BNU,cells, molecules and M&V), the Anatomies and Energics, the Bands and Meanings, the 8+2 Systems,and the Nervous System, the major headings in 1. and 2. of the Check Lists and in the ComparativeLists in Book Two. It is an interdependent way of working - if the whole lot is working then so itthe NS and the 8+2, but if a bit of one of them stops it has a knock-on effect on the rest

Applied Light, Love and God is a status quo, something we never need as nothing could everchange; even the Universe could never have existed. My tuning in suggests that in practice appliedLight, Love, and God is a problematic thing (not what one would normally expect to hear!) so a)what should we accept about it (see below) and b) why do we necessarily suppose that Light, Love,and God are a good thing?

The answers are a) that Light, Love, and God accepts everything from second to second to secondto second whether it moves on or not, each second being static in itself, and b) it allows things tobe themselves. In that sense it is a good thing, so it is therefore acceptable if Light, Love, and Godwere to be applied second by second, but not for that second to last. If ever it had, originally, noth-

251

Book Four

ing would ever have existed Universe-wise, and if it did now, everything would be frozen in timelike the Sleeping Beauty.

Apropos the list above (2,A,B,1), under the Summary for Applied Consciousness below, and in thediagram, they are not Biochemistry. That is covered by the Cycle of Continuous Action with theexception of Relating. List1, A and B under LIGHT below and in the diagram, and list 2, A and Bunder THOUGHT, both sets together, are the way everything works. The reason non-human lifeforms are the way they are, is because human consciousness is not able to be developed by themeven though they all begin to have their own form/s of consciousness. Of course, in biologicalterms, this is because they haven’t got the same development of brain, but they are all gettingthere. [This sounds unutterably smug to me: we have got there, and you haven’t, but once onesees humans as one form of animal but with the wherewithal to begin to develop consciousnessas it is, apparently, needed, it puts us in our proper place: the potential carrier of another evolu-tionary development. Furthermore, we haven’t yet ‘got there’ but we do have the potential forgetting there.]

SUMMARY FOR APPLIED CONSCIOUSNESS

T H O U G H T & L I G H T

Space Light

Thought Love

Movement God

Time Movement

Energy Time

Mind Energy

Mind

Applied thought uses all of these whatever it is applied to when it is directed consciousness.Whether it is potentially living tissue it is applied to or some inorganic object is immaterial; onlythe method of achievement differs in arriving at the object - and the form of application of thethought.

If it is living tissue that is to be made it has to be achieved in the way living tissue does it, replacesitself, and if it is a question of making that living tissue work properly again this can only be carriedout when nothing remains to prevent it, i.e. every reason for it not working, every message it has beentrying to convey, has been understood and psychologically accepted.

As far as the development of consciousness in humans is concerned, there are two inherent ways inwhich this is expressed: intro v e rted and extro v e rted, a pre f e rence for living in the inner and invisi-ble life, whether consciously or not, or living in the outer and visible life re s p e c t i v e l y. These diff e r-ences between people make no diff e rence to what consciousness is, just how it is used, by humans.The intro v e rted person works in the Movement & Time way while extro v e rts works in the the Energ y& Mind way, in either case whether they are working from THOUGHT in the C of CA and usingthinking or from LIGHT and using light/love feeling as a basis from which to begin living. I don’t

252


think anyone is an evenly balanced mix of introversion and extroversion inherently though somemay markedly veer more towards one than the other and some not be markedly one or the other.

In order to understand what Thought can do on the one hand, and the importance of Light onthe other in the conscious human being we have to begin to look at the effects of Thought, theà, and where that begins, for the conscious person, with the use of Mind, and the relation à andMind have to =(L). We will look at the rest of the C of CA later.

[Reminder: àmeans ‘leads to’ and comes before Directed Action in the Cycle of Continuous Action;the = means ‘ equals’ and this one comes before Light (=L), also in the C of CA. Remember alsothat there is a distinction made in this kind of work between action and function: action meaningwhat anything does if and when it does it; function meaning what a thing has been designed todo but doesn’t mean that it is necessarily doing it.]

à in relation to MIND and =(L) in relation to à

For this bit of the study we have to look at the à and =(L) in terms of the organelles they repre-sent in a cell:

Set A. à represents the functions only of three organelles: mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, and lysosomes

Set B. =(L) represents both the functions and the actions of cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, and ribosomes

It is necessary to know how each of these sets affects the whole cell. We also need to work out setA as a threesome - how the organelles do it and the effect they have on each other; the same forset B; then set A in relation to B; and finally to look at Mind or ‘what one chooses to do’ with bothA and B, separately and together.

What Set A, à, is meant to do, and how each would affect the other if they did it:

Mitochondria are intended to produce physical energy for cell operations including internal respi-ration, the utilization of oxygen and formation of carbon-dioxide

Pinocytotic vesicles are a kind of container intended to move through the cell certain compoundsintended to help feed the mitochondria and the lysosomes

Lysosomes are also containers which merge into vacuoles (another type of organelle) holding certainforeign material or cell debris and help to disintegrate the contents.

As a threesome the way they would affect each other, if they all were allowed to carry out theirallotted activities, might be to keep each other going in order to start the whole cell doing what-ever its own work is.

What Set B, =(L), is meant to do and also what it does:

Cytoplasm fills the cell and forms the ground material for most of the work in the cell

Endoplasmic reticulum are layers of flattened vesicles in which protein in various stages of construc-tion are transported; they are often studded with ribosomes

253

Book Four

Ribosomes are granules of RNA (ribonucleic acid) where the actual linking of some protein unitsprobably takes place

As a thre e s o m e the way they would affect each other since they always carry out their allotteda c t i v i t i e s , unlike Set A, should be to keep all the cells of the body in good repair.

Set A in relation to Set B:

will only provide the means by which a cell can do its own work when the Mind of the persondoesn’t interfere with it doing so.

Mind, or ‘what one chooses to do’ in relation to both Set A and Set B:

It may totally interfere by becoming determined to try and make the body live in a way that iswrong for that particular individual. The effect of this is to cause discomfort, a variety of possibleillnesses, and can even lead to severe incapacity. Ultimately it can lead to loss of cell use orMovement of Energy = Light loss in one or more cells in the associated tissue. This can happen toonly a minute area or can expand to include all the tissue in an entire human body - it is onlyhumans that ‘choose’ to try and live in ways that are unsuitable though we only too often force orpersuade other things to do so.

The diagram below is the way everything works, or should work, when allowed not to haveconsciousness; the automatic way of working which immediately leads to short, medium or longterm falling to bits whether we’re talking about life forms or non-life forms everywhere through-out the Universe. The development of consciousness in practice is not likely to affect the wholeUniverse but it already affects most life forms. Which is why it is essential that it be properly developed.

THE WAY EVERYTHING WORKS - OR SHOULD WORK

THOUGHT LIGHT

2 & 1Space LightThought LoveConsciousness God

A B A BTime Energy Time EnergyMovement Mind Movement MindConsciousness Consciousness Consciousness Consciousness

This is the way everything works, irrespective of the use of consciousness - from molecules up -every molecule in the Universe and therefore every object in the Universe at molecular level.

254


Not one of the contents of the above lists A and B is the same as that in any other list despite itbeing repeated; even the consciousness is not the same in either list. The differences lie in the waysin which each thing is used at either Light or Thought. If it is a bit confusing that the left hand listwith Thought is numbered 2 and the right hand with Light, 1 - it is because the two considerationsare being related to their order in the C of CA, and Light, there, comes before Thought.

Not one thing in any one list is more important than another.

All four A and B lists equate with Light and Thought in the Cycle of Continuous Action but list 1is at Light and list 2 at Thought. Lists A and B each equate as a whole with both Light and withThought but don’t interact with each other at the two points of Light and Thought, and in factcan never interact with each other until the consciousness of these two different kinds of people isBeyond Stage 6 in either case. If they both were BS6 the circles could interact. People who are notv e ry markedly intro v e rt or extro v e rt presumably use either/or A/B at diff e rent time rather than actuallymixing them all the time.

Lists A and B also describe introverts and extroverts respectively as discussed above in Summary forApplied Consciousness. If both an introvert and an extrovert are each Beyond Stage 6 they caneach be sufficiently objective to be able to appreciate, though never become, the other’s state ofoutlook. Introversion and extroversion are states of outlook and are absolutely inherent. They cannotbe fundamentally changed. This mostly applies to humans only. As for molecules in non-humanforms of life, I think they have the same sort of biological life but it cannot be expressed in thesame way at any of the circles. More probably it is as follows for non-human life forms of all kinds:

Movement with the contents of the circleTime in no particular working order;Energy each bit relating to everyMind other.Unconsciousness

}The molecules of non-living forms show as: Energy ßàMind, to and fro.

In each case, the non-human life form and the non-living form relate to Light and to Thought inthe Cycle of Continuous Action as do Lists A and B for humans but without Lists 1 and 2 inter-vening. This is because in the non-human life form the unconsciousness aspect is very often moreor less conscious but it is not extroverted or introverted in at all a thinking way, just in a generaloutward-behaviour way; the non-living form is not extroverted or introverted at all.

REST OF CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS ACTIONThese Connectors are here being considered in particular relationships to nearby parts of the C ofCA that are relevant to their potential activity in relation to the rest of the cell. The & can onlywork properly if Light already psychologically exists; =(R) can do so only if Directed Action is beingproperly directed; + can only work when the =(R) is allowed to exist.

255

Book Four

& (after Light), = (before Relating and after Directed Action), and + (after Relating)

& - vacuoles - are membrane lined containers; they often are containers for a specific compoundenabling the cell wall to remain flexible; at other times they may contain a different series ofcompounds for changing the conscious cell to responsiveness. Their ability to continue working isonly the effective result of living Light, the rest of the cell not being interfered with by unconsciouspsychology, the consequence of too much failure to listen intelligently to one’s body.

= - centrioles and lysosomes - the = centrioles ( b e f o re Relating and after Directed Action) are alla p p a re n t l y the same barrel-like cylinders as the + centrioles (after Relating and beforeMind/Movement of Energy ), but not all the time. There is only a difference if the & vacuoles canprovide the series of compounds for changing a conscious cell to responsiveness rather than justthe specific one for the cell wall. In the latter case both the = and the + centrioles will be exactlythe same; in the former case some of each will be unable to produce the asters and spindle uponwhich chromosomes travel to opposite poles of the dividing cell. That is to say, the old cells won’tdivide and there will therefore be fewer new replacement cells.

- the lysosomes (after Directed Action) depend upon à before Directed Action at this point in theC of CA (Set A above in Summary for Applying Consciousness). If all three of those are working,lysosomes at this point will be able to carry on but if one or more are not working, they won’t.

+ - centrioles - (after Relating and before Mind/Movement of Energy) (see above)

‘HOW TO DO IT’ - The necessity to apply Thoughtand UnderstandingF rom the point of view of psychological effect the body works through the activities of its molecules,therefore if we are to keep that body in reasonable condition we need to know something aboutthem. This is the concern of the biology and physiology of the body once the psychological, philo-sophical and religious problems have been sorted out each time. It cannot be done before, if one isgoing to do it the Framework way. If that is the case, the following things need to be considered:

What to accept: from Book Two - that the body is the result of the Meanings, the biochemistry runby the right philosophy (for that body), or by the proper religious life it requires.

What to do: define something from Book Two - that biochemistry depends on understandingnatural philosophy and religious activity.

And Book Two in general: that humans are the consequence of philosophy plus biochemistry - whichresults in religious activity - which leads to good health.

There is of course no obligation to accept any of what has been written just because I have foundit to be the way things work and that using the Framework works in practice. Choice is all! andsome other framework may suit you better, however, since I have found it works in practice I shallcontinue. I have already said a number of times that the five Meanings of Relating, SpiritualSatisfaction, Love, Allowing, and Expression of Responses ‘run’ the Transverse Bands but that oncea Meaning has been adversely affected it has an effect all over the body. These effects are as follows:

256


Illness in Meaning I stems from Reproductive System unable to work properly usually as a result of aloss of a wish to allow oneself to accept the need to use the Meaning.

Illness in Meaning II occurs when the Some Hormones System and/or Chemical Conversion Systemcannot work as these two Systems enable the whole body to work properly through the means theyhave for co-ordinating the physical work within the body and making available in suitable form therequirements to keep it going.

Illness in Meaning III is the result of too little Eliminatory in that the Eliminatory System of wastesout/nutrients in is not able to work properly for some reason outside itself. There is no musculartension here if there is a Meaning III problem but there is likely to be a feeling of exhaustion becausethe whole area is failing to receive nutrients or sufficiently rid itself of waste.

Illness in Meaning IV occurs when there is even less oxygen and even worse Eliminatory as Meaningand Band IV are all the muscles on the outside of the ribs, bar those for the scapula and the VertebralCover, and if they are tense for any reason the squeeze on the ribs and their intercostals, the musclesbetween each pair of ribs, causes most of the thorax, the middle and lower chest area, to becomemuch less flexible. This will have a knock-on effect on the freedom of the lungs to expand freelyand sufficiently with each breath and also on the pericardium, heart and blood vessels and theirneed to pump easily to move the blood. Inhibited breathing adversely affects the carbon-diox-ide/oxygen exchange in the lungs, and even slightly inhibited blood flow can interfere with theremoval of wastes and the distribution of nutrients, among other consequences.

Illness in Meaning V begins when there is too little oxygen and that affects every soft tissue cell in thebody within five or ten minutes. This Meaning is that of Expression of Responses, if you recall, sowhen one fails to acknowledge what one is feeling and express it - and it is by no means alwayseasy to do either of those - then the physiology of the upper chest and neck area will be unableto work freely.

Actual illness seldom happens in one Band/Meaning area alone but the effects of an inhibition inany of the areas almost immediately affects everywhere else.

Most failure in the use of Meanings will cause problems; it is the most common underlying causeof illnesses because inhibited physiology enables one or more problems of the body beingsuppressed physically to cause further effects of other types in other tissues to begin to develop.

To get one’s body and mind to integrate properly there are certainly three things we each wouldneed to live mentally and physically, not necessarily in this or any other order:

1. one’s personal task

2. one’s religious task

3. be actively aware of the living life of this planet

Personal tasks have already been discussed both above and in Further Notes... in Book One sothere is no need to repeat it all here except to give the reminder that it will be something one hasnever done that contributes to the proper life of this planet.

Religious tasks are for the sake of humanity and are things that some people already have and weall should have. If a person finds what theirs is they will have learned all they are supposed to know.For example, mine is an outlook on humanity that I need to develop: to welcome humanity; to

257

Book Four

welcome its very existence. I can’t give other examples as it is not something I have so farresearched at all, just something I have come across once or twice, but they seem to be for givinglife a way of understanding itself so that life on Earth can begin to live more consciously. It has toinvolve each person becoming conscious of what every human life needs.

Active awareness of the living life of this planet is the third of the requirements that enable one’smind and body to work properly. It hardly needs to be discussed; one can be actively aware ofliving life all around one as soon as one looks. Humans are part of it, but only part; other aspectsfrom all round the world are shown often on television; the weather is with one every day; all sortsof bits and pieces of natural life are everywhere, even in towns; there are parks and gardens andgrowing greenery, birds, even domestic pets, not to mention everything in the countryside in what-ever country.

These three can be done at Stages nothing-at-all as much as at any other of the Stages. One will,however, then be unconscious of doing the first two but can still do the third quite well - if onedoes it at all. While going up the Stages one does them, but of course through the behaviour rele-vant to each particular Stage level. It is not until arriving at Beyond Stage 6 that one can be prop-erly effective at the first two because it is not until then that they can be done consciously.

Philosophy for living colours each of the above. It will probably be a bit different for each personand will have gelled in the early teenage years as a result of the experience of living up till then.Mine is to learn to be. One’s philosophy is always going to be something which causes one’s bodyto work most comfortably. This sort of philosophy is an emotional thing and won’t be a formalizedsystem of thought or knowledge and won’t necessarily apply to anyone else. It will be an outlookarising from having listened to and observed one’s physical responses to how one has found lifeso far.

Being at Stage 6 changes things as it is not till one has reached Stage 6 that one is capable ofobserving one’s body with detachment. At Stage 4 and below one forces one’s body out of itsproper path; at Stage 5 one has begun to learn, bit by bit.

RELIGION IN FRAMEWORK TERMS - THE THESIS

It demands one puts one’s observations and understanding of the above four things into practicein daily life. It is these which cause (not allow) one’s biochemistry to work.

In the normal course of events a person’s biochemistry is constantly being interfered with, byexpecting it to do things which aren’t natural to it.

DEFINITIONS OF BIOCHEMISTRY & PHYSIOLOGY

Biochemistry means the study of the chemistry of living organisms, especially the structure and func-tion of their chemical components, principally proteins, carbohydrates, fats and nucleic acid. It isthe chemistry in the body and can be altered if the Thoughts are not concerned with understandingthe integration of mind and body.

Physiology is the branch of biology concerned with the functions of plants and animals, such asnutrition, respiration, reproduction, and excretion. It is the processes of the chemistry of the bodyand is just how they basically are without reference to Thinking of any sort.

258


Actually they seem to be much the same thing but from different types of study but my tuning inprocess has made a different distinction for the sake of being able to use words and write aboutit. Biochemistry, therefore, is the word used here that associates the chemical processes in the bodywith applied philosophy and religion as the body needs it to, and Physiology refers only to the chem-istry and processes without reference to either - body without mind.

INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHY

An individual’s philosophy begins to form in the early teenage years as a rule. Some examples ofthese are as follows:

to act on his feelings - he does

to learn to be - she is learning

to let himself relax - he doesn’t allow this

to listen to his body - not there yet

to use her emotions - ?hence her illness as she couldn’t follow through

to begin to accept - learning via her therapy

One’s philosophy is absolutely related to one’s biochemistry. Putting the philosophy into practiceis living one’s religious life. Not doing so causes illness, though not inevitably.

COMMENTS IN GENERAL

Personal tasks are intimately associated with the actioning of the whole body, a different matter toone’s philosophy which is absolutely related to one’s whole body but not in its actioning. Thepersonal task can affect one’s physiology via the Meanings (physiology run by the use of one’spsychology) and the Energics (physiology as understood by the body); one’s philosophy affectsone’s physiology via the practical religious activity of putting that philosophy into practice, in thiscontext referred to as Biochemistry (physiology as it responds to personal philosophy and the reli-gious practice of it). Religion here, as usual in the Framework, does not mean formalized or conven-tional religious practice but Living One’s Own Religious Attitude to Life.

One’s personal task, if unlived, may cause illnesses from a variety of causes and of many kinds; one’sphilosophy, if not practised, will probably cause illness of many kinds from a single cause: the refusalto take any notice of one or more Meanings as Meanings and Biochemistry is closely bound up intheir effect on the body.

There is a difference to be noted here between ‘unlived’ for one’s personal task and ‘unpractised’for one’s philosophy. The first is the way one understands things, the second would be one’s activepractice of life.

An unlived personal task removes Light from the C of CA, thus affecting the = before it, the mole-cules of the cytoplasm, of the endoplasmic reticulum and of the ribosomes. An unpracticed philos-ophy changes the ability of the ignored Band associated with the ignored Meaning. It is preventedfrom efficient working in every physiological way.

259

Book Four

It should be noted that there are a limited number of ways in which a body can respond thoughthe number of Thoughts to which it has to respond are, theoretically though not in practice, infi-nite.

Thoughts’ effects can be seen physiologically in terms of Energics, Meanings or Biochemistry fromthe point of view of the Framework. Those stuck thoughts which then become fixed outlooks onlife can be seen in terms of Relating, Mind/Movement of Energy, Light, Thought, and DirectedAction in the Cycle of Continuous Action, also from the point of view of the Framework.

Not to live one’s personal task, or practice one’s philosophy is to fail to move forward. No one isable to move forward when they refuse to observe their body’s inability to respond. And every-thing that happens within a body that can be seen as adverse is due to its inability to respond, notsomething that it is doing but something that it is not doing. The necessity may be to find out whatunconscious thought/s have stopped it from responding.

When people don’t practice their philosophies and live their personal tasks it prevents the skeletalmuscles of the body from working properly all over, left and right. This applies to the whole ofhumanity. Practicing their philosophy and living their personal task would change a person’sbiochemistry to what it should be.

HUMAN CONSCIOUSNESS IN RELATION TO THE BNUThe way in which human consciousness affects the BNU, the atom, is that when cells are workingthen the molecules and atoms will also be able to work; when they are not it may eventually affectthe atoms in one or two of three ways:

always at energy, strong nuclear/electromagnetism together

and also in one or other of the two following ways

either orenergy in relation to consciousness particles and strong nuclear/electromagnetism

It is never all three at the same time - or if it were the molecules and cells would be dead. Thiscould be at a local level, of course; it doesn’t necessarily threaten the whole body, or even a largepart of it.

THE BASIC NATURE OF ANYTHING WITH THOUGHTIt must be understood why the Basic Nature of anything reacts with Thought; why the atom isplaced as it is in the diagram of the complete Cycle of Continuous Action - the Basic Framework.It is because it has to have some form of thought for things to exist whether those things areorganic, inorganic or anything else. Here we will be looking at organic, land-based objects usingthe kind of thought we are familiar with, the chemical and electrical outcome that can producewhat we think of as thought.

Thought alters the speed of movement, the existence of, the relations among, the responsivenessof, and the replacement of all types of sub-atomic particles. It does this throughout an area of about50 feet above and 50 feet below the surface of the ground all over the planet. What that surfaceis made of makes no difference at all on land; if it is sea the effect is only above it. If it is fresh

260


water, it depends on the depth up to about 10 feet, after which Thought won’t have any effect.These measurements aren’t exact and don’t need to be, but are good enough.

Thought here means the presence of an effective brain, and the measurements are useful in thatmost effective land-based brains are probably gathered, most of the time, within that one hundredfoot deep land-air band or, over the sea and deep fresh water, the air band. An effective brain isone which is capable of keeping that living object, the one that owns it, in proper working order.

Why sea is exempt below the surface is because of the presence of dissolved salts. Fresh waterbelow roughly 10 feet is exempt as a result of the absence of aeration [for land animals]. It is breath-able air that causes Thought to have this effect since it is breathable air that keeps brains going.[?Fish, ?marine mammals - I don’t know; I can’t tune in to them]

Applied Thought engenders the presence of new molecules through moving the particles or theirenergy. However, the Thought referred to above is not applied; it is merely present. This very pres-ence affects the particles but to no particular purpose. Thought goes between atoms and changeseverything in the world when it does so because it needs space. It therefore alters the spatial rela-tionships between anything and everything.

Applied Thought engenders things; merely-present thought disturbs things by shifting them about.We’re talking here about the point where the BNU, the atom, becomes a C of CA, a cell and itsmolecules. If we can identify this we’ll find what gave rise to consciousness, the potential for whichexists in every atom throughout the Universe but the most developed area of which is in the animalsof this planet - so far as I can tune in to!

The answer as to why the BNU reacts with Thought is because some people have the kind of devel-oped Thought and brain that can apply Thought, as opposed to merely having thought around(upper and lower case ‘t’s intentional). For application of Thought to be effective it must be appliedto a receptive object, living cells, molecules, and atoms, the BNU and C of CA, in other words theBasic Framework, with no further Patterns of Interference to prevent change - Point of Change. Butthe Applied Thought is applied to the point where the BNU (the atom) meets the C of CA (theliving cell’s activity) at Thought. Whether one does it consciously to that point or not, that is whereit will be effective because that is where a thought will turn inward to the atom, towards it, andalter it specifically towards the cell requirements.

A cell’s requirements depend upon the energy of the particles’ various activities remaining together;if they do, the function and activities among the molecular structures of the cell can work; if theydon’t, they won’t.

The point at which the Point of Change and Applied Thought are effective is where the BNU andThought converge. This is why Linear Time became important; the effect is on the continuitybetween existence of Space with Time as well as on the reason for consciousness and uncon-sciousness to exist.

Atoms in relation to molecules in relation to cells do need consciousness and unconsciousness aswell as Space and Time; they must become an effective group so that living objects can exist. Thereis a very important point here, and the reason why a conscious recognition of the causes of a problemaren’t always enough: sorting out a physical dislocation between Thought and Linear Time byApplied Thought can’t do anything else in the C of CA. It puts back the basic situation when thatis the only remaining problem; if there is anything else that needs attention in the C of CA it willhave to be restored by other means. For example, restoring the actioning in my upper neck andlower jaw at one time had to be done by means of appropriate homoeopathic tissue salts at

261

Book Four

appropriate potencies, dosages and timings. Applied Thought alone was insufficient because it wasLight that was missing there. If the problem had only been between Thought and Linear Time,Applied Thought would have restored the dislocation and made it Thought-Linear Time but as itcould have been one of Directed Action, Relating, Mind/Movement of Energy, or Light, in my caseLight, that was unable to work then a different form of therapy work was necessary. The problemhad been that I was very hurt over something, and that I knew - that I was also angry, I did not.

By not expressing that anger, I stopped Thought in those two areas of upper neck and lower jawand thus prevented the continuity of the C of CA in each area. That accounted for the failure inthe maintenance of growth and health of the gums, bone and tissue internal to the jaw and roundthe roots of the teeth. By finally tackling the physical problem by going to the dentist and thenseeing the hygienist, by initially substituting a homoeopathic remedy for his salt and water inconjunction with his dinky little brushes and brushing technique to reduce the presence of pock-ets of bacteria behind the gums I not only automatically restored Thought-Linear Time by takingthe relevant practical steps, but I also eventually understood the emotional cause because I askedthe area what it had been trying to tell me, and therefore eventually restored Light - the visibleconsequence of life in actioning cells.

I could perhaps have worked out the presence of unexpressed anger but that by itself would nothave been sufficient to restore Light. All damaged parts of the C of CA except that betweenThought and Linear Time have to be restored by means other than Applied Thought alone;provided that has already been done, then Applied Thought can be applied, with appropriateresults. Either way will then complete the C of CA in that context. It says and does nothing at allabout any other condition that may exist in those same parts of the body. Any part of a body canbe trying to draw attention to any variety of unconscious problems, several at the same time ormaybe one after another. None of them will become apparent until the person is ready to copewith knowing about them, and, confusingly and maybe depressingly, the same ‘symptom’ mayrecur but will be saying something slightly different each time. The skill is in reading those ‘symp-toms’ rather than ignoring them. That is why it is totally essential that a person be familiar withtheir physical anatomy, both gross and in Framework terms of The Basic Framework (BNU, C ofCA) followed by The Expanded Framework (the Interruptions, the Spatial and Religious Stages).

Any part of the C of CA that is damaged and not working properly will also be Thought-LinearTime damaged and not working properly. This does not include the three parts of the C of CA:Directed Action, Thought or Relating that can go missing psychologically. Though they have phys-ical consequences, they are not physically damaged. They are not, therefore, Thought-Linear Timedamaged in the same sense, a situation which only applies to molecules.

THIS WHOLE THING IS THE CHOICE BETWEEN CONSCIOUSNESS ALONE AND

THE NEED FOR OTHER FORMS OF TREATMENT.

APPLIED THOUGHT

As an example: if someone is suffering physically from the consequences of a lack of Love, theyhave to be moved away from that and on towards using Thought; from stuck Light (Love) to activeThought (thinking). Remember: it is Light & Thought , particularly &. Applied Love leading on toThought can become Directed Action which, in the Cycle of Continuous Relating, is Affection.

The way to get Light and Thought back into touch with Linear Time is to think them back togetherby seeing that part of the Cycle of Continuous Action in one’s head at the same time as verbally

262


directing Light and Thought to get back together (aloud or silently, it doesn’t matter just so longas it is in properly constructed sentences).

=(L) between Mind/Movement of Energy and Light:

The =(L) only happens when Light, Thought and Linear Time are back together.

When they are together the =(L) is automatic. This then means the cytoplasm, endoplasmic retic-ulum, and ribosomes of a cell are working.

The thing that is restored as a consequence of that is

+ between Relating and Mind/Movement of Energy

the centrioles, which then restores

à between Thought and Directed Action

the mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, and lysosomes, which in turn restores

=(R) between Directed and Relating.

the centrioles and lysosomes.

Relating itself is only restored through setting up =(R), all of which automatically happens as a resultof putting Light and Thought back into touch with Linear Time. Though this will have restored theworkings of the vacuoles, it is not the only point of the exercise which is to enable the essentialactivity of the cells and molecules to work properly, the organelles in the basic cells of living things,or whatever is the equivalent in more specialized cells in the way of working molecules.

So, if trapped Light is becoming a problem, one must lead it on to Thought; then, when the personis re a d y, hitch both Light and Thought to Linear Time by telling them to get on with it (not the person,the Light, Thought, and Linear Time). If this is successful, the rest will follow in ord e r, automatically.

LIVING THINGS, LOVE, AND THOUGHT

The particular message that should be understood is about Love & Thought, what it is for: to enableeverything to continue to exist.

Without both of them there is no point in anything existing. So it stops. The point of existence isLove (total acceptance) and Thought (the active use of thinking) which together result in DirectedAction or Affection, Directed Action being Affection; since Love, Thought and Directed Action leadon to having outcomes, together they form a basis for the continuity of existence. Affection caresthat there is an outcome.

Relating, Mind, and the Movement of Energy together cause, or can cause, the conscious under-standing essential to accept the place of Love & Thought. This says that the reason for living is Cycleof Continuous Relating Loving And Thinking/Cycle of Continuous Action Love & Thought - actively.

F. HOW TO TALK

It is a psychological necessity for humans to understand Beyond Stage 6 as in another 20 years orso - about 2017 - the world will have run out of psychological space. This will happen because onecannot freely be oneself if there is no physical and psychological freedom to learn to be oneself, a

263

Book Four

restriction that is likely to arise from population pressure and the resulting stress between expec-tation and ability. We must at least each get to Stage 6 by then. We won’t, of course.

However, there are three things the human race needs to know:

1. The consequences of not being Beyond Stage 6

2. How to stay at Beyond Stage 6 having got there

3. The physical consequences of being there

The contents of these four books is an attempt to describe, from the point of view of the livingbody, the ways in which it needs one to live:

Book One is about: applied psychology, religion, and the body - physical sickness, and conscious-ness - A Basic Framework for understanding the following

Book Two is about: philosophy, religion, and biochemistry - spiritual sickness, spiritualness: theconsciousness of Acceptance - A Properly working Body

Book Three is about the BNU and the Connectors - universal health, pre-conscious and pre-spiri-tual origins in relation to the bits of the C of CA - A Properly working Physiology.

Book Four is: ‘How to do it’ - A Properly working Human

The order of the Connectors discussed at the beginning of the section on Molecules and Atoms isthat of a properly working Cycle of Continuous Action for conscious existence. For unconsciousexistence the order is shown in fig.21 in the section on Cells where there is then no relationshipto the words. It is the order of the parts of the C of CA in the unconscious case that gives rise toour feelings and, together with Linear Time, the zigzag ways of functioning gives rise to theMagnetism & Vibration that lies between atoms and molecules (see fig 17).

Confusingly, there has to be a constant and permanent co-operation between the conscious C ofCA and the unconsciousness of the zigzag cell mechanics for anything to be able to work properly.What I have been outlining in books one and two is one way of trying to understand that inter-action from the point of view of the way it works both psychologically and physically.

There are four degrees of what needs to be understood:

1) the two basics: The Basic Framework for Understanding which is the Cycle of ContinuousAction + the Basic Nature of the Universe - this has described the way in which cells, mole-cules and atoms are expected to be able to interact with one’s psychology

2) those basics plus the physical conditions that allow them to function: An increased Frameworkfor Understanding which is: the C of CA + the BNU + Magnetism & Vibration - and togetherthese provide the basis for the whole of the body to work properly

3) those three plus the psychological and some of the physical effects of interrupting themalong with the unconscious psychological way humans regard areas of their bodies and alsothe essential aspect of our interaction with life each of those areas responds to: An evengreater Framework for Understanding which is: the C of CA + the BNU + M&V + knowingabout the Interruptions + Transverse Bands + Meanings. Together these provide the basis forthe whole body to work properly and also describe

4) the entire Framework including the passive and active ways of behaving and the variousphysical systems that together are able to run the body: The Whole Framework for

264


Understanding, which is each of the foregoing plus the Religious Stages and Spatial Stagesof Psychological, Intellectual, Emotional plus the Framework’s 8+2 Systems

In addition, and to begin to understand general pathology, it is necessary to know the FrameworkAnatomies and the Framework Energics. These give one an insight into what the body itself sees asimportant in the struggle to be a conscious human being, in terms of physical anatomy and interms of general physiology. One may not entirely agree with its view of the importance of vari-ous bits of anatomy, but in relation to the ability to become consciously and morally developed itmakes pretty good sense.

There remains the problem of how to access and use this information effectively. Some form ofdowsing seems to be indicated in order to get a reply from one’s body. This could be using fingersas I do, using a pendulum, giving oneself time after each question for a deeper breath to give onea Yes, or no difference in one’s breath to indicate a No, but whatever form of dowsing for answersone uses or invents it needs a clear understanding of the above, a visual picture of some kind ofwhat is being talked to and talked about, and practice, practice, practice at first, alongside a will-ingness to give up any preconceived notions and assumptions one has, often without realising it.In the early days I very often tried to fit things into what I assumed was relevant, it took me yearsprobably to finally give that up. One has been educated into seeing things from one point of view- and it is not that of the body itself!

I suggest some form of dowsing to be necessary in order to avoid the temptation of fitting oneselfinto an assumption of what is wrong and what to do about it. Bodies themselves are happy, eventhankful, to have things properly understood and are very willing to answer. Difficulties only arisewhen things are deeply buried, or if one has not cast one’s diagnostic net widely enough over thevarious Framework bits and pieces and the ways in which to use them. It is perfectly reasonable,once the dowsing is up and running through practice, also to ask if one has missed something, ifit is trying to tell one something of its own, if one is asking the wrong question, and to ask for aclue if one is truly stuck. In the latter case, or perhaps all of them, start from whatever then popsinto your head and ask from there.

As a help, use the Natural Anatomy charts, or even the conventional Anatomy and Physiology onesif that seems relevant. If it is sorting out the non-physical problems you could start by asking if itis to do with Person, Place, Situation, or Thing, and then add sub-divisions such as: work, home,family, something to do with arts of some sort, or sciences (and don’t be fixed in what your ownidea of either is), or any other thing you think of. The point is to build up flow charts of majorheadings, minor headings, and a variety of sub-divisions so that you can arrive somewhere morequickly than if you are asking about each individual thing detail by detail. And always remember a)that the Framework is dealing with how and why people have not used consciousness sufficiently andthus incapacitated part of themselves; and that b) every form of treatment and diagnosis can be validdepending on the context.

As far as treatment is concerned, and where something more than just consciousness turns out tobe required, there is always the Methods For Change, and ask what the appropriate use would beand for how long. Also there are considerations of diet generally which covers not only the intakeof carbohydrates, fats, proteins, red and green foods, vegetables, fruits, and whether the person iseating sufficient vitamins and minerals (often not) but not metabolising them, and if not, why not;considerations of exercise and whether enough, how vigorous or not, and of what sort, and whatsort would appeal rather than just be forgotten about; and of course whether there is something

265

Book Four

permanently missing psychologically from the workings of the C of CA, or whether one or moresets of Connectors, probably along with one of the words, are not working and why - it is alsoperfectly possible to be Thought, Directed Action or Relating missing about just a part of oneselfon a long or short term temporary basis for instance; and also what about the C of CR - is thatworking, able to work and if not, why not. This is not to mention other sorts of therapy, includingconventional medicine’s approaches if necessary.

One must never be stuck on either the psychological aspect to the detriment of the physical, nor onthe physical and ignore the psychological. And don’t forget, either, that there are the ReligiousStages which may well have been altogether forgotten about. Most important.

What, if anything, I have found that might be useful with regard to pathology are in Some Formsof the Silent Language. Some things have been culled from personal experience of mine or otherpeople's, others from tuning in to groups or individuals that have become available, and yet othersas a consequence of theoretical research carrying on from or arising laterally from any of the above.Most of the information has been used in practice, but some not. Of the information that has beenused in practice, much of it has been used alongside further therapeutic aids other than justconsciousness unaided, which is usually how it is unless the sufferer has been quick off the markto notice problems.

266


Lists

The Six List: function Makes the following work properly - all things being equal!

1. BNU, M&V, CofCA, CofCRElectromagnetism/strong nuclear force • energy • particles • unconsciousness/consciousnessMagnetism & Vibration Relating + Mind/Movement of Energy = Light & Thought à Directed Action = RelatingActive Relating • Change • Loving • Knowledge • Affection

2a. Framework anatomiesLimbs • Information Network • Vertebral Cover • Bands I-V • Connective Tissues • Skull, Brain,Cerebro-fluid

2b. EnergicsAir:Water / Hormones:Sugar / Meanings ll and V:Cof CA(E)

3. Transverse Bands I-V and Meanings I-VBands I-V: I. top thighs to point of hips; II. point of hips to mid V below sternum; III. tissuefromV internal to ribs up to rib 2; IV. tissue external to ribs from V to rib 2; V. tissue from rib 2 to topof neckMeanings I-V: Relating, Spiritual Satisfaction, Love, Allowing, Expression of Responses

4. Eight plus Two SystemsEight: Blood-Nervous, Respiratory, Pericardium, Heart and Blood Vessels, Digestive I, Digestive II,Eliminatory, ReproductiveTwo: Some Hormones (exclusive of reproductive hormones), Chemical Conversion

5. Nervous SystemCentral nervous system, autonomic, sensory central and peripheral, motor central and peripheral,autonomic-sensory loop

6. Whole body – macro and micr oThis means the effect of all the above both macro (the body as a whole) and micro (the wholeof each individual part of the body)

The Five List: action Makes the following work properly - all things being equal!

5. Connection between Meanings, C of CA and C of CR is when Light (C of CA) has beenallowed rather than prevented by a loss of connection with Loving (C of R) and as failure touse Love (M3) properly.

4. Relating, Mind/Movement of Energy, Light, Thought, and Directed Action used togetherare the emotional and psychological initiators by means of which sub-atomic use of Space canbe regulated and a cellular and molecular physical action effectively can occur.

3. Molecular movement only follows if 5. and 4. are working properly.2. Magnetism & Vi b r a t i o n a re the result of 3. and each or both are essential if atoms, molecules

and psychology are to keep on working properly.1. Sub-atomic space must be properly apportioned between the movement of sub-atomic particles.

267

Book Four

The Four List: healing list This balances everything so that everything works properly - therebalance needed as the result of all or any changes

This is a list for healing at certain times and in certain ways. It has four lines in it, hence the name,the contents of each of which are connected and should be thought of together when using thelist. I can’t foretell when this list should be used; it entirely depends on the dowsed-for require-ments of the body.

1. Reset unconsciousness and consciousness2. Reconnect magnetism & vibration and sort out Energics3. Restart CofCA (psychology) and CofCR (emotions)4. Readjust space

This treats Figure 19 + Energics because everything in Figure 19 affects the Energics. This will dealwith a psychological problem and its effects in animals; humans need consciousness in the firstinstance as otherwise they keep re-affecting themselves. Animals have the re-affecting done tothem.

It would, of course, be essential to understand what each of these things means when addressingthem. It isn’t a mantra to be used hopefully; it is a specific directive only to be used when needed.

THE DIRECTIVES - The Laws of Life

As an addition to Figure 19, which encapsulates The Human Way of Being Part of the Universe,there came through in 2003/4 something called The Directives. These are the Laws of Life anddescribe what happens when everything works properly.

The Dire c t i v e s :

1) The only sin is thoughtlessness.2) The only necessity is flexibility.3) The only requirement is co-operation.

These are how humans respond - if they want to.4) The engine of existence is Love.5) The nature of existence is movement.6) The nature of life is recycling.

The fourth law is what each thing does, or doesn’t, and how it does it: putting things together so theycan move/work.

7) The law of the Universe is to keep moving

The fifth, sixth and seventh laws ensure the overall continuity of everything.

These laws fit every activity from the sub-atomic upwards, no matter what the activity or what isdoing it.

(The groupings of 1-3, 4-6, and 7 is how the dowsing required this information to be presented.The title was also arrived at through dowsing.)and Directives, as written at end of Consciousnesspaper in Additionals.

268


269

INDEX

Acceptance 209, 216action (see Distinctions) xxiiactioning xviiAction-not-taken: Limbs 96Active Relating - Cycle of Continuous Relating 200affecting other, and being so affected 85Affection - Cycle of Continuous Relating 200Africans, black 33Africans, American black 33age-based hierarchies 50AIDS 101Air: Water, Energics 80alcohol 131Allergies, Some 121Allowing, Meaning IV 36Alzheimer’s Disease 123(and see Research File: Supplement to The Language of Silence)

anatomy book, Rowett 97Anatomy, Framework 66, 68Anatomy, Space 54, 55anima/animus (in Definitions) xxviiAngina 123Anorexia 130archetypal male and female psychology xivarchetypes (in Definitions) xxviArthritis 124astrology (in Definitions) xxviiiattached, psychologically 43, 64attitude of mind (state of mind) 160, xxivattraction, in BNU 4, 17, 181Autism 125(and see Research File: Supplement to The Language of Silence)

autonomic nervous system 66

Bands, Transverse 27, 38, 71Bands, Transverse and Meanings 32

Bands, Transverse, physical contents 38Band response, simplified or total 64Basic Nature of the Universe 1, 27Basic Nature of the Universe,

Further Notes On... 181Basic reasons for illness 86Behaviourally significant vertebrae 91Being is Love 35belief 44Berlin Wall and General Mindedness 197Beyond Stage 6 191bicycle wheel 32Big Bang, C of CA of 186Bishop Berkeley 5body (in Distinctions) xxivborders, of countries 198boundary of brain between unconsciousness &

consciousness 844Brains, and thinking usefully or uselessly 129Brain, Skull & Cerebro-Fluid 78‘Broken heart’ 148BSE - see Research File: Supplement to The Language of Silence

Buddha 219Buddha and 8 Principles 219Bulimia 130

Campbell, Joseph 26, 37Cell Response to Conscious Psychology 229Cells 226Cells, Biological and Physical Activity 229centrioles 230, 232Cerebro-Fluid, Skull, Brain & 78character (in Definitions) xxviiichemistry, is feeling 103chemistry, messed-up 86chocolate and psychological life 24, 130clamped up brain 84climbing-frame analogy xixC-JD - see Research File: Supplement to The Language of Silence

Cold (or Hot, in Methods For Change 112

270


collective, the xxvconnective tissue 67, 74connective tissue, soft 19Connectors 7, 12, 13Connectors, psychological and physical effects 15consciousness xviii, 112consciousness (in Definitions) xxvConsciousness - see Research File: Supplement to The Language of Silence

consciousness, and early humans 37consciousness, in atom 181consciousness, Further Notes On... 192conventional anatomy and physiology compared with Framework charts 210

Crohn’s Disease or Regional Ileitis 130cross-checking xviicrystal, formation & C of CA of 185Cycle of Continuous Action 1, 5, 32Cycle of Continuous Action(E)(and Meaning II & V) 81

Cycle of Continuous Action, Interruptions to 9Cycle of Continuous Action, Further Notes On...186Cycle of Continuous Relating 200, 226cytoplasm 229, 231

detached, psychologically 43, 64, 194dietary expression of psychological, intellectual or emotional state 24

‘defended mind’ 60Descartes 5Descriptive Model of Universal Action 2deterioration of body and brain, long-term 131à Directed Action 8Directed Action missing 19Directives, The 204‘Dis-Orders’ of Eating, Drinking and Smoking 130dizzyness 132‘don’t people 23, 47dowsing method, with OPL xvidowsing 107

early humans, and consciousness 37

East Germans, and General Mindedness 197Effect of Organelles not Working 231Eight+2 Systems 66, 81elder 48electrical messages, lack of 86emotion xviiempathy (in Definitions) xxviiiEnergics 66, 79Energics, list of effects of loss in relation to C of CA 88

Energic treatment 88Energics is Chemistry - chart 105Energics, Gross Actioning vis a vis 106endoplasmic reticulum 229, 231environment 52, 179evolution 100, 102Eczema, see Skin 157excess food 130Expression of Responses, Meaning V 22, 37extroversion (and in Definitions) xxiv, 15, 17

farming 102fat, lack of 86fat, mal-absorption 22Feeling as a Function 33feeling as an organ response (in Distinctions) xxiiifeeling is chemistry 103flexibility (in Definitions) xxviiiFollow-on Tissue 78Four Functions, of Jung’s 33Four Functions redefined (and in Definitions) xxvii, 33, 190

Framework Anatomy 39, 66Framework 8+2 Systems 66, 81,82Framework for Understanding ourselves xixfunction (in Distinctions) xxiv

General Mindedness - Spatial 60General Minded, Social 2 100General Minded, Intellectual 2 & 4 101‘Glue ear’ 133

271

Index

Glandular fever 132god/God 4, 5, 26, 57, 103, 209golden glow 35, 249green 17Green (or Red, in Methods For Change) 112growth, psychological and religious 11Gulf War Syndrome 86

Hearing - see Information Network 68Heracleitus 9hierarchy, Stage levels as 50hippies 36, 55HIV 20hormones 22Hormones (:Sugar, in Energics) 79Hot (or Cold, in Methods For Change) 115human species, ‘success of’ 35, 102

identification (in Definitions) xxviindividual (in Definitions) xxvindividuality, finding one’s own 17, 19individuation (in Definitions) xxvIndustrial Revolution 102inflammation of joints 134Information Network 68‘in love’ compared with parent-child: identification 135Intellectual General Minded 2 & 4 101Intellectual suppression 193interests (in Definitions) xxviiiInterruptions to C of CA 9introversion (and in Definitions) xxv, 15, 17Intuition as a Function 33irrational (in Definitions) xxvii

Jung, Carl 33Jesus 219

Krebs Cycle 230Kuru - see BSE et al in Research File: Supplement to The Language of Silence

lack of movement 86lack of electrical messages 86=Light 7light, in visible situation 8Light missing 22limbs 68Limbs , Action-not-Taken 96linear time 4, 18liver 82long-term deterioration of body and brain 136Love 219Love, as Light (MeaningIII) 35Love, is Being 35, 188Love, personal and impersonal 22lysosomes 230, 232

Magnetism, & Vibration 183, 200Mahommet 219matter 4M.E - Myalgic encephalitis 145(and see Research File: Supplement to The Language of Silence)

Meaning, and evolution 20Meaning, frustrations of 19, 20Meaning, and Space 54Meanings 26, 32, 38Meanings, and Bands 38Meanings II & V, in Energics 79Meanings, use of 37means of experiencing understanding 1meat, and intellectual life 24, 131messed up chemistry 86‘Metanoiac Framework therapy’ 107Metanoia xiv, xviMethods For Change 112Migraines 137mind (and in Distinctions) xxii, 4, 7Mindedness, General 60+Mind/Movement of Energy 7mind, Social 90

272


minerals, in green vegetables 17mitochondria 230, 231molecules 55, 199, 210, 225, 241Morning sickness 139Motor neurone disease 139Movement (or Rest, in Methods For Change) 114/Movement of Energy missing 21Multiple sclerosis 140Muscular dystrophies 144Myalgic encephalitis - M.E. 145(and see Research File: Supplement to TheLanguage of Silence)

Namibia, and General Mindedness 197natural sciences people v. simulated life in

computers 59neck xxiinothingness 219

objectivity, psychological 9OPL, dowsing tool xviOpposition, in BNU 4, 19, 181organelles 231Organelles, Strong nuclear Force & Electromagnetism 242Organo Phosphate exposure - see Research File:Supplement to The Language of Silenceoverrider 60

Paget’s disease or Osteitis Deformans 146pancreas 151??Patterns: ME, MND, MS, Parkinson’s 148Parkinson’s disease 149pendulum 109persona/ae (in Definitions) xxvipersonal task 190, 243phases, of parts missing of C of CA 11physical contents of Bands 38physiology, haphazard 15physiology, of sugar 19physiology, of water 17pinocytotic vesicles 230, 231

planet (world; in Definitions) xxviiiplants, and consciousness 192Point of Change 8Point of Change significant, won’ts 23

Point of Change, social and cultural 50polarising arrows, in BNU 4, 9, 181pollution, stop by 2014 35population, of the world 35, 101pre-Stage groups 37projection (in Definitions) xxvPsoriasis - see Skin 158psychology xixpsychology, archetypal, male and female xivPsychological/Chemical-spleen 89psycho-religious needs 89

rational (in Definitions) xxviiiRed (or Green, in Methods For Change) 112realignment, of Thought with Space 9Reincarnation 202=Relating 7Relating, Band I as 33Relating missing 14religion/ous xix, 26, 34, 39, 43Religious and Spatial Stages, connection with body cells 63Religious insight, as compared with Spatial 57Religious Stages 52, 57Religious Stages, discussion 54Religious Stages, moving up/changing levels 57repression, emotional 193Responsive cell 65Rest (or Movement, in Methods For Change) 112ribosomes 229, 231Rheumatism 150Rowett, H.G.O., on anatomy 97

scoliosis 95Scrapie - see Research File: Supplement to

The Language of Silenceself undervaluation, Stage 0 48

Sensation, as a Function 33Shadow, the (and in Definitions) xxv, 193‘Shingles’ 153simulated life in computers v. natural sciences people 59Skin 156Skull, (Brain and Cerebro-Fluid) 78smelling - see in Information Network 68smoking 130Social General Minded 2 100Social - mind 90soul 108South Africa and General Mindedness 197Space 2, 9, 54Space Anatomy 55Space=Love is Being 188space-time 183Spanish Water Tribunal 56, 61Spatial Anatomy 66Spatial and Religious connection with body cells 63Spatial insight, as compared with Religious 57Spatial Stages 6 58species, human 35, 102Spinal Muscular Atrophy 159Spiritual Satisfaction, Band II as Mind/Movement of Energy 33

spleen 82, 89, 151Stages of Understanding 1Stages, Spatial 45Stages, pre 38Stages, zero and zilch: 0 and — 47State of Mind (Attitude of Mind) xxiv, 160Strokes 160Sugar (:Hormones), Energics 80sugar 17, 19sugar, lack of 86suppression, intellectual 193sweet, and emotional life 24, 130

Tasting, see Information Network 68teeth 154

tendencies, as built-in parts missing in C of CA 11Thinking, as a Function 33Thought 2, 188, 219& Thought 8Thought, fixed place in BNU 11Thought missing 16Tiananman Square, China, and General

Mindedness 197time (in Definitions) xxviiitime, linear 4, 181time, everywhere time 183time, (space-) 183Touch For Health, muscle testing; OPL xviTouch For Health, using a surrogate xviitransplants 160Transverse Bands 27, 38, 71Transverse Bands and the C of CA 87Transverse Bands, psychological anatomy 66tuning in - see dowsing 107

Ulcers, potential internal 160unconsciousness (and in Definitions) xxv, 12unconsciousness, collective (in Definitions) xxvunconsciousness, effects on things and others 110unconsciousness, in atom 181unconsciousness, personal (in Definitions) xxvUniversal Action, Descriptive Model of 1Universe (in Definitions) xxviiiUniverse, C of CA formation of 186urinary system, under active 17USSR and General Mindedness 197

vacuoles 230, 231Vertebral Cover 71Vibration (Magnetism &) 181, 183, 185, 200vibration rates 185virus 160(and see Research File: supplement to The Language of Silence)

virus, as a relief 100

273

Index

war, as General Minded 4 & 2 101war, local and civil as General Minded 4 198Water (Air:), Energics 79water, effects of pollution on by 2014 35water, lack of movement 86water, physiology of affected 17water, ratio to sugar 17Water Tribunal, Spanish 56, 61way Effect of Organelles not Working Occurs 231wisdom 48, 50‘won’t’ people 23, 47world (planet, in Definitions) xxviii

274


ADDITIONAL NOTES J a n u a ry 2000

As far as the following additions to The Language of Silence are concerned, I shall assume that the readerhas either already read the main book or will take the trouble to look up the Contents and Index toelaborate upon technical terms pertaining to the Framework used below. As usual in this work, all thefollowing has been gained through dowsing. The suggestion for reducing gross obesity has not beenused; I am reporting it as a ‘received statement’ about changing the condition. I have frequently usedApplied Thought in the way discussed for other conditions, my own and others’, including the occasionalanimal, with predictable results - it worked, but only because I have years of research and practice behindme upon which to call. As usual it requires a flexible mind with no preconceived notions as to what is‘right’ or ‘wrong’, and an ability to work out what are the necessary questions!

THE CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS ACTION FROM THE PSYCHO-SOMATIC POINT OF VIEWleading on toTHE FRAMEWORK FROM THE POINT OF VIEW OF GROWTH

CONSCIOUS AND UNCONSCIOUS EQUIVALENTSbetween Framework and gross anatomy

ROUGH GUIDESto ‘messages’ from some inner organs

EXACT GUIDEto the Cycle of Continuous Relating

FAT - GROSS AND ORDINARYwith a note on APPLIED THOUGHT (-and see above)

HOMOEOPATHYfrom the point of view of the body

LOVE, LIGHT and THOUGHTincluding Love and Light, Thought and Love, Applying Love, Applying Light, and What it is Necessary for Everyone to Know

USE OF CONSCIOUSNESS ALONE IN CONNECTION WITH CER TAIN PROBLEMS OF:A) Connective Tissue; B) Maintenance of blood replacement in flat bones and vertebrae;C) Marrow fat replacement in long bones;D) The affects of thought replacement.

LUPUS

PRE-MENSTRUAL SYNDROME AND TENSION

MYALGIC ENCEPHALITIS - M.E. - IN CHILDREN

DIABETES

1

THE CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS ACTION FROM THE PSYCHO-SOMATIC POINTOF VIEW leading on toTHE FRAMEWORK FROM THE POINT OF VIEW OF GROWTH 15/16 Aug 99

THE CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS ACTION FROM THE PSYCHO-SOMATIC POINT OF VIEW

So far, in The Language of Silence, the Cycle of Continuous Action has been dealt with from thepsychological or the biological points of view, albeit the latter in fairly simple terms. The followingdescription is that of the psycho-somatic point of view. As has become the convention in this workI shall begin at the Relating area of the Cycle, but no one part of the Cycle is of more importancethan any other whether it be psychological (the words), or the physical molecules (the symbols).What is crucially important is that it be both physically and mentally complete.

If a reminder is necessary this Cycle should be:

....Relating + Mind/Movement of Energy =Light & Thought —> Directed Action = Relating....

In this context some of these are important singly, some as pairs, a word and a symbol or viceversa, so the following sub-headings are given as they are meant to be, each symbol or word inthe order and relationship in which it should be understood. =(L) or =(R) denotes which = is beingreferred to: =(before Light) or =(before Relating).

Again, as a reminder, ‘psycho-somatic’ means the study of the ways in which the body can beaffected by unconsciousness or not, using the upper brain in the way in which it is meant to beused: for knowing, understanding, and being consciously aware.

Relating +: centrioles

This is the means through which the initial movement and changes of cellular function begin totake place before there can be the essential beginning between the movement of energy throughlight, thought and action that can turn into Mind.

+ Mind/Movement of Energy: centrioles

Centrioles are the way in which all cells give repeatable life to other cells

=(L): cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomes

cytoplasm is for containing the function of molecular and cellular actions; endoplasmic reticulumis a means of providing stimulation and understanding of a process of function in the interactionbetween cells; ribosomes often become part of the interactive function within the vacuoles, the &of Light that becomes Thought

L i g h t

The effect of the mind on every part of the body at Light in the C of CA is to provide it with themeans to continue: vacuoles/&Thought

&: vacuoles

The effect of vacuoles on cells is to make them start a mental and physical process that will alter apast situation of potential inactivity to a new one of activity

2

T h o u g h t

The result is the renewed potential understanding by thinking. If this is carried out there is morephysical movement of chemicals throughout the cell.

—> Directed Action: pinocytotic vesicles, mitochondria and lysosomes

The effect of Thought can be to provide a momentum for molecules and there f o re further cellulara c t i v i t y, particularly for the provision of a) pinocytotic vesicle contents, b) mitochondrial pro d u c t i o nof energ y, or c) renewed removal and ejection by lysosomes, in co-operation with a) and b), ofaspects of cell debris. The consequence on Directed Action and =(R) will be to promote lysosome-centriole physical activity and enable exchange within the activity of the cell.

Leading on from considerations of the above, I became involved with the Framework from thepoint of view of growth, the notes for which follow.

THE FRAMEWORK FROM THE POINT OF VIEW OF GROWTH

One of the questions I have lately asked is: How does the collective unconscious disturb theMagnetism & Vibration?, which it does as I have myself (lately) experienced in a small way. Theanswer is: through not using = Light & Thought (qv. above) in the Cycle of Continuous Action.Once this has happened, the Meanings of Relating, Spiritual Satisfaction, Love, Allowing andExpression of Responses cannot be understood and are therefore not applied. [The M&V can bedisturbed for endless other reasons, but that was not the enquiry here.]

The critical growth from personal unconsciousness to personal consciousness is through under-standing the Meanings objectively; the critical change in a person from being part of the collectiveunconscious towards some level of personal unconsciousness has to be through a personal, thoughunconscious, acceptance of = Light & Thought in particular. This begins to enable the develop-ment of the personal unconscious, which may eventually give rise to the growth of consciousness.

This means, that though the Cycle of Continuous Action is important in all its parts, and must bemaintained complete, for the change from collective unconscious to personal unconscious = Light& Thought is crucial as without it the individual has little chance of personal growth. Without =(L)and & physically, which encompass cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, ribosomes, and vacuoles(see above), the person will physically die; and without Light and Thought: the mental stimulationto live and the intelligent overseeing of that (see above), the person is likely to cease mentally tobother.

All this is making the assumption that each person, in order to grow up psychologically, will betrying to develop their own consciousness rather than remain as part of the collective unconscious.Since most people are at some Stage level or other (see main book) it is a fair assumption, butsome people may continue to interact, for whatever reason, by using the collective unconscious. Iassume this is done without specifically analysed conscious intent, but if people do interact in thisway, and don’t tune out ‘collective unconsciousness’ among other things, and then don’t tunethemselves back without it, there remains with them the effect of disturbed = Light & Thought,the consequence of which can be to disturb the Magnetism & Vibration in all surrounding objectsincluding humans.

Consciousness is not totally inviolable. It can be destroyed when the person trying to carry it hasbeen in contact with unadmitted collective unconsciousness, unless the conscious person recog-nises it and knows how to counteract it. For me, the Framework way has been to rapidly reinstate,

3

tune back, the workings of = Light & Thought and the Magnetism & Vibration, and to follow thiswith reinstating each of the Meanings, especially Meaning III.

The foregoing is a generalisation, validly so, but the following remarks are partly general and partlyparticular. The original question arose from an individual experience but because none of it couldbe brought into the open, our approaches to life being completely different, this reinstatement hadto be done each time the person concerned and I talked since I pick up everything about peopleI am paying attention to, with regard to the state of their Framework, through sound. Without aperson admitting the hole in the C of CA themselves discussion can get nowhere; and unless aperson asks for information, for whatever reason, the likelihood of there being any discussion inthe first place is nil. To bring up the subject merely amounts to criticism and is not seen as construc-tive. Fair enough. If the approaches to life do not allow of these differences, they have to remain,but my ‘training’ has been that it is necessary to take the path of psychological individuation sothat is what I have done.

For a human it is essential consciously to understand the Meanings. All other living things are theMeanings - they do not need consciously to understand and apply them, but humans, becausethey tend to become destructive unless given some reason not to, need some sort of moral frame-work. The equivalent of this, in the terms used by this Framework, are the Meanings, and they haveto be consciously applied both to the carrier and to everything else. The five Meanings: Relating,Spiritual Satisfaction, Love, Allowing, Expression of Responses - each of which ‘belongs’ to its ownanatomical Transverse Band through the body (see main book), are the ways in which humansshould be able to approach living. The collective unconscious has no idea of this. Personal conscious-ness cannot exist without it. When = Light & Thought are ignored, the Meanings Love and Allowingare also being ignored; the effect is on the chest in general, and the pericardium in particular.Thereafter the Heart & Blood Vessels System will be affected adversely, and following that the restof the physical body. The long-term consequence will be on health in general or probably on heartand lungs in particular. The context here was unadmitted collective unconsciousness but each ofthese things could be adversely affected for unadmitted personal unconscious reasons, too.

As far as the effect on Magnetism is concerned, as soon as it is disturbed Vibration follows suit, butthere will never be any change in the way in which Magnetism & Vibration connect to the Cycleof Continuous Action at Thought (Figs 17 and 19 in main book). It is because of this that it is bothpossible for a lack of Light & Thought to change the Magnetism (and therefore Vibration) or, ifactively used, to restore the Magnetism (and therefore Vibration) to its proper workings through-out the body.

As far as the personal experience referred to above is concerned, the matter did eventually comeinto the open at the request of the other person involved. It turned out that the use of the collec-tive unconscious had stemmed from childhood experience for which the Survival Techniques hadbeen used, and which had been partly retained without conscious knowledge. My observations ofthe Survival Techniques are as follows:

S U RV I VAL TECHNIQUES

It seems people, in both living and sorting themselves out can be one or more of the following: a) psychologically unwilling b) intellectually stupid c) emotionally insensitive. This sounds veryuncompromising, but read on.

OPL suggests the first is pretty unalterable, the second may be alterable, and the third is quite unal-terable. [I don’t necessarily agree with how alterable or unalterable these may be; that was OPL’s

4

assessment at the time. I think that if a person for whatever reason begins to wish to use their intel-lect about whatever the matter is, the other conditions, if they exist in that person, may begin tobe resolved though it would certainly take considerable effort if consciousness alone were to beused.]

To define the above a bit further:

a) equals a frequent refusal to listen to one’s mental or physical needs (in that order)b) equals a preference for not letting oneself understand thingsc) equals a persistent suppression of the way the Meanings work (the autonomic nervous system

needs its feelings to be consciously recognised rather than interfered with).

The Survival Techniques are often found to be useful and may begin at almost any time in early tomiddle childhood. Unfortunately, they then somewhat inhibit the person’s development.

Like most of the things one does, these will have been adopted for good reason at the time. Notfor nothing has OPL approved the name ‘survival techniques’. The problems come when they arestill being used after the originating situation is no longer immediately present as the habit contin-ues to be applied, and this may be to the detriment of present situations or people - and of courseoneself.

In the event, and by firmly fishing around, OPL finally agreed that the suitable use of tissue salts,at specific potencies, dosages and timings, would change this situation in the person concerned.OPL’s preference is for people to use consciousness alone, but I know that human limitations don’talways allow of this, therefore if I deem it more suitable or more likely to achieve the requiredchange I may ‘argue’ for another form of treatment or effort that will be equally effective. It becameevident during discussion that the need in this instance was to reinstate the Cycle of ContinuousRelating, the messages from which had more or less ceased to reach the middle and upper brainand had become ‘stuck’ in the lower brain. This seems to me to be quite in keeping with wherethe collective unconscious might remain, at least in some sense.

S PA C E

The final matter to be considered in connection with the collective unconscious was the effect onmy body in another way: that of space. Once everything in the Framework except space (the whole6-List from the BNU through to the Whole Body) was in proper working order, there was still thefeeling of having in some way been removed from living my own life.

The contents of the List: Basic Nature of the Universe or atoms, Cycle of Continuous Action or cellsand molecules, the Anatomies, the Energics, the Bands, the Meanings, the Eight plus Two Systems,the Nervous System, and the Whole Body, are either subject to the personal unconscious and itsproblems or are dealt with through the developed consciousness. What is left, when these are work-ing properly, is the space within and without; it is this that gives freedom of shape and movement.Unless this is given developed consciousness it will use collective types of unconscious energy,movement, electricity, magnetism or chemistry, the results of which, in one’s body, can be toremove the way in which developed consciousness reacts with Thought in a conscious way.

Space with developed consciousness is fairly stable. Space with only the collective unconscious isvery variable.

The matter of space came up to be considered in this context because I began to lose weight. Onlya few pounds but without reference to food intake and in an uneven way, one day down and thenext up again a bit, then further down followed by somewhat up again, and so on, but overall

5

continuing down. On enquiry, OPL eventually vouchsafed that it was not a loss of atoms and cellsbut a loss of space. ??!!?? This had of course to be followed up as far as I was able.

Whether it makes sense or not this is what I found: that my weight began to vary because spacebegan the steady movement out of the area needed within the brain to interact with all activitiesof the middle brain, this because there was nothing conscious to keep the lower brain functioningand consciously relating. The consequence in the rest of the body began to be on the space withinthe areas of each organ and within all the cells and tissues everywhere. Further, weight loss is usuallya removal of atoms and cells but what was beginning to happen to me was change in the wayeverything used the space it had throughout my body in every kind of tissue, including bone, asa result of being inhibited from freely listening to the way in which my consciousness is - objec-tive. My consciousness lets my body take up the amount of space it needs, but if both the bodyand the consciousness begin to be given another person’s psychological state (which is whathappens when either I tune in or pay conscious attention to someone) they both become the otherperson as well as myself, unless I am able to pass on any understanding I have reached. The pres-ence of the collective unconscious had gradually and over the years begun to alter the physicalstate of the other person’s body and consciousness - which was no doubt why I was eventuallyasked to say what I had found - and therefore altered mine also every time that person spoke.

Had either of us left this entirely alone, the effect might have been to change the activities in thebrain from those of intellectual and emotional effectiveness to one of chemical disturbance andnon-relatedness. Edges of madness. That is the physical effect of uncontrolled collective uncon-sciousness.

In the technical terms of the Framework, the analysis of the situation in which I found myself wasas follows:

1) I had picked up from everything a refusal to Relate, and2) this came with the then presence of the collective unconscious;3) this had caused my =(R), lysosomes and centrioles, and —>, the pinocytotic vesicles, lyso-

somes and mitochondria, and Directed Action to be unable to be other than unconscious4) with the result that my mental condition began to be mildly unable to work properly and5) caused there to be no mental wish to use either Directed Action or Thought,6) the result of which on my body was much too little function of Thought [see distinction of

function from action in main book under Distinctions] and7) much too much loss of activity among —>.8) To change this it was essential to tell each of these three molecular cell structures to start

their essential work in the cells and make sure Thought had all the Magnetism & Vibrationnecessary for it to begin to work.

9) How? By Relating to my own Mind/Movement of Energy through getting back to my ownconscious life and giving myself a way of achieving Thought by physically involving myselfin Knowledge - one of the words in the Cycle of Continuous Relating, which, you will recall,runs the Cycle of Continuous Action.

I also managed, eventually, to identify why my Mind/Movement of Energy got into trouble. It wasbecause I had to spend so much time keeping Light & Thought and Magnetism & Vibration inworking order I gave up Mind/Movement of Energy about what I wanted to do, and then stoppedRelating towards it. This then affected =(L), and to some extent —> Directed =(R), these being theparts of the Cycle of Continuous Action either side of Light & Thought. Hence the sensation,

6

referred to above, of feeling in some way removed from living my own life. In order to function atall I had to concentrate on that, which left nothing over, in the end, for living.

This sounds dire, and could have been, but because of using the Framework to get a handle on itI was able eventually to retrieve myself. It took me about three and a half weeks to work it out,though, as I had had no previous experience of such a thing.

CONSCIOUS AND UNCONSCIOUS EQUIVALENTS between Framework and gross anatomy 6 Sept 99

The following two lists are from the point of conscious and unconscious psychology and showswhat in the Framework equates with unconscious gross anatomy

Conscious Unconscious

Bands = autonomic nervous system

Meanings = whole spine

8+2 Systems = brain

Anatomies = Vertebral Cover

Cells = physiology

Total unconsciousness has none of the divisions shown in the Conscious column, but as soon asconsciousness of psychological behaviour can begin, the divisions begin to become apparent. Suchconsciousness can begin in humans within 3 or 4 weeks of birth; it has been the fate of humansto carry psychological consciousness ever since the development of an upright posture and an intel-ligent frontal lobe of the brain. To what extent humans choose to develop it is both an individualchoice, an individual experience, or an intelligent but group development.

ROUGH GUIDES to ‘messages’ from some inner organs 6 Sept 99

This rough guide may be of help when trying to work out what certain internal organs are tryingto tell one. Evidently not all organs are ‘used’ in this way as this was the extent of the list I found.

Unless an adverse condition has obviously been initially caused by an accident or by live externalagents such as bacteria, there will almost certainly be the following components that have causedthe problem and which would at least have to be understood. Whether they can be changed isdebatable in my experience; it depends on the interest and willingness of the sufferer to look atthemselves in this way, not to mention the understanding, skill and essential open-mindedness ofthe therapeutic practitioner. Even then it is likely to be very difficult.

small intestine & transverse colon = extraction or proper digestion....

stomach = digestion....

gall bladder = failure to take in....

pancreas = inability to accept....

descending colon = refusal properly to eliminate....

7

sigmoid & lower descending colon = failure to remove....

pericardium = acutely nervous of....

heart = deprived....

oesophagus = reluctant to take in....

diaphragm = prefers to dislike....

intercostals & spine & lungs = physically afraid to change....

These being a psychological aspect of a problem one should not confine oneself to the exact phys-ical activity of the organs mentioned. Remember one is using them unconsciously to draw atten-tion to something one is failing to notice and it is what that organ illustrates that is the point, foundby looking at what it does in the body in straightforward terms. It is the same when looking atmuscles or joints - what movement they illustrate (forward, back, up, down, in any direction) orcan let one freely do. Thus ‘extraction’ can be seen as extracting something from something, and‘proper digestion’ as properly digesting something; their connection with actual food or drink canbe forgotten in this context initially as it is just the illustration of something one is missing or misun-derstanding in connection with something or other one is dealing with.

For instance, this rough guide arose because someone was trying to extract more than was therefrom something. Then one has to begin the personal aspect of the enquiry, and this one turnedout to be a long-held habit of trying to extract from close personal relationships more than wasavailable, the reason almost certainly being a personality trait, that was the way she did things. Thefact that her ‘guts’, small intestine and transverse colon in this case’, were still causing discomfortafter previously sorting out other things and resting post a period of fairly intensive activity, drewattention to yet another matter that needed attention. The discussion and findings caused imme-diate depression which lasted for just as long as it took to work out that it had been a question oftrying to extract more than was available, and did not at all say that nothing was available! Abouta minute.

This seemed explicit enough, even though not exact, to initiate a further enquiry as to any otherorgans that could be seen in this sort of way - hence a rough guide.

EXACT GUIDE to the Cycle of Continuous Relating 6 Sept 99

Following the Rough Guide enquiry, I wondered if there were any Exact Guides. Only one, it seemsand it applies only to the Cycle of Continuous Relating:

Active Relating stems from = Relating

Change stems from + Mind/Movement of Energy

Loving stems from Mind/Movement of Energy = Light

Affection stems from Thought

To understand this it is essential to have a close understanding of the Basic Nature of the Universeand the Cycle of Continuous Action.

8

FAT - GROSS AND ORDINARY, with a note on APPLIED THOUGHT 6 Sept 99

(and see introduction to Additional Notes)

There are apparently only two reasons why food turns to fat and excess flesh:

1. when a person’s atoms are not working properly - for atoms see Basic Nature of the Universein main book.

2. when an organ in Digestive System I is unable to work properly - for D I see FrameworkEight plus Two Systems in main book.

1. is illustrated by enormously fat people -gross obesity

2. occurs when the Stomach, the organ itself not the whole abdomen, is repressed by

a) a stiff Vertebral Cover, or

b) Meaning V and Transverse Band III being interfered with, or

c) if cells are not exercised at all .

The fat effect of 1. above is not the same as the fat effect in any of 2. above as they come fromtwo different causes.

With regard to 1. above, gross obesity,, the solution as I understand it would be to make every-thing in the atoms and the cells work properly except for =(R) in the Cycle of Continuous Actionwhich does work. Again, as I understand it, this should only be done by a single application ofApplied Thought (see below). All the Basic Framework of consciousness in the atoms, the wordsand sub-cellular structures or symbols of the C of CA except the =(R) (the lysosomes and centri-oles represented by this symbol), needs to be made to respond to the reinstigation of Thought,Magnetism & Vibration, and linear time.

Obesity of this sort does not amount to a chemical disease; it is a collapse of the means by whicheverything is put together but it is still able potentially to Relate, so if Thought were used it couldbe reordered. Thought will have become unused as a result of being forgotten about when theCycle of Continuous Relating stopped working (see main book). That will have been because therewas no acceptance of intelligent application of Knowledge (as in C of CR) about:

over eating generally for comfort

over eating chocolate for wrong psychological life

over eating meat for wrong intellectual life

over eating sweet for wrong emotional life

In practice the person’s whole life would need to be completely changed, especially after the atomicchanges had taken place, and perhaps even during those changes. The Applied Thought wouldprobably take anything from days to months to reduce the weight and rearrange the body depend-ing on the amount of rearrangement needed by that body. During the time of change the personshould be given a dietary regimen of eating green at least once a day as it would be better theyshould feel they are contributing to their own change. Green would, in this context, be a sort of

9

‘placebo’ in that OPL says it would not itself be directly useful but would certainly involve them inactive thinking about themselves in a suitable way.

To elaborate upon the ‘rightness’ of the above mentioned ways of living mentioned in the above list:

a ‘right psychological life’ means: to act considerately

a ‘right intellectual life’ means: understanding the workings of one’s outlook and what thatoutlook is on life and the effects it can have

a ‘right emotional life’ means: actively and physically to involve oneself with things

When not doing these things the effect of eating chocolate, meat or sweet changes the ways inwhich the Energics all affect each other and therefore the chemical and nervous responses through-out the body.

Applied Thought

To use Applied Thought successfully it is essential to know the anatomy of the body, particularlyfrom the point of view of the body itself, then when one applies thought suitably it will begin thechange towards working, rather than not-working. This is, on the face of it, a quite unlikely meansof changing anything, especially as it can be done both silently and from a distance provided oneknows what to address and how to address it. Had I and others not used it successfully I would besomewhat sceptical! Given the above constraints about knowing the anatomy of the body, it isperfectly possible to use it on oneself, but it will have been essential to have understood what isbeing told to one. Just ‘fixing’ something without that understanding merely means it will be toldto one again; equally it will probably prove unfixable until understood. And I do not mean ‘under-stood’ in merely physical terms, but in the reason for it being there in the first place.

Applied Thought is a means by which one changes the way those parts of a physical body whichhave been forgotten about are presently working and gives them the opportunity to work prop-erly. In the case of gross obesity nothing in particular should be addressed. The whole matter mustbe left completely open-ended for everything to change in its own way and in its own time; it willbe re-arranging everything from the cells upward.

In using Applied Thought in other situations one may need to find very exactly what needs to beaddressed, and exactly what words should be used. Rule One: Never, never give a body what itdoesn’t need. This applies to any and every form of therapy (and a lot of other things in life, too!).If one takes the trouble to ask a body what it needs, takes the trouble to understand it, one canfind out very exactly what it is telling one or trying to tell one, and what it needs in the way oftreatment/s and changes, unless it has been neglected for so long it can no longer recover. But donot be impatient - it takes time for a body to re-arrange itself.

As to whether further Applied Thought would be needed in this or any other case, or any othertherapy, it would have to wait until the obesity had been finally changed - check this by asking thebody - and would only be needed, if it is needed at all, in connection with other matters the personor their body asked to have looked at. Applied Thought is not suitable in most situations- it shouldonly be used when the body agrees.

With regard to 2. above, repression of the Stomach organ, it would be a matter of finding outwhether the reason is a), b) or c) and, in particular, finding out why. Whether this information

10

would be forthcoming in this order is debatable; a body will give the information in the order inwhich it needs to be known, and the a), b) or c) might only become apparent as a postscript. Inany case, OPL suggests that it is unlikely to be a candidate for Applied Thought and much moresuitable would be whatever the individual reasons ‘ask for’ in order to be understood and sortedout.

With this form of the situation, it would be essential to distinguish between the body’s view ofwhether it is carrying excess weight and the person’s view. There are many reasons why a personmight consider themselves to be too fat, none of them coinciding with the view of the body, forinstance: fashion, peer group convention, the considerations that apply to anorexia or bulimia (qvin main book), or just general assumptions that person has of what weight or shape he or shewould like to be without regard to the shape and weight their body has been built for. Socialreasons are the most difficult to change as people have such fixed ideas of how they should be.

HOMOEOPATHY from the point of view of the body

20 June -12 Sept 99

This seems to me to be a good example of how difficult and abstruse research can be. I have no ideaof whether it is correct or not but I have checked it carefully, using the dowsing, and made any changesindicated. In some senses this note was more or less ‘dictated’, having asked the initial question as tohow homoeopathy works. It was one of the times OPL got the bit between its ‘teeth’ and ‘decided’ to‘work out’ as much as ‘it’ could. I have been asking this same question for years on and off, but thistime we got the following. It needs close attention to make sense of it, so good luck.

When one takes or receives a remedy there is an instant cure, but OPL says this is not the wholechange. The change occurs because of that cure. So what is the cure; what happens, and where,and how?

The cure is in the person’s relationship to the Universe. What happens is that the =(R) becomesactive; mentally the brain becomes relieved of its loss of use of its activity through a change in useamong the connectors (molecules) shown in the Cycle of Continuous Action.

To know how this is done we first need to know where the Universe exists: which is within thethinking of cold, the Universe’s cold. Then we need to know the connection of cold to brains andthinking: which is a way of allowing thinking in the brain, any brain, human or otherwise. Whathomoeopathy addresses is the loss of sufficient cold and an excess of activity, i.e., an activelysuppressed brain (the excess of activity mentioned) doesn’t allow any cold because tissues needenough space before they can be cool enough to work, and active physical suppression very slightlyinterferes with that space. Equally they need suitable warmth.

It is the balance between the need for warmth and sufficient space to be cool enough that isaddressed through a suitable choice and potency of homoeopathic remedy - which remedy repre-sents something else; it doesn’t itself do the work. Any remedy and potency only represents oneamount of thinking and activity of Cycle of Continuous Action Thought that has been left uncon-scious. That alters the linear time of the activity among all inactive brain atoms by changing eachparticle (nucleus, the BNU ‘particles’) and moving the area of the brain formerly unused. What doesthe changing is not the homoeopathic remedy (the pillule or liquid or the directed thought) but

11

what it carries of the right kind in the right amount to achieve a result. There is something otherthan all the things we know, a thought Energy that needs to be integrated into living by accept-ing the way in which the Universe and thinking in the human brain becomes unconscious. This‘way’ will always be an inaction within each area within an external area of space taken up by eachparticle (not the nucleus only this time) of an atom, i.e., when any particle doesn’t take up its fullamount of space. The consequence of this is occasionally to interfere with some of the other parti-cles, but it can also alter all of the activities within the space within an atom.

Thought Energy affects all means through which atoms use the movement in their internal andexternal areas, consequently if thought Energy in suitable form is applied it can influence a use ofsub-atomic movement and enable a space and a particle movement to get back into mutual work-ing order.

This says that space is not inactive and nothing. It contains not only things we already know aboutbut also that it can participate actively. It allows thought Energy but only of a kind suitable to rectifyunsuitable unconsciousness. To apply thought Energy it is essential and required, before trying tochange unsuitable unconsciousness, to provide all the conscious understanding possible. However,all the above becomes useless when the atomic movement and its heat have given up; there willthen be no more space (within or around that atom).

What provides a change in a relationship to (not ‘in’) all the space used by molecules and connec-tions between brain cells, thus causing a change in the way they can work, is the level of activityof any remedy, the residual energy stored from the original material and inherent in the activityamong its relationship with the atoms of which it was made.

Homoeopathy works through the balance of warmth to space using energy at everything betweenquantum and molecular levels: 6x to LM respectively.

This energy is achieved through the changes between the atmosphere, the sun, and movement,which together provide a way to manufacture chemicals and these then contain or are formed intotypes of material composed of types of moving sub-atomic energy.

Homoeopathic remedies are composed of suitable levels of an energetic material which changes asuppressed brain, one which is unsuitably inactive, by giving it a means of unsuppressing itself andmaking itself more suitably active.

The basic material into which the energy is put has the capability of changing the cells. This mate-rial will be either the form of the pillule or liquid mostly employed, or it may be a use of the unspo-ken connection between one molecule and another in the area of atoms or molecules interveningbetween the receiving brain and the directedly thinking and providing brain, here called AppliedThought (qv under FAT in these ADDITIONAL NOTES)

These energies contain the results of interactive forces of magnetic physical attraction, mental allow-ing and thinking, and a type of organized matter. They are always formed through the connectionamong the electrical or atomic heat and a disappearance of heat of properly organized matter inevery object. They are never part of an extremely cold or too hot an existence, only of a moder-ate speed of movement.

The effect of this kind of energy and the use of understanding in the body can cause the interre-lationship of the mind with the body to reorganize, but the loss of thought will always result in aloss of interrelationship between mind and body because it cannot provide mental = Relating.

12

Homoeopathy, then, is a means of using thought Energy, which is carried in the space within prop-erly working atoms. It can be abstracted from any atom if and when there is sufficient removalfrom the original material of a) all traces of the original material, and therefore b) all the generalunconsciousness that is part of the space of the original material; all that is then available is a suit-able energy that matches a very specific number of ways in which particles (sub-atomic) and atoms(when complete) are unable / do not work properly. To apply this energy there should always bea way a) to understand which type of thought Energy is missing, and b) what potency of thoughtEnergy would be needed to rectify the situation.

Thought Energy only exists as a result of a cellular Cycle of Continuous Action, and any Cycle ofContinuous Action only arises as a consequence of an atomic Basic Nature of the Universe. Thesetwo together provide a means of continuing all existence, but without thought Energy there canbe no continuance of either a cell’s C of CA or of its BNU, its atoms.

LOVE, LIGHT and THOUGHT 23 Feb - 2 April 1999

The following material about Love and Light, the Consequence of Light, Thought and Love,Applying Love, and Applying Light pertains to the physical world, to the world of human thought,and to the needs of each of those from the other.

They each use Love, they each need Light, they both use Applied Love and Thought, and togetherhuman thought and the world of physics have just begun to use Loving by beginning to understandand apply Knowledge. When this leads to suitable Directed Action there will be consciousness.

Love is the connection between the inactive and the active parts of every part of any potentialobject. It is not only, as humans may see it, confined to the use of sexual intercourse though it maybe part of that. Usually it will not. [I am not sure whether this is helpful or not. What I asked was:what is Love, as opposed to what it does, or how necessary it is. And I wasn’t pursuing any oneexperience of it since that would in any case, be personal. Referring back to the golden glow thatwas Love in Action (mentioned in the main book), I gather the colour was this connection, andevery visible object was bathed in it so they each could continue to exist. I don’t think this reallyhelps either, does it! It is a mystery one experiences daily but perhaps haven’t yet understood.]

Which comments elicited the following: The best way to experience Love and to know what it ismay be consciously and physically to give every moment the understanding it needs, and also toreceive all understanding one’s physical body needs. !!

It is never possible to continue to “need” for very long without falling apart because without theactive connection that is Love, nothing continues to exist.

The above seems to be aimed mainly at humans, probably because it is humans who make thesekind of enquiries, but in fact Love as a connecting factor exists throughout the Universe and alwayshas. As someone has just said to me, one can sit (cross-legged, of course) on top of a mountainand say: ‘Love Is’; this is undoubtedly correct, but does it help?

LOVE and LIGHT

Love is Meaning III actively applied; it is nothing to do with visible Light, despite its apparentconnection with Light in the Cycle of Continuous Action. There is more than one kind of Light,

13

though only one kind of Love, three kinds in fact: visible (light waves and all that), conscious exis-tence (a properly working Cycle of Continuous Action and Cycle of Continuous Relating), and thatof Knowledge, Thought and Applied Love.

In the Cycle of Continuous Action, Love is not something which is able to do anything by itself; ithas to follow the existence of the particular = that denotes the way in which the precedingMovement of Energy, and & following it co-operate.

Light, of all three kinds, will always enable things and provide a bridge to the effective inner percep-tion of anything through allowing it to be visible in the first place, also by letting it be available forthe Universe to become consciously aware of it and to have Knowledge, Thought and to ApplyThought about it.

This is telling us that Light and Love are not just outer visible matters, but are primarily internal,passive, and integrated requirements of atomic and mental perception. Both of them, Light andLove, have to be involved for things to begin to exist, and each of them depends upon the contin-uous existence of the other for continuity of existence of anything.

F a i l u re in the use of awareness of either Light or Love stops both of them, which promptly stops boththe visible type of Light and a mental and atomic inner perception. In an object, organic or other-wise, this will have the affect of actively stopping the existence of all physical and mental activity.

Love is only one way in which Light provides integration among essential atomic movement ofe n e rgy; Light is only one way in which Love provides understanding among inevitable effects of thatatomic movement of energ y. Apart, they cannot even exist; when together, anything can exist.

Applied Love re-starts the Krebs Cycles in tissues where they exist but are not working.

LOVE IS THE ENGINE OF EXISTENCE

• • • this is where POINT OFCHANGE for the Cycle ofContinuous Action andCHANGE for the Cycle ofContinuous Relating come in.

In order of importance forliving:

1. Love is the engine of existence

2. is the means to continue that existence

3. is the way it continues4. is what it needs for it to

continue 5. is whether it chooses to

continue or not.

14

• Of the diagrams connected with this whole work, the most important is the comprehensiveone with Meanings, Magnetism & Vibration, Cycle of Continuous Action, Cycle ofContinuous Relating, organelles, and Basic Nature of the Universe - Fig 19 in main book:everything that humans could be

• The second is the Interruptions - Fig 3 in main book: what can happen to every life form

• The third is the one above re Love - the Engine of Existence: life

• And the fourth is the & THOUGHT one with polarised pairs marked - Fig 16 in main book:how life lives itself

THE CONSEQUENCE OF LIGHT OR LOVE

Mechanics, electromagnetism, and gravitation are governed by light: where it is, how it moves,what it does, how it is produced - in that order. [Mechanics: the study of the interactions betweenmatter and the forces acting on it.]

A potential Cycle of Continuous Action is: = Light & Consciousness/Thought —> possible DirectedAction, but only if Space balances Space between Consciousness and Unconsciousness in the BasicNature of the Universe, i.e., there is as much space within an atom as there is in the understand-ing of it, or, the Universe needs to develop Consciousness if it is to survive.

‘Light’ means physical light as well as understanding.

If the potential Cycle of Continuous Action changes to a real one it will lead to =Relating, but if itdoesn’t it will lose Directed Action and go into the Point of Change. +Mind/Movement of Energyonly comes into it when the Point of Change is not used, but in the Universe the Point of Changeis always used eventually, and will continue so to be unless or until everything in it develops suffi-cient consciousness.

CHANGING THE UNIVERSE

Three things in the Universe are interactive: time, movement, and change, which is why anythingaffects the whole.

THOUGHT and LOVE

• Thought is all there is, all there has ever been, and all there can be

• Thought enables space-time, or, space with the continuance that thought gives it

• Thought is something that consciousness does

• Love can only be allowed but will then become the basic mental ingredient for continuingthe physical means of existence, carried on by

• Movement of Energy, Mind, Relating, and Directed Action, which are the consequence ofThought and Love, and by

• sub-atomic particle activity, which is a consequence of all the above

15

These/this is the way things come into existence. They cannot be kept in existence, except temporarily.

Applied Thought can put a Cycle of Continuous Action back on track, provided there was one inthe first place, and that will have depended upon the presence of a sufficiently developed aware-ness having been in use.

APPLIED LOVE

Applied Love is always what is necessary to keep potential existence in waiting - but it is Love thatmoves it from being potential only and allows it to be; i.e., without Applied Love there is no possi-bility of anything actually existing. Love then gives it existence, and Love & Thought keep it there,but unless these lead to Directed Action and equal Relating plus (—>DA [and] =R+), there cannotbe the chance of Mind, and therefore no Mind/Movement of Energy or =(L).

Lack of Applied Love in the life of a human causes there to be nothing, and no viable Love is able totake place; consciousness of Love cannot provide the physical means to cause the Cycle of ContinuousAction, but consciousness of Loving (Cycle of Continuous Relating) may enable consciously AppliedLove to start the movement in Thought that can give & a way of starting up again.

APPLIED LIGHT

It is necessary to refer to the Cycle of Continuous Action to see the relationship between Light &Thought —>, and to add in the relationship of Meaning III of Love. Fig 19 in the main book isprobably the best reference. Remember this is both a physical and a mental matter, the ‘thing’without Light may be either, or both. The example below was ostensibly physical, but arose froma temporary mental outlook.

Applying Light is a matter of giving Light to something that cannot work and thereby starting the& again, which if given thought, may well lead on to the Directed Action needed. It is done throughtalking to whatever it is, mental and/or physical, that is not working properly due to loss of Light,not for any other reason. After a few minutes - check for how many - the area (if it is physical) maythen need more talking - check for what. After a while —> (leads to) will start working properlyagain. Check whether anything else needs to be done.

For example someone’s trapezius had seized up through getting too cold. This had had a knock-on effect to the whole area of neck, shoulders and back, of course, considering the geography ofthe muscle, though trapezius was the only muscle that had been unable to work properly. Affectedhad been: vacuoles (&), and pinocytotic vesicles, mitochondria and lysosomes (—>) following &.Therapeutically it was necessary for:

1. the area of head, neck and shoulders to have Light

2. the —> to be ‘prodded’

3. the Blood-Nervous System to be told to work properly

4. the base of the neck to be told to sort itself out

The act of Applying Light is that of using Applied Love.

The medical opinion earlier of this person’s condition was: a virus, take Paracetamol; it will pro b a-bly go away in a few days. The condition began on a Sunday after getting cold, the person is elderly,and had continued to worsen. I saw her at about 11.0 five days later, for social reasons not for re a s o n sof health. OPL’s view was that she had been harbouring unconscious resentment re getting cold andit was spoiling her day out - but she also refused to hear that about herself; it’s not nice to be re s e n t-

16

ful about something someone else is giving you (the day out) and she wouldn’t admit it when Isuggested it. Her body suggested a dose of Rescue Remedy - the Star of Bethlehem and Cherry Plumin particular to loosen her up, though OPL disapproved of the RR as it continues to prefer the useof consciousness alone whenever possible, but considered the opportunity for consciousness hadbeen given and refused so agre e d .

APPLIED LIGHT is what starts the & up again; it is doing this that is Applied Love, i.e. one tellswhatever to use Light. Having done this, —> can start up again after a while. But keep checkingas to what needs what.

Please note that this treatment is not a specific for the above condition. Each problem mustbe looked at in its own right and the body consulted as to what therapy might be needed,if any, over and above consciousness.

To understand this one has to begin to observe the effect of the physical lack of &, the effect inan area if there is a lack of activity, and a lack of movement in the Blood-Nervous System. Thesecan only be the result of holding something (one or more muscles or a whole area, for instance)moderately rigid for a long time and thereby preventing a movement in the atoms, molecules andcells in that something. The knock-on effect will be a continuous worsening in the area nearby thatwould normally remain physically flexible but which is now being held more and more inflexibleas time goes on. Depending on what types of tissue are involved, this can easily cause severedamage if it continues for long enough - possibly Repetitive Strain Injury for example. If insufficientmovement has been moderately subtle in the first place, it might eventually give rise to interfer-ence with replacing cells if no one has appreciated the existence of a lack of sufficient movement.

IT IS NECESSARY FOR EVERYONE TO KNOW how and when to Apply Love, and what Applied & is.

& is the only active connection that enables the Cycle of Continuous Action’s Light to becomeThought. In practice this means either chemistry and movement in the activity between a poten-tial and a functioning existence that is totally unconscious, or chemistry and a movement betweenLove in the living cell and Allowing in a consciously functioning organism.

So Applying & is something that can only be done through conscious understanding. It can bedone in the human Cycle of Continuous Action; in non-human life-forms it can only be donethrough either Applied Love or Applied Thought.

To Apply Love is to repair the holes in Being. With me it would be repairing the holes in a person’sconscious awareness, for instance. In comparison, a healer I tuned in to, repairs the holes in aperson’s physical being.

I frequently try to repair holes in conscious awareness but seldom succeed because so far I haveonly tried to get people to think. To succeed I would have to give Light, to their minds. As it isthey have to do that for themselves by using the information I can give them.

We each can learn to do this by accepting the presence of Loving Light, which is a mental phenom-enon though nothing to with the physical brain. What is ‘mental’ in that case? The presence of thephysical brain, but only when used by Love in Action.

17

USE OF CONSCIOUSNESS ALONE IN CONNECTION WITH CERTAINPROBLEMS OF

A) Connective Tissue;

B) Maintenance of blood replacement in flat bones and vertebrae;

C) Mar row fat replacement in long bones;

D) The affects of thought replacement. Oct 99

These are some other things that can be dealt with through the use of consciousness, possiblyalone, than I have already been taught and which are noted below. If anyone is to maintain them-selves in any sort of good health, especially as he or she grows older and accumulates more of life’sdifficulties, it is necessary to understand more about both the physical body, about how one’s ownand other people’s psychology affects it, and what one needs to check and deal with in this regard,summed up in a-g) below. It is not the things of which one is entirely conscious that constitute aproblem in the context of this work, it is those things of one which is only half conscious or entirelyunconscious - and that applies to the effects one accumulates from other people’s unconsciousnessor half-consciousness as well as one’s own. The new understanding of mind and body given in themain book can be summed up, for the purpose of checking oneself, as the List (Appendix 1 below)which must be given close attention through:

a) the understanding and removal of other people’s unconscious problems that one has picked upb) the understanding and removal of one’s own unconscious problems

see the main book.

The main part of my work has been to research and make available information pertaining to thesetwo. It has not been until now that my attention was finally drawn to the matter of what connec-tive tissues hold in the psychological context in which I work, and what to do about it:

c) the recognition of half-conscious thought (small t) from other people held (word used advis-edly) in all one’s connective tissues

see below.

In addition there should be accepted:

d) the understanding of and close co-operation with the way in which thoughts and the bodyare part of each other

see below and in the main book.

In the context of using consciousness therapeutically, besides the above, my attention has alsorecently been drawn to the necessity of:

e) maintaining blood replacement by the material in the centres of the flat bones and thebodies of vertebrae

f) to replacement of fat within long-bone marrow, and g) to the affects within the body of changing one’s thought

see below

18

A) CONNECTIVE TISSUE

Connective Tissue is a sub-division of the Framework Anatomies (Appendix 1). It consists of manytypes from blood to bone, is found all over the body (Appendix 2 below) and is essential to hold-ing it up and holding it together. It doesn’t take any notice of feeling as do all other types of tissuebut does, I understand, hold the effects of: stupidity, reluctance, fright and/or disapproval, the semi-conscious conditions of other people’s as the permanently subscribed to intellectual ways in whichthey allow themselves to be, one or more of which is fairly usual. Note: this also means one pro b-ably also has one or more of these same semi-conscious conditions and will equally be aff e c t i n gothers with them. In oneself, one’s own stupidity, reluctance and fright affect can affect non-connective tissue and be dealt with as usual (see main book); self-disapproval usually means onechanges oneself and so won’t necessarily ‘suffer’ from it.

Connective tissues and other cells are dependent on each other but are not entirely interdepen-dent, nor is it directly affected by anything from the Cycle of Continuous Relating which has aneffect on the Cycle of Continuous Action of all other types of cells. It is affected by thought, notabout conscious attitudes or intentions but by the above mentioned permanently subscribed-tosemi-conscious intellectual ways others allow themselves to be.

For connective tissue to hold (and this is correct word) one or more of these the Energics in suchtissue will have been interfered with. To change this situation, the particular condition or condi-tions of stupidity, reluctance, fright or disapproval, one or more of these together or in somesequence, have first to be identified, their placing in the body discovered as to which area ofconnective tissue or tissues are illustrating the condition, and these duly tuned out in relation to theparticular connective tissue concerned.

The Situation (one of: Person, Place, Situation, or Thing which are some of the headings or waysone can start working out the causes of a problem; mental headings and flow charts are useful inthis exercise) of connective tissue is that of retaining everything experienced; none of it is able togive up anything until there has been a change in all other cells and neither can it alter the meansby which it is built and shaped through inheritance. This refers us back to a) and b) above.

B) BLOOD REPLACEMENT IN FLAT BONES AND VERTEBRAE and C) MARROW FAT REPLACEMENT IN LONG BONES

These can be treated by using direct Applied Thought to them, if dowsing tells you this is what isrequired. To do so one would start, but only when it is necessary, with the flat bones and verte-brae (pelvis, ribs, sternum, skull, and the bodies of the vertebrae), all of these, and direct them tocontinue (or whatever is needed, such as begin) replacing that part of the blood they should.

Similarly with the marrow fat, one directs the long bones (all limb bones except the small chunkyones at wrist and ankle) to continue (or whatever is needed, such as begin) to replace the fat inthe marrow.

D) AFFECTS OF THOUGHT REPLACEMENT

With thought one starts at the thought end and carefully restores the use of the blood flow to thebrain, and then very carefully changes the means by which a body and brain begin to be awareand to recognise each other.

19

One would need/use this latter in cases where anything is interfering with the body’s actioning, ofwhich one is not yet conscious. We’re not talking coma or anything. It is a process one essentiallydoes for oneself - once it has been worked out what to start thinking about. This may need helpor maybe one can work it out for oneself.

SUMMARY (the wordings here are intentional and are not changed for literary reasons)

Connective Tissue depends upon two things: what other people are thinking, and the health ofthe rest of one’s body

Flat Bones respond to what the Bands, Meanings, and Vertebral Cover are doing

Vertebrae are involved with the flexibility of the Vertebral Cover, and upon the health of theMeanings and Bands

Long Bones depend upon what the Bands and Meanings are doing

Given the above, the interactive nature of everything in the mind and body and between peoplecan be seen to be important, and also the need for it to be kept in good working order. In myexperience the four ways of working that one can use deal with: the electrics of the body; thehormones; the balance of the chemistry; and consciousness. Respectively, these usually respond toa comprehensive kinesiology that comes under the heading of Optimum Health Balance, evolvedTouch For Health; Homoeopathy, or remedies in homoeopathic form (of which there are a vastrange, larger than the conventional homoeopathic materia medica) - these address the use ofwater/blood in the brain, re-enabling the production, distribution and use of any hormone/s whichhave previously been inhibited; the use of Aromatherapy or perhaps suitably potentized (a homoeo-pathic term) Bach Flower Remedies; the use of consciousness to understand previously suppressedmatters.

Conventional medical approaches apart, there are many other approaches to dealing with illness,physically or spiritually or both, of which I am not in a position to say anything. The above aresome of the ones I have used and found to be most effective, and out of all of them are the onesthe dowsing understands and therefore the ones I can talk about.

APPENDIX 1 - THE LIST

the Basic Nature of the Universe, the Cycle of Continuous Action and Magnetism & Vibration;

the Anatomies and Energics;

the Bands and Meanings;

the Eight plus Two Systems;

the Nervous System;

the Whole Body.

In practice I have found it to be both useful and appropriate to group these in the way shown andto leave the last two ungrouped, again as shown.

Each of these has been introduced and discussed in detail in the main book; some of those detailsare added here for the sake of completeness, first for dealing with connective tissue and its prob-

20

lems, which is slightly different from the problems discussed in the main book and which we willcome to, and second for the sake of emphasising the need to keep oneself in good order from thepoint of view of what the body itself considers to be understood. In greater detail, then, each ofthe divisions of the List contain:

1. the Basic Nature of the Universe (BNU) which describes an atom and from the Frameworkpoint of view only need deal with:

electromagnetism and strong nuclear forceenergyparticlesunconsciousness or consciousness

2. the Cycle of Continuous Action (C of CA) which describes a cell with its sub-cellular molecu-lar structures, and the specific and essential psychological understanding to which specific ones ofthose molecular structures respond:

the sub-cellular structures:

centrioles or + [plus]cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, ribosomes or =(L) [equals before Light]vacuoles or &pinocytotic vesicles, lysosomes, mitochondria or —> [leads to]lysosomes, centrioles or =(R) [equals before Relating]

the signs used to denote these sub-cellar structures are as shown: +. =(L), &, —>, =(R)

the psychological understandings:


the whole cell or C of CA then can be written in a circle and consists of:

...Relating + Mind/Movement of Energy = Light & Thought —> Directed Action...

As part of these two there is:

Magnetism & Vibration (M&V) which is the affect of either on the other

What runs the C of CA psychological understandings is:

the Cycle of Continuous Relating (C of CR) each word of which actively affects the associatedword in the C of CA though there are none of the connectors between the words in the Cof CR:

21

Active Relating, etc. Though the C of CA responds to conscious psychology, the C of CR is uncon-scious. [This latter point has not been mentioned before in the main book as I hadn’t real-ized it to be so until recently (Nov 99)]

3. the Anatomies which is the Framework point of view of gross anatomy written in order ofincreasing importance from the body’s point of view:

limbsinformation networktransverse bands} the order of these two isvertebral cover } interchangeableconnective tissueskull, brain, cerebro-fluid } this is part of the cerebro-spinal fluid but the most necessary part

4. the E n e rg i c s or physiology, but as it is affected by the psychological understandings in the C of CA:

Air : Water / Hormones : Sugar / Meanings II & V / C of CA(E)

5. the Transverse Bands which are the five transverse areas of the body into which humansmentally more or less divide themselves:

Transverse Band I - includes top 4 or so inches of the thigh up to the most forw a rd point of the hipsBand II - from that line across the abdomen to about 2-3 inches below the breastboneBand III - from that line across the lower chest or thorax to level with rib 2 in the upper chest

but only the tissues, of all kinds, inside the rib cageBand IV - same bottom and top lines but includes only the tissues outside the rib cageBand V - from that top line to the top of the neck

6. the Meanings which are a moral and emotional way of understanding how the physiology ofeach Transverse Band works:

Meaning I - RelatingMeaning II - Spiritual SatisfactionMeaning III - LoveMeaning IV - AllowingMeaning V - Expression of Responses

7. the Eight plus Two Systems which are the means through which the physical body carries outits physical activities:

Eight: Blood-Nervous System Two: Some Hormones SystemRespiratory System Chemical Conversion SystemPericardium SystemHeart & Blood Vessels SystemDigestive I SystemDigestive II SystemEliminatory SystemReproductive System

22

8. the Nervous System of which there are three divisions and two ways of looking at it:

autonomic nervous systemsensory nervous systemmotor nervous system

and the central nervous system - brain and spinal cordperipheral nervous system - all other nerves elsewhere in the body

9. the Whole Body which logically should cover all of the above but in reality seems to cover itbut only at the lowest common actioning denominator, so one has to remember that.

As can be seen from the list of the Anatomies above, connective tissue constitutes an entire sub-division of its own. Connective tissue is legion, it is of many types, is everywhere, and is absolutelyessential for holding the body together and upright. It doesn’t respond in at all the same way asdo all other kinds of cells.

APPENDIX 2 - CONNECTIVE TISSUE

This refers to every kind of connective tissue in the body, of which there are a large number, someof them conventionally classed as sub-divisions of others. Connective tissue is absolutely everywherein the body and is therefore of particular and extreme importance. It is almost the last gasp inproper physical actioning or functioning and though we can do without various bits containing itwe cannot do without any of it altogether. One should not regard all these as one except as acrucial anatomical grouping. The various divisions are:

1. Blood , several kinds of floating cells in a fluid base.

2. Mesenchyme , a sort of ‘basic’ connective tissue in the embryo from which all the otherkinds differentiate. [Not applicable in this case - we hope]

3. Reticular , which forms delicate 3-D ‘nets’ in certain sorts of otherwise rather sloppy tissue:lymph nodes, spleen, bone marrow, liver.

4. Several kinds of thicker and tougher material:

a) Loose Fibr ous or Areolar for supporting and packing organs; forming the sheaths ofnerves, muscles and blood vessels; under the skin as superficial fascia (a sheet or band offibrous tissue); packing spaces everywhere in the body and limbs.

b) Dense Regular Fibrous which is pliable but not elastic and forms ligaments and tendonsand in which the collagen fibres are arranged in parallel.

c) Dense Ir regular Fibrous , with collagen fibres irregularly interwoven, is found in someorgans, cartilage, bone and under the skin supporting the epithelial layer.

d) Elastic which is strong, elastic and flexible and found in most arteries, some veins, erec-tile tissue, air cells of the lungs, certain ligaments and as isolated fibres in the Loose FibrousConnective tissue.

e) Adipose or fat cells for insulating, cushioning organs in the body and storing fat.

5. Cartilaginous or Supportive tissue:

23

a) Hyaline Cartilage which is solidly firm, weight bearing, yet resilient and found in airpassages, at the ends of long-bones as caps, as part of the early stages of bone develop-ment, part of the nose,part of the rib cage and supporting the larynx.

b) White Fibro-Cartilage , a tough material resistant to stretching which acts as a shockabsorber between vertebrae, in the interpubic joint, and in joint capsules and related ligaments.

c) Elastic or Yellow Fibro-Cartilage , a hyaline cartilage with elastic fibres in it found in theepiglottis (a leaf-like structure at the root of the tongue to deflect liquids and solids awayfrom the larynx), and the external ear.

6. Bone , a rigid material forming cells and impregnated with calcium and magnesium salts,the internal supporting skeleton for the whole body.

LUPUS 30 October 1999

SYSTEMIC / ?ERITHEMA T O S U S

I met someone recently with what he referred to as Systemic Lupus. Black’s Medical Dictionary1987 edition, says there are two kinds of Lupus: Lupus vulgaris due to bacterium Mycobacteriumtuberculosis, and Lupus erithematosus of unknown origin. Since he says the medics don’t knowwhat causes to ascribe his version to, I assume it is the latter.

Tuning in to this person, OPL had this to offer:

that it is a Touch For Health matter to heal the cause: Colon, Spleen, Small Intestine, Kidney (anemphasis here), Triple Heater, and Liver meridians to be treated daily for 8 days, accompanied byand followed every week for the first 2 years with Kinesiology Optimum Health Balance, BUT, itadds, change could more appropriately be done through using Applied Thought: asking (not‘telling’ in this case) that the Kidneys take whatever is essential. This should clear it all up in themeridians over a 3 month period, after which the muscles will follow suit over 4 or 5 months. [To which my response was !?!]

It then went on the amplify:

It is the =(R) [part of the Cycle of Continuous Action; see main book] in two kinds of cells that hasbeen interfered with because of mental failure. It says Lupus is always the same, but in only oneor the other Kidney, not both. The effect is always for the affected kidney to be unable to filtercompletely and this causes the blood still to contain too much unsuitable chemicals. The mentalstate is not psychological in the more familiar way [see main book] but one of holding to a partic-ular attitude of mind [ibid -Distinctions and Definitions] the long-term unsuitability of which even-tually results in damage by virtue of a biochemical lack of liquid as a result of too little innervationfrom the spinal cord.

This mental state interferes with the connection between the central nervous system (CNS) and ablood supply inside the kidney to the relevant structure within that kidney. It occurs when theperson’s CNS is unable to make the person listen to their need for a different attitude of mind [seeDistinctions and Definitions], one that either, illustrated by the left kidney, stops ignoring what is

24

asking to be done between active living and an effective consequence, or, right kidney, one thatdoesn’t ignore it but deliberately doesn’t get on with it.

So, it says, Lupus [presumably the erithematosus or systemic version] is the long-term consequence ofone or other of an attitude of mind, a pre f e rence either for ignoring or for inactivity despite knowing.

It is the Blood-Nervous System all over the body that needs to be restored. [Blood-Nervous System:one of the Eight plus Two Systems; see main book.] Asking a kidney to take what it needs wouldfirst restore the peripheral Blood-Nervous System between the kidney, the relevant part of the spinalcord, the brain, and the Magnetism & Vibration of the atoms and molecules [see main book] alongthat ‘channel’ of function. Then everything would slowly begin to work properly.

The physical problem is as follows:

1. Some of the proximal and distal tubules in the kidney don’t work properly, in all three oftheir parts: convoluted, loop of Henle, and straight, and the usual and necessary osmoticgradient is not set up as a consequence of the usual sodium salts and urea build up. This isa result of no innervation for the acceptance of water by the cells of the tubule wall, thelocal Blood-Nervous System. The effect of this changes the amount of available movementof tubule walls, causing the content to turn from that of very thin to very thick.When the tubule walls are subject to a diminished Blood-Nervous System, this will be theresult of the person not taking enough conscious notice of one or other attitude of mind,pertaining to left or right kidney, and thereby interfering with the available Blood-NervousSystem from the tubules to the lower brain and back at thoracic vertebrae 5-8.

2. The other type of cell that can’t work properly are ones that provide the body with what itasks for: the sensory nerves.

General comment

The severity of the problem (illness) only depends upon how determinedly people defendwhichever attitude of mind it is they are using. The more determined, the more tubules graduallybecome inhibited. Time seems not to have very much to do with it.

Though OPL seems to consider the reasons to be the same for all sufferers of Lupus, I rather doubt it.Maybe for the erithematosus version, but if the vulgaris type is known to be caused by a bacterium thenpresumably the above explanation doesn’t apply, HOWEVER, shortly after I had written the above, OPLinsisted on adding the following:

VULGARIS

Though the person referred to above has a Lupus problem that is a kidney problem, the other formis a bacterium problem - but only because it is a problem of all Eight System (of the Eight plus TwoSystems, see main book). All Eight Systems are only unable to action suitably [see Definitions andDistinctions in main book] if they have been emotionally deprived of their ability as a consequenceof the Meaning Energics* having been semi-permanently ignored out of a preference for suppress-ing the body’s needs: the whole body begins to fail. The bacteria can then get a hold and givefurther physical effects because there is very little natural way to reenergise the Eight Systems. [Thisis speaking from the point of view of the body. What other forms of treatment and medication,conventional or otherwise, can do I don’t know.]

25

*‘Meaning Energics’ refers to the physiology of the whole body with specific reference to the contin-ued use of the Meanings [see main book] otherwise it is just ‘physiology’ without any reference tohow a person is using their body in relation to consciousness.

It should be noted that though many people ignore Meaning Energics they would be unlikely thento suffer from Lupus vulgaris if that particular bacterium is not present, assuming the informationI have as to its cause is still valid.

PRE-MENSTRUAL SYNDROME and TENSION 22 Oct 99

This was some dowsing work done as a response to the programme on Channel 4 on October 141999, one of the series Wo m e n ’s Bits and concentrating on Pre - M e n s t rual Tension. In theprogramme a distinction was drawn between pre-menstrual tension and pre-menstrual syndrome,the latter being an extremely severe condition and may include any or all of the following: fatigue,food cravings, abdominal bloating, weight gain, sore breasts, swollen hands or feet, headaches,acne, gastrointestinal problems, depression, irritability, anxiety, and mood swings. Pre-menstrualtension was seen as the much more general and much less severe problem.

Two theories were cited in this programme as to the cause of pre-menstrual syndrome (PMS), onethat it is a hormonal imbalance and the other is that it is a response to men. The conventionaltreatments included surgical removal of the reproductive organs, progesterone therapy, and I thinkProzac came into it; the alternative therapies tried were legion and included herbal, kinesiology,Bach Flower Remedies, and acupuncture, none of them with much apparent good effect.

Since I am forever interested in sorting out matters of illness if they fall within my field I startedtuning in from the start of the programme. When it came to ‘men’ I got an instant Yes. However,as time went on it became clear that it isn’t men per se that caused the problem, but the malehormone testosterone.

What the information worked out as - so far as I could get, and this is not the whole story by anymeans - was as follows: that each of women shown in this programme and who suffered from PMShad a level of testosterone that was much, much too high and that as a consequence it interferedwith the chemical/menstrual response of sloughing and bleeding by the reproductive organs. Also,so far as I could gather, this applies to any women with PMS. There is also the suggestion that thissituation of permanently raised testosterone levels is probably the result of stress, and that the trou-ble with their menstruation is then another stress on top of a preexisting stress.

PRE-MENSTRUAL TENSION My tuning in process [OPL] ‘agreed’ with the distinction between pre-menstrual syndrome (PMS) and pre-menstrual tension (PMT) and additionally ‘indicated’ that PMTshould more properly be called menstrual tension (MT) and leave out the pre-, though equally it‘agreed’ that whether one calls it MT or PMT doesn’t matter much except that the contributorycondition is only made apparent when the body is about to try and menstruate as well. OPL also‘considers’ PMT to be the result of a general health condition of there being rather too little ofboth protein and movement of intercellular fluid/lymph all over the body most of the time, addedto which the reproductive organs cannot sort out their Energics and therefore do not easily shedor rebuild the cells of the lining of the uterus .

26

This general health condition begins when there is nervous and whole body anxiety as a conse-quence of frequent bouts of insufficiently expressed stress, hourly, daily, weekly or however oftenthey occur. This prevents each part of the body and the body as a whole from working integrat-edly and effectively. The insufficiency of protein is probably not because the person is not eatingenough but because they cannot process it effectively. The insufficiency of intercellular fluid/lymphis connected to this improper processing in that nothing in the body can work properly.

MYALGIC ENCEPHALITIS - M.E. - IN CHILDREN 8 Nov 99

On this date I had the chance to tune in those participating in a Panorama BBC 1 programmeabout M.E. in children.

According to my dowsing the children didn’t have M.E. in the sense which I have already dowsedinto [see Research File] but had a mix of a loss of everything in the List [see Appendix 1 to Use ofConsciousness Alone.... in Additional Notes] as well as a failure of ability to engage emotionally,both these as a result of not being free to use their particular self knowledge. It was an expecta-tion-induced consequence of unsuitable conventional ‘education’ through trying to fit them into apattern where they can’t express themselves. Such kids don’t need treatment per se, they need tobe allowed to choose to exercise their individual and mental understanding of how to approachliving.

This problem is about learning anything, not just schooling, but educational assumptions of everykind have been for the training of people by applying preconceived dollops and predigested aspectsof the types of information assumed by humans to be applicable. By forcing some young childreninto the preconceived mould there cannot be any freedom to choose.

It is probable, for people who are capable, that if they are allowed emotionally and mentally thechoice of what they want to understand and the means through which they want to understandit, that they could become properly functioning people. This is an unknown outcome, but if anyoneat an early age is automatically assumed to be going to fit into an ‘educational’ or learning conven-tion, some children will be totally emotionally incapacitated as the requirements don’t remotelymatch their capabilities.

Mentally, most M.E. kids will have been expected to be like any other conventional kids, and initiallythis is a not unreasonable assumption. The problems begin to arise if the conventions are not suit-able and the child cannot relate to them. As soon as the child begins to get exhausted and isincreasingly physically and emotionally unable, and provided there is no other obvious reason forbeing ill, then this is an aspect of their lives that should be considered. Remember that ‘emotional’is what one’s Meanings [see main book] can do or cannot do. or in this case, what they are beingprevented from doing. This includes the whole List in the end. [see Appendix 1 referred to above.]

The boy, who was recovering and learning from the internet, was able to learn more or less in isola-tion, which something in him apparently needed; and the girl, also recovering, was learning aboutpeople through drawing. She was removed from the unit of Great Ormond Street Hospital thatdeals with such cases, categorising them as psychiatric, and the boy was eventually ‘rescued’ froman imposed regime of the ‘keep them busy and moving and they’ll forget about it’ type to whichhe had been admitted after his parents had been accused of child abuse. Both these children back

27

home were eventually able to exercise their own ways of being, their particular and individualapproaches to living.

DIABETES - a comment 15 NOV 1999

People, or their digestive systems, develop diabetes because they cannot digest properly. That onlyhappens when autonomic and sensory nerves are each no longer transmitting electrical messages,and that only happens if the whole body has been deprived of nervous input - intelligently appliedknowledge - with regard to understanding balanced food needs and liquid needs, both for peoplein general and for that individual in particular. As I understand it, this is a social matter and is likelyto be part of how a society sees the use of diet.

In a particular example of a boy aged 6, the ‘cannot’ reason mentioned above is that he eats muchtoo much fat and the result, according to his body, is that he has the ‘wrong’ kind of protein, whichturned out to mean that none of his dietary protein intake can be properly digested.

If the diet can be changed as appropriate, having found out in each case why the autonomic andsensory nerves are no longer working properly, the ‘cannot’ reason, and then Digestive System II [seemain book] and the use of protein and production of new cells is restored throughout the body,it is possible that the condition could change, but it would depend on keeping the messages goingin those two nervous systems, originally affected by whatever has been the individual reason thatamounts to the ‘cannot’ in the first paragraph.

The ‘cannot’ reasons will always interfere with the electrical working of the autonomic and sensorynervous system, though whether the reasons will always be physical or perhaps be psychosomaticit is impossible to generalise about. The body will know if one ‘asks’ it. On the other hand, it isprobable that one’s tuning process would regard as psychosomatic the societal reason for usingdiet in such a way as to interfere with the autonomic and sensory nervous systems! One has to bevery clear and concise, question by question, in these enquiries.

28

RESEARCH FILE:SUPPLEMENT TO THE LANGUAGE OF SILENCE

This Research File comprises the few subjects I have researched in much greaterdetail than those included in Some Forms of the Silent Language in Book 1, PartV.B. Some of them have been sent to people working in the field, some not:

A communicated note on Autism - September 1995, May 1996

Myalgic encephalomyelitis or ME - 1996 and 1997

Alzheimer’s Disease - April 1998

Communicated notes on BSE with accompanying pieces on C-J D, Scrapie and Kuru- December 1997, January 1998, March 1998

Further communicated notes on BSE and C-JD, Organo-phosphate, Prion proteins,and Alzheimer’s Disease in connection with protein deficiency - January, April,May, June 1998

Appendix A: Krebs Cycle from the Framework perspective - 1997 and 1998

Appendix B: Possible mineral use in organo phospate poisoning - 1997 and 1998

Organo Phosphates - January 1998

Virus - February 1999

A communicated note on Consciousness - February 1999

A communicated note on BSE in French cattle - April 2000

A communicated note on a case of ‘BSE’ developed in UK in an animal born postthe Government ban on feeding animal proteins to cattle -

It is possible that in the future this Research File might be added to.

1

AUTISMRikki Walker September 1995 and May 1996

[email protected]

I am going to suggest that Autism is an instinctive emotional withdrawal from the responses of certain ofthe sensory tracts of the spinal cord in the face of what appears, as experienced by that particular nervous system,to be a gross over-expectation on the part of surrounding adults; not necessarily the parents alone or even at all.This is not an automatic condemnation of those adults, more a comment that some babies or infants cannotrespond as much or as fast at the time as it is assumed they can. It is almost certainly a reversible withdrawal inmany cases, given time and care, by the use of a particular homoeopathic remedy in association with essential butparticular counselling therapy.

The original research was undertaken in response to a television programme and was necessarily basedon the children, adults and researchers shown in that programme, plus some others at later dates (see below).The children in the programme were, so far as I recall, all walking but I don’t think any were above about 8 or 10years old. [It was an error not to record this, but then I had no idea at the time that I would be able to get anyresearch from the programme.]

—————————————————————————IN BRIEF:

All the children in the programme that I tuned in to had spinal cords that were not able to work properly;the nervous signals were not able to be sent up despite the fact that the physical structure of the spinal cords wereperfectly all right. In these particular cases, there were no children with electrically disturbed brains among them(an important point as I am quite unable to tune in to a brain that is in any way electrically disturbed). It was notthe motor system that was affected but the autonomic-sensory system that was out of their control.

The original cause of the condition in these cases was psychological, intellectual and emotional overload,and the child’s body had been unable, either electrically or chemically, freely to respond to anything. There is acritical period starting at about 14 to 15 months and finishing at about 20 to 21 months when their central nervoussystems had been expected to do too much. Stimulation from people was much too much, though other thingswon’t have helped.

I understand that the nervous system usually learns to cope with psychological, intellectual and emotionalinput during this period of time - but only when the metabolism and physiology of the trunk are not under ‘mentalpressure’ from others. If this is the case, and from the point of view of that particular nervous system, the relevant‘messages’ are prevented from going up the relevant structure of the spinal cord and on into the upper brain.Because the autonomic-sensory system is not allowed to work properly because of the emotional withdrawal,several anatomical and physiological systems of the body can’t work properly at a certain level. Confusingly, mostof the hormonal system and also the chemical conversion of food (unless interrupted in the initial stages, seebelow), air and the metabolic use of water can continue more or less suitably.

Almost nothing can be responded to with differentiated feelings by the autistic child for though theautonomic nerves of parasympathetic and sympathetic are effective, the sensory part of the loop is not, and it is thecomplete loop and the consequent responsiveness of the internal organs that produces feeling - that which werecognise as emotion. Recognising emotion and differentiating one emotion from another is a matter of learningand then verbalising. This kind of emotional withdrawal or autism, as I understand it, is a circumstance induced bya lack of physical development of part of the electrical use of the spinal cord, the sensory part, not a damagedcondition of the structure.

Having suggested that this instinctive emotional reflex of emotional withdrawal at this period is induced byover-expectation from some or all adults, the children themselves were vulnerable in a particular way. The bodiesof those particular children, at that period in their nervous system’s autonomic-sensory development, were as yetchemically, and therefore electrically, incapable of keeping up metabolically because their internal organs couldn’tuse the constituents of food and drink properly - as yet. But they could have had they been left to go at their ownpace. The Achilles heel, then, was their metabolism generally at that time as it could not respond properly.

Presumably, since tiny children and babies cannot go away physically, they go away ‘mentally’, but asmany of them to some degree remain emotionally more or less children in their responses as they grow older theyneed mental and physical security, but on the terms of their own body - that of almost immediately satisfied needs.The onlooker probably sees this as food, drink, shelter, warmth, occasional company, etc., but their body sees notthe details but the immediacy, and it is effectively at body level that their life continues since there is almost no sortof brain monitoring of the body’s needs, the ‘messages’ being neither received in the brain nor consciouslyperceived by the brain. Presumably, the less affected or the older a person is the more he or she is able to make areasonable adaptation, but it is probable that people remain the most difficult things for them to deal with.

If the responses by these children of behavioural distress, a certain lack of emotional response, had beennoticed in the first four weeks of ‘illness’, long before overt withdrawal, the effect of previous mental expectationcould perhaps have been reversed - but all such pressure would have had to be stopped forthwith. This would, Iimagine, have taken detailed parental training because of the unconsciousness of so much pressure, let alone theunintentionality of it, and the distress that might have arisen once it was pointed out. This seems to have been aspecific - these children had never been allowed in their very early days enough time and peace to be themselvesin their own way .

I have since had the opportunity to tune in to four other people:

2

one, a woman in her 20’s, who has made her own adaptation to life and for whom the above treatmentwould not, therefore, be suitable;

another, a small boy of 3 or 4, who fitted my findings and for whom the treatment would be suitable,except that he should have had it in the last few months before the programme to subvert the autism;

a boy, aged 4, whom I was unable to tune in to as he unfortunately also had an electrically disturbed brainand for whom the treatment would be quite unsuitable;

and yet another boy, who again fitted the above findings and for whom the treatment would be effective;his problem began as a tiny baby, and had been noticed by his parents, but sadly no one had known what to do.The ‘treatment’ at that age would not be the same as for children from 3 or 4 onward, and should mainly consist ofletting them develop at their own pace.

DISCUSSION OF MEANS OF CUTTING OUT UNWANTED INPUT FROM OTHERSWhat we are looking at here is the sensory-parasympathetic-sympathetic-brain loop out of which the

sensory and brain are effectively taken.

This occurs:a) in each of the ganglia connecting the axons outward to the organs of stomach, liver and pancreas from the

3rd, 4th and 5th branches of the 10th cranial nerve, and b) in the prevertebral ganglion connecting the axons inward from the same organs to the upper part of thesplanchnic nerve, those branches connecting to T 5-9 in the sensory tracts.

The inactivity of a) is accomplished by inhibiting the use of part the lower brain, electrically,

and the inactivity of b) is accomplished by frequently preventing the use of the duodenum.

Both a) and b) inactivities each begin in two steps of the Krebs Cycle everywhere throughout the body:first in the malic acid step, and

second in the succinic acid step.

Each of these steps is not then eliminated entirely from the Cycle but becomes limited to a lesser orgreater extent in the amounts produced resulting, at those times, in a lessening of the production of the subsequentcompounds in the Cycle. The malic acid step is affected to some extent when the withdrawal from unwanted inputis least severe; when it becomes severe, the succinic acid step is then also affected to some extent. The effect, asalready remarked, is in the Krebs Cycle everywhere but it is most noticeable in its continuing effect in theprevertebral ganglion for that part of the splanchnic nerve connecting with T5-9 of the parasympathetic divisionand in the ganglia of the sympathetic division, in that order and both of the autonomic nervous system, to liver,stomach and pancreas.

The effect in the Krebs Cycle is produced by a chemical collapse and total loss of enzymes in theduodenum, i.e. the input from gall bladder and pancreas is temporarily totally inhibited. This is not only a responseof a temporary and extremely short term nature but occurs unevenly and in response to being over affected at thetime of feeding by input from external sources. The response is one of fear, where the whole digestive centre ofthe body ‘cramps up’. It is not, of course, a rational fear and cannot, therefore, be addressed rationally. It is asuitable fear and it is self-defensive, a protection against unwanted stimulus, unwanted because the nervoussystem is quite unable to respond. Unfortunately, like most nervous responses, if prolonged it has its downside.

When the electrical circuitry is complete: the sensory-parasympathetic-sympathetic-brain loop plus theKrebs Cycle, electrical signals can pass; when the sensory tracts and the brain are effectively out of the loop andthe Krebs Cycle has been interfered with, they can’t.

DISCUSSION OF POSSIBLE TREATMENTI have rather boldly stated that this is almost certainly a removable response in many cases and this is

where my findings may be regarded with suspicion, and of course may not work in practice.The method I found to be applicable to all the autistic sufferers I have tuned in to so far in my (so far

theoretical) research (with two exceptions) is a particular homoeopathic remedy - Natrum Sulphuricum (SodiumSulphate) - but used in an extremely attenuated dose and only in conjunction with a specific counselling outlookand in only very occasional doses over a very protracted period of time at specific frequencies, namely Nat. SulphLM 430-450. The potency of the dose chosen depends on the age of the individual, the younger the age the lowerthe dose, and once the person is old enough, at ten and after, to have made their own adaptation to life thetreatment would not be suitable at all. There should be three doses, dose two should be 18 months after doseone, and dose three should be 6 months after dose two; the timing is fairly critical. This must essentially beaccompanied by counselling of a kind that understands that the experience of the world by that individual willbecome new and different as it will be experienced differently, but this change must NEVER be pushed, onlyaccompanied. Please remember that this is only a theoretical treatment and has never been tried. I am alsohesitant about it as orthodoxy in general is disbelieving of homoeopathic remedies, and if it is used wrongly it mightwell cause either more trouble than it deals with, or would have no perceivable physical effect at all, but this istreatment that dowsing suggested so this is what I am reporting. The effect of this remedy would be to change thecontents and concentration of the intercellular fluid in the unused part of the spinal cord back to what it should beby aiding and regulating the removal of the superfluous intercellular fluid in the affected sensory tracts of the spinal

3

cord; this will have arisen as a consequence of the continuing presence of lactic acid which, when combined withsodium phosphate produces excess water. This excess water will not have been got rid of in the normal waybecause there is no effective electrical use, and therefore no cellular movement, in the area. Such a change,accompanied as it would gradually be by a growing understanding of the world, would absolutely have to beaccomplished very slowly - hence the few doses and the protracted time period, and the necessity for a suitabletype of counselling as an accompaniment. So far as I know, the time period, particular remedy, and semi-specialised counselling would apply to any autistic child once overt withdrawal had taken place, with the exceptionof those with an additional brain or nervous system problem, such as retardation or actual damage of some sort.

Biologically, the reconstitution of the sensory tract of the spinal cord should, eventually, by closing theautonomic-sensory loop, enable the reconstitution of the general physiology of the entire body, i.e., press the rightbutton and the whole system will begin to work.

In theory, and from any homoeopath’s experience with homoeopathic remedies, the effect begins veryrapidly - but usually subtly - so it could be expected that the nervous signals would begin very soon, but very gentlybecause of the preferred potency of the remedy. The temptation, obviously, would be to administer a tranquilizerof some sort at mealtime if or when the initial withdrawal is recognised. I suggest that it would be much better forthe baby’s or infant’s development to encourage it to go peacefully at its own pace.

RESEARCH METHOD My research method is one of dowsing. I am a dowser, working in the field of health and welfare. I am

unable to back-up anything I suggest with hard science so my findings have to stand on their own merit until theyare put into scientific medical terms and demonstrated in practice. My usual research and work with other peopleis about the effect of unconscious psychology on the physical body. To get answers to questions and statements Itune in to people or situations and have the use of a method of amplifying that answer.

COMMENTI would like to record that I had not expected the various children with autism uncomplicated by any other

problems of the nervous system all to fit with each other in these findings. I had assumed there would be a varietyof reasons for the condition, not to say a variety of treatments, if any, that might have any effect. Nor had Iexpected there to be any remedy that would have an effect.

I have no personal access to any drugs of an orthodox nature so have no immediate means of checkingtheir suitability in a particular situation through my research method, unless they are presented to me for checking,and I do not, therefore, have any idea if there is any sort of orthodox drug that could have the required effect, asoutlined above, for the possible reversible of autism. I am able, however, to research the suitability, for illnessesthat do not arise from obvious outside agents and sources, of a large range of remedies in homoeopathic form, alarger range than conventionally available, in UK at least.

4

MYALGIC ENCEPHALOMYELITIS -M.E.Rikki Walker 1996 and 1997

[email protected]

I have used this information, to good effect, in the early diagnosis of ME but had no opportunity to use itlater on.

I have already discussed M.E. in Book One to some extent. Since writing that I have had the opportunityto tune in to a whole group of sufferers. From that there emerged a much more detailed picture - from theFramework point of view, as always. I wrote it up at the time, giving Framework background as well, and havedecided to include that whole write-up here as it stands - it gives a good idea of how to understand a problem, orthis one anyway, from the Framework angle. The following initial notes and summary, written at another time, Ihave also left in as a short introduction:

M.E. stems from loss of Movement of Energy in the Cycle of Continuous Action and loss of Point ofChange as well - both mental and physical overactivity. This is the final state; the path there is individual. Forexample, T.S is preventing Meanings III, IV and V from working - at all, not just not working properly; C.F.prevented Energics Sugar, C of CA, and Water/Hormones/Meanings II & V all together from working at all.

Why people do these things is not individual, except as it stems from their own life - they will each havebeen both mentally and physically greatly overactive beyond what their nervous systems can cope with. Whatmakes the expression of that different for each person, why one person is affected in one way and a second inanother, depends upon how they see themselves.

The difficulty for alteration (not necessarily cure or change) is that the person will have to alter their life -and this means altering their self-image; and consciously knowing and understanding that self-image in order to doso. THIS IS ABSOLUTELY CRITICAL IF ANY RESTORATIVE PROGRESS IS TO BE MADE.

It was quite difficult to tune in to this group because their brains weren’t working actively, not surprisingsince their /Movement of Energy was very low!

M.E. - SUMMARY1. it is a physical and particularly a mental burn-out with mental overactivity being the common factor2. the physical condition is individual, the mental common to all3. this goes on to a point that is almost past non-action and has begun to reach non-function4. the affected things are: C of CA(E); Meaning IV; one or more of the 8+2 Systems, but which is individual to theperson affected. [NB: C of CA(E) is the C of CA of the Energics]5. the way to alter this induced physical and mental condition is: carbohydrate and green but no red, includingyellow; include fats and proteins; mental rest (as in inactivity) is an absolute necessity for a while and then areorganization of life to allow either physical activity or mental activity but preferably not both at once. 6. the length of time this might take probably depends on the person but more on their ability to change their lifethan on how badly they have been affected.

M.E.This was researched from a BBC TV programme.

I have no immediate experience of being involved with any people badly affected with M.E. and amtherefore not making any claims as to the efficacy or otherwise of the above. I offer this only as a suggestion, notas a theory as to cure, and not as a complete diagnosis of any one case because of the individuality of whichSystem will have been affected.

Should you wish to pass on any of this information, please feel free, but please make sure that whoevergets it gets all of it otherwise there may be misunderstandings as to the details, as to my own amount ofunderstanding about my findings, and even as to the need for and amount of personal effort, consciousness andunderstanding that has to be put into change.

With regard to M.E., I’ll first put the reason why I find it to be developed, then the body’s requirements fordealing with the problem and discussion of this, and then the background Framework explanations to what I havefound. Since the Framework is fairly wide-ranging and is about non-interaction between the body and thepsychological aspects of people (psycho-somatics) I can’t possibly include all of it here. I have thereforeabstracted those bits which are relevant to M.E. It may well be that by doing this I will have shortened things toomuch. If this is so, and you need further discussion or enlargement, I’d be happy to oblige.

According to the sizable number of bodies in the group this is a condition that is a matter of physical andmental burn-out, to put it simply; something I have long suspected. That is the factor common to all BUT, thoughthe mental exhaustion is common to everyone, the actual way in which the physical exhaustion shows itself isindividual. Perhaps that is why it has not yet been understood, there being no one physical factor absolutelycommon to all, and perhaps the physiological detail is therefore also apt to be of an individual nature rather thancommon to all.

There is a way of dealing with this: it is to have a diet for the purpose and to take physical and mental rest- but particularly mental. The diet is one which would apply to all sufferers and is designed to allow the body toreplace the lost energy. It should therefore consist of every kind of carbohydrate, plus green vegetables (but notthose things that are only green on the outside, nor peas and beans which are largely protein); it should alsoinclude animal and vegetable fats, and animal proteins (the bodies suggest that vegetable proteins would not really

5

be suitable in this case; they have to be carefully balanced as to their amino-acid content whereas animal protein isalready balanced and the body is having a hard enough time without having to contend with that as well..). What isabsolutely not recommended and must be avoided is any food that is red or orange or yellow. This embargo alsoapplies to those same colours in clothes, furnishings and decoration. See below for discussion.

THE BACKGROUNDFIRST, the mental and physical burn-out: this will have meant more mental and physical activity than that

particular body can cope with. It doesn’t, of course, say anything at all about the level of ability that the personmay have either physically or mentally as it has nothing at all to do with it. It may indicate someone who is verycapable but pushes themselves, for whatever reason, beyond the point where their body can possibly keep up - soit stops. It will have been telling them to stop for ages but they will not have listened, or will have refused to listen,or other people will have prevented them from listening in some way. ‘Body’ of course includes brain and spinalcord as well as the muscles and internal guts of all kinds.

Mentally, the nervous system will just cut right down though the autonomic nervous system will keep goingas much as it can; everything else will be cut out as much as possible.

Physically, a body does not quite recognize the anatomical Systems of medical orthodoxy, which are:Skeletal, Muscular, Cardiovascular, Lymphatic, Respiratory, Digestive, Urinary, Reproductive, Integumentary,Endocrine, and Nervous.

What it does recognize are the Framework’s Systems of: Blood-Nervous, Respiratory, Pericardium, Heartand Blood Vessels, Digestives I, Digestives II, Eliminatory, and Reproductive. Though these between them dealwith the same things they are looked at in quite a different way. It is one or more of these that can’t keep up withdemand in the M.E. person as they, the Framework System or Systems affected in any one individual, have run outof energy, but which one or ones are adversely affected is individual to the person.

In my work there is a distinction between action - that which an anatomical cell, organ or structure activelydoes, and function - that which it is designed to do, whether it is doing it or not. In the case of M.E. the point ofnon-action in one or more Framework Systems has almost been passed and the point of non-function has begun tobe reached everywhere as a result, whichever System or Systems were initially affected. Non-action in generalcan usually be started up again, if treatment is suitable, so presumably it can be in the M.E. person if the body isprovided with what it needs.

The Framework Systems are as follows:

Blood-Nervous System: supply and demand, and vice versa, to and from cells.

Respiratory System: nose to lungs; it includes everything throughout the body to do with oxygen, its uses andabuses, including carbon-dioxide.

Pericardium System: the tough, layered membranous sac which encloses the heart and anchors it to the chestwall and which controls the quantity and/or strength of the heartbeats versus time in the normal course of events,e.g. 70 or so beats to the minute in a reasonably healthy adult.

Heart & Blood Vessels System: the means by which and through which a liquid moves from cell to cell - in thiscase blood, but it does not include blood itself as part of the System (see above).

Digestives I System: mouth to, and including, upper third of descending colon for the acceptance, throughput andsome digestion of solid foods and of liquids.

Digestives II System: pancreas and gall bladder, each of which supplies some of the digestive juices to DigestiveSystem I. The duodenum is affected by these though it is not part of the System.

Eliminatory System: all input and wastes output from every kind of cell everywhere in the body. It includes inputbecause if a cell cannot put out its wastes it cannot take in sufficient nutrients.

Reproductive System (male and female): all external and internal genitalia and reproductive organs of either sex.As to which of these Systems are affected, one or more of them, it probably depends on the state of those

particular ones prior to the onset of exhaustion. Those that are in a less good state will give up first. The generalview of what constitutes ‘healthy’ is pretty crude from the point of view of the body as it is permanently affected byanything and everything going on round it in response to whatever the person is making of it by means of the useof their brains, i.e., thinking about it - consciously or unconsciously.

The way in which these Systems get affected is in the capability of the body to balance its needs inconnection with the use of Air, Water, Hormones, Sugar, and the availability of Oxygen in specific places. InFramework terms the balance of these things comes under the heading of Energics, which is the body’s way of‘looking at’ what is usually known as physiology. Energics is much simpler, and assumes that people are thoughtfuland willing enough to listen to their body’s needs, and to provide for them. If they do this there is little need to getbogged down in refined physiological details because the body will then be able to work properly. If they don’t,there will be trouble and it will need to be dealt with in some way that is suitable to the problems produced.

Also affected in M.E. are most of the muscles on the outside of the ribs between rib 2 and down to a lineacross the inverted-V below the centre of the sternum or breastbone. These muscles are ones which affect theability of the ribs to move freely when breathing and moving. In everyone in the group they were tightened up.

6

This immediately cuts down the amount of expansion of the ribs and therefore affects the lungs and the heart to agreater or lesser extent. It doesn’t stop them working, just cuts down the space in which they can work andtherefore the amount of work they can easily do. This may not be noticeable from an outside point of view, but thebody will notice it and be affected by it. The reason this area gets affected is because the person is not Allowingtheir body to do what it is trying to do. This area is Transverse Band IV in the five Transverse Bands across thetrunk recognized by the body and forming part of the Framework.

Here, because of the capital A in Allowing, we are getting into different and psychological regions of theFramework, which is in truth a Framework of Understanding the ways in which the mind affects the body. It maybe that the statement that M.E. is ‘all in the mind’ stems from an instinctive feeling that the mind is included. Ofcourse, it is, but then so it is in every single illness that appears from inside and without an obvious outside agentin the form of bugs or accidents, for instance. The problem for orthodoxy is in understanding how.

One of the odder parts of this Framework is that the successful use of the Energics in each of the Bandsis governed by what can only be called an ethical idea. In the Framework they are called The Meanings. Each ofthe five Transverse Bands across the trunk already referred to has an associated Meaning that governs thesuitable and free use of the Energics in that particular physical area but it is only Meaning IV that is involved here,that of Allowing: ‘Allowing everything to be itself, including ones own self’. Of course, this inevitably includescompromise but preferably should never do so to the actual detriment of the person or people involved; somemutual and appropriate agreement has to be come to. Hence the primary need to understand, consciously,whatever the situation is whether mental, physical or social.

There are five Meanings in all, each associated with a Transverse Band as already stated, and they areas follows:

Meaning I - Relating: A passive, ongoing ‘act’; things relate because they are there and for no other reason. (Notto be confused with relationship/s.)

Meaning II - Spiritual Satisfaction: This is the meaning within which each individual experiences understanding -within themselves.

Meaning III - Love: An impersonal, accepting love, impartial. It can go with the physical but is not physical in itself.

Meaning IV - Allowing: Allowing everything to be itself, and this includes one’s own self.

Meaning V - Expression of Responses: Consciously expressing our responses about anything and everything.

Allowing has a relevance in the case of M.E. in that a) the person was not allowing themselves to be themselves, or circumstances or other people were not allowingthem, and b) because of the physical area / muscular association with freedom of action of rib movement, and hence of lungand heart action. Neither the restriction nor the not-Allowing, or not-being-Allowed, comes first, they go together.

The Transverse Bands and their Meanings are subdivisions of the trunk that occur due to the unconsciousway in which humans choose to understand themselves. They run from Band I at the base of the trunk up to BandV at the top of the trunk including the length of the neck. The limbs, the head, and the spine are not included; theyconstitute other divisions, not relevant here (see Framework Anatomies, Book One). These sorts of sub-divisionsdo not apply elsewhere in the animal or plant kingdom as all other life forms work as a whole within themselvesand in relation to the world.

The Transverse Bands are as follows:

Band I - this encompasses the lower abdomen and a strip across the top of the thighs, though it excludes thegluteus maximus muscles of the buttocks which are included with legs.

Band II - starts from the most forward point of the hips on either side, the top of Band I, and includes most of theabdomen up to the middle of the inverted-V below the breastbone.Band III - this includes all the tissues inside the rib-cage above the top of Band II up as high as immediatelybeneath rib 2.

Band IV - this is all the tissues external to the rib-cage and level, top and bottom, with Band III.

Band V - this is all the tissue from rib 2 up to the top of the throat.

Like legs, arms including shoulder blade and shoulders are also separate.

SECOND, the proposed diet. Since one or more Framework Systems in the body become quite energy-exhausted the accent has to be on carbohydrate, but not at all to the exclusion of fats and proteins of a suitablenature. The inclusion of green is for three reasons: the colour, the minerals, and the fibre. It took me a very longtime to realise that the colour is important as well as the obvious minerals and fibre. Green has a neutral effect on

7

the nervous system and does not, therefore, stimulate it. Red, on the other hand, does stimulate it and suchstimulation of the nervous system, which obviously includes the brain and spinal cord as well as the peripheralnerves of the body, is to be avoided by the M.E. sufferer until the person has recovered. Red, orange and yellowstimulate through the eyes, so those colours around or in food will have an adverse effect on an exhausted andstruggling nervous system. Green calms through the eyes and internally through the effect of the minerals and thefibre on the body generally, so it should be the visible colour of choice - and red, orange and yellow should bebanished from food, clothes and furnishings while the person is recovering. (I’m afraid this includes lovely thingslike the ‘finger ’ from fish fingers, too, and drinks of these colours, for instance! ) It is essential to let the autonomicnervous system, that bit of the nervous system which runs the internal organs, get on with its job of running thoseorgans without, for the moment, asking anything else of the brain. What we are aiming at is giving the CentralNervous System of brain and spinal cord a rest.

When I say green, I do mean green, not white cabbage for instance, and as I have already mentioned, notgreen as peas or beans. That means leaves, and green flowers such as calabrese, but can include string beanswhich are largely pod.

The carbohydrate shouldn’t really depend on actual sugar added to things. It is better in the form ofcooked grain foods (bread, rice, etc.) and potatoes, but biscuits and cake is fine so long as it is not white flour andsugar (use brown flour and sweeten them with dried fruit). The more ‘whole’ the foods of every kind, the more thebody will get from it, but it isn’t an absolute requirement, only a recommendation. Also, don’t even think of fatreduced foods; just eat less of them if the aim is eat less fat, but such considerations don’t really apply here.‘Enough’ is what is required, and that always depends on the requirements of the moment for that individual. Itwould, of course, be better to avoid commercially made foods of which you are not absolutely sure of the contentswith regard to hidden fats and sugars.

This is a fairly temporary diet and is designed for recovery. The changes that make it temporary arediscussed below. The length of time recovery might take must, presumably, depend on how badly the person hasbeen affected. Whether the diet is truly temporary must depend on the amount of change the person is preparedto make, or is allowed to make, or helped to make.

THIRD, the mental aspect. The person really does need absolute mental rest in particular while the braingets back its ability to function properly. Physical rest will probably take care of itself as they will not feel like doinganything until the brain has recovered enough to run the body properly. Mental rest here means not trying tounderstand anything! One has to use the brain for everything in daily life so cut out that one for the time being! Itis an unnecessary extra for now!

The real struggle will be when the person feels they are recovering. It is then they will have to makeassessments of their way of doing things and learn to pace themselves in the future. Whether the way they havebeen living their lives has been due to their own personalities or to expectations about them from parents, friends,relatives, school or other institution or workplace only they can sort out; also whether theirs will have been aresponse to a collective expectation, like school for instance, or one applied to them in particular. This will have tobe gone into in some detail in all probability, and may not be very easy to change. It is quite possible thatsurrounding people will also have to make a change in their attitude and expectation.

What the body does, reflects what the brain is able to do, or is not able to do. By having been forcing thebrain to try to do more than it has really in the end been capable of, the brain knowing perfectly well when it isrunning out of energy, it has then become unable properly to run the body, so the body in turn has begun tocollapse. M.E. then, is not a disease but a condition brought about by activity burn-out of both brain and body. It isnot ‘all in the mind’ but neither is it ‘all in the body’. It is a perfectly natural concomitant of excessive physical andmental effort in relation to any one particular person and their ability to keep up with what they have asked ofthemselves. [I can remember one instance in my own life when my brain just stopped. I had been keeping up witha rather (to me) high-powered academic for several hours, to the best of my ability, and my brain just ground to ahalt - totally. Fortunately I was being collected by a friend, who equally fortunately turned up just then, and shedrove me off and fed me large home-made brown bread cheese sandwiches and cups of tea and sugar! Just whatwas needed! Carbohydrates, fat and water. Not a long-term diet but excellent as an immediate first-aid. This same‘brain grinding to a halt’ also happened to a teacher friend of mine, as she stood at the blackboard. Her husbandcame and collected her and she retired to bed for a while. In her case this was in Africa and she dealt with herselfby listening to herself and seeing what it was ‘herself’ needed.]

Since writing the above in 1996 I made the following notes in 1997:

M.E. or Myalgic encephalomyelitis, Meridian and GeneralI have come across two kinds of M.E.:

>one is when people have been seriously overactive both mentally and physically ,>the other is when people have got exhausted with the effort of not listening to their bodies.

The effect is eventually fairly similar to the observer, and possibly to the sufferer, but the cause is very different. Inthe first one, Meridian ME, the person has blown one or more gaskets as it were, one or more meridians arecompletely exhausted. In the second, General ME, it is not a mental thing, only a generally exhausted physiologyand nothing to do with discrete meridians.

In Meridian ME, a specific physiology belonging to a specific organ cannot work properly, which is why themeridian connection can be made, a concept borrowed from acupuncture but now used in several other therapies.Meridians involve Sugar(Energic), C of CA(E), and Meanings II & V(E) of each of the specific physiologies of eachof the meridian organs. Below I will write the meridians out showing the activity of each. There are 14

8

conventional meridians but the Governing Vessel and the Central Vessel don’t get affected in ME so I will ignorethem. The other 12 I will write out in the order followed by Kinesiology and Acupunture. Meridian ME isprogressive from one specific meridian to another and the numbers on the right are the numerical order in whichmeridians get ‘blown’, though usually no-one gets beyond ‘blowing’ numbers 1-4, Lung, Gall Bladder, Spleen, andBladder. The Heart has no number because it is never implicated in the condition of mental-and-physicaloveractivity. If it collapses it will be because of some other reason. It may collapse under the strain of all the otherproblems of the meridians, but it is not likely because by then the person would be so exhausted they would notdoing any activity at all.

Meridians are usually shown in a circle so there is no real starting point, but I will begin at Lungs:

Lungs - oxygen and carbon-dioxide 1.Colon - extracting remaining water from semi-solid wastes 8.Stomach - partial digestion of most food 10.Spleen - removal of certain old blood cells 3.Heart - blood circulation —Small Intestine - further digestion of most food 9.Bladder - storage and elimination of unwanted water 4.Kidney - sorting out of wanted and unwanted water content 6.Heart-Constrictor/Circulation Sex/Pericardium - blood circulation 11.Triple Heater/Triple Warmer - metabolism in general 5.Gall Bladder - storage and release of certain enzymes 2.Liver - major distribution and storage of converted nutrients 7.

In General ME, the person has tried to ask their body alone to do more than it is able, but since theyrefuse to listen they have insisted it go beyond its preferred capabilities. But this has not included too much mentalactivity as a component. Either they can cope perfectly well with what they are doing or, at the other end of thespectrum, are doing none or little anyway. Again, Heart is never likely to be implicated unless for other reasons.

9

ALZHEIMER’S DISEASERikki Walker April 1998

[email protected]

A continuation of the comparison between diseases of the brain due to protein deficienciesAlzheimer’s Disease is understood. What has not, I suggest, been completely understood as yet is its

early aetiology, so one reason for looking at Alzheimer ’s disease in connection with BSE, C-JD, Scrapie, andKuru is that, as I understand them, these diseases are all protein-brain problems, connected through brains beingadversely affected by protein deficiency though for different reasons. The second reason is that the seeds ofAlzheimer’s are almost certainly sown quite a while before the disease even develops, before any part of the brainbegins to be affected, at which point it could still be prevented from occurring at all. In this it compares, though forvery different reasons, with C-J Ds. The animal diseases are not comparable in the same way because consciouspsychology on the part of that animal doesn’t come into it, only on the part of the animal keeper and only inconnection with BSE; Scrapie, because of the genetic component is a disease on its own in most regards; andKuru again is not comparable in the same way as its cause is quite different.

Because of the unconscious psychological component, I am writing a preamble to give some further ideaof how that ties in with the functioning of the physical body. In my view it is impossible to divide the one from theother. In the papers on BSE, C-J D, Scrapie, and the note on Kuru this psychological-physical body connectionwas seen between parts of the cell and their response to psychology; in this paper I write about the response topsychology in a whole transverse area of the human body - Transverse Band III.

The background to my Framework of reference as it applies to the problem of Alzheimer’s in particular

The Systems of Digestives I, II and Pericardium; Meaning III; and the Vertebral Cover, all mentioned below asbeing connected with the causes of Alzheimer’s as I understand it, belong to three of the parts of the Framework ofreference to which I work:

1.The part of the Framework which includes the three Systems is a division labelled The 8+2 Systems - the 8consist of: Blood-Nervous System; Respiratory System; Heart & Blood Vessels System; Pericardium System(described below); Digestive System I (described below); Digestive System II (described below); EliminatorySystem; and Reproductive System. These can be seen in any order. The 2 Systems are: the Some HormonesSystem (it excludes sexual hormones); and the Chemical Conversion System - and these have to be seen in thatorder.

2.The part of the Framework which includes Meaning III is a division labelled The Meanings I-V, each oneassociated with a particular transverse block of the anatomy of the trunk including a hands breadth of the upperthighs, labelled The Transverse Bands I-V. This is a difficult concept, that anything about anatomy should have aMeaning, but in the understanding of psychosomatics it is the way in which the physiology of each of theassociated areas responds en bloc to the psychological ways in which we each live our life. The five Meaningsare: I. Relating; II. Spiritual Satisfaction; III. Love; IV. Allowing (discussed and described below); V. Expression ofResponses. When lived, these Meanings allow the physiology of their associated areas to work properly; whenthey are not, for whatever reason, the physiology is restricted. Not only is this a difficult concept, I imagine for mostpeople it will seem to be a quite unlikely fact; nevertheless, a fact it is when one is taking psychology into account.There is, of course, a mechanics of body-use that produces the physical effect, and this body-use is the posturalexpression of what the person is unconsciously feeling but which they have not understood or come to terms withbecause of not being conscious of it, for whatever reason. When a person uses a Meaning consciously, the mentalinhibitions are not there and neither is the corresponding physical postural expression of that inhibition.

3.The part of the Framework which includes the Vertebral Cover is one which deals with the gross anatomy ofthe human body. There are six sub-divisions in it which are: Limbs; Information Network (which is not the nervoussystem); the Transverse Bands; the Vertebral Cover (described below); all Connective Tissues of every kind; Skull,Brain and Cerebro-Fluid. The divisions are important in this order and are given thus to show increasing levels ofimportance, from limbs to skull, brain and cerebro-fluid.

Further notes on the Framework can be found at the end of the Introduction as it now stands.

Alzheimer’s DiseaseAs I have suggested in my notes on BSE, C-J D, Scrapie, and Kuru, deterioration in parts of the brain can

occur because there are insufficient amino-acids of a suitable kind to maintain that brain, giving rise to severaldifferent diseases. As I have also suggested, the reasons why there may be insufficient of these amino-acids aredifferent in the case of each disease, or as in C-J D, each type of the disease. In my findings it is partly the samedeficiencies for Alzheimer’s, but for a partially different cause again than those already mentioned.

There are similarities between Alzheimer ’s, BSE and all three types of C-JD that I have looked into in thatsomewhere along the line in each case there is an inability by the gall bladder and the pancreas (D II) to produceenough, or perhaps any, bile and digestive enzymes. Scrapie eventually can be included in this though the majorproblems there are initially thoracic, and Kuru can be included in this for reasons of the total digestive tract (D I andD II) being somewhat incapacitated by a small dose of some toxin.

10

The connection, therefore, between these five diseases is a) that gall bladder and pancreas are malfunctioning, or not functioning at all, and b) that the end product is deterioration in parts of the brain.

The differences between them are that prior to point a) the initial causes are dissimilar, and betweenpoints a) and b) there is similarity but not exact similarity.

After point b) the similarities lie in the fact that it is parts of the brain which suffer with some form ofdeterioration and that this is the result, in three cases, of the same amino-acids being lacking;

the differences arise if an enzyme precursor causes this lack - BSE; if the same appliesbut there is an initial psychological state to be taken into account causing that eventual lack - C-J D’s; if there is anemotional and a genetic condition present as well as the same amino-acids lacking among others - Scrapie; if thereis a problem affecting the metabolism of all food because of a small dose of some toxin - Kuru; or if two of fouramino-acids lacking are different to BSE and C-JD but two are the same, which with the additional lack of one orother of two further amino-acids being implicated, makes one or other of two groups of five - Alzheimer’s - and intothe bargain each of these two further amino-acids, though implicated separately in Alzheimer’s, the loss of each isalso part of the equations of BSE, C-JD, Scrapie and, like all the others, presumably in Kuru.

The lack of sufficient amino-acids arises for one of two reasons:a) either there is insufficient protein available in the first place, for whatever reason, orb) Digestive System II of gall bladder and pancreas isn’t in a condition to process it.

If it is a) then it makes no difference how healthy and capable D II (gall bladder and pancreas) is; if it is b) it makes no difference how much or how suitable the protein is.

In my findings, the reason for BSE is a); the reason for C-J D is b); the reason for scrapie is fearcombined with a genetic disposition resulting in thoracic Krebs Cycles not being able to work - neither a) nor b) inpractice because of the genetic component; the reason for Kuru is incapability of Digestive System II and DigestiveSystem I [mouth to upper third of descending colon but excluding gall bladder and pancreas] due to mild paralysisfrom poisoning of a particular kind - both a) and b).

As a comparison, the reason for Alzheimer ’s is also a lack of protein, not for reasons a) or b) but from yetanother cause: Pericardium System and Digestive System II are not able to work properly. [In my work, thePericardium System controls the quantity and strength of the heartbeat, and this in turn affects the blood-flowthroughout the body. I suspect that the pericardium is usually a somewhat unremarked organ and not regarded asa separate System.] For reasons discussed below this can, as I understand it, eventually give rise to a lack of theamino-acids: leucine, glutamic acid, hydroxyproline, and methionine which, with the added lack of either tyrosine(Group One) or arginine (Group Two) but not both at once, form two groups of five, the lack of either of whichgroup (I think) has different effects on the brain’s activity.

TO ARRIVE AT THIS DISEASE the Pericardium System has to be affected in a particular way, apsychological dis-allowing of Meaning III of Love, as a Meaning, the psychological, intellectual or emotional use orunderstanding of this particular kind of Love: an impersonal, accepting love, impartial; it can go with physicalexpression but is not physical in itself. Neglect of the use of this kind of Love can cause physical deterioration ofthe heart and pericardium themselves and may lead to diseases of many kinds. (This is not intended to say that allheart disease is caused by this, only a very few.) This is not the reason why Alzheimer’s develops but how itdevelops, physiologically. The reason why would be the reason why the person is not using Meaning III.

I can give the physical mechanism (next paragraph) whereby such a physiological state occurs and theeffect of that posture of expression, which is mainly on the spine, on the blood flow of the whole body, and on thefailure to exchange carbon-dioxide for oxygen - but I cannot give the psychological and unconscious reasons whythe person had not used Meaning III. They would come under the heading of personal/anecdotal and areextremely unlikely to be exactly the same from one person to another. The generality has to remain as: non-use ofMeaning III, Love of a particular kind.

THE MECHANISM whereby the physiology of this area can be inhibited, the result of the physicalresponse to the unconscious mental state inhibiting M III for one or more reasons which will be entirelyunconscious and personal, are as follows: tightness of the various tissues of the Vertebral Cover at Cervicals 6 &7, [the Vertebral Cover is composed of five tissues along the length of the spine: the body and neural arch of everyvertebra (but not the neural spines or transverse processes), the periosteum on the included bone, ligamentsattached to that bone, tendons adjacent to the spine, and nerve sheaths] which then effectively prevents theshoulders from moving freely, as a result of which it becomes impossible for the spine and arms to be used looselyat the rhomboids. To accommodate this, the person stops moving the upper body at C4-7 flexibly, which in turnprevents the neck from C2 to skull from balancing properly. The difficulty of balancing the head then stops the restof the body from being free to hold itself properly. The net effect is to prevent the ribs, the soft tissues either sideof the spine from skull to Thoracic 12, and the intercostals from being able to hold the whole body in relation to thelungs in a position for them to be able to expand enough, and this in turn interferes with the functioning of the otherorgans within the thorax: heart, diaphragm, upper and lower lungs, blood vessels, pericardium, trachea,oesophagus and bronchi, and all lining or wrapping tissues - in that order . In this way the general physiology of thewhole of the upper body begins to be interfered with (Meanings and Transverse Bands III, IV and V in myFramework of reference. Were it to be Meanings I or II in the lower body that were interfered with it would take adifferent mechanism, and refer to different Meanings.) This is the generality of the postural change. There aresubtly different areas affected in connection with each of the three Meanings in these three Bands.

11

If this situation lasts for many years it will affect the whole body because of having interfered throughoutwith the free movement of the spine in the neck and thoracic regions.

SOME OF THE ADVERSE PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS that arise from Meaning III, the physiology ofmost of the tissues internal to the ribs, not being allowed to work properly applies to all cases of PericardiumSystem being adversely affected; even though most heart disease cannot be attributed to this, it is not just aprecursor to Alzheimer’s. Not allowing Meaning III (Love, as defined above) prevents the free working of the heartand therefore the uninhibited flow of blood round the body. This will eventually adversely affect the whole of therest of the body internally, including Digestive System II (gall bladder and pancreas) and this latter then affectsdigestion of all foods, not only protein, and the whole body is affected by that as well. The deterioration in parts ofthe brain only occur in Alzheimer’s when the lack of one or other group of five amino-acids: leucine, glutamic acid,hydroxyproline, methionine, and either arginine or tyrosine but not both together, has affected a part of the brain’sphysical activity, and thus the activity of the whole body. I can’t make out for certain which of these latter twoamino-acids is implicated in what; I suspect that each group will each adversely affect slightly different activities inthe brain. I think, and I am very hesitant about this, that the four-plus-tyrosine Group One produces ?theneurofibrillary tangles?; and that the four-plus-arginine Group Two interferes with the processes of thinking as suchfrom the middle brain and therefore the cortex cannot be used because its presence eventually leads to anotherlack - of threonine. I also think that when a lack of threonine and both Groups One and Two have occurred, thisleads to the ?presence of plaques. I realise this is simplistic, but two somewhat different things are beingadversely affected here. The process of arriving at this deterioration can take from a few months to two or threeyears and depends on the severity of the effect on Digestive System II. That in turn depends on for how long,and/or how severely, the person has not allowed Meaning III.

THE EXTREMELY EARLY PHYSIOLOGICAL SYMPTOMS that might eventually give rise to the conditionof Alzheimer’s if they continue for more than twelve or eighteen months and which would then give rise to THEMECHANISM above are probably as follows, and probably occur in this order if they are going to give rise toAlzheimer’s:

1. organs of the Chemical Conversion System unable to function properly: a failure of the digestive organs ofduodenum, small intestine, stomach, and ascending colon, in that order but as a group, to be able eithersufficiently to convert food intake or to distribute the digested material round the body;

2. all those organs of the internal chest (Transverse Band III between rib 2 and the diaphragm) which arepsychologically affected by the lack of use of Meaning III; the consequences of the failure to use M III are many:heart overactive and lungs underactive, as a result of which there is too little breath available to provide the fourSystems of Some Hormones, Chemical Conversion, Heart & Blood Vessels and Pericardium with enoughoxygen/carbon-dioxide exchange. The effect of this can be to remove the availability of physiological activity andresponses from all the tissues in the whole body - and those of Band III in particular as they are already beinginhibited by the refusal to use Meaning III;

3. Band III having been deprived of essential nervous impetus through all the conditions in 2. above it slowlybegins to tighten up; this further prevents the free movement of the lungs, and also of the diaphragm so the declineof the physiological activity of the tissues internal to the chest and upper abdomen is made to continue

4. the symptoms of the Some Hormones System (which includes all hormones, their production and working,except sexual hormones) when it is not working are that the sensory and motor nervous system and the spinal cordare selectively unable to respond. The effect of this will be to stop the brain and the selected parts of the bodyfrom being able to respond, which inevitably leads to an inability to respond in parts of the middle brain as well as aselected cessation of response by the spinal cord, leading to mental and physical inability to respond intelligently.

Any one of these four things can happen often though for very short periods (up to days) but if any one ofthem happens for longer (weeks) it will cause local illness of some kind somewhere in the body. If all four areallowed to occur together, the consequence of refusing to use Love of the impersonal kind for whatever reason,and if that lasts for more than a year, say, and is not then very rapidly reversed through proper psycho-and-somaticunderstanding but continues unabated, it is likely to lead to Alzheimer’s.

WHAT TO DO is consciously to live Meaning III in the first place; or having failed so far in that, notice theeffect on Pericardium System in particular, and therefore all over the body, and treat that. This situation is onlytreatable in the early stages of not allowing Meaning III, when it is not ‘Alzheimer’s’ at all as yet. Once the effect ofthe lack of one or other group of five amino-acids has begun to affect the middle brain, it is too late, and that iswhen the lack of maintenance begins to affect specific parts of the middle brain. I have to presume that treatmentwill be expected to include the psycho. as well as the somatic aspects of the problem.

COMMENTS1. As I understand Alzheimer”s, the cause is the inadequacy or incapability of Digestive System II, the reasons forwhich, in the case of this disease, would be the non-use of Meaning III of Love, a personal psychological attitude toliving which would always be personal and unconscious. The ultimate reason for the deterioration of parts of thebrain is brought about by the lack of one or other (or both) groups of five amino-acids: leucine, glutamic acid,

12

hydroxyproline, and methionine, plus arginine, or leucine, glutamic acid, hydroxyproline, and methionine, plustyrosine, the lack of each group having a different consequence on the brain.

If one cannot use the middle brain because the lower brain has not been maintained, the cortex is boundto deteriorate. The lack of maintenance of the lower brain will have been due to both a lack of oxygen intakebecause of upper body rigidity due to disallowing M III, and to the gross lack of properly metabolised protein due tothe disallowance of M III and the effect of that on D II of gall bladder and pancreas. I suspect that the arginine-plus group has something specific to do with the lack of maintenance in the lower brain, implying that nervousmessages from the body stop just below it, which would be why the person cannot ‘think’ out of the middle brain -the cortex cannot be consciously aware of such messages as they have not been able to arrive in the brain at all.

When the brain does not understand itself it is unable to remove the problem.If a person has not realised there is a physical problem they do not know treatment and change is

necessary.Whether there are additional problems or not, they would not be likely to be a part of this particular

aetiology though presumably they would not help matters either - depending on what they were. 2. In my view it is extremely important to understand correctly the definition of Love as used in this context. It is

a much misused word and carries with it a wealth of assumption that has nothing to do with the way it isunderstood here. Physically dealing with the mechanism that inhibits the physiology of the tissues and organsinternal to the ribs would not, in the end, be successful as the only form of treatment; it would have to be thereason for that mechanism that would need to be discovered, then the physical treatment should hold - or even beunnecessary - remove the real cause and very often the physical mechanism expressing it changes as a response,though not always.

The five Meanings are the key to everything working properly within the human body; they are the way inwhich conscious psychology ties in to the the human body. Any other animal is all five Meanings, throughout theirbody, but humans unconsciously divide themselves, and therefore their bodies, into these five separatepsychological and physical semi-compartments (the Meanings and the Transverse Bands), causing themselves noend of problems. IF the Meanings were properly understood, both Alzheimer’s and C-J D (among many otherthings) would be preventable before they became diseases; BSE would be preventable if not so much were askedof the cattle and they were also fed properly. Presumably Kuru would be preventable with a careful understandingof hygiene. Scrapie is not preventable and has, therefore, to be dealt with quite differently.

3. It may be considered excessive to posit such a severe outcome as Alzheimer’s to a failure in thepsychosomatic interaction, but in practice failures of this sort, though varying in type, can and do lead to equallysevere outcomes of many different kinds. This is not a conventional understanding, but it is a formalisation andbringing into consciousness of an old understanding.

CONCLUSIONSThat as a contribution to the understanding of Alzheimer’s disease per se, the above piece of work is quite

useless becauseAlzheimer’s is the possible, and bitter, end-product of inhibiting the physiology of the whole body as a

result of a particular kind of failure psychosomatically thatstems from the lack of use of most of the upper body as a physical expression of that person’s need, for

whatever personal and unconscious reason, to disallow (and I use the word deliberately) the use of one particularway of living their own psychosomatic life.This piece of work only contributes to the understanding of the general aetiology that often leads to Alzheimer’s.

13

BOVINE SPONGIFORM ENCEPHALOPATHY (BSE), CREUTZFELDT-JACOB DISEASE (C-JD), SCRAPIE, AND KURU.

Rikki Walker January 1998, January 1998, December 1997, and March [email protected]

INTRODUCTION TO THE ACCOMPANYING PAPERS ON BSE, C-J D and SCRAPIE, with a note on KURU

22 March 1998

These papers are submitted together for comparative purposes and to show that the aetiology ofthese diseases are largely different: that their causes are quite different, and that they are only partiallysimilar in their subsequent development - but that they are sufficiently similar in their final outcome of‘holes in the brain’ for it to have obscured the issue. As I repeat in each paper, I am unable to substantiatethese findings in conventional terms - and even in my own terms as a dowser in the field of psychosomatichealth they are theoretical - but I am moved to put them forward in case anyone finds them to be ofinterest.

All these diseases have an end-state of death associated with ‘holes in the brain’, but I suggest the routesto those ends are often dissimilar, as are the causes, and that it is the dissimilarities that are of use. I also suggestthat in each case, but for very different reasons, outlined below, there has been a protein deficiency associatedwith or as an initiator of these diseases. Because I am a dowser, and because in the early stages of most illnessesof any kind the initiator of that illness is unconscious and psychological, which is my field of research, I wasinterested in dowsing into these problems to see what, if any, information I could find. The results are in theenclosed papers.

In these papers I have divided the contents similarly for BSE, C-J D and Scrapie so that they may be thebetter compared (or read separately), even though it has inevitably resulted in repetition to some extent. For Kuru,because it is such a different disease in its aetiology, I have left it as a numbered sequence. The divisions are asfollows:

A. The physical mechanism for the physical problem concentrating on the physical aspect alone and temporarily ignoring the psychological - including the paragraphspreceding A. in C-J DB. Affected in the cell looking at the connection between psychology and cell activity, and the effect on that activity when unconsciouspsychology interferes with it: in BSE and C-J D; in Scrapie, where there is no real comparison with the former; andin Kuru, where it doesn’t apply in the same way at allC. The physical consequence the effects of B.(above) in the cell: similar in BSE and C-J D, though for different reasons: in BSE the psychologyaccompanies the physical problem, in C-J D it is the precursor; in Scrapie it may be part of the genetic condition; inKuru it is not relevant to the diseaseD. The steps in the development of BSE / C-J D / Scrapie / Kuruthis is the same in BSE and C-J D, though for different reasons, but quite different in Scrapie and KuruE. The reasons why BSE / C-J D / Scrapie / Kuru develop quite different in each case but each leading to interference with protein provision for maintenance of part or partsof the nervous system

After that I have added various sections that are not necessarily the same in each paper. The includeEpidemiology; Treatment?; Maternal transition to calves; and a comment on prion proteins.

As an incredibly brief comparison between Kuru, Scrapie, BSE and C-J D, I offer the following:BSE is a disease which is the consequence of an unsuitable diet; C-J D’S are diseases of totally unconscious ‘psychological choice’ followed by a failure to observe and appreciateproperly the physical early-warning signs of inactivity of or among three different groups of organelles and thecytoplasm in cells.SCRAPIE is a two-pronged disease a) the consequence of genetic pre-disposition and b) the combination of thatwith fear and, eventually, a virus; KURU is a disease caused by a then local tradition allied to infectious microbes or microbe;

As far as I can understand it, all ‘holes in the brain’ are a consequence of a failure of the various parts ofthe brain that have become incompetent because there is insufficient available protein to maintain them,the reasons for which, in the four diseases discussed here, are different in each case. These are some ofthe ways in which protein has been affected, taking psychology into account where applicable: in BSE it is for reasons of inadequate and inappropriate dietin C-J D it is for reasons of psychologically unconscious interference in various aspects of cell activity resulting indifficulties with a) the digestion of fat in Type 1(the commonest) b) the use of water in Type 2 (rare) and c) the

14

digestion of protein in Type 3 (possibly ‘new variant’).in SCRAPIE it is for reasons of fear (in this case with a genetic predisposition) as a permanently frightened animalcannot digest anything properlyin KURU it is for reasons of a semi-paralysis of the digestive tract from throat to caecum due to a toxin from thesurface of any meat, and of the organs of gall bladder and pancreas not providing enough digestive enzyme due toa subsequent infection

Because of starting from a different point of view than the usual, but one which any individual body insistsupon and acknowledges if and when it is relevant but not if it is not, the divisions of this information show thepsychological aspect of these diseases, where they apply, as well as the effect of that psychology on thephysiology; it is for this reason that in A.(above), for instance, the physical mechanism is emphasised in the title, asopposed to the psychological. The psychological aspect is included where relevant, which is more in C-J D thanin others, but in BSE and Scrapie it is commented upon. In Kuru it is not relevant to the disease itself; it might bean aspect of the local tradition, but in collective terms rather than individual.

The understanding about psychosomatic health I have been led to as a reason for the development ofmany illnesses, and which is outlined below, holds good here for C-J D but not for BSE, and would only hold goodfor SCRAPIE in the very early stages, long before any symptoms would be noticeable probably, and because of thegenetic predisposition would presumably be of no use. For BSE, since the psychological state is irrelevant fromthe point of view of the cause or development of the disease, it would be other factors that would have to be takeninto consideration, and which are touched upon in the paper. For KURU, it is quite irrelevant, even if theconventional wisdom about its cause and development is entirely correct, which I would question to some extent.Correct or not, the similarity of the end state in Kuru is as deceptive here as a basis for understanding the currentBSE and C-J D problems as it has been for lumping them in with Scrapie. I would suggest the route to the similarend is not the same in any of these four conditions, that it is confusing to assume BSE and C-J D are due toinfection because Kuru is due to infection, and muddling to assume they are similar to Scrapie, which is mainly dueto genes and a virus. Prion proteins may be associated but are not a primary cause.

This understanding of psychosomatic health has led me to the observation that different ‘states of mind’affect quite different activities in the body, are in fact irrevocably linked to them, and that the resulting interferencewith any of them leads to quite different effects. It has also led me to observe that the conscious understanding ofany of these ‘states of mind’ by the individual, or the appropriate treatment of them by sympathetic means,completely relieves the body of the involuntary necessity of demonstrating them. Treatment should preferablypreclude merely dealing with symptoms.

Apart from accidents, or microbial, parasitic or other invasions caused by varieties of living organisms,most illnesses are caused through a lack of conscious awareness of mental states.

The understanding is:1) that many illnesses, if looked at from the point of view of psychology as their starting point, have causes thatare different and individual to the sufferer and therefore start physically from different consequences within thebody; 2) that it is essential to understand the individual’s psychology for each individual’s illness so that there can be abetter understanding of the details of that illness; 3) that the way in which the physical body shows the consequences of the lack of conscious awareness can be tostop relevant physical activity; and 4) that the best form of treatment is that of psychological understanding primarily, using other or additional formsof treatment only when necessary.

Two riders have to be added here: that animals are unable to understand their own psychology but that itis not impossible for people to understand it for them and treat them accordingly; and that not all people are opento this form of understanding (either for themselves, for others, or for animals) - unless they want to know about theway in which the connection between mind and body works.

In general, the understanding outlined above has been found to be very effective, and can be observed tobe accepted and effective when there is physical and/or psychological growth or recovery. It would be of no use atall if it did not work in practice and was only eventually formalized because it did so.

15

BSE AND C-J D: CATTLERikki Walker January 98

[email protected]

I am going to suggest here, in a more expanded form, what was first suggested to some people inthe Spring of 1996, that neither BSE nor C-J D are infectious diseases in that they probably do not have aninfective agent; rather I am going to suggest that they are conditions - conditions brought about usuallyand initially by an induced incompetence of part of the digestive system as a consequence of aninadequate supply of an enzyme precursor and certain specific amino-acids with subsequent effects on theactivity of various cell organelles. The reasons for this in CATTLE is the consequence of diet; forHUMANS, the consequence of cell malfunction as a result of psychological unconsciousness of variouskinds.

I am not able to substantiate any of the above in conventional terms, nor in absolute detail - and even inmy own terms as a dowser in the field of psychosomatic health it is still theoretical - but I am moved to put thiswork forward in case it is worth anyone’s while to reconsider this pair of problems from a different point of view. Ifon investigation any of it is found to be correct I should be interested to know.

For the following piece -

THE HYPOTHESIS is that both C-J D and BSE are caused by inadequate metabolism, but for two differentreasons ANDTHAT THE BASIC PROBLEM which gives rise to the conditions now diagnosed as belonging either to BovineSpongiform Encephalopathy (BSE) or Creutzfeldt-Jacob Disease (C-J D), whether ‘typical’ or ‘atypical’, is due to afailure of parts of the digestive system to work freely, the result of underlying stress amounting to impossible strain.

For ease of reference I shall present the two cases separately.

ADULT CATTLE For calves see below

A. THE PHYSICAL MECHANISM FOR THE PHYSICAL PROBLEM is probably as follows:1. lack of some of the specific precursor to an enzyme (C.below) needed to make available four specific amino-acids —> (leads to) 2. lack of those four specific amino-acids (C.below) —> 3. poor maintenance (?no maintenance) of two specific parts of the nervous system:

3a. the cell bodies and axons between the sympathetic division of the autonomic nervous system, and3b. the sensory division of the spinal cord to which they connect —>

4. the energy-producing Citric Acid Krebs Cycles within those axons and cell bodies is adversely affected andgradually breaks down at the points where there is production of carbon-dioxide, an indication that the precedingsteps have each been slowed down or prevented by an inadequate use of water in metabolism. [The Krebs Cycleis the chief means by which the potential energy from fats, carbohydrates and proteins is released by cells to makean essential compound, ATP, for further work in the body.] The combined effects of 3a, 3b, and 4 —> 5. bile duct and pancreatic duct narrowing as well as some uppermost small intestine narrowing due to the loss ofchemical and electrical signals to and from these organs via the sensory and autonomic nervous systems —> 6.interference with the delivery of bile and pancreatic digestive enzymes into the uppermost part of the small intestine—> 7. a direct weakening effect on the digestion of all foodstuffs including protein.

Immediate protein deficiency is not very visible in cattle as an initially obvious wasting disease; perhapscattle are killed before it shows up much. The animals are not altogether protein deficient in the early stagesbecause they are eating protein, but because they cannot metabolise unsuitable proteins (C. below) they cannotsupply certain cells (A.3a and 3b above) with the amino-acids appropriate to their maintenance.

Because of the interference to the Krebs Cycles in the axons to the ascending sensory tracts in the spinalcord as a consequence of these amino-acid deficiencies, there are adverse effects in the brain. From then oneverything begins to deteriorate in the brain, showing the various symptoms designated BSE.

B. AFFECTED IN THE CELL IN CATTLE BSE IS a single group of organelles and the cytoplasm (compare withC-J D): cytoplasm, and the endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomes

- they respond as a group and in this instance their effective functions fail as a group- this affects the metabolism of protein in particular.

cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomesIn terms of the cell, cytoplasm is the ground substance of the cell less the nucleus and the nucleoplasm; the

endoplasmic reticulum, one of various membrane-bound sub-cellular structures, is composed of layers of flattenedvesicles in which protein in various stages of construction may be transported and is often studded with ribosomes;ribosomes are granules of RNA where the actual linking of protein units probably takes place.

That they are shown grouped is essential because they respond to psychology as a group, not as singlecellular or sub-cellular structures. Not all cell organelles are affected and the cytoplasm is only affected as part ofthis one group. Other groupings are not relevant for BSE (but see under C-J D).

C. THE PHYSICAL CONSEQUENCE of this particular group being adversely affected in basic cells is to deprive

16

the organism of the following:1. Chymotrypsinogen - an enzyme precursor to Chymotrypsin for making available the particular protein for theouter walls of the spinal cord (among several other things not relevant here) [Trypsinogen—>Trypsin—>chymotrypsinogen—>Chymotrypsin - ultimately making amino-acids available from proteins];

and four amino-acids essential for the cell maintenance of specific areas of the nervous system: 2 a. Leucine - throughout the spinal cord;

b. Arginine - needed in the connective tissue covering both sensory and motor nerves in the whole length of the spinal cord;

c. Hydroxyproline and Tyrosine - essential in the cerebro-spinal fluid.

D. THE STEPS IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF BSE happen in the following order:1. the breakdown caused by the lack of suitable protein —> (leading to) 2. the effect on the spinal cord —> 3. the loss of electrical signals within the axons mentioned above; at which point the situation is out of control—>4. the Krebs Cycle breakdown —> 5. the removal or loss of consciousness / absolute awareness in the brain —>6. the final consequence of which would be death.

One matter to be noted is that this problem quickly applies to the inadequate metabolism of ALL proteinsbecause of the increasing loss of the enzyme precursor Chymotrypsinogen (C.1 above).

E. THE REASONS WHY BSE DEVELOPS - the question has perhaps not yet been asked in sufficientlycomprehensive terms:1. the inadvertently induced physical reaction resulting from feeding unsuitable protein and thus reducing theamount available of suitable protein, the mind/body strain of which adversely affects the cytoplasm and thisparticular group of cell organelles;2. cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, and ribosomes respond as a group if a particular aspect of the mind/bodycombination is upset, and3. the reason they fail is the consequence of (human) expectations with which an animal is unable to cope: wrongfood for the gross over-production of milk - a lifestyle that is far from sustainable for that individual. In other words,bad husbandry of a specific kind.

Though I haven’t stressed it, there is of course a psychology for cattle as much as there is for humans;the difference is that it doesn’t precede the development of the condition, isn’t the underlying cause of it, butaccompanies it - and in the case of cows the animals will have had no choice in the matter of ‘lifestyle’ .Cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomes are adversely affected psychologically when there is a failure inthe organism to be given a feeling of physical contentment and well-being. The individual feels itself to be unableeither to give or receive ‘love’ of a totally undemanding kind in terms of the give and take of a comfortable cow life;it doesn’t feel totally accepted in the way it needs to be because its daily life is much too stressed (see under C-J Dfor further notes on psychology in connection with each of the groups of organelles). This interferes first with thephysiology of the whole body and then with the ability to metabolise fat in particular.

In one draft of this paper I left out the psychological description after having referred to its existenceobliquely, but the vet and the zoologist both commented on its absence so I have restored it. As far as I amconcerned it is as important as the physical descriptions so I was glad to see that other people felt the same.

EPIDEMIOLOGY - or ‘who gets sick and why’.It has been suggested to me that it is probably epidemiology that will uncover the reasons behind BSE.

This is not really an epidemic in the normal meaning of the word, but the use of epidemiology, including as it wouldhave to a greater awareness of both the physical and the psychological states that adversely affect organisms andthus adversely affect the ability of the cytoplasm and some of the cell organelles to work properly, may help sort itout.

Various questions then arise with regard to this: Q1. Why are some cows and not others in the same herd of closely related animals, all similarly stressed?A. Possibly they aren’t closely related, and though they may all be similarly stressed they may vary in the amountof milk they produce, regardless of their diet; if they are closely related they may, if they develop BSE, be animalseither with no heritable component of susceptibility or with a calmer response to life conditions than those whodon’t. Either of these factors may partly be the answer if some animals in a herd develop it and some do not,regardless of their immediate relationships, but perhaps their genealogical inheritance may count for something -see Q6.Q2. Why so many in Britain and so few in apparently equally stressed animals in other countries, fed the sameinappropriate diet? A. Is this a proper understanding of the situation? Are all cases of BSE everywhere reported? Is it that thoseanimals that do develop BSE, those with a low tolerance of a finally impossible life, are killed and are thus notpassing on their genetic inheritance, or their low tolerance temperament? Are all suspect cows given a postmortem examination? Without more data I cannot even guess more about this.Q3. Why mostly dairy cows rather than beef? A. I imagine, in the light of the above paper, it is because of the particular stresses dairy cows are subject to.These not only include being expected to overproduce for a great length of time each year, in this case oninappropriate food, but must include the modern general scheme of the animal’s short lives if used for commercialmilk production: removing the calf at birth, or even (I understand) before birth from induced abortion in some

17

countries if pregnant at a time ‘inconvenient’ to the farmer; perhaps giving birth at unseasonal times of year; not tomention artificial insemination, so that at no time at all are most dairy cows leading what could by any stretch of theimagination be called even a near natural bovid life. This is not to mention the very large herds in some countriesthat live on concrete instead of outside, get no exercise, are so bred for overproduction they have to be milkedthree times a day, and suffer considerable amounts of ill health, probably as a consequence. (Nor is any accounttaken of the stressful affect on the calf of removal at or shortly after birth.) Beef cattle, on the other hand, may givebirth more seasonally, run with their calves, possibly have a bull in attendance, don’t have to produce milk beyondthe needs of that calf, and probably live outside for the most part. Their stresses are therefore different and maybe less - though what breeding for extra weight might eventually lead to is anybody’s guess. (And see Q. and A.7below.)Q4. Why is BSE sporadic and regional in incidence? A. Again I have no data about this. It may be to do with local expectation for milk production? strains of kinshipamong the cows concerned? local feeding habits? Couldn’t health also be described as sporadic and regionalgiven the remarks in the previous question? Is BSE sporadic and regional in incidence or this an artifact ofreporting - or even looking for the condition in the first place since I gather the early stages resemble many otherills and BSE needs a post-mortem for its diagnosis which may or may not be a usual undertaking? Q5. Why has it at last started significantly to decline in numbers of cases?A. Would this be because those animals that cannot stand both an unnatural lifestyle and finally a poor diet, foundthe latter to be the last straw, fell ill, and are therefore being killed off instead of being bred from? Q6. I have been given to understand that the hill farmers in the north-west of England at least believe thatsusceptibility to BSE came in originally with Holstein cattle imported from Canada in the 1980’s. A. Can this be disproved?Q7. What do at least some beef lifestyles give to the animals concerned?A. Possibly the feeling of contentment and well-being that dairy cows lack - for some, and for a while - but beefcattle anyway are (I understand) genetically different.

Of course, all this is generalisation for the most part but perfect subjects for epidemiological study. Theyare questions worth asking - and answering, if they have not already been answered, but since they have all comefrom a practising vet working with cattle and a behavioural zoologist, maybe they have not.

MATERNAL TRANSMISSION TO CALVES As I understand it, calves perhaps only eventually develop BSE-likesymptoms if they have: 1. never received a diet which contains enough Hydroxyproline because2. the cow mother has already been deficient in that amino-acid while ovulating so3. the foetus was then unable to work and develop properly - throughout the pregnancy and after.4. The calf apparently is specifically affected adversely in gall bladder, pancreas, and uppermost part of the smallintestine; it is then unable to produce sufficient enzymes of every type and cannot, therefore, sufficiently convertfood of any type.

In order for a cow not to be deficient in Hydroxyproline it needs to be both unstressed as well as fedsuitably - a herbivorous diet and not an omnivorous one.

ADDITIONAL COMMENT - PRION PROTEINSSome prion proteins, in my terms, seem to be a very unusual but not particularly abnormal consequence

of an underactive nerve response both to and from the liver. It is the end result of inadequately maintained axonsin the autonomic nervous system’s parasympathetic and sympathetic-to-ascending tracts of the sensory nervoussystem in the spinal cord for a particular reason - proteins for their maintenance or rebuilding become insufficient.This is a short-term consequence of the liver being unable to produce enough bile for a while - a matter whichhappens frequently in the normal course of events in any human or domestic mammal and may occasionally causeproteins to be improperly converted.

In the case of BSE it will be the consequence of problems with the quantity of food available, thegallonage expected from the individual, and the protein content of its food. Also it ceases to be a short-termconsequence since these three parameters are not alleviated in any way.

18

BSE AND C-J D: HUMANSRikki Walker January 98

[email protected]

I am going to suggest here, in a more expanded form, what was first suggested to some people inthe Spring of 1996, that neither BSE nor C-J D are infectious diseases in that they probably do not have aninfective agent; rather I am going to suggest that they are conditions - conditions brought about usuallyand initially by an induced incompetence of part of the digestive system as a consequence of aninadequate supply of an enzyme precursor and certain specific amino-acids with subsequent effects on theactivity of various cell organelles. The reasons for this in CATTLE is the consequence of diet; for HUMANS,the consequence of cell malfunction as a result of psychological unconsciousness of various kinds.

I am not able to substantiate any of the above in conventional terms, nor in absolute detail - and even inmy own terms as a dowser in the field of psychomatic health it is still theoretical - but I am moved to put this workforward in case it is worth anyone’s while to reconsider this pair of problems from a different point of view. If oninvestigation any of it is found to be correct I should be interested to know.

For the following piece -

THE HYPOTHESIS is that both C-J D and BSE are caused by inadequate metabolism, but for two differentreasons ANDTHAT THE BASIC PROBLEM which gives rise to the conditions now diagnosed as belonging either to BovineSpongiform Encephalopathy(BSE) or Creutzfeldt-Jacob Disease (C-J D), whether ‘typical’ or ‘atypical’, is due to afailure of parts of the digestive system to work freely, the result, in humans, of underlying psychological stressleading to impossible strain.

For ease of reference I shall present the two cases separately.

HUMANS

The difference in the development of this condition in humans is that the precursor to C-J D is apsychologically unconscious acceptance of a specific lifestyle, different for each Type of C-J D shown below.(Cattle have an accompanying psychology, not a precursive one.) Since it is likely that the physical aspect will beof most interest I shall give that first and try and reserve most of the psychological aspects to last (see E. below)but it is because of what I find to be the incontrovertible psychological component here that I shall give the generalgrouping of certain cell structures first. My justification for connecting psychology with sub-cellular structures is myformulated understanding of how five different and particular aspects of basic psychology inevitably interact withthe different groups of organelles and the cytoplasm shown below. I am not in a position to demonstrate this byorthodox means but frequently use it in practice, where applicable, as a means of understanding the originalcauses of most kinds of human illness. This understanding has long passed the realms of being only theoreticaland is of definite use in practice. From my point of view, it is the aspects of psychology that have remainedunconscious that is far and away the most important since it is the underlying reason why most human ills begin inthe first place, and C-J D seems to be no exception.

The cytoplasm and a number of single or specifically grouped cell organelles can be unconsciouslypsychologically affected in humans. The grouping is important but not every kind of cell organelle is affected bypsychological states. These are normal everyday states for everyone; the adverse effects only become obvious ifthey are unrecognised and remain untended, whether as single states, in the combinations shown below, or in anyother combinations. There are five organelle groups that can be affected by such states though not all of them areaffected in C-J D. The basic groups are as follows:

centrioles, and lysosomes cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, and ribosomesvacuolesmitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, and lysosomescentrioles

CYTOPLASM and ORGANELLES in terms of the CELL:centrioles and lysosomes - centrioles are a pair of barrel-like cylinders which are believed to produce the astersand spindle upon which chromosomes travel to opposite poles of the dividing cell; lysosomes are membrane-linedcontainers of enzymes which merge with vacuoles holding certain foreign material or cell debris and disintegratethe contents. The digested contents are usually ejected through the cell membrane.cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomes - cytoplasm is the ground substance of the cell less the nucleusand the nucleoplasm; the endoplasmic reticulum is composed of layers of flattened vesicles in which protein invarious stages of construction may be transported and is often studded with ribosomes; ribosomes are granules ofRNA where the actual linking of protein units probably takes place.vacuoles - vacuoles are membrane-lined containers of various compounds in transit through the cell. They may beregarded as to some extent the same as pinocytotic vesicles.mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles and lysosomes - mitochondria are membrane-lined structures saturated withcomplex enzyme systems whose activities result in the production of physical energy for cell operations - cellrespiration (the utilization of oxygen, and formations of carbon-dioxide and water) also occurs here; pinocytoticvesicles are somewhat similar to vacuoles (see above); lysosomes are as shown above; in terms of the cell they

19

only occur once, as it were, though there are several of them, but in terms of the psychological working they areused twice.centrioles - centrioles only occur once, but in terms of the psychological working they respond twice.

In these descriptions it will be seen that lysosomes are used twice and centrioles r e s p o n d twice. This changeof wording is deliberate as the c o n s c i o u s psychology co-operates with them in two different ways, the first because ofessential bodily use, and the second through providing appropriate physical and mental environmental conditions.Descriptions of the cytoplasm and organelles in terms of their co-operation with psychology is given in E. below.

A. THE PHYSICAL MECHANISM FOR THE PHYSICAL PROBLEM is probably as follows:1. lack of some of the specific precursor to an enzyme needed to make available four specific amino-acids (C.below) —> (leads to) 2. lack of those four specific amino-acids, —> 3. poor maintenance (?no maintenance) of two specific parts of the nervous system:

a. the cell bodies and axons between the sympathetic division of the autonomic nervous system, and b. the sensory division of the spinal cord to which they connect, —>

4. the energy-producing Citric Acid Krebs Cycles within those axons and cell bodies are then adversely affected,breaking down eventually at the points where there is production of carbon-dioxide, an indication that the precedingsteps have each been slowed down or prevented by an inadequate use of water in metabolism. [The KrebsCycle is the chief means by which the potential energy from fats, carbohydrates and proteins is released by cells tomake an essential compound, ATP, for further work in the body.] The combined effects of 3a, 3b, and 4 —> 5. some narrowing in the bile and pancreatic ducts and the duodenum due to the loss of chemical and electricalsignals to and from each of these three organs via the sensory and autonomic nervous systems —> 6. interference of delivery into the duodenum of bile and pancreatic digestive enzymes —> 7. a direct weakening effect on the digestion of all foodstuffs including protein.

Immediate protein deficiency is not an initially obvious wasting disease in humans but becomes sobecause they cannot metabolise food and therefore cannot supply the cells of the axons and cell bodies (3a and3b above) with the nutrients appropriate to their continued maintenance.

Because of the interference to the Krebs Cycles in the axons to the ascending sensory tracts in the spinalcord and the consequent amino-acid deficiencies, there are increasingly adverse effects in the brain. From then oneverything begins to collapse in the brain, showing the various symptoms designated C-J D.

There are apparently three different Types of C-J D and different sets of organelles are affected in eachType, the adversity of that effect occurring differently within each Type:

B. AFFECTED IN THE CELL IN HUMAN C-J D ARE: cytoplasm and certain groups of organelles, the loss of theeffective function of which occurs in the following orders in three types of C-J D:Type 1. (the commonest) -firstly centrioles - then cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, and ribosomes - then vacuoles - can’t work properly then mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles and lysosomes collapse as a result.

- this affects the metabolism of fat and subsequently protein and is the result of reasons E e),b), and c) below.Type 2: (rare, I think) - mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, and lysosomes - and centrioles- plus cytoplasm,endoplasmic reticulum, and ribosomes - which all fail at the same time.

- this affects the metabolism of protein via loss of water and is the result of reasons E d), e), and b) below.Type 3: (probably ‘new variant C-J D) - mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, and lysosomes, and cytoplasm,endoplasmic reticulum, and ribosomes fail one organelle after another starting with the mitochondria.

- this affects the metabolism of protein via improperly metabolised fat and the improper use of water in thatmetabolism and is the result of reasons E d) and b) below.

C. THE PHYSICAL CONSEQUENCE of these various organelles being psychologically adversely affected is, forhumans (and cattle), a lack of:1. Chymotrypsinogen - an enzyme precursor for making available the particular protein for the outer walls of thespinal cord (among other things not relevant here) [Trypsinogen—>Trypsin—>chymotrypsinogen—>Chymotrypsin -ultimately making available amino-acids from proteins]

and 4 specific amino-acids essential for the maintenance of specific areas of the nervous system:2 a. Leucine - throughout the spinal cord

b. Arginine - needed in the connective tissue covering both sensory and motor nerves in the whole length of thespinal cord

c. Hydroxyproline and Tyrosine - essential in the cerebro-spinal fluid.

D. THE STEPS IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF C-J D happen in the following order:1. the breakdown caused by the lack of suitable protein —> 2. the effect on the spinal cord —> 3. the loss of electrical signals within the axons mentioned above;at which point the situation is out of control —>4. the Krebs Cycle breakdown —> 5. the removal or loss of consciousness / absolute awareness in the brain —> 6. the final consequence of which would be physical death.

E. THE REASONS WHY C-J D’s BEGIN TO DEVELOP - the question has perhaps not yet been asked insufficiently comprehensive terms:1. there is an adverse effect both on cytoplasm and various organelles in the different Types of C-J D as a result of

20

an adaptation by the person to an unconsciously chosen emotional lifestyle, (one they are unlikely to recognizeunless it is correctly identified and verbalised for them);2. the consequence of this on the central nervous system is to interfere with the production of a variety ofhormones and also with the use of water in the metabolism because what a person doesn’t want consciously tothink about prevents the central nervous system from using the relevant electrical and chemical connectingmechanisms - relevant to whatever tissues in the body are being repressed;3. this affects the cytoplasm and organelles in those areas/organs/tissues as they cease to respond in specific groupsif particular activities of the mind/body combinations are upset - see the specific groups for C-J D Types 1-3 above.

Properly to understand this condition, the organelles should therefore be seen both in terms of the cell(see above) and of psychology as follows:

CYTOPLASM and ORGANELLES in terms of PSYCHOLOGY:a) centrioles and lysosomes can both be affected psychologically by a loss of mental wish to cope with situations aperson feels to be far beyond their ability; people are putting their energy into keeping everything, includingthemselves, at arms length rather than allowing themselves to relate to things. This subsequently affects theirwhole nervous system physiologically, and therefore the whole physiology of the body. Not adversely affected inhumans in C-J D.b) cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomes are affected psychologically when there is a failure in theorganism to be given a feeling of physical contentment and well-being. The individual feels themselves to beunable either to give or receive love of a totally undemanding kind, meaning they don’t feel totally accepted andneither do they totally accept themselves. This interferes first with the physiology of the whole body and then withthe ability to metabolize fat in particular. Adversely affected in humans in C-J D Types 1, 2 and 3.c) vacuoles can be prevented from working if a person psychologically doesn’t accept being alive for life’s own sake.The result is that nothing is able to work as it effectively prevents proper use and distribution of water in the bodyand a consequent and increasing inability to digest properly. Adversely affected in humans in C-J D Type 1.d) mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles and lysosomes are all affected if the vacuoles have already been interferedwith; the additional interference here will turn everything into a total metabolic failure due to physical and mentaldehydration - ‘mental dehydration’ is not a metaphor but a sort of emotional curling-inward or away-from one’sbody, a failure even to consider the needs of ones physical self even if apparently trying to supply them.Physically, this has an adverse effect on the use of water in metabolism, the consequence of which is a lack ofavailable sugars because of a failure of protein and carbohydrate conversion to maintain any and all connectivetissue suitably. [Connective tissue comprises some six major tissue types and a further eight sub-types rangingfrom blood to bone and including all the familiar cartilages, tendons, etc in between; it is found everywhere in thebody.] Adversely affected in humans in C-J D Type 1, 2, and 3.[as in Cytoplasm and Organelles in Terms of the Cell (see above) lysosomes are also affected twice, included intwo different types of mental state]e) centrioles (again). This is affected the second time round when everything else in the cycle has been affected,whether one after another or all at the same time. Adversely affected in humans in C-J D Types 1 and 2.

TREATMENT?So far as I can make out, C-J D would be treatable up to the point before the last single set of organelles

were affected in Types 1 and 2, and in Type 3 immediately after cytoplasm was affected - if those particularsymptoms were recognized and the chosen treatment were of a proper and suitable nature and took the specificinitial psychology into account. (By contrast cattle BSE apparently would not be treatable at all since only one setof organelles and cytoplasm is affected and they fail as a group; there seems, therefore, to be no opportunity fortreatment, from where I understand it, only a case for not inducing it in the first place - ‘prevention’.] Of the sets oforganelles under discussion, stopping at the relevant point, the following might perhaps be the visible symptoms,but I can’t be certain of this:C-J D Type 1. centrioles, and then cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, and ribosomes might give some symptomsin the mind/body of severe lassitude followed by an increasing loss of weightC-J D Type 2. mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, and lysosomes, and then centrioles might give some symptomsin the mind/body of loss of physical strengthC-J D Type 3. mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, lysosomes and then cytoplasm might give many symptoms inthe mind/body of an inability to think followed by a complete loss of the wish to engage with the world.

ADDITIONAL COMMENT - PRION PROTEINSSome prion proteins, in my terms, seem to be a very unusual but not particularly abnormal consequence

of an underactive nerve response both to and from the liver. It is the end result of inadequately maintained axonsin the autonomic nervous system’s parasympathetic and sympathetic-to-ascending tracts of the sensory nervoussystem in the spinal cord for a particular reason - proteins for their maintenance or rebuilding become insufficient.This is a short-term consequence of the liver being unable to produce enough bile for a while - a matter whichhappens frequently in the normal course of events in any human or domestic mammal and may occasionally causeprotein to be improperly converted.

In the case of C-J D it will be the consequence of problems with the quality of food available, the amountof physical and emotional activity expected from themselves by the individual, and their ability in general properly todigest food. It only ceases to be a short-term consequence when it has continued for four or five months. Theproblem then becomes one of a lack of the ability to send or receive electrical signals throughout the digestivesystem leading to nutritional loss everywhere in the body.

21

SCRAPIERikki Walker December 1997

[email protected]

As with BSE and C-JD, I am not able to substantiate any of this in conventional terms, nor in absolutedetail. Even in my own terms as a dowser in the field of psychosomatic health it is still theoretical. I have decide toinclude my findings on Scrapie with the papers on BSE and C-J D because, though a great deal is already knownabout Scrapie, I consider the similarities with BSE and C-J D to be deceptive - the initial phase is different; themiddle phase is somewhat similar but not totally so; the outcome, however, is exactly the same. The importancelies in the dissimilarities previous to that outcome.

SUMMARYScrapie seems to consist of two problems: one, that inevitably gives rise to the disease of Scrapie,

begins in the first two or three weeks of life, is psychological initially, and affects the thorax and upperdigestive system - it is this which triggers off the genetic predisposition; the second, the further physicalconsequences of the first problem and comprising the familiar scraping of the skin and hair loss orloosening, is in fact an additional symptom that is less a specific part of Scrapie than the knock-onconsequence of inefficiency of the Citric Acid Krebs Cycles everywhere in the thoracic tissue and whichallows the virus illness. This latter problem is the eventual result of the upper digestive tract inefficiencythat results in the loss of several amino-acids and all minerals, the physical expression of the initialpsychological response of a continuing fear of a probable lack of sufficient available food.

This is dissimilar to BSE and C-J D.

The difficulty for most people will be to acknowledge the existence of ‘psychology’ in sheep and goats -unless they are already aware of such a thing - or of its leading to such a disastrous physical effect whenneglected. Furthermore, it is unlikely that people engaged in the practical aspects of farming or research will bewilling to take it into account. Nevertheless, as a dowser in the field of psychosomatic health, I find it to be aninevitable component in most health problems; usually the reason they develop at all, and certainly one whichcannot be sub-divided from the rest of the living animal (or person) when trying to understand its problems. I amalso aware that I am speaking from a standpoint different to that of orthodoxy and that occasionally some of what Isay will sound unfamiliar; it will not fit well into what is already understood. That is the reason I am putting thisforward - as a different way of trying to understand.

THE HYPOTHESIS is that Scrapie has a different cause from either BSE and C-JD; that it initially stems from apsychological reaction of fear to the perception of there being a general food deficiency in the first two or threeweeks after birth, perceived by that particular animal and whether or not an observer would agree, leading to stressin all nervous tissue in the thoracic area ANDTHAT THE CONSEQUENT PROBLEM is an interference with all types of respiration, leading to a deficiency ofoxygen throughout the nervous system specifically, the result of nervous tension.

Both these are dissimilar to BSE and C-J D

A. THE PHYSICAL MECHANISM FOR THE PHYSICAL PROBLEM is almost certainly as follows:1. thoracic tension, causing a loss of sufficient freedom of movement of the intercostal muscles and ribs and thusdisallowing a proper depth of breathing —> (leads to)2. an adverse effect on the upper digestive system - gall bladder and pancreas in particular - due to a lack offlexibility of the diaphragm which interferes with the proper digestion of all foods, both as a milk-fed lamb or kid andlater on for all adult food;3. the effective consequence of these two is to reduce the available amount of two amino-acids: Glutamic acidand Isoleucine, used in maintaining flexibility of the spinal cord and the brain stem. This results in a ‘nervousfailure’ to try to live because it adversely affects the tissues of the whole body, resulting in the animal being unablephysically to respond to the signals from the sensory or motor nervous systems. This in turn causes thelamb/goatling to have a weakened interaction with life and the continuing psychological fear-of-need, and thecontinuance of each of the three physical problems shown here. [I’m sure orthodoxy would put this much moresuccinctly and in much more ‘objective’ language but my work deals with individuals and their reactions, not thoseof the detached observer.] The provision of sufficient food, as judged by the provider, has nothing at all to do withthe existence of the original fear, which, if not understood and removed, will continue to cause physical tension.


As a further result of the thoracic tension and its concomitant limitations on the movement of the ribs,lungs, and diaphragm, there is too little O2 and CO2 available in the lungs to enable the body to be suitably

maintained; this is eventually particularly evident in the effect on the various connective tissues of the centralnervous system which cannot continue in any proper working order. The effects of too little CO2 are widespread:

a) it can cause problems of the Hormone System being deprived of physiological use of water and theavailability of sugars, and thereby becoming ineffective, since if the brain is deprived of the physical support of itsconnective tissues, it becomes chemically and electrically incompetent

b) the blood cannot support any of its contents and as a result the whole body becomes nutrient deficient

22

c) the entire body is unable to support itself either physically, as in movement of anything, or biologically, as inreplacement of cells,

d) the whole of the ‘feeling’ in the animal cannot continue, and it has no wish for it to do so. Also, the presence of sufficient carbon-dioxide in cells not only denotes efficiently working Krebs Cycles, it

also has the effect on each cell of enabling it to change its total nervous response from non-responsiveness tophysiological responsiveness, it causes internal respiration in fact. The absence, therefore, of enough carbon-dioxide and oxygen everywhere interferes with the Krebs Cycles everywhere.

Eventually the same as BSE and C-J D but for different reasons.

B. AFFECTED IN THE BASIC CELL IS ... nothing in the way of separate organelles despite there being theinitial psychological cause for the disease. I have included the section heading in order to show up the differencesin the effects within the body of Scrapie, BSE and C-J D. Scrapie is a problem of an entire area, the tissue internalto the ribs between the diaphragm and thoracic vertebra 2 and rib 2 in the front, and not to the workings ofindividual organelle groups as in BSE and C-J D.


It is quite possible that the successful infection of other animals with Scrapie is not only due to the passingof physical material but may also be caused in the receiving animal by a similar physical response in the samephysical area though for mental reasons that are different in detail. My work constantly shows area responses, forreasons too numerous to mention but always, for that particular individual, to do with whether they have at any timefelt the loss of the psychological would-be response integral to that area. There are several different and definablephysical areas subject this kind of consideration, each with their own integral would-be response. My work wouldalso argue that if the physical condition caused by that loss were not there already, or induced at the time of‘infection’, it is unlikely an organism would be adversely affected by the reception of ‘infected’ materials.

This is possibly similar to BSE and C-J D in that the experimental passingof infected material may cause the same or similar organelle inadequacies to those in the originator of the material - or the process of inoculation or whatever experimental process is used, allied to the living conditions available to the animal and undoubtedly not of its own choice, may also cause the same or other organelle inadequacies; or, as in Scrapie, a problem in the same physical area referred to.

C. THE PHYSICAL CONSEQUENCESince the adult sheep/goat cannot suitably digest food (A2. above) there arises a nutritional deficiency of

four specific amino-acids: Leucine - in the whole spinal cordArginine - in the connective tissue covering both sensory and motor nerves in the

whole length of the spinal cordHydroxyproline and Tyrosine - in the cerebro-spinal fluid [no accent here on ‘cerebro’ as there is in

BSE]This is the same in BSE and C-J D

- but there are also other and accompanying nutritional deficiencies: eventually nearly all minerals - essential for the maintenance of all connective tissue

and two further two amino-acidsHydroxylysine and Phenylalanine - connected with the production of wool or hair and of progeny

and also for the maintenance of all connective tissues along with the minerals

It is the lack of these two amino-acids combined with the lack of sufficient CO2 that causes the animal to developthe viral problem.


D. SOME STEPS IN THE DEVELOPMENT PRE-SCRAPIE AND POST VIRUS1. a psychological fear of not having enough food available at a very early age resulting in2. physical thoracic tension resulting in3. a consequent inability to take in sufficient oxygen / breathe deeply enough

It is these three steps that are the trigger for the genetic predisposition to come into play,and it is the continuation of the failure to remove the mental, and therefore the physical tension that are the steps that result in the virus part of the problem. They effectively cause

4. a) a lessening of the ability to produce energy (ATP) everywhere in the thorax b) the effect of that on the body in general c) the result of the loss of all minerals and the selective loss of certain amino-acidsd) not enough peace and quiet and a comfortable life due to the ingrained and continuing fear and the resulting

and continuing thoracic tension so that5. the skin everywhere becomes badly affected by the lack of oxygen and the inability to shed carbon-dioxide andmost other waste products from thoracic skin cells all of which eventually will result in6. death.

23

The existence of a predisposing gene is not my department but I have assumed there needs to besuitable conditions before it comes into play. All ‘states of mind’, and this particular fear is one, are expressed inthe body; if they remain unresolved because not observed or not understood, the concomitant physical expressionalso remains unchanged. This applies to all living things, not just sheep, or cattle, or humans. The presence of agenetic component in Scrapie complicates the matter unless perhaps one can intervene at the appropriate andvery early moment. I do not know if this is possible, but it is quite probable - the necessity would be to useremedies that are appropriate and sympathetic and not merely suppressive.

The actual details here are quite dissimilar to both BSE and C-J D butthe concept of adverse, unresolved and not recognized or understoodstates of mind affecting the body, with possibly dire consequences, is the samefor C-J D at least. In BSE the state of mind is irrelevant as far as the disease is concerned.

E. THE REASONS WHY SCRAPIES DEVELOP- are psychological in very early life but this is unlikely to be ofinterest, partly because of the problems of treating individuals in a herd, but mostly those of observing individuallambs and kids for their individually perceived attitudes and problems. The preferred method of dealing with thedisease is to get rid of the affected animals as soon as possible, and then to breed animals with a different geneticmake-up.

? TREATMENTI suspect treatment would be possible between points D2 and D3 above, though unlikely to be long-term

effective because of the genetic component - see Comment 1) below. I can’t speak for orthodox medicine, buthomoeopathy might find suitable remedies, if the range of available remedies were wide enough.

EPIDEMIOLOGYI presume enough is known about Scrapie for this not to be an issue any more.

COMMENT1) It is probably the genetic pre-disposition that brings into play the fear (of food deprivation in this case) andtherefore the thoracic tension. Food deprivation is likely to be the first fear a new lamb or kid meets, real orotherwise. It could, in theory, be a fear of anything, but the most crucial thing would be fear of food deprivation.That would be ‘instinctive’, comfort-and-food going together in the young life, whereas fear of other things wouldhave to be learned from experience in all probability.2) It is only parts of the animal that eventually develop the viral problem: the connective tissue in the membranesthat connect the body and the skin, due to its particular physiological collapse - the lack of oxygen to it and in it aswell as the presence of the virus.

24

KURURikki Walker March [email protected]

What has been traced here is the means through which the disease takes effect - it is not direct tothe brain, it is direct to most of the digestive tract from a single dose of a mild toxin on the surface of anymeat which then prevents digestion so that the spinal cord and some peripheral nerves begin to failcausing increasing starvation of the brain. The viral illness of the brain is apparent only in pons and/orfourth ventricle initially. Unlike the other three diseases in the accompanying papers, my researchprocess agrees that Kuru is the result of infection, that it is a virus, that it attacks the brain, but doesn’tagree that it is brain in particular that is infective when eaten, or that the disease has an incubation periodlonger than roughly a couple of weeks, though it will continue thereafter.

As with the other papers presented here on BSE, C-J D and Scrapie, I cannot substantiate the following inorthodox terms but as a dowser in the field of psychosomatic health it seemed to me to be necessary to completemy enquiry into BSE, the disease I was originally interested in, by doing some work on the associated diseases.As it was Kuru that was one of the two bases for the current problems with BSE, Scrapie being the other, I haveadded what I am able to find out about it. My findings don’t necessarily equate with the conventional wisdom so faras I can make out, but may be interesting nevertheless. What was found is as follows:

1) that the disease of Kuru comes from infected meat but that it comes both from a toxin on meat and from asubsequently caught viral infection; that the toxin on the meat develops at or shortly after its being killed, probablyfrom digestive juices still present in the transverse colon, though whether from the killed or the killer is apparentlyirrelevant; that these juices, allied to further possible contamination and additional careless handling of probablyslightly decayed thoracic organ meat give rise to a mild poison of some sort that can cause a mild paralysis of thenerves in the digestive tract from throat to caecum but excluding the rest of the colon, i.e., the meat gets dirty, butwith a particular combination of method and digestive material - the infective agent is not inherent in the meat; andthat a single dose of this toxin is enough to cause the disease. 2) that it is certain of the organs of the digestive system: gall bladder, pancreas and liver, that may carry asubsequently developed and probably viral, infection because of this mild paralysis 3) that this infection affects the blood stream anywhere from throat to caecum and that two things happen as aresult

a) that these three organs are each unable to deliver digestive enzymes - because of the mild paralysis b) there is a consequent, and repeated, failure to digest all food, but especially protein - because of the

infection4) that it ‘targets’, specifically affects, certain areas of the lower and middle brain: at medulla (myencephalon) andin pons and fourth ventricle, as well as part of the mid brain at hypophysis and/or hypothalamus, all three or four ofwhich are eventually unable to receive messages; this lack of protein shows up especially in the pons and fourthventricle which may then develop a similar virus infection, but is likely at first to inhibit both the medulla and thehypophysis and/or the hypothalamus; the lack of protein is affecting the whole body, of course, but it is noticeablyaffecting the brain in particular because of the incapacity of the digestive tract due to the toxin on the meat, not ‘in’it, to provide nearly enough protein (among everything else)5) general mental and physical energy continues to lessen as the digestive system continues to be unable to digestcarbohydrates for use anywhere in the body and, as a result of this lack of proper digestion, there is very littlephysical or mental cell activity6) this means that, among other things, the nervous system is no longer easily able to work7) that the illness begins shortly after eating infected meat - any time within a couple of weeks - and the toxiccondition usually begins to have an effect over that same period; it takes about that length of time for the mildparalysis to develop8) that the lack of activity in the nervous system throughout is the result of a loss of enough energy to keep cellsgoing throughout the body; it is the result of too little cell activity in the digestive tract, and much too little availablebody energy because of lack of proper nutrients in the blood stream, all of which gives rise to the failure in parts ofthe middle brain.

What form any further deterioration might take, or where, I am unable to determine, though presumably ithas been documented.

25

BSE AND C-JD, ORGANO-PHOSPHATES, PRION PROTEINS, AND TRANSMISSIBILITY, AND ALZHEIMER’S, IN CONNECTION WITH PROTEIN DEFICIENCYRikki Walker January, April, May and June1998

[email protected]

This present communication does not dwell on the apparent similarity between the conditions ofBSE and C-JD as this was explored in my previous papers, but my finding is that they are the inducedresult of protein deficiency due to the inability of gall bladder and pancreas to work properly, for differentreasons in either case but leading to the same effect. This present paper suggests it is possible that thesame thing may apply to experimental animals but for initial reasons of stress of a particular kind; tohumans, and perhaps cattle also, for reasons of the effect of inadvertent, or unsuitable, doses of organo-phosphates when they are involved; and to Alzheimer’s sufferers for a prolonged period before theobvious advent of the disease itself but for quite different unconscious psychological reasons than for C-JD. Prion proteins are still found to be a consequence of a few illnesses, due to the particular Stresses Aand B described below, rather than being the cause of BSE itself. Alzheimer’s has been left as a separatecommunication here. May 1998

The apparent connection between C-JD and BSE is that of gall bladder and pancreas not being able towork properly, but this does not constitute a connection in the sense of either BSE and C-JD being the samediseases, or either of them being transmissible diseases. It is a connection in that from that point onward thediseases are much the same, for the same physical reasons, and end in the same way - but not for the sameinitial reasons except that each of those initial but separate reasons results in those organs becominginactivated and causing a protein deficiency. In the case of human C-JD the initial reason is one of humanunconscious psychology; in the case of BSE one could say it is the same thing but in this case in the form of badhusbandry, even if for the best of reasons in one way, but for the cow the whole thing is imposed on her and notchosen by her - the major difference between the C-JD human and the BSE cow. The detailed discussion on theseis incorporated in the papers I have already sent.

As I understand it, organo-phosphates, though they ultimately affect the same organs along with everyother tissue in the body, cannot necessarily give rise to any disease other than is caused by collapsing connectivetissue, and prion proteins are only one consequence, of some nervous system diseases.

The key to either disease lies in how, or if, gall bladder and pancreas work (Digestive System II (two),or DII in my work), and the key to whether they do or not will have been either an unintentionally ‘chosen’ inducedprotein deficiency - C-JD, or an unchosen and imposed one - BSE.

Experimentally, I think there are two intertwined but separate problems, one which may give rise toprion proteins and another which interferes with Digestive System II of gall bladder and pancreas and therebyimperils the amino-acid supply. Since these two are both liable to be present in the experimental situation theymay have been read together rather than separately.

Not part of the present debate, but for purposes of widening the comparisons, I have added here somework I did early in April this year on Alzheimer’s because my dowsing found it also to be the long-term result ofinhibition of the gall bladder and pancreas, though for quite different reasons to any of the diseases I have workedon so far. It will be seen that the question of reasons for protein deficiency here has been abstracted from theAlzheimer work.

THE HYPOTHESES1. That Organo-phosphates do not cause BSE as such; they can only have adverse consequences onconnective tissue - of every type, and stop its proper working. Digestive System II is therefore included but notspecifically and not in the same way; in this case it is affected through its connective tissues collapsing while inBSE it is affected because there is not enough protein available to maintain it. 2. That Prion proteins don’t cause either BSE or any other disease; that they are a possible but not inevitableconsequence of Stress A (see below) when or if it develops a further stress, Stress B (also below). Their presencewill continue to maintain Stresses A and B.3. That the causes of the two diseases of BSE and C-JD is Digestive System II not working at all - in BSEbecause there isn’t sufficient of the right kind of dietary protein, and in C-JD because there isn’t allowed to besufficient amino-acids. In either case this gives rise to a deficiency of one enzyme precursor and four amino-acidsof the same kind in both diseases. It is the similarity from this point on that has so far been confusing, but it is notthe similarities that are important, rather it is the dissimilarities that should be noted.4. That experimental Transmissibility is questionable because both BSE and C-JD are induced conditions;that the presence of prion proteins proves stress, and any disease resulting from continued stress; that if DigestiveSystem II is adversely affected it is likely to affect the provision of protein amino-acids to the body and, if this isprolonged for more than a few minutes it will affect the nervous system peripherally, for more than a few weeks itwill begin to affect the brain though very slowly at first.

26

ORDER OF CONTENTSFramework terms used here of Digestive Systems I and II and Connective tissuesReasons for protein deficienciesOrgano-phosphates: these, as I understand it, do not cause BSE but a similar response may be a

consequence Prion proteins: their place as a consequence of some of the causes of diseaseTransmissibility: the work already discussed i n my papers on BSE, C-JD, Scrapie and Kuru is referred

to but not repeated here; I have briefly considered the question of transmission to experimental animals Alzheimer’s diseaseAppendix A. Krebs Cycles from the Framework perspectiveAppendix B. ?A possible treatment for organo-phosphate poisoning? Summaries and Comment

Framework terms:Digestive System I - hollow organs from mouth to upper third of descending colon inclusive;Digestive System II - Gall bladder and pancreas in mammals; in other animals it would be whatever system ororgans provide some equivalent means for processing solid food;Connective Tissue - is a separate category of gross anatomy in the Framework and includes connective tissues ofevery type and kind from blood to bone and everything in between.

BASIC REASONS FOR PROTEIN DEFICIENCIES April 1998As I have suggested in my notes on BSE, C-JD, Scrapie, and Kuru, deterioration in parts of the brain can

occur because there are insufficient amino-acids of a suitable kind to maintain that brain, giving rise to severaldifferent diseases. As I have also suggested, the reasons why there may be insufficient of these amino-acids aredifferent in the case of each disease, or as in C-JD, each type of the disease.

There are similarities between BSE and all three types of C-JD that I have looked into in that somewherealong the line in each case there is an inability of the gall bladder and the pancreas (DII) to produce enough, orperhaps any, bile and digestive enzymes. Scrapie eventually can be included in this though the major problemsthere are initially thoracic, and Kuru can be included in this for reasons of the total digestive tract (DII and DI )being somewhat incapacitated by a small dose of some toxin.

The connection, therefore, between the four diseases of BSE, C-JD, Scrapie and Kuru is:a) that DII of gall bladder and pancreas are malfunctioning, or not functioning at all, and b) that the end product is deterioration in parts of the brain.

The differences between them are that prior to point a) the initial causes are dissimilar, and between points a)and b) there is similarity but not exact similarity.

After point b) the similarities lie in the fact that it is parts of the brain which suffer with some form of deteriorationand that this is the result, in three cases, of the same amino-acids being lacking -(see Summaries)

the differences arise if an enzyme precursor causes this lack - BSE; if the same applies but thereis an initial psychological state to be taken into account causing that eventual lack of the enzyme precursor - C-JD’s ;if there is an emotional and a genetic condition present as well as the same amino-acids lacking among others -Scrapie; if there is a problem affecting the metabolism of all food because of a small dose of some toxin - Kuru.

The lack of sufficient amino-acids arises for one of two reasons:a) either there is insufficient protein available in the first place, for whatever reason, orb) Digestive System II of gall bladder and pancreas is not in a condition to process it.

If it is a) then it makes no difference how healthy and capable DII (gall bladder and pancreas) is; if it is b) it makes no difference how much or how suitable the protein is.

In my findings, the reason for BSE is a); the reason for C-JD i s b); the reason for scrapie is fearcombined with a genetic predisposition resulting in the Krebs Cycles (Appendix A) throughout most of the thoraxnot being able to work - neither a) nor b) in practice because of the genetic component; the reason for Kuru isincapability of Digestive System II and Digestive System I [mouth to upper third of descending colon but excludingthe DII of gall bladder and pancreas] due to mild paralysis from poisoning of a mild kind - both a) and b).

The question of why protein deficiency arises as a precursor to Alzheimer’s is included in an emendedversion of the this section in the write-up of Alzheimer’s below.

ORGANO-PHOSPHATES 28 Jan 1998Organo-phosphates adversely affect connective tissue. As with everything else, I am unable to

substantiate this in any conventional scientific terms.

In humans at least, particularly affected are the connective tissues in Transverse Band IV in Frameworkterms (see Note on Framework), that of the tissues outside the ribs and, in this case, including the ribs and theintercostal muscles between them. It is this area which is the key either to collapse or recovery. The rationale for

27

this is that both the ribs and their intercostal muscles, when their connective tissues are adversely affected, stopproviding the capability of carrying the nerve and blood supply from the skeletal muscles of Band IV of chest andback, and also from the head, because the collapse of their connective tissue prevents the rib-cage fromresponding properly to in-drawn breath; this means the diaphragm also cannot be moved properly in response torib movement. The effect of this collapse of Band IV becomes severe when it begins to interfere with breathingand the use of the whole body. That is why Band IV connective tissues are the key to adverse effects from organo-phosphate intake in humans. In four-footed animals it would probably have this same effect if they were over-dosed.

My dowsing indicates that organo-phosphates remove the ability of all cells nutritionally to maintaincytoplasm and the particular cell organelles of endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomes (set 2 below) and centrioles(set 1 below); these have been written here in order of their being affected. Organo-phosphate dips apparentlyinterfere with movement in the blood and nerve supply between everywhere and everywhere. It is a blood andnerve poison (taken through the skin) though as a dip it doesn’t affect sheep as much as it affects people; they areperhaps not so susceptible. It seems to affect the protein supply to nerve cells, the ability of the nerves to sendsignals, and the supply of hormones to blood vessels, by effectively stopping them in each case. I make nopretence to understand this in scientific terms; as usual, I am quoting what I find by dowsing, in this case into thevarious layers of the skin where the problem starts, the consequences to Transverse Band IV being a knock-oneffect from that.

Cell cytoplasm and organelle groupsThe grouping of cytoplasm and certain cell organelles relevant to psychosomatic work is as follows:1) centrioles; 2) cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, and ribosomes; 3) vacuoles; 4) mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, and lysosomes; 5) centrioles and lysosomes.

It can be seen that some of them are included twice, which is deliberate. They need to be grouped in thisparticular order in relation to each other for crucial parts of my work in understanding psycho - somatic health,which in this case is the connection of cell organelles with unconscious psychological matters (see paper on C-JDfor further descriptions of this).

The following two groups are the significant ones in connection with organo-phosphate poisoning and theiruse in a cell is as follows:

1) centrioles - centrioles are a pair of barrel-like cylinders which are believed to produce the asters andspindle upon which chromosomes travel to opposite poles of the dividing cell.

2) cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomes - cytoplasm is the ground substance of the cell lessthe nucleus and the nucleoplasm; the endoplasmic reticulum is composed of layers of flattened vesicles in whichprotein in various stages of construction may be transported and is often studded with ribosomes; ribosomes aregranules of RNA where the actual linking of protein units probably takes place.

The interference with the workings of these two sets of sub-cellular structures specifically stop: a) theability of the cell to replace itself, and b) the use of energy by the whole cell, in this case cells of connective tissuesof all types. Connective tissues are widespread and its different types are used for support, packing, defence, andrepair, include reticular, areolar, fibrous, elastic and adipose tissues, cartilagenous tissues, bone, and also bloodand lymph, so a widespread adverse affect is something of a widespread disaster.[SEE ALSO extended version of this plus ?possible treatment below.]

PRION PROTEIN 13 June 1996 updated April 1998The following remarks apply only to those situations I have been able to have my sort of contact with.

Without further contact I cannot necessarily extrapolate to the general. Any of my findings in this field arepresented as suggestions only from the point of view of conventional science, and must remain so unless validatedby science’s own means.

As I understand it, prion proteins only occur if two different situations have already occurred; and they arenearly always associated with any disease or condition that causes those two situations, including BSE . In thefollowing paragraphs these two conditions are labelled Stress A and Stress B.

Stress A - the prior conditions for Stress B below, which can only follow if these three prior things have alreadyoccurred, though it will not necessarily do so:

a) the sub-cellular structures of cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomes; vacuoles; mitochondria,pinocytotic vesicles and lysosomes; centrioles and lysosomes [the repetition of lysosomes is intentional - see paperon C-JD, and Organo-phosphates above] all begin to fail together in this case, not in the defined groups,throughout most of the body, i.e., the organelles of the cells, not having been replaced properly, their activity iscollapsing;

then because of this breakdown and collapse in most cells, almost all their workings having effectivelybeen interfered with,b) cell physiology is interrupted, none of the processing of air, water, hormones, sugar, and oxygen to organsspecifically [see Energics in Note on Framework] can take place in most cells, and the balance between all of these

28

is upset, to the obvious detriment of the whole body - including

c) the entire nervous system, the ability of which has been undermined so much that it can no longer run the bodyand which may then also become vulnerable to the effects of the Krebs Cycles not working (see Appendix B) if orwhen Stress B occurs.

The means by which these three are made to occur is through physical stress on most of the physiologyof the body as given in a) above; the exception is the physiology of the outer sheaths of all the motor nerves.(Were they to be affected it would be a totally different disease.) With Stress A a), b) and c) in place it can beunderstood that an animal’s body cannot be working properly; any two of the five groups of organelles asunderstood in psychosomatics not working properly can be regarded as a stress; none of them need affect theentire body; all of them, if they fail together, produce physical death, whether locally or throughout the organism.

The way in which Stress A stops the body working properly so that prion proteins can occur is through theconjunction of all three parts of Stress A. It is perfectly possible for any one of the three to occur alone but it isunlikely a) and b) would occur together and not lead to c) as well.

What might produce this particular stress is not determinable except by the animal keepers orexperimenters - or the animal. It probably isn’t any one thing, and it might well depend on the temperament of theparticular animal.

Stress B will only follow when or if Stress A is not relieved, and anything can keep Stress A going thatmakes the animal feel physically stressed. It would take an empathetic understanding consciously to realize whatmight produce that stress. It probably follows that experimental animals are not entirely psychosomatically healthyat any time.

Stress B - this is the follower conditionPrion proteins are only found (in any condition or disease) if the three things of Stress A have already

occurred and then been followed by these two consequences:

d) the Krebs Cycle becoming temporarily interrupted in all the cells of the internal thorax by internal stress andstrain of a very prolonged nature - relative to the animal and what is required of it -e) causing all cells in the thorax to have to give up because there is no longer anything to keep them going,physically or mentally.

This will have been preceded by a considerably lessened vibration rate of most of the moleculesthroughout the organelles of each cell in the thoracic tissue and that can only happen if three other physiologicalsituations have already occurred - a), b) and c) of Stress A - the chain of events being Stress A —> lessenedvibration rate of most thoracic cell organelles —> Stress B —> prion proteins.

Stress B is the most important for the production of prion proteins but for that to occur it must come afterStress A. The three Stress A situations can occur frequently; the two Stress B followers don’t necessarily occur atall, but if they do, and the Stress A situations have already occurred then prion proteins often follow, including whenDigestive System II of gall bladder and pancreas cannot work properly.

If Stress A, affecting cytoplasm and most cell structures, several Energics [physiology from the point ofview of the body - see Note on the Framework], and the whole nervous system via the inefficient Krebs Cyclesoccurs without Stress B, it can be cured, or will cure itself. If Stress A is followed by Stress B, affecting thoseKrebs Cycles and the whole of the thorax even more, it cannot. Since we are looking at the specific occurrence of abnormal prion protein in a specific context, that of theproposition that its presence may cause BSE, the ‘final straw’ is Stress B which is the most important of the pair,Stress A evidently being of a much lesser nature.

With regard to prion proteins in connection with BSE, it is the initial conditions in BSE of over expectationof production of milk and calves in relation to a continuing dietary protein deficiency that can cause both the StressA situations and also the Digestive System II problem. However, a DII problem may also be a new one coming inafter an already existing Stress A, or perhaps an already existing DII problem with an added Stress A. A DIIproblem may or may not be curable, whereas Stress A can be cured.

This, as I understand it, is where experimental evidence fits in. If, as is likely, the animals used forexperiment already have Stress A, an inoculation of foreign material can cause local stress which may result in aninability to work of both DII and duodenum. If this is the case, then a spongiform encephalopathy could perfectlywell follow, be induced, as a consequence of the adverse effect on DII. Whether this is the case or not woulddepend upon: a) the presence of Stress A, and b) how and where the nervous system was interrupted by aninoculation. In themselves, Stress A plus this particular area of injection itself would be likely to precipitate StressB. The initial reason why Stress A might occur is because of a minor stress which may temporarily causeinsufficient suitable amino-acids to be available: leucine and methionine in particular (see next paragraph), as aresult of either a severe failing of Digestive Systems I and II: a) above, or not enough available and suitable proteinfood: b) above, either or both which can be caused by the minor stress, but of a kind different than either Stress Aor Stress B; probably any sort of life stress that affects both DI and DII. Stress A won’t necessarily follow this minorstress but it could very easily do so. The ‘severe failing’ is, of course, from the point of view of the owner of DI andDII in this case, not the observer.

Abnormal prion proteins are the consequence when everything has almost broken down due to a by thenprolonged** insufficiency of particular amino-acids from suitable protein in relation to expected output. Back toamino-acids again; any one being insufficient will bring down the available quantity of all the others and therefore

29

also of two specifically: leucine and methionine, both of which are essential for suitable maintenance of specificparts of the nervous system - parasympathetic and sympathetic throughout. The proper maintenance of these twonervous system parts would have enabled the nerves of the motor nervous system - nerves, spinal tract, andbrain, in that order - to be properly maintained.

I think that my dowsing is pointing out that though experimental animals may well have developed somesort of ‘holes in the brain’ disease, and it may well be similar to BSE, it will have been arrived at by yet anothermeans than those of any of the four diseases I have already written about.

The reasoning as to why there is protein deficiency, and therefore amino-acid deficiencies of specifickinds, and the consequences of that in BSE and C-JD are incorporated in my papers on those two diseasesalready sent so I shall not reiterate them here though copies are available.

**Cannot put a time factor on ‘prolonged’ , there are too many variables - in the case of dairy cattle: gallonage v.suitable protein content of food v. quantity of food; or any sort of physical output in humans and other animals.

[Interestingly, apropos experimental animals, the mice used in the work on cancer recently reported in thenews (4 May 98) did not suffer from the three stresses outlined above, but from two other things: neither theirEliminatory Systems nor the Reproductive Systems were able chemically to work properly, and this before theexperiments even began. This had partly to do with the particular strain of mouse used but more to do with thefact that their environment was boring; probably because I gather they are a fragile strain and have to be kept inspecial conditions, but it was the boring environment that prevented the two Systems from working, not just thestrain of mouse. That the two Systems could not work properly chemically is because chemical nervoussuppression and a lack of environmental stimulation together prevent the central nervous system from being ableto develop properly. They are bred not to be able to respond to their natural physiology - which might prevent themdeveloping tumours!?

I had supposed, when dowsing in to these particular mice, that they too might show the three stresses ofthe BSE mice and other experimental animals, but this was not so, though it took me a while to accept that andfind the differences. This begins to add to the fact that experimental animals are perhaps often not really healthy tobegin with - and in different ways.]

TRANSMISSIBILITY April 1998It is essential for me to repeat here that as a dowser I can only dowse and quote what I find. I can in no

way substantiate any of the following and only put it forward as an additional point of view.

What has been shown to be ‘transmissible’ in experimental animals in connection with BSE was whateverinterfered with Digestive System II - gall bladder and pancreas. Prion proteins occurred because of Stresses Aand B and had nothing to do with whatever the actual material was or its specific effects.

So why did the development of ‘holes in the brain’ occur in experimental animals? Because by preventingdigestion of food in general, including protein, this interfered with the availability of amino-acids and removed(among others) those essential for the nervous system: primarily tryptophan, secondarily asparagine, and as a thirdorder of effect serine, lysine, alanine, proline and tyrosine together. With the exception of tyrosine, which iscommon to all five diseases discussed in these papers, this is a totally different group of amino-acids again fromthose already cited.

The whereabouts of the inoculation of material was something that interfered with DII. Protein deficiencywas then still the problem and consequence. DII was interfered with in organelle group 4: mitochondria,pinocytotic vesicles and lysosomes, which led to the Eliminatory System [wastes out, nutrients in, in each cell]everywhere in the whole body being brought to a standstill by preventing the provision of cell energy, interferingwith the movement of certain compounds through the cells, and preventing collection and ejection of waste,particularly the first and last of these. Holes in the brain (among a number of other effects) will follow if nothing isdone about this: no nutrients are getting in to any cell because no wastes are going out. DII was unable to provideor produce digestive materials and consequently the replacement or maintenance and continued supply of suitablenutrients to the body’s cells cannot take place.

I have to assume that all experiments as to transmissibility included control animals, and also that in allprobability all animals were inoculated with something, some with BSE material and some with something else. Iassume that it is probable that some experiments at least were double blind. In the light of that, the above remarksmay not seem relevant, but the constant return of the dowsing process to ‘injection’ per se may well be to point outthat it is the whereabouts of that inoculation as much as the material inoculated that is the point at issue. Withoutgreater contact of a suitable kind the dowsing can, at present, get no further, but then the experiments themselvesshowed that inoculation could produce at least a similar form of illness to BSE in some animals whereas feedingdoes not.

I shall repeat here the remarks at the end of the section on prion proteins, that though experimentalanimals may well have developed some sort of ‘holes in the brain’ disease, and it may well be similar to BSE, it willhave been arrived at by another means than those of any of the other four diseases I have already written about.

There are, in fact, two intertwined but entirely separate matters going on: 1. Stresses A and B together will cause disease sufficient to allow prion proteins to occur;2. Inoculation - and inoculation is what the dowsing comes back to again and again - caused nervousinterference in Digestive System II of gall bladder and pancreas which then

a) stopped the Eliminatory System from working and

30

b) prevented protein getting into cells, along with other nutrients, which will mean ‘holes in the brain’diseases in the long term. The third effect

c) could be to cause DII to fail in its ability to provide the duodenum and small intestine with any newemotional wish to live since the psychology of group 4 organelles is to give the physical impetus towardsinvolvement with life. This is an effect which does not in any way have to affect the whole of any organism; it canperfectly well be found in any single area that is affected in this way. DII usually gives that particular impetusbecause it enables the duodenum and the small intestine to provide the means to break down and digest allsuitable foods. Emotionally this will lead to a suitable provision of the means by which a living animal gains itinvolvement with its life and with living. Protein and the Eliminatory System both have to work together because allcells, in order to work, must have sufficient nutrients coming in, especially including protein. They must, therefore,get rid of all unwanted material so that those nutrients have space to get into - that is the Elimination System ofwastes out, nutrients in.

Interference in the workings of DII always imperils the protein supply. Every time the nervous system isstressed, and this can happen at any time for any reason found by that nervous system to be stressful, physiologyand connective tissue all over the body is affected and so is the proper functioning of most other kinds of cell. Thedistinction is that it is the connective tissue that responds initially. If the effect on DII continues unabated, ‘holes inthe brain’ diseases will eventually follow.

NoteOn 18 May 1999 it was reported in The Times that the research on the cause or agent for BSE and new

variant C-JD has moved on from it probably being prion proteins to it being a bacterium, acinetobacter, apparentlyan extremely common bacterium, and if that is the case ‘eating beef was never a threat to anyone’ and,furthermore would ‘explain the cases of C-JD in farmers and vegetarians’. The King’s College, London team hasbeen given a grant of £216,000 to prove that this is so.

Both Professor Alan Ebringer and Professor John Pirt are among the 58 people in various positions andhaving various interests in the problem that were sent the above papers.

So far, my tuning in process has recognised when a bacterium has been an agent for a disease and hasrefused to have any dealings with it. Indeed it has only recognised when a disease or ailment has been due tounconscious causes whether of the affected organism’s or foisted onto it by other organisms. Of course there isalways a first time when it turns out to be incorrect, but it hasn’t yet over the eleven years I have been using it. Ishall be interested to see where research, funded or not, moves to next.

See also:A communicated note on BSE in French cattle - April 2000A communicated note on a case of ‘BSE’ developed in UK in an animal born post the Government ban on feeding

animal proteins to cattle -

31

APPENDIX A - KREBS CYCLE FROM THE FRAMEWORK PERSPECTIVEAPPENDIX B - POSSIBLE MINERAL USE IN ORGANO PHOSPHATE POISONING

SUMMARIES AND COMMENTRikki Walker 1997 and 1998

[email protected]

APPENDIX A - Krebs Cycles from the Framework perspectiveKrebs Cycles, looked at from the Framework point of view, can be interrupted on a second-by-minute-by-

hour basis all the time; there is seldom any smooth working of anything to do with the body. This is the normal wayof things because the brain and body is constantly responding to everything, internal and external, that is going on.It only becomes detrimental if the Krebs Cycles, or anything else, do not recover just as quickly. And they don’twhen the reason for the interference is not consciously recognized.

If and when there is a ‘normal’ form of interruption to the proper workings of Krebs Cycles it will bebecause either a) water, or b) the whole of plain physiology * plus the Skull, Brain and Cerebro-Fluid** becomesaffected/interrupted - by anything. Either of these two upsets can start either by reason of 1) nervous systemstress plus the refusal to make conscious the reason for not using M III for a long time, or by reason of 2) thesame refusal to use M III but by itself. So long as 1) and 2), whichever it is, is reversed no harm will be done; ifnot, the Krebs Cycles will remain unable to function properly.

The two interruptions referred to are as follows:a) - water interruption prevents the capability of blood and lymph throughout the bodyb) - the interruption here of the C of CA(E), and Skull, Brain, & Cerebro-Fluid, deprives the latter of the

essential interaction between the sensory nervous system, the Vertebral Cover, and the brain, as well as well asinterrupting the use of mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles and lysosomes throughout the whole body.

To take the diseases I have been working on as examples:in Scrapies Krebs Cycles are interrupted by reason b); in prion protein illnesses it is reason b); in BSE in the axons and sympathetic branch of the autonomic it is reason b); in organo-phosphate problems in human skin it is reason a);in C-JD it is initially a) rapidly followed by b);in Kuru it is a) and b) almost together;eventually in Alzheimer’s, after several months of refusing to use M III, it can be both but is usually

b).

Of course, the question of becoming conscious doesn’t apply to animals in the same way as it does tohumans, but the reasons why they have been unable to use M III can usually be understood.

* The Cycle of Continuous Action (see 1. and 4. in the Note on the Framework in the Introduction) pertains just asmuch to physiology as to anything else. If it is specific to plain physiology / Energics (see 4. in same Notes)without reference to psychology I usually write it as C of CA(E); if the reference includes psychology it is written Cof CA.** Framework gross anatomy (note 4. in the same Note, and preamble to Alzheimer’s above).

APPENDIX B - ?mineral use in human organo-phosphate poisoning?Because connective tissues in general especially need minerals for their fundamental health, it is minerals,used suitably, which might constitute the preferred (hopefully curative) treatment

POSSIBLE TREATMENT: stumbled across by accident. In that it was arrived at by dowsing to a particular personit cannot be regarded as either theoretical or necessarily applicable generally - and I have no practical idea if itwould be effective.

From my dowsing I understand that the most important dietary content for the health of all connectivetissue is dietary minerals, and for this purpose they should be taken separately, at the rate of three per day, one ateach meal, for six days thus covering all 18 necessary minerals. This must be followed by a six day ‘rest’ period,and i f any repeats are necessary they should be carried out as a repetition of the first 6+6 days, though in no casedoes it matter in what order the minerals are taken. Nor does it matter if each of these minerals is accompanied byits necessary or synergistic vitamins or not - assuming the person is eating a properly balanced diet. As far asVanadium is concerned it would be preferable to take a meal of nothing at all but dark fish for the particularproblems of organo-phosphate poisoning rather than take it in any other form.

The question of repeat sessions of 6+6 would have to be very carefully understood. It would be of no usewhatever, if repeats were needed, not to repeat often enough. On the other hand it would be quite unnecessary torepeat too often. Guesswork is not good enough, though I have no idea how conventional medical techniquescould ascertain the need for repetitions; blood tests would, I suspect, not be nearly enough as the effect on theconnective tissue of the skin in particular would need to be observed in some way, and not visually as it would bethe molecular movement in it that needs to be seen to be restored. The six day ‘rest’ period is for the various

32

connective tissues to recover as much as possible each time before assessing any progress or the need forrepeats. It is probable that more than 8 repeats would be useless.

It would also be quite unsuitable to give the minerals in multiple mixed doses - only one at a time isrequired so that the digestion can concentrate on the use of that. On the other hand, the use of a multi-mineralpreparation containing all 18 or more would be suitable so long as each mineral was also picked out by itshomoeopathic equivalent at a 1c potency each time. This again would enable the digestion to concentrate on therelevant one.

Perhaps a note should be added here as to the need to use minerals that can actually be easilyassimilated by the body, iron for instance, which is most often prescribed in a form that the body finds difficult todeal with so an organic form should be selected otherwise the dose would be ineffective.

There is no need for the doses of any of the minerals to be other than those recommended. The need, inthe case of organo-phosphate poisoning, is for them to be underlined, as it were, and hence either fed separatelyas a supplement to a meal or accompanied by their homoeopathic equivalents to serve the same purpose.

For CATTLE is is possible the same treatment might apply but it seems that the rest period would need tobe 8 days, so a 6+8 regime would be appropriate. I have no idea which of the minerals, or all of them, are suitablefor cattle, and I am not even going to try to guess, so the ‘6’ part of the regime might be different too if there arefewer minerals than for humans - or more, if there are more.

SUMMARY comparing the reasons for various ‘holes in the brain’ diseases from the psychosomatic pointof view, and the amino-acids implicated

Disease enzyme precursor amino-acids specifically causes: insufficient adversely affected protein for various

reasons

BSE chymotrypsinogen + leucine too little suitablearginine protein madehydroxyproline and tyrosine available

C-JD chymotrypsinogen + leucine interference in cell workarginine by unconscious psycho-hydroxyproline and tyrosine logical ‘choice’

SCRAPIE leucine fear and genetic predis-arginine position together, withhydroxyproline and tyrosine failure in all cells plus a+most minerals thoracic viral illness+hydroxylysine and phenylalanine

KURU* eventually all amino-acids mild toxin adversely affecting DI and DII

ALZHEIMER’S leucine interference with cellglutamic acid work in pericardium and hydroxyproline heart by unconsciouslymethionine choosing not to use MIII

+ or +tyrosine arginineGroup One Group Two(?= tangles) (leads to an additional

lack of threonine)(together the lack of threonine &Groups One & Two = ?plaques)

EXPERIMENTAL tryptophan interference with ANIMALS used in asparagine maintenance of auto-this context serine, lysine, alanine, nomic nervous system

proline & tyrosine

*As KURU eventually embraces an adverse effect on all amino-acids, I have not necessarily referred to itseparately in the text. It should be taken as included.

SUMMARY of effects of organo-phosphate poisoning in humansCollapse of all types of connective tissue throughout the body but particularly in the thoracic region, gives rise tod i fficulties in breathing, blood supply, nerve signals, use of air, hormones and sugar Energically, and resulting indeath. Detailed and proper use of mineral supplements might prove to be a form of treatment - Appendix B. Cattlemay be similarly affected if over-dosed and it is just possible that a modified form of the same treatment might apply.

33

SUMMARY of causes of occurrence of prion proteinsStarting with a minor stress temporarily affecting the ability to use the body uninhibitedly, this is often

followed by Stress A. If they are both followed by Stress B, any of several nervous system diseases may develop -in which case prion proteins may occur.

SUMMARY of how experimental animals may develop ‘holes in the brain’ diseasesExperimental animals can develop holes in the brain if Digestive System II (DII) of gall bladder and

pancreas cannot work if prevented when a temporary minor stress, causing an insufficiency of the amino-acidsleucine and methionine in particular, is then followed or accompanied by Stress A and/or an injection into part of thecentral nervous system; nor if DII is affected for some other reason and is thereby prevented from working properly.

The effects of feeding inappropriate food and thereby reducing the available protein content suitable forthat animal has been previously discussed in my paper on BSE. The same effects may inadvertently have beenreproduced in those experimental animals who received feed to establish connection with BSE as opposed tothose receiving inoculations.

It can be seen in the list above that in the experimental animals in this context the only amino-acid lackingin common with the other diseases is tyrosine; it is essential for the proper maintenance of most of the tissue of thenerves to the respiratory tract.

Stresses A and B defined above can result in diseases that may give rise to prion proteins, but do notnecessarily cause holes in the brain.

SUMMARY of the very early reasons that might lead to Alzheimer’sLike C-JD this is an unconscious psychological repression and an unconscious refusal by a person to

allow conscious use of part of themselves; in the case of Alzheimer’s that part is the psychologically run physiologyof the internal chest. In psychosomatic work this equates to Meaning III of Love and ‘belongs’ to all the tissues ofTransverse Band III. The specific area this occupies lies between rib 2 and the upper side of the diaphragm. Lovein this respect, as discussed in this paper, is of an impersonal kind and essential to the continued existence ofanything and everything.

COMMENT ON THE SUMMARIESThe most difficult aspect of psychosomatic understanding is grasping the absolute dependence of the

body on the mind. Experiences that are adverse in the unconscious ‘eyes’ of each person are never ‘water underthe bridge’. They remain, unless sorted out consciously, in the psychology of the afflicted cells. Cells may comeand cells may go but the psychology remains as expressed by the unrecognized thoughts of the person concerned,and therefore in the cells of the affected tissue - the muscles, organs or areas expressing the problem physically,which continue to behave with the same inhibited response for as long as it takes for the conscious mind torecognize this, sort it out and thereby release the nervous responses of the brain.

This is the aspect of the two human illnesses of C-JD and Alzheimer’s discussed above that needs to beaccepted. The consequences on the functioning of Digestive System II are not the ‘why’ of the causes of thediseases but the ‘how’ - how the body is affected by a persistent unconsciousness.

For the cattle in the case, psychology does not affect the issue even though one exists. It accompaniesthe animal’s amino-acid deprived state rather than being the cause of it.

34

ORGANO-PHOSPHATESRikki Walker January 1998

[email protected]

Organo-phosphates adversely affect connective tissue. As with everything else, I am unable tosubstantiate this in any conventional scientific terms.

In humans at least, particularly affected are the connective tissues in Transverse Band IV inFramework terms, that of the tissues outside the ribs and, in this case, including the ribs and theintercostal muscles between them as well. It is this area which is the key either to collapse or recovery.The rationale for this is that the ribs and their intercostal muscles, when their connective tissues areadversely affected, stop providing the capability of carrying the nerve and blood supply from the skeletalmuscles of Band IV of chest and back, and also from the head, because the collapse of the connectivetissue in the intercostals prevents the rib cage from responding properly to in-drawn breath; this meansthe diaphragm also cannot be moved properly in response to rib movement. The effect of this collapseof Band IV becomes severe when it begins to interfere with breathing and the use of the whole body.That is why Band IV connective tissues are the key to adverse effects from organo-phosphate intake inhumans. In four-footed animals it would only have this same effect if they were over-dosed.

My dowsing indicates that organo-phosphates remove the ability of all cells nutritionally tomaintain cytoplasm and the particular cell organelles endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomes (set 2below) and centrioles (set 1 below); these have been written here in order of their being affected.Organo-phosphate dips apparently interfere with movement in the blood and nerve supply betweeneverywhere and everywhere. It is a blood and nerve poison (taken through the skin) though as a dip itdoesn’t affect sheep as much as it affects people; they are perhaps not so susceptible. It seems toaffect the protein supply to nerve cells, the ability of the nerves to send signals, and the supply ofhormones to blood vessels, by effectively stopping them in each case. I make no pretence tounderstand this in scientific terms; as usual, I am quoting what I find by dowsing, in this case into thevarious layers of the skin where the problem starts, the consequences to Transverse Band IV being aknock-on effect from that.

Cell cytoplasm and organelle groupsThe grouping of cytoplasm and certain cell organelles relevant to psychosomatic work is as follows:1) centrioles; 2) cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, and ribosomes; 3) vacuoles; 4) mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, and lysosomes; 5) centrioles and lysosomes.

It can be seen that some of them are included twice, which is deliberate. Organelles aregrouped in this particular order in relation to each other in the understanding of psychosomatic health,which in this case is the connection of cell organelles with unconscious psychological matters (seepaper on C-JD for further descriptions of this).

The following two groups are the significant ones in connection with organo-phosphatepoisoning and their use in a cell is as follows:

1) centrioles - centrioles are a pair of barrel-like cylinders which are believed to produce theasters and spindle upon which chromosomes travel to opposite poles of the dividing cell.

2 ) cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomes - cytoplasm is the ground substance of thecell less the nucleus and the nucleoplasm; the endoplasmic reticulum is composed of layers of fla t t e n e dvesicles in which protein in various stages of construction may be transported and is often studded withribosomes; ribosomes are granules of RNA where the actual linking of protein units probably takes place.

The interference with the workings of these two sets of sub-cellular structures specifically stopa) the ability of the cell to replace itself, and b) the use of energy by the whole cell, in this case cells ofconnective tissues of all types. Connective tissues are widespread and its different types are used forsupport, packing, defence, and repair, include reticular, areolar, fibrous, elastic and adipose tissues,cartilagenous tissues, bone, and also blood and lymph, so a widespread adverse effect is something ofa widespread disaster.

Because connective tissues in general especially need minerals for their fundamental health, itis minerals, used suitably, which might constitute the preferred (hopefully curative) treatment.

POSSIBLE TREATMENT: stumbled across by accident. In that it was arrived at by dowsing to aparticular person it cannot be regarded as either theoretical or necessarily applicable generally - and I

35

have no practical idea if it would be effective.From my dowsing I understand that the most important dietary content for the health of all

connective tissue is dietary minerals, and for this purpose taken separately, at the rate of three per day,one at each meal, for six days thus covering all 18 necessary minerals. This must be followed by a sixday ‘rest’ period and i f any repeats are necessary they should be carried out as a repetition of the first6+6 days, though in no case does it matter in what order the minerals are taken. Nor does it matter ifeach of these minerals is accompanied by its necessary or synergistic vitamins or not - assuming theperson is eating a properly balanced diet. As far as Vanadium is concerned it would be preferable totake a meal of nothing at all but dark fish for the particular problems of organo-phosphate poisoningrather than take it in any other form.

The question of repeat sessions of 6+6 would have to be very carefully understood. It would beof no use whatever, if repeats were needed, not to repeat often enough. On the other hand it would bequite unnecessary to repeat too often. Guesswork is not good enough, though I have no idea howconventional medical techniques could ascertain the need for repetitions; blood tests would, I suspect,not be nearly enough as the effect on the connective tissue of the skin in particular would need to beobserved in some way, and not visually. The six day ‘rest’ period is for the various connective tissues torecover as much as possible each time before assessing any progress or the need for repeats. It isprobable that more than 8 repeats would be useless.

It would also be quite unsuitable to give the minerals in multiple mixed doses - only one at atime is required so that the digestion can concentrate on the use of that. On the other hand, the use ofa multi-mineral preparation containing all 18 or more would be suitable so long as each mineral wasalso picked out by its homoeopathic equivalent at a 1c potency each time. This again would enable thedigestion to concentrate on the relevant one.

Perhaps a note should be added here as to the need to use minerals that can actually be easilyassimilated by the body, iron for instance, which is most often prescribed in a form that the body findsdifficult to deal with so an organic form should be selected.

There is no need for the doses of any of the minerals to be other than those recommended.The need, in the case of organo-phosphate poisoning, is for them to be underlined, as it were, andhence either fed separately as a supplement to a meal or accompanied by their homoeopathicequivalents to serve the same purpose.

For CATTLE is is possible the same treatment might apply but it seems that the rest periodwould need to be 8 days, so a 6+8 regime. I have no idea which of the minerals, or all of them, aresuitable for cattle, and I am not even going to try to guess, so the ‘6’ part of the regime might bedifferent too if there are fewer minerals than for humans - or more, if there are more.

[I am going to repeat here the notes and lists I have written about this]

ORGANO PHOSPHATE EXPOSURE - POSSIBLE TREATMENT 28 JAN 98

I work as a dowser in the field of health and welfare but so far the following is entirely theoretical andwas stumbled across quite by chance. It is not possible for me to say what might be the outcome ofthis treatment with any certainty.

Organo phosphates affect the sub-atomic particles in the atoms of all connective tissue in someway. The problem is probably/possibly curable, by using each and every dietary mineral given one afteranother in normal doses over the period of a week (six days in practice since there are eighteenessential minerals, one per meal, three meals a day.) The minerals should be in normal form, nothomoeopathic, and it doesn’t matter if they are accompanied by their various vitamins or not, assumingthe person is eating a balanced diet, though if bought in they will almost certainly be supplied with theirnecessary or synergistic accompaniments (but see Note below). Nor is there any particular order inwhich they should be taken; the necessity is the ‘undiluted’ effect of each particular mineral in extraamounts. It is possible, if not probable that the treatment would need to be repeated for alternate sixday periods but only if the effect from the organo phosphate exposure had been very severe. Thiswould have to be checked very carefully, as would the number of repeats. Also it might be necessaryto check after the treatment if any other matters needed to be attended to. Mineral treatmentconstitutes an emergency treatment, as I understand it, and would need to be carried out beforeanything else.

From my dowsing I understand that the most important dietary content for the health of allconnective tissue is dietary minerals (see lists of both below).

Treatment is aimed particularly at the connective tissue in Band IV (in my terms), that of thetissues outside the ribs and, in this case, including the ribs and the intercostal muscles between them

36

as well. It is this area which is the key to either collapse or recovery. The rationale for this is that theribs and their intercostal muscles, when their connective tissues are adversely affected, stop providingthe capability of carrying the nerve and blood supply from the skeletal muscles of Band IV of chest andback and also from the head because the collapse of the connective tissue in the intercostals preventsthe rib cage from responding properly to in-drawn breath; this means the diaphragm also cannot bemoved properly in response to rib movement. The effect of this collapse of Band IV becomes severewhen it begins to interfere with breathing and the use of the whole body. That is why Band IVconnective tissues are the key to organo phosphate intake, and because connective tissues in generalneed minerals for their fundamental health. It is minerals, used suitably, which constitute the preferred(hopefully curative) treatment.

My dowsing indicates that organo phosphates remove the ability of all basic cells nutritionally tomaintain a) their cytoplasm and the particular cell organelles endoplasmic reticulum, and ribosomes andb) centrioles (*see note below regarding organelle grouping, but these two sets, numbers 2 and 1 belowshould be seen in this particular order in this particular case even though both groups are affected atmore or less the same time). Organo phosphate apparently prevents movement in the blood and nervesupply between everywhere and everywhere. It is a blood and nerve poison (taken through the skin)though as a dip it doesn’t affect sheep as much as it affects people; they are not so susceptible. Itseems to affect the protein supply to nerve cells and nerve signals, and hormones to blood vessels, byeffectively stopping them in each case. [Of course, I have absolutely no way of knowing if this iscorrect, nor how it is done.]

It is because of the affect on the cells, and presumably therefore on the ability to digest, thatthe minerals need to be fed separately but also, and importantly, close together over the six days. Thisensures the continuity of the supply. The idea of giving minerals in this way is to begin to restore thedigestive tract. This would lead to proper nutrients beginning to be available for all tissues, especially inthis case the connective tissues in the intercostals and the rest of the chest and back.

MINERALS - in alphabetical order the most necessary are:(g = gram; mg = milligram; mcg = microgram)Calcium - works with phosphorus for bones and teeth and at a ratio of 2:1 with magnesium forcardiovascular health; needs Vitamin D to be absorbed. Dose 800 to 1,200 mg. ?Toxic over 2000 mgdaily.Chlorine - works with sodium and potassium in compound form to aid cleaning of body wastes byhelping liver to function. Dose - under 15g. Destroys Vitamin E. Eat live yoghourt to replace intestinalbacteria.Chromium - works with insulin in metabolism of sugar. Dose ?90mcg. on average.Cobalt - part of Vitamin B12; essential for red blood cells. Dose not more than 8 mcg necessary.

Copper - converts body’s iron into haemoglobin; essential for utilisation of Vitamin C. Dose 2 mcgsuggested. Toxicity rare.Fluorine - part of synthetic compound sodium fluoride and calcium fluoride; decreases chance of dentalcaries. Dose probably ?1 mg from drinking water. Toxic at 20-80 mg per day.Iodine [Iodide] - 2/3 of body’s iodine is in the thyroid gland which controls metabolism. Dose 80 to 150mcg. for adults [1 mcg. per kilogramme of body weight]. Natural iodine non-toxic as far as is known.Iron - essential for production of red blood corpuscles, red pigment in muscles, and certain enzymes;necessary for proper metabolism of B Vitamins. To assimilate iron it is necessary to take copper,cobalt, manganese, and Vitamin C. Dose of up to 320 mg. should be of hydrolysed-protein chelate, i.e.organic iron that has been processed for fastest assimilation; it is then non-constipating and easy onsensitive systems. Ferrous sulphate, inorganic iron, the one usually found in supplements, can destroyVitamin E. The recommended organic iron - ferrous gluconate, ferrous fumerate, ferrous citrate, orferrous peptonate - do not do this. Magnesium - necessary for calcium and Vitamin C metabolism, as well as that of phosphorus, sodium,and potassium; essential for effective nerve and muscle functioning; for converting blood sugar intoenergy. Dose 300 to 400 mg daily. Toxic in large amounts, over an extended period of time, if calciumand phosphorus intakes are high.Manganese - helps activate enzymes, necessary for the body’s proper use of biotin, Vitamin B1, and

Vitamin C; needed for normal bone structure; for formation of thyroxin; for proper digestion and use offood. Dose 2.5 to 7 mg. on average.Molybdenum - aids carbohydrate and fat metabolism; vital part of the enzyme for iron use. Dose 45 to500 mcg.Phosphorus - essential also to have Vitamin D, and at a ratio of 2:1 with calcium for its properfunctioning; involved with nearly all physiological chemical reactions - bone and tooth structure, niacinassimilation, heart regularity, normal kidney functioning, transference of nerve impulses. Dose 800 to

37

1,200 mg.Potassium - works with sodium to regulate water balance and normalise heart rhythms; sodium-potassium balance needed for nerve and muscle functions. Mental and physical stress can lead to apotassium deficiency. Dose 900 mg probably.Selenium - synergistic with Vitamin E and selenium which are anti-oxidants. Dose 50 to 100 mcgprobably but don’t exceed 200 mcg daily.Sodium - sodium and potassium essential for normal growth but high salt intake results in depletion ofpotassium. Sodium helps keep calcium and other minerals in the blood soluble. Dose 1 gram ofsodium chloride for each kilogramme of water drunk probably.Sulphur - for hair, skin, and nails; helps maintain oxygen balance for brain function; works withVitamins B-complex in metabolism, and as part of tissue-building amino acids; aids bile secretion inliver. Dose generally gained from eating sufficient protein - but in organo phosphate problems oneextra dose will be needed from somewhere.Vanadium - inhibits formation of cholesterol in blood vessels. Dose - best gained from dark fish; canbe toxic if taken in synthetic form - in organic phosphate problems one meal of nothing but dark fishshould be taken.Zinc - directs and oversees the efficient flow of body processes and maintenance of enzyme systemsand cells; essential for protein synthesis; governs contractibility of muscles; helps formation of insulin;helps blood stability and maintenance of acid-alkaline balance; important in brain function; probablyneeded for synthesis of DNA. Excessive sweating can cause a loss of up to 3mg a day. Dose 15 mgfor adults.

CONNECTIVE TISSUEThis refers to every kind of connective tissue in the body, of which there are a large number,

some of them conventionally classed as sub-divisions of others. Connective tissue is absolutelyeverywhere in the body and is therefore of particular and extreme importance. It is almost the last gaspin proper physical actioning or functioning and though we can do without various bits containing it wecannot do without any of it altogether. One should not regard all these as one except as a crucialanatomical grouping. The various divisions are:1. Blood, several kinds of floating cells in a fluid base.2. Mesenchyme, a sort of ‘basic’ connective tissue in the embryo from which all the other kindsdifferentiate. [Not applicable in this case - we hope]3. Reticular, which forms delicate 3-D ‘nets’ in certain sorts of otherwise rather sloppy tissue: lymphnodes, spleen, bone marrow, liver.4. Several kinds of thicker and tougher material:

a) Loose Fibrous or Areolar for supporting and packing organs; forming the sheaths ofnerves, muscles and blood vessels; under the skin as superficial fascia (a sheet or band of fibroustissue); packing spaces everywhere in the body and limbs.

b) Dense Regular Fibrous which is pliable but not elastic and forms ligaments and tendonsand in which the collagen fibres are arranged in parallel.

c) Dense Irregular Fibrous, with collagen fibres irregularly interwoven, is found in someorgans, cartilage, bone and under the skin supporting the epithelial layer.

d) Elastic which is strong, elastic and flexible and found in most arteries, some veins, erectiletissue, air cells of the lungs, certain ligaments and as isolated fibres in the Loose Fibrous Connectivetissue.

e) Adipose or fat cells for insulating, cushioning organs in the body and storing fat.5. Cartilaginous or Supportive tissue:

a) Hyaline Cartilage which is solidly firm, weight bearing, yet resilient and found in airpassages, at the ends of long-bones as caps, as part of the early stages of bone development, part ofthe nose,part of the rib cage and supporting the larynx.

b) White Fibro-Cartilage, a tough material resistant to stretching which acts as a shockabsorber between vertebrae, in the interpubic joint, and in joint capsules and related ligaments.

c) Elastic or Yellow Fibro-Cartilage, a hyaline cartilage with elastic fibres in it found in theepiglottis (a leaf-like structure at the root of the tongue to deflect liquids and solids away from thelarynx), and the external ear.6. Bone, a rigid material forming cells and impregnated with calcium and magnesium salts, the internalsupporting skeleton for the whole body.

*CELL CYTOPLASM AND ORGANELLES IN GROUPSWith regard to these two groups, in the terms of my own work these are two of five groups into

which most of a basic cell’s organelles are divided and which are of significance for understanding of

38

crucial parts of my work; I am continuing to use them here for that reason. These two groups are thesignificant ones here and their use in a basic cell is as follows: a) cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum and ribosomes - cytoplasm is the ground substance of the cellless the nucleus and the nucleoplasm; the endoplasmic reticulum is composed of layers of flattenedvesicles in which protein in various stages of construction may be transported and is often studded withribosomes; ribosomes are granules of RNA where the actual linking of protein units probably takesplace.b) centrioles - centrioles are a pair of barrel-like cylinders which are believed to produce the asters andspindle upon which chromosomes travel to opposite poles of the dividing cell; [The descriptive information is taken from the book immediately above; the grouping of these and othercell organelles relevant to my work is as follows:1.centrioles; 2.cytoplasm, endoplasmic reticulum, andribosomes; 3.vacuoles 4.mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, and lysosomes; 5.centrioles andlysosomes. It can be seen that some of them are included twice, which is deliberate, and that theyneed to be grouped in a particular order in relation to each other for my work.]

NOTE RE MINERALS - a firm called Revital on 0800.252875 import from USA a liquid preparationcontaining 71 (!) minerals and trace elements. The bottle contains 946 mg, costs £20 + £5.50p&p.Recommended dose 1oz daily. OPL suggests 1oz daily divided into three and taken with thehomoeopathic. version of one different mineral per meal/dose so the body can concentrate on eachparticular one at a time. ?All 71, or will the 18 be enough? Don’t know; depends on the person, butthey should stop taking supplementary minerals in other forms and concentrate on this form, then the18 should be sufficient. It would be the number of repetitions needed that would count.

39

VIRUSRikki Walker February [email protected]

As I understand it, viruses, to cause an illness, in connective tissue which is how it always affects one,have to have invaded an organism in which the physiology is already badly incapacitated. In humans this meansthat one or more of the Meanings are not in good working order - and this has every time to include Meaning V,Expression of Responses, and may or may not include more than one other. This is to say: all viral illnesses havetwo Meanings incapacitated and this will always include Meaning V.

For a Meaning to be incapacitated to the extent that it collapses sufficiently for incoming virus to have anaffect means the Krebs Cycles throughout at least two Transverse Bands, Band V and one or more others, havefailed to some extent. The Krebs Cycle is the Krebs Citric-Acid Cycle in the mitochondria of cells of oxygen-usinganimals, plants and micro-organisms and is the chief means by which the potential energy from fats, carbohydratesand proteins is released by cells to make an essential compound, adenosine triphosphate or ATP, providing energyfor further work in the body.

This specific effect within a Band only occurs when a Meaning becomes affected by something the personfeels to be beyond their control - and about which, in the first instance, they are not expressing a response. If it isMeaning V alone, the person may suffer a sore throat; if it is followed by one or more other Meanings not beinglived: I. Relating, II. Spiritual Satisfaction, III. Love, or IV. Allowing, and the combination is Meanings V and III, theperson will suffer a head cold; if it is Meanings V and IV, they will suffer a chest cold, and so on. The differentnumbers affected and combinations will provide the basis for the variety of viral ills. If all Meanings are affected,the outcome can be death. This is what happened in the ‘flu pandemic of 1918 where, in those who died, allMeanings had seriously collapsed because no one could understand why they had been caught up in war; that wasthe ‘something’ all those people felt to be beyond control in their lives.

Again as I understand it, viruses can only penetrate cells if the cells of a whole Meaning are already understress, with a consequent failure of the use of connective tissue in the Band, and a loss of sufficient use in the cellsof the Energics, thus providing the removal of any ability to keep the Krebs Cycles running.

I also understand that viruses replicate in lab dishes because suitable materials are available. It is ‘dead’material in that none of it forms live tissue, or if the experiment uses live tissue in the form of animals and the virussuccessfully replicates, the animals and therefore their cells are under stress. For animals, you have to rememberthat the Meanings never pertain only to one part of the animal in each case. All animals have all the Meaningsrelevant to the whole body. They get virus illnesses but for different reasons: the Energics are affected if there isinsufficient Directed Action in the C of CA of any cells that are part of a connective tissue group vulnerable towhatever relevant virus is around.

What is being said for humans is that viruses, to replicate, need to have available the constituents ofalready collapsed or collapsing cells, cells no longer able to respond to Energics because they have becomedeprived of a means of mental and emotional interaction, in a person or in a lab dish.

A collapse of all Meanings is a severity of a kind different to the more familiar types of viral ills, but thecollapse always comes before the virus can have any effect. Illness or death is from the collapse followed by thevirus, and together they can prevent or interfere with any defence system.

The crucial differences between a) viral illness and b) a Meaning not properly working usually, is that in a)the inhibition is on Directed Action in the C of CA of the affected cells, and in b) it begins from a nervous responsebeing prevented between the brain and the Meaning area, the Band. Any Meaning can be affected as in b),including Directed Action/Expression of Responses, Meaning V, but if that is the first Meaning affected and thereare available viruses it is likely those viruses will interfere and, by making use of the collapsed material in theaffected cells, will multiply. In a) OPL says viruses do three things in cells. These are already known, but InFramework terms they are: change the use of Energics; reprogramme =(R); remove —>. These will alwayshappen, and the more Meanings affected, the more ill the person.

In b) a ‘normal’ ‘nervous’ Meaning collapse the cells don’t have that. One or more of the Connectors inthe C of CA, the organelle/cytoplasm groups, will not work so well, but that is all. The illnesses here varydepending on which or how many groups of organelles are affected.

In Directed Action there is always the need for Energics, or at least Sugar(E) to be properly used, a failureof which interferes with connective tissue of every kind, and skeletal muscle and the +2 Systems all from beingable to work properly.

When a) has been the response then there can be absolutely no question of using Sugar(E) properly.

SummaryA viral illness, therefore, is the result of a viral presence, and its multiplication after a cell collapse, which

latter is a consequence of one or more Meaning inhibitions beyond, or felt to be beyond, a person’s control. Thiscan apply to the individual alone or affect groups of any size up to worldwide, the individuals of which all feelMeaning-inhibited from the same cause. Pandemics, if or when they become widespread killers, are an inhibitionof all Meanings all felt by the affected people to be inhibited for a reason beyond their control.

40

CONSCIOUSNESS: FRAMEWORK PHYSICSR.Walker February [email protected]

The thesis: That consciousness resides in the atom, and its existence depends on howthe atom is used.

For it to be ‘used’ at all there has to be conscious awareness and this can only be developedin life forms, and though the degree of that development varies greatly it is potential in all of them. Thiswork indicates how the interactive mixture between atoms, consciousness, thought, linear time,thinking, and magnetism & vibration affect the way in which conscious awareness and applied thoughtis unaffected by questions of distance. Within the human sphere it can affect physical andpsychological existence; outside it, it could theoretically alter space.

Consciousness for humans becomes their psychological, religious and physical existence, andconscious awareness in humans, arises from a conjunction of three things: heat, space, and movementof energy.

The background to this thesis, a Framework for Understanding, comprises five things, sketchedhere briefly but to be found in more comprehensive form on the accompanying CD:1. the atom (BNU) and how it works from the point of view of consciousness; 2. a cycle of five activities (C of CA) essential to the continued maintenance of anything;3. a second cycle (C of CR), this time of effects upon each of the areas of activity in the first cycle;4. the five interactive responses (the Meanings) between any living form and consciousness orunconsciousness;5. the essential magnetism and vibration (M&V) that both holds together and apart thought and the firstfour.

1. The Basic Nature of the Universe (BNU) Fig.1 (Fig.1 for Part I, Book 1 on CD)From the point of view of the use of conscious awareness for humans (not to be confused with

knowledge) this comprises two attractive ‘forces’: a) electromagnetism/strong nuclear force, and b)nuclear particles (nucleons), and two opposition ‘forces’: c) energy, and d) consciousness/unconsciousness at either ends of linear time shown as two arrows meeting. In the diagram, thearrows have to be situated inside the circle of the Cycle of Continuous Action (C of CA) with the a) d)end next to Thought in the C of CA, and the b) c) end into space in the centre, the inevitable placing ifatoms, molecules, and cells are to work properly.

Consciousness stems from thought, and unconsciousness as well as consciousness reside inan atom, every atom. The way an atom works, including consciously or unconsciously, can bedescribed as the way the Universe works, but because it has not yet been allowed that atoms are theholders of either consciousness or unconsciousness there has never been a means to accept the realway the Universe works. Consciousness or unconsciousness together are part of an atom and balancea use of space between the atomic nucleus and the other particles of that atom by the use of thought,magnetism & vibration. The other parts of an atom consist of energy, controlled by strong nuclearforce/electromagnetism, and linear time. For an atom to work properly there needs to be a connectionto consciousness by means of which both thought and magnetism and vibration (M&V) can be effectiveand produce a continuation of that atom. This is the way in which space can become balanced inorganized matter and with which consciousness will begin its evolutionary work.

2. The Cycle of Continuous Action (C of CA) Fig.2 (Fig.2 for Part I, Book 1 on CD)This should be imagined as a clockwise circle and comprises certain words and symbols:

Relating+Mind/Movement of Energy=Light &Thought—> Directed Action= Relating... The wordsdescribe both passive activity in non-life forms, and psychological activity which may be of considerablecomplexity in life forms, depending on which life form is under consideration. The symbols representmolecules and their particular physical activities and should be read as if they were ‘activities’: plus,equals, and, leads to, equals; in practice the two = are distinguished thus: =(L) and =(R). In humans, atleast, the symbols stand for the molecules of the cytoplasm and those organelles in a cell in specificgroupings that respond to psychological activity; not all do.

As an integral but external part of the C of CA there is a Point of Change alongside Mind/Movement of Energy. This is the point at which anything can be deliberately changed, through the useof Mind/Movement of Energy if the Cycle begins to collapse or through which it may transmute intosomething else.

41

When consciousness begins the process of thinking there will be no need for the use of anymore unconscious molecules; they will be made up of thought and atoms able to use consciousness.There can then be a conscious continuity, and a means through which cells might be given the activitiesthey need to continue as they should. For this continuity and consciousness to be successful theremust be a specific order in which those activities take place, otherwise it will not be a consciouscontinuity but an unconscious one with a different order. There is no consciousness that has not gotthis particular cycle, and never has been.

Consciously to participate in the physical and psychological C of CA is consciously to changethe way in which linear-time matter is maintained. Unfortunately, the cycle is constantly interrupted ateach symbol, the molecules, and the interruptions take specific forms (Fig.4; Fig.3 for Part I, Book 1 onCD) and have specific effects on physiology in life forms, or on some equivalent in non-life forms.

3. The Cycle of Continuous Relating (C of CR) included in Fig.3 (Fig.19 for Beginning to Talk on CD)This is a second and outer cycle, each word of which is associated with a similar word in the C

of CA: Active Relating, Change, Loving, Knowledge, and Affection clockwise round the circle. The Pointof Change equivalent is also Change. In this cycle there are no connecting symbols as it representseffects, not activities, and uses no physical representation of its own.

Each effect is essential to each activity in the C of CA if the latter is to run smoothly. If the C ofCR is operating smoothly the likelihood is that the C of CA won’t be interrupted, or not for long, in anylife form. In a non-life form there is no C of CR and the C of CA is always interrupted.

4. The Meanings I-V included in Fig.3 (Fig.19 on CD)The five Meanings are: Relating, Spiritual Satisfaction, Love, Allowing, and Expression of

Responses. In the C of CA each one is associated with a word in the cycle, starting at Relating andcontinuing clockwise.

In humans, each Meaning has specific effects on physiology in specific transverse areas of thebody (Part III on the CD) if or when it is not consciously lived because of the particular way in whichhumans compartmentalise themselves. No other life form does this, hence the Meanings for them willpertain to the entire organism. When they are consciously lived the physiology of the area works properly.

When out of the human sphere, the Meanings are an active means by which a C of CA activityinteracts with space. Within the human sphere they do the same thing when mediated throughconsciousness. In other living forms either consciousness or unconsciousness may apply.

5. Magnetism & Vibration (M&V) included in Fig.3 (Fig.19 on CD)These are an inevitable pair and lie between Thought in the C of CA and the ‘Thoughtward’ end

of the BNU or atom that encompasses electromagnetism/strong nuclear force and unconsciousness orconsciousness. They are what keep the atom in balance with space within individual molecules andcells. There needs to be enough space available for any object to exist. In life forms there can only betoo much, to the detriment of the object; in non- life forms it can go either way: too much or too little, butwith equally detrimental results.

SummaryThe above is the basic insight needed to understand consciousness and describes atoms,

molecules and cells in a working relationship with consciousness, which latter resides in the atom. Indiagrammatic form the BNU fits inside the C of CA, pointing towards Thought, backed and surroundedby Space. Thought is one of a series of words set in a clockwise circle that describes the activities,whether physical or psychological, that must exist for every whole object to exist, whether it consists ofone cell or any larger object, just so long as it has begun to develop consciousness.

~~~~~~~

WHAT IS CONSCIOUSNESSI have detailed on the CD the ways in which humans experience consciousness, seen in the

terms the body itself understands, but the BNU and the C of CA together with the C of CR, theMeanings and finally the existence of M&V constitute the basic insight from which this understanding ofconsciousness has been derived. The first difficulty encountered in this later piece of research was that‘What is consciousness’ was not the initial relevant question, so I started with the suitable one andcontinued from there as follows:

42

What is consciousness? - is the wrong question, the dowsing refused to encompass it; it should be:What is consciousness for?

1. What is consciousness for? - to bring sub-atomic movement within the space of the atom under thecontrol of consciousness.2. How does one do that ?- through consciously using Magnetism & Vibration.3. How can consciousness deliberately use Magnetism & Vibration? - by connecting Thought (in the Cof CA) and intellectual Knowledge (in the C of CR) instead of refusing to use either. That automaticallyuses M & V.4. Consciousness is - the understanding of the existence of the use of the amount of movement of

heat within the space between the particles of the nucleus of every atom and the amount andmovement of M&V of an atomic nucleus and its electrons.5. With what does one arrive at that understanding? - through the existence of the conjunction ofrelevant chemistry in touch with a living electric current.

Anything with point 5 has point 4. It will be a life form, any life form, but not every life form. Inpractice, only humans but the potential is theoretically there in every life form. This does not precludethe existence of consciousness per se in other life forms; it does distinguish between those and a formof consciousness that can intentionally address itself.Points:~ The chemistry - has to include the use of water~ The electric current - is made to arise from the movement of the materials from which a molecule isformed~ The consequence of not having space anywhere, within or without any thing, would be completely towipe out that thing ~ The effect of consciousness can be to provide one way to rebalance both heat and movementbetween one atom and another, any other, and also to use the whole of space to maintainconsciousness, point 4.

For the satisfaction of science this might have to be turned into the language scienceunderstands, in this case a mix of molecular biology, mathematics, and physics.

The need is to try and maintain the balance between all the spaces used by the constituents ofsub-atomic particles and to stop those spaces and constituents trying to change. So far people havenot considered the space within the atom sufficiently. If the Universe continues to expand, spaceoutside the atoms will be unable to continue to support the existence of anything; there will not beenough physical contact. To stop this it would need the effect of Thought (see below).

All the above is explained by the way in which the loss of M&V can affect an atom, but if thatatom should be given consciousness then there will always, when that atom is in a living form, be themeans potentially to provide only sufficient space to the sub-atomic particles instead of letting thatspace increase. Both unconsciousness and consciousness ‘reside’ in an atom, any atom, but unlessthat atom is in a living form there will not be the potential for the awareness of consciousness. As it is,nothing else can actively stop the space within and between the nucleus and the rest of the particlesfrom increasing - extremely slowly, of course. We will never notice it in atoms other than in our ownbodies, where it frequently causes havoc.

Space within the human atom usually will increase because there is not enough understandingof how the organism of which it is a part works - including the use of consciousness. The space withinan atom lies among the changing places and movements of each of its constituents, and the amount ofspace may increase once Thought (as in C of CA) goes. The effect of this may be to unbalance therelation between the particles of which the nucleus is composed. The whole atom may then change theway in which its constituents use their available space: each area of space normally used by any oneconstituent will be much greater than usual because Thought will be unable to be effective, it no longerbeing there.

When the human atom is no longer using the right amount of space, and the movements ineach part of that area of space are continuing to move further apart, the various constituents of thatatom are diverging; they are not decaying. This divergence cannot continue beyond the point wherethe nucleus and the rest of the sub-atomic particles would lose touch with one another, and is in anycase incredibly small, but it may be enough to damage molecules if there is no Thought available orunderstanding that can be applied.

The understanding that would be necessary would be the way in which molecules are willing orable to be responsive; this is shown in the way in which they use Directed Action (as in C of CA) for

43

finally responding to consciousness and thereby moving forward to continue the effective existence ofthe organism.

So: sufficient lack of conscious Thought changes a relationship between the particles that makeup the atomic nucleus. This can damage molecules. If Thought is used in the correct way, and withunderstanding, an adversely affected atom will be provided with only sufficient space for its needs. (Forfurther discussion of the need for consciousness in humans, see The Use of Consciousness for theIndividual below.)

The use of Thought in the C of CA, in conjunction with Knowledge in the C of CR, is the onlymeans through which a thing, any thing, is able to exist. Unification Theory would have to encompassThought, Knowledge, and Consciousness, but clearly nothing is unifying the contents of the Universe,and the Universe itself is only a functioning whole because it has begun to develop atomicconsciousness through life forms. So far most life forms have not understood how to developconsciousness and therefore the effect within the Universe is not extensive; even so it is beingdeveloped. Without it the Universe will continue to be without unification; with it, it might remain as it is(in theory!). Unconsciousness in the atom will always be in the ascendant unless consciousness isdeveloped, but unless there is a reason for its development it is unlikely to take place.

THE EFFECT OF THOUGHT [From the point of view of life, THOUGHT belonging to the C of CA is thoughts but of an

objective kind and used for the maintenance of the connections between atoms and cells - themolecules.

APPLIED THOUGHT is the use of thoughts of the same kind but knowledgeably used.It is difficult to be consistent in this piece, but I have tried to use upper case T and/or AT when it

is either of the above, and lower case when it is not or when I am speaking generally.]

What should be understood would be the way in which thought can have an effect and where.It can have an effect anywhere there is electricity and relevant chemistry, always in a brain, and usuallyin every type of life form.

Thought occurs in the brain when a slight subtraction of liquid - water, blood, sap, or whateveris relevant to the particular life form - coincides with an addition of a locally produced electricitypromoting a change of use of directional movement in the balance between one direction of movementbetween molecules and a slightly different one so that there can be a renewed cell activity - Light in theC of CA.

It is only thought which keep anything going. It can be done intentionally when there is enoughelectricity and suitable chemistry, but this intentionality can only be effected when both the electricityand the necessary chemistry are in a suitable biological structure [a brain?]. That is what a brain orother suitable structure does: electrically and chemically use thought intentionally.

Thought cannot keep the non-living aspects of the world or the Universe going because neitherof them has a conscious brain. What they do have are means with which a dynamic chemical processenables the whole interactive chemical and electrical experiment to keep moving of and by itself, andthus give each of them a changing and successful, if temporary, existence. The means will continueuntil they both stop - driven by cold. Cold will stop everything since what keeps anything going isspace:heat:change/movement.

Such change or movement so far is the product of an interaction between mass and space, butsoon (billions of years) there will no longer be enough mass in the space and the dynamic betweenthem will stop. The failure of that dynamic could only be prevented by everything everywherebecoming conscious and using thought.

THOUGHT AS AN EFFECTIVE PHENOMENON IN ITSELF - IN HUMAN USEOne can unconsciously isolate any part of one’s brain, lower, middle or upper, and thereby cut

down the available blood supply, and this can be done in different areas of any part of the brain. It is aquestion of the less one thinks about something the less the blood flow to it, and the more one thinksabout something, the more reliable a blood flow it is given, so long as the thought is constructive andnot destructive - conscious and not left unconscious. This process is governed physiologically by nervesignals and and the use of thought, so if one prefers, for whatever reason, to cut out thoughts aboutsomething and let it remain psychologically unconscious, the area of the body that would deal with it isdeselected and so are the nerve signals out from the brain to that area. This cuts down the bloodsupply in both regions a) by refusing to let the peripheral region respond to the nerve signals and b) byrefusing to use that region of the brain. By cutting down one’s use of that bit of one’s brain there isthen neither effective chemistry nor electricity.

44

How can directed applied thought affect anything? By altering the balance. Of the Universe.The phenomenon of thought is not entirely a physical one; it is whatever it is ‘within which’ the

Universe resides, in its own right, not merely the bits of it we see or know. It has no ‘area of influence’nor anything else we understand but it provides everything with a form of space that balances thethoughts by means of which things exist (see C of C A, Part I on the CD). Applied thought balances theareas of space inside sub-atomic particles so that the particles themselves take up only the rightamount of space. They can’t take up too little, only too much.

Nearly everything physicists already know is incorporated in the diagram (Fig.3) of Cycle ofContinuous Relating / Cycle of Continuation Action / Basic Nature of the Universe / Meanings.Magnetism & Vibration doesn’t come into it except for keeping them sufficiently together.The four make up unification fact in that they are what is thought to be unified.

Space within atoms depends on each of these four interacting satisfactorily, and that dependson there being enough conscious thought, which is all that can keep the balance. Excess space can bereduced only by using applied thought, and excess space will occur only if something is not beingthought about suitably. The distance between the thinker and the thought-about is unimportant;applying thought to an adversely affected sub-atomic particle is the point - but you do have to knowwhich atoms have too much space and where they are! It is excess space between atoms that willstop the Universe in the end - unless something thinks about it differently and rebalances the space.THOUGHT in the C of CA can be produced only by conscious living forms, through chemistry andelectricity. It can be applied only by the use of conscious understanding and consciously appliedthought, but the only atoms which can respond to applied thought are those in life forms.

Active thinking is a way of providing enough change in any Cycle of Continuous Action.Therefore when there is sufficient understanding among people who use thought, about the effect ofthought, the balance of space within particles that make up the cells of human bodies could be suitablymaintained, or rebalanced if excessive.

Active Thought and the human way of consciously using it will never alter the people who fail totry to use active conscious thought. No one who refuses to exercise the human potential for developingconsciousness is going to change the ways in which their Basic Framework functions. However, whenactive thought is used there is often a complementary and accompanying development of objectivity asa result. Thought and objectivity in this context should not be confused with thought divorced from theC of CA, which it mostly is, or with abstract or academic objectivity rather than psychological objectivity,the consequence of an objective understanding of oneself.

MASS - Gravity, Applied Thought and Conscious Awareness OR Why the Universe does not staytogether.

Gravity is semi-effective. There can be no gravitational effect when gravity is not produced,and it is only produced when there is mass, the product of sufficient atoms-molecules-cells in livingforms or an equivalent in other types of structure. Since there is nothing keeping any kind of mass inexistence, eventually there will be insufficient of any kind of mass to produce gravity.

The Universe isn’t so much being pushed apart as it is being let drift apart - no AppliedThought, the product of Conscious Awareness, which is the only thing that can keep any form of masstogether.

For science this may be a mix of maths, physics and cosmology; Applied Thought is all ofthose.

The Universe cannot develop conscious awareness because it cannot be given enough appliedthought. It is not suitably developed to use the means of Thought or Space, Relating, Points ofChange, and Loving that it has. Its ‘means’ belong between Thought and the use of Magnetism &Vibration and is conventionally termed God, which in practice is the natural attraction and opposition(polarity) between Time in Space (Linear Time) and Space and Time.

The initial existence of the Universe produced enough Conscious Awareness, Thought, Space,Relating, Points of Change, and Loving for it to begin an existence, but aging affects the Universe thesame way it affects everything that forms it (including humans): if there is no Conscious Awarenessthere can be no Applied Thought. The ways it will fall to bits are the ways of the Interruptions and thevery end will be a condition of no Relating. Previous to that, all the other forms of the Interruptions willaccumulate as follows (Figs.3 and 4.)

1) Mind missing = no further reason to hold together, or loss of Attraction (Fig.1) among atomic contentsof any and every kind;2) Mind/Movement of Energy missing = no further production of energy;3) M/M of E and Light missing = anything of Attraction that is left is confined to discrete areas;

45

4) M/M of E and L and Thought missing = no further ability to resuscitate the atomic contents;5) M/M of E and L and T and Directed Action missing = the atomic contents drift apart;6) M/M of E and L and T and DA and Relating missing = disappearance.

It is, in fact, exactly the same for anything that does not use Conscious Awareness. And theonly things willing to use Conscious Awareness are a handful of atoms belonging to the human centralnervous system.

TWO USES OF SPACE In an atom there is an essential interaction between the two relevant areas of space, within and

between the particles, which changes the movement of a particle’s constituents in that they keepchanging their space and this alters the speed of a whole atom’s movement at any one moment. Thiscan affect atoms in a very specific way: everything that makes up every atom needs to interact with theentire Universe because when they do not that atom cannot exist, i.e. there has to be a suitable amountof space, both internal to and between everything or the things cannot exist. Too little equals collapse(no Thought), too much equals over expansion (no Directed Action), and without consciousness spaceis never kept at suitable levels. So long as there can be that interaction, the amount of ‘inner’ space islikely to remain the same; without it the particle may implode or explode, but, like housework, it neverstays done: god’s housework - if it is the mind of god that applies conscious thought.??

WEAK NUCLEAR FORCE - maintains sufficient spaces within the atomAs opposed to the strong nuclear force, the weak nuclear force is relevant to the amount of

space there should be within the atom between its nucleus and electrons. Excess space is onlybetween these and/or between the electrons of a pair, all pairs, of an affected area, and it can onlyoccur there when there is no Applied Thought maintaining an awareness of the interactiveness betweenThought, Magnetism &Vibration, and Consciousness.

For a human being, in itself it is not relevant to the day to day consciousness, but it is relevantwhen any part of that human being has excess space, when there is a failure to apply thought throughtaking the trouble and intellectual effort to observe.

~~~

PHYSICS, UNCONSCIOUSNESS AND CONSCIOUSNESSEvery atom could become aware because of the way space, heat, and movement within each

sub-atomic particle changes. They can change in disintegrated ways and because of this electro-magnetism/strong nuclear force and nuclear particles of an atom can form only relative and temporaryp e r m a n e n c y. Because of this, again, there is always a means through which molecules will use cellsand all their constituents for understanding unconsciousness and consciousness. That is to say, theconstancy between space, heat, and movement provide the means to form the existence of matter, andthe inconstancy between them are the means through which existent matter becomes varied - otherwiseeverything would be only one thing, only one form of space, heat, and movement or matter.

It is the same space, heat, and movement that is being constant or inconstant, not two differentsets. Sometimes they are constant and sometimes inconstant and the switch occurs if there is a failureof cohesion and therefore either Thought or Directed Action so that they are unable to continue to be asthey were. It is because of a switch to impermanency that the atom becomes aware of the existence ofunconsciousness or consciousness. Pre-switch = consciousness, post switch = unconsciousness.Unless, as a human, one remains as conscious as possible, the space, heat, and movement of everyatom will always switch into unconsciousness. In order to be able to remain conscious one will have touse points 4 and 5 above, under What Is Consciousness: What consciousness is, and With what doesone arrive at that understanding?

COMMENTConsciousness cannot keep anything going forever, but it can keep some things, including

bodies, going better than usual for quite a while. If it was used by everything without cease, everythingcould become ‘freeze framed’ and never move at all but that is not likely to happen while thedevelopment of consciousness is confined to living matter; and it is unlikely to happen even then due tothe vagaries of life!! Its use is to keep that living matter as stable as possible and yet responding - afrequent return to the ‘square one’ of conscious health.

CYCLE OF CONTINUOUS RELATING - lends impetus to the C of CAThe C of CR is only a key; it provides understanding of the connection between the whole

46

conscious object, with its emotional means of physical and psychological response to the energy of thespace, heat, and movement within any atom, and the Interruptions between any part in the Cycle ofContinuous Action and Thought.

ALLOWING - MEANING IV in human psychologyIn and out of the human sphere, Allowing has the consequence of providing the continued

existence of an atom and the unconscious use of Thought with the space to form molecules in order tobecome mass. When molecules are part of a life form it is possible for some of those life forms, andusually humans, consciously to develop a use of thought that may become a conscious Cycle ofContinuous Action. This then uses both thought in the C of CA, electromagnetism/strong nuclear force,energy, and nucleic particles in the constituent atoms, Meaning IV of Allowing, and Knowledge in the Cof CR all to come into conjunction with M&V intentionally.

MAGNETISM & VIBRATION- balances both space and distanceM&V only exists as a result of an application of space and thought in order to apply a means of

healing an excess of unwanted space within an atom. That is what it is in the Universe for. However,unless there a conscious means through which to apply thought, no alteration in space can take place.With no thought, space would eventually disappear - Thought missing; without it being properlyapplied, space would eventually increase - Directed Action missing. When thought is suitably appliedneither would happen and, assuming that application has been conscious, both Thought and DirectedAction in the C of CA probably would continue on and become Relating.

THE ATOM - THE BNU or Basic Nature of the UniverseAn atom will always need Allowing, Thought, Space, and M&V before it can even begin to exist.

If it has enough consciousness it will also respond to applied thought. Once consciousness, Thoughtin the C of CA, and M&V are relating to each other the rest of the C of CA - Directed Action, Relating,Mind/Movement of Energy, and Light - can begin. The consequence in a life form should be thecontinuance of activities necessary to maintain that object. However, it is essential for that continuanceto be maintained by the use of consciousness; it is not automatic.

~~~

WHERE DOES CONSCIOUS THOUGHT COME FROM - for holding things togetherConscious thought comes from a disconnection between a whole atom together with the space

or spaces within which it resides, and the unconsciousness of how any atom should work. Thatdisconnection occurs if the C of CA is found to be failing.

Or, to put it another way, when the physical parts of an atom are disconnected fromconsciousness by a failure to use consciousness, that atom will only use unconsciousness becausethere is no conscious Thought. For a life form this is an uncomfortable state of affairs and usuallyresults in some variety of illness.

Unconsciousness or consciousness are the inherent fourth ‘quarter’ of any atom, the otherthree are: 1) electromagnetism/strong nuclear force, 2) the sub-atomic particles of the nucleus, and 3) energy, of which nos.1 and 2 are paired as Attractions, and nos.3 and 4 are paired as Oppositions.Nos. 1 and 4 are polarized and so are 2 and 3. There is always a choice, for humans, of whether touse consciousness or leave things to unconsciousness, and thus keep Thought and Space in the BasicFramework in proper relationship to each other consciously or be satisfied with them drifting apart.

Most atoms anywhere can only use unconsciousness as they are not in touch with the meansfor developing consciousness, therefore there is bound to be increasing loss of possible connectionwith continuous molecular action as cells pull apart.

WHAT COULD MAKE THE RECONNECTION - Applied ThoughtThe reconnection can, for humans, be made through the applied use of conscious thought,

arising from an observation of the disintegration mentioned above. Who or what would use it for theUniverse is an open question; and when? Nothing is presently holding the Universe together; itcontinues to use the C of CA’s Point of Change, at its own speed, and parts of it frequently move fromone form to another everywhere, becoming something different every time.

~~~

THOUGHT, CONSCIOUSNESS, UNCONSCIOUSNESS, AND MAGNETISM & VIBRATIONIf one does not apply thought consciously, atoms and molecules cannot use Magnetism &

47

Vibration. The effect of that on the body is slight excesses of space, and electromagnetism/strongnuclear force cannot work suitably. This refers to humans whatever their shape or size. It happensbetween atoms and molecules and therefore cells, and is always the correlate when a person’s thoughtor thoughts have been left unconscious. Conscious thought keeps the M&V in touch with Thought inthe C of CA; unconsciousness (and by definition, in humans this is a failure to bother to think) does not.The physical consequence is anything from the trivial to death.

APPLIED THOUGHT - for changing thingsWhy is it that Applied Thought affects anything?‘How’ it does it is by rebalancing any excess space within the affected atom. ‘What’ it does is

the consequence of rebalancing that space. In the C of CA that ‘How’ is the balance between Thoughtand the atom; and ‘What’ is the effect of Thought on molecules and atoms; ‘Why’, therefore, is theeffect in the Meanings because Applied Thought will have rebalanced particles with space, Thought inthe atom, and therefore Thought in molecules and cells.

By using the Meanings all together certain things happen: the whole C of CA is free to becomefreely-working rather than not; this causes (rather than gives) the M&V to gain a freedom to keep the Cof CA functioning, i.e. atoms-molecules-cells forms a tight-knit circle or unit, the Basic Framework.Failing or refusing to use any one of the Meanings interrupts this unit. Why? It disrupts the way inwhich the Basic Framework is used because Thought becomes unable to maintain a connectionbetween the C of CA of a properly functioning or actioning object and thus the loss of that C of CA. [InFramework terms ‘functioning’ is what a thing is designed to do; ‘actioning’ is what it does when it doesit.]

Distance is no object; and using Applied Thought for something other than oneself is effectivewhen there is a need to change or rebalance the availability of space to enable space, heat, andmovement in the Universe to re-shape the Universe.

Thought is what keeps anything in continuous existence. Consciously used Thought will keepcertain things in semi-continuous existence, but only so long as it is used. Consciously applied Thought(Applied Thought) can keep that to which it is applied temporarily rebalanced as to the use of space.But if or when there is no further conscious Thought there will then no longer be any Thought andtherefore no longer any continuous wholes since no longer any possibility of a C of CA.

When did C of CAs begin to develop? As soon as this world became rebalanced between CO2and O2.

COMMENT ON THE USE OF APPLIED THOUGHT1. Space cannot be interfered with by the C of CA in order to change a conscious failure in anything.2. Unconsciousness will return when there is a failure in the use of Conscious Awareness.3. Neither conscious awareness nor Space will cause Applied Thought and what it is aimed at to

become of no account; the changes are necessarily to rebalance the Universe.4. Space is not intended to alter the way in which Linear Time relates to the C of CA.

~~~

THE USE OF CONSCIOUSNESS FOR THE INDIVIDUAL

Theoretically the use of consciousness applies to every life form; in practice it applies only tohumans. To appreciate the following it is necessary to add here three more things from the backgroundto this thesis, also to be found described and discussed at greater length and depth on the CD:1. the five Transverse Bands into which humans unintentionally divide their understanding of the trunkof their body, diagrams to be found on the CD in Part II of Book One;2. the six Stage levels each of their psychological behaviour, their intellectual understanding, and theiremotional response, Part III of Book One on the CD;3. a so far unused and personal active psychological, intellectual, or emotional relationship to life, herecalled a Personal Task; there is only ever one for each person and they can vary greatly - examples arelisted on the CD so I will not described them further here.

1. Transverse Bands I-V, begin at roughly the upper four inches of the thighs and continue to the top ofthe neck:

Band I - includes the upper four inches of the thighs and continues to a line level with the mostforward points of the pelvis; it specifically excludes the gluteus maximus muscle of the buttocks, butincludes the hip joints and every other type of tissue and organ within the area

Band II - includes the area above the top line of Band I up to a line through the body that crossesthe triangle at the base of the ribs but crosses the lower ribs;

48

it does not include, and neither do the following Bands III, IV and V, the spinal column and thesoft tissues immediately adjacent to it which belong to a different anatomical division, the VertebralCover (see Framework Anatomy on the CD)

Band III - includes all the tissues and organs within the chest above the top line of Band II up as faras rib 2;

Band IV - includes all the tissues of every type external to the ribs, bounded by the same level oflines at in Band III;

Band V - includes all the tissues of every type included in the area above the top line of Bands IIIand IV and up to the top of the neck, roughly cutting across the area at the back of the throat.

2. In the Framework, human psychological, intellectual, and emotional development can be describedin terms both of passive development (Spatial Stages) and active use (Religious Stages, shorthand forLiving One’s Own Religious Attitude to Life) with six levels of each. In the Spatial Stages they rangefrom the Stage level of a ‘foetal’ type at 1 to the properly developed ‘elder’ at 6, though it has to beremembered that Stage 6 is only a basic level from the point of view of what is required of us. TheReligious Stages are similarly divided but do not carry with them the same thumbnail sketches ofdescription. Unfortunately, the levels are rarely age-related as they should be.

3. Having reached Stage 6, preferably in both sets, the individual should go on developing to reachBeyond Stage 6 (BS6) and live life through use of their personal task. Further discussion andexamples of this are to be found in Book Four - Talking on the CD.

Anyone who is not Beyond Stage 6 (BS6) frequently suffers from unbalanced space within theatom, but never once will there have been conscious intention to Think about it. So the Stages have agreat deal to do with it.

Lack of Conscious Thought, in humans, has an effect on atoms by allowing too much internalspace, the consequence of which may be to remove the effect of Relating between =(R) and + in the Cof CA, and therefore interfere with or inhibit a continuous growth of new cells. How? By changing theconnection between the cytoplasm and organelles in the C of CA at =(L) (cytoplasm, endoplasmicreticulum, ribosomes), & (vacuoles), and —> (mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles, lysosomes) whichshould have led to the proper working of =(R) (lysosomes, centrioles) and + (centrioles). After that, theconnection should have arrived at M/M of E to continue the cycle. Any removal of Relating preventsthe completion of the C of CA, and in humans this can be accomplished either physically(physiologically) or psychologically; either is likely to lead to the other.

Human atoms have excess space until the person is BS6. At BS6 the Thought change beginsto use space in a new way: for accepting an active meaning in being physically responsive rather thana reluctance to accept that there could be meaning.

For humans this meaning has become compartmentalized psychologically, intellectually, andemotionally, using transverse bands across the trunk of the body to express different bits of it. Theactive physical meaning has itself also been divided up psychologically, intellectually, and emotionally,and each of the bands expresses a different psychological, intellectual, and emotional part of thatmeaning. (The Meanings, the human sub-divisions of the total meaning of being physically responsive,have been shortly described and named at the beginning of this piece. More in Part III on the CD.))

Of primary significance for everything is that it is a matter of psychological, intellectual, andemotional effort before humans can become conscious, and that before they can be successful at itthey have to accept each of the sub-divisions of meaning. As each of these sub-divisions has becomepsychologically, intellectually, and emotionally attached in each case to a specific one of the fivetransverse bands into which we have divided ourselves, the acceptance each time of a part of thewhole meaning will affect the band to which it is attached.

The result can be to alter the amount of unconscious space necessary within each atom and, ifthe person continues to accept a part of the meaning, reduce it back to only the necessary amount. Noother life form has this problem; they each unthinkingly accept the active meaning in physicalresponsiveness - the essential immediacy of living.

To return to the thesis: ‘Potential consciousness resides in the atom and depends on how thatatom is used’ - when Thought in the C of CA allows the C of CA to cycle unabated the atom hassufficient internal space; when it is not, that internal space is increased because the atomic nucleus isunable properly to control its adjacent space.

The only problem for the atomic nucleus will be the confusion that arises as a result of thefluctuating state due to human undeveloped consciousness.

Developed consciousness means not only is the person living the whole meaning of activephysical responsiveness, but is also finally letting themselves consciously live a so far unused and

49

personal active psychological, intellectual, and emotional relationship to life - their Personal Task.Consciousness needs to be grown up - Beyond Stage 6 - as a constant: without any sense of

time; without being the product of anything else; without being dependent on anything else; without itbeing sensed as a presence. It doesn’t just happen, it just always is. However, it has to be arrived at,through using physiological observation: understanding the changes brought about by thought andfeeling. Then the space in the atom can return to normal.

The excess space in the atom begins to occur as a result of puberty. At puberty it is necessaryfor there to be sufficient intelligent observation for the individual to have grown to the basic requirementof Stage 6, Spatial or Religious. There rarely is, or has been. The next few years, until age 15, withthe frequent use of Stage 6, is to enable the individual’s personal task to become apparent; whether itcan be named or not the person should be beginning to carry it out by then. If Stage 6 and BS6 havenot taken place, the space will increase until Thought releases the movement between molecules,thereby changing molecular internal activity by slightly lessening it. There will have been a conflictbetween the active atomic particles and much too little willing use of Thought: there is a need forThought to be used before the atomic and molecular spaces can be properly balanced.

Being Beyond Stage 6 Allows space, and Thought enables human molecules.

COMMENTIn general, individuals only understand Spatial Intellectual Stage 3, that of as it were

teenager/subadult’: is almost entirely devoted to itself, maybe with a lot of logical thought to that end.They usually behave at Spatial Psychological Stage 4, as it were ‘young adult’: a negative stage,retains own ideas or points of view, refuses to consider other people or things despite awareness bothof itself and of others, defended position’, until they learn it is possible to express themselves at SpatialEmotional Stage 5, as it were ‘junior elder’: beginning to be free to be involved with emotions outsideitself, this depends on acceptance of Meanings, can begin to choose to be or not to be involved asacceptance of Meanings is detachment when a Band is detached, using one bit or another of the wholemeaning of being actively involved with life. This is not the General Mindedness expressed byhumanity as a whole (also in Part III of Book One on the CD) but the way general human capabilitycopes. Actual individuals will be acting at whatever Stage levels they have reached personally; thecomment is about what they have reached in unconscious understanding.

~

The conclusion that can be drawn from this thesis is thatProper Health = Consciousness or PH=C

‘Proper health’ means applied thought. Once thought is suitably applied it can lead to properly directedaction; together they will give rise to acceptance between all things, which in turn provides the means todevelop the ability to think, the result of which can be the suitable way in which every thing is able,physically and emotionally, to begin its own form of applied thought - which adds up to a consciousCycle of Continuous Action, a continuity which only exists when there is consciousness.

~~~~~~~

50

BSE IN FRENCH CATTLERikki Walker 20 April 2000

[email protected]

On 20 April 2000 there was a report on the BBC news of BSE in French cattle graduallyincreasing from 18 in 1998, 31 in 1999, and with a projection of ?52 in 2000. The suggestion is thatthere must be a third way in which to contract the disease.

Having already been interested in the question from the point of view of British cattle, and alsoof C-JD, and having not found either of them to be caused by an infective agent but by bad husbandryregarding diet, I immediately dowsed in to the professionals on the programme who will have been intouch either with cattle directly, or with other professionals working on the matter, or both. For me as adowser this opened a wide field of contact of the necessary kind. My findings are below and it will beseen that they are not the same as those for the British problem. Though it is bad husbandry regard-ing diet again, it is of a different kind and with a different effect.

The British BSE, and also C-JD, were both consequences arising from effects on the axons, thedetails of which can now be read in the Research File.FRENCH BSE This time the problem arose, not from it being a wrong protein being fed to the animalsand its effect on the axons, but from there being too little minerals in the brain and lungs as a result ofthere being too little protein and minerals available in the food in general. This was partly because theanimals can't convert the foods due to the loss of sufficient capability of the autonomic system in therelevant cattle, and also partly because connective tissue of every kind in the head as a whole* isunable to both action and function because of that lack of protein and minerals. The autonomic ner-vous system is specifically affected at lungs and pericardium, and the brain is affected in its chemistryat the sensory-autonomic exchange in the organs of diaphragm and Vertebral Cover** at T6-L2.

The references to 'the head as a whole' and to 'Vertebral Cover' immediately leaves the usualand mechanical way of looking at anatomy and moves into the way bodies see themselves. The com-parison can be found as a chart on the web site, page 220 of book.*The head as a whole in this case means exactly that and includes every type of tissue to be found ina head and face. The affects of these not being able to work properly means not only the brain and itsadjacent tissues not working properly but also all the muscles and tissues of the entire face and jaw. [Idon't use the word 'function' because in my work a distinction was made in my understanding betweenfunction and action: function meaning what a thing is designed to do whether it does it or not, andaction meaning the action it does if it does it, hence a verb 'to action' .] The effect of this will be to pre-vent suitable actioning within the whole area.

**The Vertebral Cover (fig.12 and page 87 in book) is the name given in my work to the set of tissuesrunning either side of the flexible vertebral spine and comprising: bone; the bodies of the vertebrae andthe ring surrounding the spinal cord; periosteum on that bone; ligaments, tendons, and nerve sheathsadjacent to the spine. The essence of this defined area is that it should remain flexible. In the case ofthese particular cattle under discussion, the area of the Vertebral Cover from Thoracic 6 to Lumbar 2 isinsufficiently flexible due to the lack of protein and minerals which has severe consequences upon boththe diaphragm, and therefore upon the lungs and heart, and upon the free use and movement of thehind legs in particular but all four legs in general as the forelegs will be trying to compensate for thehind legs.

WHAT TO DO? This is a matter of prevention through the provision of suitable protein and mineral containing

foods to all cattle! It is a problem of diet; most cattle within my 'contact' field seem to be moderatelydeprived but some are less capable of coping. Their food is lacking in sufficient protein and minerals,perhaps because too much non-nutritional material has been added.

51

NEW (Non-)BSE COW BORN 25.8.96, POST THE FEED BAN OF 1.8.96 Rikki Walker 3 July 2000

[email protected] those who have read any of the Language of Silence and the accompanying Research File,

I would like to remind you that my work involves finding out what the problem is and how it arose fromthe perspective of the organism under discussion and not from the perspective of the observinghumans. To do this all questions are asked in conjunction with the background framework of referenceoutlined in the book - a body as understood by the body. I am emphasising this here because to findyet another physical condition whose clinical signs, age of occurrence and pathology seem to put itwithin the category 'BSE' and yet tuning in says different may be something of a mouthful to swallow,and yet, having asked what were accepted by that tuning in as appropriate questions, the answers maywell be right. Only time and research will tell.

NEW UK CASE OF BSE This new case of a cow, born 25 August 1996 and reported in the news 29 June 2000, did not,

according to my tuning in process, have BSE as previously known in the UK. Nor is it the same asthose I tuned in to reported from France. This particular cow had no Energics* in three types of con-nective tissue: loose fibrous or areolar, elastic, and white fibro-cartilage**. Also parts of its Blood-Nervous System*** couldn't work due to: a) insufficient renewal of cells in the abdomen generally, b)insufficient exchange of blood in the whole of the large intestine c) useless Krebs Cycles**** all over thebody, and d) loss of use of mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles and lysosomes***** throughout most ofthe body especially in smooth muscle. This started when this animal's digestion became interferedwith as a result of losing d) above, the sufficient exchange of blood in the arterial and capillary walls ofthe large intestine. How? By too little provision of protein and fat. The effect of this built up in regard toprotein over about five months, and in regard to fat over seven or eight months. It is the insufficiency offat that made this case different to either of the other two, the earlier UK epidemic having been one ofthe wrong kind of protein and therefore insufficient of the right kind, and the French cases having beenan insufficiency of protein and minerals. Either too much was asked of this UK animal latterly, or itsfood was changed, or both. Probably both.

*Energics - This is the view most organisms have of what they need physiologically to live; it coversAir:Water / Hormones:Sugar / Meanings II&V:C of CA(E). Air and Water are interdependent; Hormonesand Sugar (any kind of carbohydrate) are dependent on each other but are not totally interdependent;Meanings II & V and the Cycle of Continuous Action(E) refer to the suitable working of digestive physi-ology (Meaning II), the free activity in the thorax of breathing (Meaning V), and the continuous activity ofall the previous Energic parts (C of CA(E)). A Cycle of Continuous Action, in this case pertaining onlyto the Energics, hence the (E), refers to the continuous cycle of any activities that contribute to the con-tinued existence of anything. In my work, the main one is that of psychology in connection with certainmolecular sub-cellular structures and includes atoms. Whether one likes it or not, Energics as awhole are dependent upon the total psychological welfare of the animal (or human) and my work gavephysiology in this regard the name of Energics, as opposed to plain physiology which takes no notice ofpsychology. The Meanings are the psychological meanings all humans give, consciously or uncon-sciously, to transverse bands of the body. There are five of each, I-V, and it is these Meanings thateffectively run the physiology of each Band. For an animal, the Meanings all effectively run the physiol-ogy of the whole body as animals don't mentally divide themselves up.

**Connective Tissue - This is the penultimate category in Framework Anatomy, and the three referred tohere are: 1. Loose fibrous or areolar - for supporting and packing organs; forming the sheaths ofnerves, muscles and blood vessels; under the skin as superficial fascia (a sheet or band of fibrous tis-sue); packing spaces everywhere in the body and limbs. 2. Elastic - which is strong, elastic and flexibleand found in most arteries, some veins, erectile tissue, air cells of the lungs, certain ligaments and asisolated fibres in the Loose Fibrous Connective tissue. 3. White Fibro-Cartilage - a tough materialresistant to stretching which acts as a shock absorber between vertebrae, in the interpubic joint, and injoint capsules and related ligaments.

***Blood-Nervous System - one of the 8+2 Systems that encompass the usual ways of looking at phys-iological systems but arranged according to the body's own perspective; it deals with supply anddemand/demand and supply to all soft cells.

The rest of the 8, in any order, are: Respiratory System - everything to do with oxygen and car-bon-dioxide anywhere Pericardium System - regulates heartbeats Heart & Blood Vessels System -transport of blood Digestive I System - throughput and partial digestion (mouth to sigmoid) Digestive II

52

System - rest of digestion (pancreas and gall bladder) Reproductive System - sexual organs, internaland external Eliminatory System - nutrients in and wastes out of all cells The 2, in this order,are: Some Hormones System - excludes reproductive hormones Chemical Conversion System - con-verts all necessary food and drink

****Krebs Cycle - the Krebs Citric-Acid Cycle in the mitochondria of cells of oxygen-using animals,plants and micro-organisms and is the chief means by which the potential energy from fats, carbohy-drates and proteins is released by cells to make an essential compound, ATP, for further work in thebody.

***** Mitochondria, pinocytotic vesicles and lysosomes - these are the three sub-cellular structures thatconstitute the Connector --> ('leads to' ) in the Cycle of Continuous Action: Mitochondria are membrane-lined structures saturated with complex enzyme systems whose activities result in the production ofphysical energy for cell operations; cell respiration (the utilization of oxygen, and formations of carbon-dioxide and water) occurs here and it is the site of the Krebs Cycle and the electron transport chain;Pinocytotic Vesicles are somewhat similar to vacuoles in relation to liquids; Lysosomes are membrane-lined containers of enzymes which merge with vacuoles to digest their food materials, or to deal withforeign materials and debris of dead cells and disintegrate the contents, usually ejecting them throughthe cell membrane; in terms of the working cell they are only used in one way, though there are severalof them, but in terms of the psychological working they are used twice (see more of this in Book Two).

As can be imagined, the failures of Energics in the various connective tissues as describedabove as well as the local failure in the large intestine of the Blood-Nervous System, useless KrebsCycles, and failure of function in certain sub-cellular structures is likely to give rise to extensive sick-ness.

It has also been suggested that there may have been maternal transmission to the calf. I gathermaternal transmission is never possible to determine, and as I understand, and included in my originalcommunication, calves perhaps only eventually develop BSE-like symptoms if they have: 1. neverreceived a diet which contains enough Hydroxyproline because 2. the cow mother has already beendeficient in that amino-acid while ovulating so 3. the foetus was then unable to work and developproperly - throughout the pregnancy and after. 4. The calf apparently is specifically affected adverselyin gall bladder, pancreas, and uppermost part of the small intestine; it is then unable to produce suffic i e n tenzymes of every type and cannot, therefore, sufficiently convert food of any type. In order for a cow notto be deficient in Hydroxyproline it needs to be both unstressed as well as fed suitably - a herbivorousdiet and not an omnivorous one.

COMMENTI think the only comment possible here is: don't expect so much of any animal.

53

“This book is about psychological and religious lack of developmentas a source of endogenous illness - the result of humankind’sinability or reluctance to behave as it it were an integral part of theplanet and the Universe: psycho--religio-sematics.

It discusses, with illustrations, the nature of that integration and theforms of the dis-integration. It details the level of psychological andreligious development that is possible for people and links thisintimately with the workings of the human body.

Details of anatomy and physiology are discussed in the peculiar andparticular relationship to the development of psycho-religiousawareness and there are several examples of endogenous ills thatarise from the effects on humans of the particular dis-integration oftheir living divorced from planetary and Universal roots.

Since this whole study had been a matter of intuition, experienceand rational analysis of the irrational and not one of conventionalacedemic study, it probably won’t match most orthodoxly heldviews in any relevant field.”

“We have become so besotted with increased technologicaltinkering and emotionally repressive thinking over the last severalhundred years - a necessary phase no doubt but one which it istime we grew out of and put in perspective - that we haveforgotten in the fore-front of our thoughts that we ourselves areflesh and blood and of emotional and psychological and religioussensitivity.”

“There is only one, shared, Cycle of everything, it being the sameCycle, expressible in the same terms, no matter what the object/sand it is essential for us to become conscious of this fact if we are tostop interfering with it, on any level -- from personal to Universal.”

languageofsilence.co.uklanguageofsilence.co.uk/los.pdf · ii the language of silence, consciousness...

Documents